1 JL*
»Mit
s> v, ^
suvmsB:
sap
3 .XIV 3
3, X3 3
> 3m 3 :
»o5l>3«
!3> :>£» J> 3 JJ
i mm
o 3>^ 3}
^ 3> > >:
£ 33 3 >^
3 33 3 3 J
X » >.OjE
3 £3 ) .> J>:
3 33 >3 3
333 »2>
I-
>
s
SHOT VIE %
O F T H E
CHRONOLOGY
OF THE
Old Testament,
AND O F ' T H E
HARMONY
OF THE
Four Evangelists.
By WILLIAM Will S TO N; M. A.
Profeflbr of the Mathematicks in the
Univerfity of Cambridge.
CAMBRIDGE:
Printed at the U n i v e r s i t y-P r e s s, for B. Tooke
at t\&Middle-Temple-GateyFleetfireet)London> 1702.
TO THE
Right Reverend Father in God?
JOHN, LordBifliopofiV^iD/^
My Lord,
"^ ~JL T HE N I ferioufy confider with what dili-
y V/ gence and fuccefs Criticks have examirCd
the Ancient Trofane Hiftories ; and how
nicely Chronologers have fiated and adyufted the exact
Times of the fever al famous Actions therein related-,
I cannot but lament the hard fate of thofe nobler Me-
moirs which the good Providence of God has preferv'd
to us relating to thejewifh and Chriftian Church. For
give me leave to fay, that the lefs confider able Exploits
of an Alexander or a Cae far have commonly been more
fully underftoodi and better fated than the infinitely
more important Actions of our Bleffed Lord himfelf de-
livered to us by the four Holy Evangelifts, For altho*
the Sacred Hiftorians under a feeming carelefnefs and
inaccuracy have really been more exact in their accounts
than any of thofe we callTrofane, as will hereafter ap-
pear - 3 yet neither have the Chriftian Criticks and Com-
mentators had the like fuccefs in the Examination and
Explication; nor the Chronologers in the determina-
tion of the Times and Order of the fever al Hiftories.
As to the Occa/wns of this uncertainty and confufton
in moft of thofe who have formerly treated of the Chro-
nology of the Old Teltament, and of the Harmony of
the Four Evangelifts* Ijhall not here pretend to ajfign
any of them : But that in fact the Obfervation is true,
will not be doubted by thofe who have confulted the
A. 2 various
The Epiftle Dedicatory.
various Opinions of the Jewijh and Chriftian Writers
on thefe Subjects. Thus* for inflame, till that Great
Man AB. V flier publiftid his Annals and Chronology,
it was reckoned a high piece of prefumption to pretend
to affign the Year of the World; nay not over eafy to
determin the bare Century when the Chriftian JEra.
began. Thus till the laft Age the Birth of s>ur Saviour
was fuppos'd to have but a flingle Week preceded the
beginning of that Vulgar ./Era - 3 tho* y tis evident from
authentick Hiftories that Herod the Great, in whoje
Reign he was Born , had then been dead above three
compleat years. So that this moft remarkable Epocha
from the Birth of Chrift, which has fo long been the
only Meafure and Standard of the Accounts of Time over
^//Chriftendom, certainly takes its date between three
and four years after he was born . Thus alfo even at this
day the remarkable Periods and c Diftinc~lions of our
Saviour's Life and Miniftry j Such as the ExacJ time
of his Birth j of the beginning of his T reaching \ of
his Baptifm ; of his Election, and MhTion oft he twelve
Apoftles^ and of his Transfiguration j nay the Dura-
tion of his Miniftry it f elf, with its folemn 'Period at
his Taffton and Death, are Jo far from being agreed
on among the Learned, that 'tis generally fupposd ex-
treamly difficult , if not abfolutely impojftble to arrive
at any clear fdtisfac~tio?i about them. And this to the
great dijhonourof the Sacred Hiftorians ; the ftumbling
and fall of the Scepticks and Unbelievers -, and the
mighty discouragement of the Virtuous andlDiligent in
their careful Enquiries into the Hiflory of our Blejfed
Sa viour j which yet are exceeding necejfary to the right
tinder [landing of the Prophetick Books oftheOld, and ■
the Hiftorical of the New Teftament. And truly fuch
have been the Wide miflakes both of Ancient and Modern
Harmo-
The Ejpiftle Dedicatory.
Harmonizers of the E vangelifs, that till the noble At-
tempt of Bijhop Richard Ton, which we meet with in
A. B. UiherV Annals, there was fmall hopes of any fa-
iisfa&ion as to the true Times or Or o'er of the fever al
Branches of our Saviour's Hi/lory. Neither do I bioiv
that any thing cmftderable has been fine e advanced to-
the more "c cur ate adjuftment of 'the Four Evan-
geltfls in then ft veral accounts of our Lord and Savi-
our. 1 do wot e take notice of Mr. Le ClcrcV Har-
mony ho 1 den in tl\ nfrom Bijhop Richardibn V
Foundation s B< ■■ xufehe fo widely errs where he offers
to coiictt him : ittho', on other accounts. He may de-
ferve more confederation j yet as a Chronologer, or one
who fhould ajjijl us in the more accurately fating the
Times of our. Saviour's A ffs y and the applying them to
the true: Tears, and Months of the ChriftianyEra, He
is of little or no ufe at all to m : as will be made apjpear
in its proper plf r ieiLajter.
As to the prefent Attempt, My Lord, I Jh all venture
to fay thus much -, That as I have fat is fed my felf in
the general St ate of the Chronology both of the Old and
New Teftament) fo far as it is contained in the fol-
lowing Tages ; fo I think I have done that which has
not hitherto been thought pojfible, I mean have adjufted
the fever al Accounts fo agreeably to all the Notes and
Characters of Time thereto relating, that Jam not aware
of any authentick Evidence that is to be oppofedto them.
Ana J I am per fwaded that the prefent Series both of the
Chronology and Harmony is not any where to be confi-
derably altered, unlefsfome certain AJfert ion of either
a Sacred or Trofane Hiftorian be, without fufficicnt
reafon, fetafide to make way 'for it. 'Tis true, that as I
have made nfe of fever a I of the beft Authors upon oc-
cafion, fo I have bet n forced not feldom to take [an un-
trodden
The Epiftle Dedicatory.
trodden path, and to rely on my 'ownTkought sand Ob-
servations. But this however I .way venture to affirm,
That where I recede from common Opinions, vulgar Tra-
ditions, and the Sentiments of former Commentators, I
ft 'ill, for a compenfation, endeavour So keep cloferto the
Letter of the Scripture: 1 follow the exafi eft Rules as
to its Numbers andThrafes: andladlow theTeftimo-
nies of all Authentick Hiftorians, not only 1 oft he Sacred,
but of all fuch alfo as may be certainly Jepende m
among the 'Profane : fuch as the Mathematical' Canon
for the OldTeftamentj and Ariftobulus, Philo Jud
Jofephus, Dio, Suetonius, Tacitus, and Eufebius for
the New. And I cannot but own my fat is fact ion, that
upon a review of my pre fent Scheme 1 do not find t
fion to confront any Authentick Trofane Hiftorian i
the contrary Teftimony of a Sacred one: nor indeed m
obliged above once to fuperfede the certain Evidence of
any one Ancient Writer, who is generally eft e em' d wor-
thy of credit s and in that fingle inftance y tis becaufe the
Evidence is unqneftionable on the other fide. Neither
do I think IJhall be often accused of interpreting or cri-
ticizing away the plain and obvious fenfe of fome of the
Sacred Writers, for fear they Jhould other wife be at va-
riance with the reft of them : which has been but too
frequent a fault in thofe who have hitherto attempted
to reconcile the feeming Contradictions oft he Holy Scrip-
tures. Let but the Reader bring fuch a pious, teachable,
and virtuous difpofttion of Soul as is fut able to a modeft
Inquirer into ^Divine Truths -, together with fuch a free .
and unprejudiced Mind, as is def irons of knowing rather
what the Sacred Writers themfelves, than what any of
their Expofitors have ajferted in thefe Matters, and I
ffiall not fear the accuracy of his Examination as to the
fever al new Aft ert ions which are advanced in the fol-
lowing
The Epiftle Dedicatory.
lowing Tapers. I thmk I have generally light on what
is true, f olid, and I fat <is factory : If not, Ifhall, I hope,
always be ready to exchange it, on better information,
for what has greater Evidence to recommend it to the
IVorld under thofe Characters. .
My Lord, *Did not I know TourLardftiip to be a fa-
vourer ofallcaref d and generous Inquiries into the Sacred
Writings, where they proceed from a hearty Veneration
of thofe Infpired Volumes, and are intended for the clear-
ing and illufirating the great Truths therein contained}
{as I am fur e the following Tapers are 3) Ifhouldnot
take the boldnefs of addrejfing them thus to Tour Lor d-
lhip. But fine e I venture again to appear in publick-, The
Relation to Tour Lordfhip / have been feveral Tears ho-
noured withal ; the Favours Tou have already beftow'd
upon me - } the hearty ExpreJJions of Tour confirmed good
opinion of and kindnefs for me ; together with Tour con-
ft ant readinefs to encourage, afjift, and patronize not only
This, butallfuch other Attempts alfo as may be for the
promotion of Learning and Religion $ to fay nothing of
Tour Lordfhip\r concern for the Reputation andTrefer-
v at ion of this Church ; Tour known Trudence and Con-
duct in the Management of Affairs j Tour Affability and
Obliging Reception of all Addrejfers ; and Tour uncom-
mon Condefcenfwn,andcharitableAJfiflance to the Lame,
the Sick,and theAfflicJed i The foregoing Confiderations,
I fay, Oblige me to prefix no other than Tour Lord(hip y s
Name to thefe Tapers, even when the Statutes of that
Honourablelmploymentlam call' d to in the Univerfity do
not permit me to continue under Tour Lordfhip\f immedi-
ate Tatronage any longer. IJhall conclude this myAddrefs
to Tour Lordfhip with my hearty Wifhes, that Divines
would learn not altogether to depend on the Authority of
fallible Men in their Enquiries into Sacred Matters, but
more
/
The Epiftle. Dedicatory].
clofiy and impartially to Search the Scriptures them*
J elves : where they may be ft difcerrs that which is of the
higheft importance for all to know, what is pure and un-
dii^uis'd Religion in general* as weU as what is pure
and undifguis'd Chriitianity inpartu:iilar : and whence
a rational and unbiafis'd Enquirer, whether he live in
Italy or in England > whether he was born at Rome or at
Geneva, would J doubt not, if freed 'frowithe Trepoffeffi-
ons of Education, and the Authority of "Parties and Sy^
ft ems, be able to f rid out the main fir ekes of thr Revealed., •
f Fill of God both as to the jDocJrines andlDuties of Ctli s-
ftianity i and that with greater Advantage to himfelf
and Charity to others, than is ordinarily found in thojc
who have taken up their Notions in Religion upon Truft
from others. And I have long thought this to be the only
proper method of preventing or curingthofie fatal Errors,
Herefies, andT>iverfities of Opinions which havefio long
been the difhonour and the hindrance of Chrifiianity ;
and one fad occafwn of the Infidelity, Immorality, and .
Trofanenefs of the prefent Age. And herein I am con-
fident Tour Lordfhip will fully agree with the Ttefires
and Sentiments of
Your Lordihip's Obedient and Obliged Servant,
Will. Whiston-
ThePlaces of our Saviour's abode till Chap.V. §. 3d. of the
Harmony Epitomiz,'4 , having been either wholly omitted ,
or generally miftaken, are thus to be reflor'd.
Chap. §.
IV. 1, 2, 2. Cbrijl in Judxa.
V. 1, 2. Cbrijl in Samaria.
Chap. §.
II. 4, 5-. Cbrifi hi Judxa.
6. Cbrift in Egypt.
7, 8. Cbrifi in Judxa & Galilee
III.. 1,2,5,4. Cbrifi in Judsea.
j , ', 6. Cbrifi beyond Jordan.
1 6, 7. Cbrift in Galilee.
Alfo Page f 2 2. /^474f, read 4746
3* 53
A
Short View of the CHRONOLOGY
. OF THE
OLD TESTAMENT,
AND
Of the HARMONY of the
FOUR EVANGELISTS.
POSTULATA Or AXIOMS.
I. The Obvious or Literal fenfe of Scripture is
the true and real one, where no evident Rea-
(on can be given to the contrary.
II. Of two or more fenfes of any Text, equally
finable to the Original, that is ever to be pre-
ferr'd which agrees with the reft of the Holy
Scripture, and with the Teftimonies of An-
cient Authors.
III. Every Writer is to be fiippos'd to ufe the
common ftile , year, an4 computation of the
A Age
Age and Nation in which he lives 5 unlefs there
be particular evidence to the contrary.
IV. If moft of the great difficulties in Scripture
which have long appear'd infuperable do at
length prove to be no real difficulties at all,
'tis reafonable to expecl:, that the remaining
difficulties may*likewife upon farther inquiries
be found capable of as clear folutions hereafter.
V. In the moft ancient ages of the World, when
the long lives of Men fhew'dthem to be gene-
rally more ftrong , healthy and vigorous, the
time of Mens ability for Procreation muft be
fuppos'd to begin full as foon, and to conti-
nue proportionably full as long as in thefe lat-
ter ages - y when the fhortnefs of Mens lives ar-
gues their conftitutions to be much more weak
and infirm. Thus if from 14 to (Jo be the
time for Procreation in Males now, when the
years of Mens lives are generally about 80 at
the moft; from the fame 14 to 600 at leaft,
will be the time for Procreation, when Mens
lives were about 800 years: and fo proportio-
nably in other cafes.
yi. The Hebrew Text of the Old Teftament,
being the Original it (elf, is as reafbnably to
be allow'd our rnoft authentic Guide in the
Chrono-
Chronology of the Old Teflament; as the
Greek Text of the New Teflament, being ge-
nerally the Original it felf, is allow'd to be
our moll: authentic Guide in the Harmony of
the Four Evangelifts. Neither is it more rea-
{enable to prefer the LXXII's Tranflation of
the one, than the Vulgar Latin Tranflation
of the other to the Original Hebrew and Greek
Copies of the Sacred Scriptures.
Hypotheses or Observations.
I. The whole Conduct of the Divine Providence in
the feveral methods of Revelation is twofold, and
at once carries on two very different defigns, *om.
the Inftru&ion of the Meek, Teachable, Diligent,
and Virtuous > and the Concealment of fuch In-
ftru&ion from the Proud, Obftinate, Slothful and
Profane : or m other words, it aims as well at the
Humbling and fall of the Bad and Vicious, as
the Improvement and Edification of the Good and
Religious.
II. It ought not therefore to feem ftrange if that
Book which contains the ReveaPd Will of God
be fo fram'd in purfuance of the beforemention'd
deiignsj as to have diverfe feeming contradictions
in it for the perplexing the Ungodly , and the
exercife of the Pious •, tho* no real ones for the fe~
curing the divine Veracity therein.
A i Thesis
T
H e s e two Hypothefes will appear foftrange, and yet are,
I think , fo certainly true in themfelves, fo necejfary to
the underftanding of the reafons of the many difficulties in
the Sacred Writings ; and perhaps fo exactly agreeable to the
Divine Goo dnefs alfo , if rightly underftood, that they well de-
ferve a farther conlideration. I mall in this place therefore at-
tempt thefe two things, (i ) To prove that the defign of Divine
Revelation is as well the {tumbling and fall of the Ungodly,
as the Improvement and Salvation of the Pious : and this from
the plain and repeated aflertions of the Sacred Writers them-
felves. ( 2 ) To fliew how this conduft is agreeable not only
to the Divine Juftice, but to the Divine Goodnefs alfo. The
firft branch is, I think, evident from the texts following,
which I fhall barely repeat, and leave to the judgment of the
impartial Reader.
Ifa..vi.-p> io. Go and tell this People, Hear ye indeed, but underftand not ;
and fee ye indeed, but perceive not. Make the heart of this Peo-
ple fat, and make their ears heavy, and ftmt their eyes: left they
fee with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and underftand with
their heart, and convert and be healed.
Dan.xij. 10. Many flail be purify' d, made white, and try d: but the wic-
ked fhall do wickedly : and none of the wicked fliall underftand y
but the wife Jh all underftand.
Matt.xi. 2j-,i6. jff t fo at t i me Jefus anfwerd and /aid, I thanks thee, O Fa-
Lukexij. zi. t y Y ^ L orc l f Heaven and Earth, becaufe thou haft hid thefe
things from the Wife and Prudent , and haft reveal d them unto
Babes. Even fo, Father ; for Jo it feemed good in thy fight.
Matk-xiij. io. The Difciples came and faid unto Jefus, Why fpeaizeft thou to
l f • them in Parables ? He anfwered and faid unto them , Becauft
tt is given unto you to know the Myfteries of the Kingdom of
Heaven, but to them it is not given. For whofoever hath, to him
JJjall be given, and he fall have more abundance •' but whofoever
hath not, from him pall be taken away, even that he hath. Tlxre-
Jore fpeal^ I to them in Parables : becaufe they feeing fee not , and
hearing they hear not, neither do they underftand. And in them
is fuljtlled the Prophecy of EJaias, which faith, By hearing ye pall
hear, and ft) all not underftand; and feeing ye ft] all fee , and (hall
5
. __— — -^_____________ . _
not perceive. For this peoples heart is -waxed grofs, and. their ears
are dull. of hearing, and their eyes they have do fed; left at any
time they fl.wuld fee with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and
fhould underftand with their heart, andfliould be converted, and
I Jhottld heal them.
And when he was alone , they that were about him with the Mar.iv. \ o, i r ,
twelve, asked him of the parable. And he faid unto them, Vnto »*••
you it is given to know the myflery of the Kingdom of God : but Lu '" e vlij * x °
unto them that are without, all thefe things are done in Para-
bles: that feeing they may fee , and not perceive.; and hearing
they may hear, and not underftand', left at any time they fiottld
be converted, and their fins fould be forgiven them.
If any man will do the will of God, he floall know of the Do- j0h.vij.T7.
Brine s whether it be of God 3 or whether I fpea\_of my felf.
Jefus faid, For Judgment am J come into this world: that chap. ix. 20.
they which fee not , might fee ; and that they which fee might be
made blind.
Tho' Jefus had done fo many works before them, yet believed Chap, xij.37--
they not on him : That the faying of Efai as the Prophet might be 4°-
fulfilled, which he fpake , Lord, who hath believed our report ? s f e Aft.xxvuj.
and to whom hath the arm of the Lord been reveal' df. Therefore % *'
they could not believe , becaufe that Efaias faid again , He hath
blinded their eyes, and hardened their heart ; that they ftoould not
fee with their eyes, nor underftand with their heart, and be con-
verted, and I fhould heal them.
What then? Iftrael hath not obtained that which he feeketh for ; R om . x i.7,&c-
but the election hath obtained it, and the reft were blinded: ac-
cording as it is written, God hath given them the fpirit of flum-
ber; eyes that they fould not fee, and ears that they ftoould not
hear unto this day, &c.
With all deceivablenefs of unrighteoufnefs in them that peri/h ; 2 Theft ij. 1 a*--,
becaufe they received not the love of the truth, . that they might be 1 1 . 1 2.
faved. And for this caufe God ft ■ all fend them ftrong deluftons,
that they fhould believe a lie. That they all might be damned,
who believed not the truth, but had pleafure in unrighteoufnefs.
The 2d Inquiry is, how fuch a Conduct is agreeable to the
Divine Juftice and Goodnefs? Which will be difpatch'd by
fhewing Firft, that Mens own wickednefs is the proper <xca-
A 3 ficn
fion and meritorious caufe of this Severity of the Divine Provi-
dence towards them. And Secondly, that this Conduct is the
moft merciful and gracious treatment they are capable of; and
Juch as will render them lefs miferable for ever. As to the
Firfi point. ; that fuch an evil temper of mind as unfits Men
for receiving Benefit by Divine Revelation is wilful, and Mens
own fault ; is evident, and agreed on by all : and fo I need
not infill on the proof of it. And that accordingly it de-
fences fuch a concealment of divine Truths from them, yea
and much higher inftances of God's anger and vengeance,
no Chriftian Man can doubt. The great difficulty therefore
is in the fecond place, How to fuppofe it confident with the
Divine Goodnefs, not only to conceal his Truths from the
Ungodly, but alfo to put great difficulties and feeminj? con-
tradictions into thofe Writings, which are the only Authen-
tic Records of his reveal'd Will : and upon the Belief where-
of, and obedience whereto the Salvation of Men was intirely
to depend. But now, if it can be prov'd that thofe ill-dif-
pos'd Perfons, who are not perfuaded by the great and gene-
ral defign of Scripture to promote Holinefs in the World, in
concurrence with the evident external demonftrations that it
comes from God, notwithstanding the difficulties therein con-
tain'd, would not be any more perfuaded altho' thofe difficul-
ties were remov'd ; the prefent doubt will immediately vanifh :
and it will appear that this method of God in the Revelati-
on of his Will, is fo far from being inconfiflent with his Good-
nefs, that as far as we can conceive, it is the befl he could
poifibly have taken, andmoftfor the intereft and advantage of
all Mankind. For befides, that the Faith and Obedience of
the Good are hereby more exercis'd and improv'd , and fo
made capable of greater Reward ; the Unbelief and Dif-
obediencc of the Wicked are alfo in part extenuated, andren-
dred lefs inexcufable; and confequently their future punim-
ment will.be proportionablylefs forever. Now that this fup-
pofition it felf is very probable at leait, if not certain, do's
appear from our Savior's own affcrtion, by the mouth of the
Patriarch Abraham, concerning the Brethren of Dives. That
miferable Wretch, in the place of Torment, when he could
not
7
not prevail for the leaft eafe or refrefhment for himfclf, be^s
at leaft of Abraham t\\zt he would fend Lazarus to his Father 's Luk.xvi. 17,
houfe, to tefltfy to his five Brethren the certainty and greatnefs of &c *
thepunimmentsof the Impenitent in the other World. Sure-
ly believing, that tho' they had hitherto difregarded not on-
ly the Voice of Confcience, and the Law of Nature, but the
exprefs Revelation by Mofes and the Prophets ; yet if one were
fent unto them from the dead, they would repent, and hearken
to fo much more aftonifhing and unexceptionable Admoniti-
ons. But obferve the Patriarch's anfwer ; If they hear not
Mofes and the Prophets, neither will they be perfuaded tho* one
rofe from the dead. And certainly, by a parity of-Reafon,
if Men be of fuch wicked and obftinate difpofitions, as to
reject the ftrongeft evidence for the Divine Authority of the
Sacred Scriptures, under pretenfe of difficulties in fmaller mat-
ters therein contain'd, becaufe their main defign is directly con-
trary to their own ungodly Courfes; that fame contrariety
would alfo occafion their Infidelity and Impenitence, tho'
the difficulties themfelves wereremov'd. For if themoftfur-
prizing evidence in the World, the warning of one fent from
the dead, would not conquer the wicked perverfenefs of Un-
believers, as our Saviour exprefly allures us it would not ; how
can it be imagin'd that the removal of a few difficulties, which
are but the pretenfes for, not the true caufes of their unbe-
lief, mould be able to effect it ? No, If they hear not Mofes
and the Prophets, Chrift and his Apoftles fpeaking to them in
the Books of the Old and New Teftament, as we now have
them : neither would they any more be per funded or ■ drawn to
repentance by them; tho' the fame Books were intangled with
no fuch difficulties, and thereby rendred more unexception-
able.
III. The Sacred Hiftorians date the Reign of every
King from the jirfl exercife of his Supreme Power,
tho' it happen'd in the lifetime of his PredecefTor,
contrary to the Cuftom of Profane Writers j as
we fhall fee in the Chronology.
IV. The
IV. The Sacred Hiftonans exactly diftinguifh be-
tween the imperfect Reign of a King which was
generally before^ and his compleat Reign which was
generally after his obtaining the Royal City. In the
former cafe thePhrafes are,Such an one barely reign-
ed,or reign'd ovcrIfrael y or over Judah. In the latter
cafe either the Royal City is nam'd, and the Phrafe is,
Such an one Reign'd in Jernfalem-, in Tirzah or
inSamaria - 3 or heReign'd over all Ifrael, or over all
Judah, as will hereafter appear in the Chronology.
V. The fame interruptions of Governments Inter-
regna) and double Epochal of Reigns, are fome-
times to be expected in the Annals of the Kings
of Ifrael and Judah, that appear in the An-
nals of other Nations. Thus in 'Ptolom/s Canon
of the Affyrian Monarchy, we find two Interreg-
na. And in Jofe/jhus's Hiftory of Herod 'the Great,
we find a double Epocha of his Reign. Thus e-
ven in our own Hiftory of King Charles II. his Fa-
ther's Death, and his own Return twelve years af-
terwards, are fufrkient foundations for a double
Epocha of his Reign alfo. If therefore we ob-
ferve the like examples in the Sacred Annals of the
Kingdoms of Ifrael and Judah, they ought to be
no more furprizing to us than the other.
VI. Even numbers of Years in the Chronology of
Scripture are us'd with great exadtnefs, and com-
prehend no more than fix Months on either fide j
/'. e. they imply the fpace mention'd, to be nearer
to that number than to the next, either over or
under j according to the mo ft natural and ftri£b
fignification of the words themfelves. Thus 40
Years for inftance, in the Sacred Stile of Chrono-
logy,
logy, denote only the fpace between 35^ on the* sra.fi. u.
one fide, and 40 I on the other. fchitn/S,
Corollary. Where therefore the Particle about is added, and
not elfewhere, the numbers may be extended fomewhat farther.
Thus *<*< about 30 years of Age will fairly extend from 29 on Luk.iii. 23.
one fide, to 3 1 on the other. But, confideringtheexatlnefsoftloe
Sacred Accounts, ought not, without particular evidence, to be
extended any farther*
VII. This exa£tnefs of numbers in the Chronology
of Scripture, or in thofe places whence the Ac-
counts of the Times are to be deriv'd, do's by no
means hinder, but that the common liberty which
all other Writers take of ufing large and. round
numbers without fuch accuracy may be allow'd the
Sacred ones alfo, upon other occafions, where a
greater exacinefs was no way neceflary to the mat-
ter in hand. Thus 400 years, a large and round Gen. xv. n
number, may occasionally be us'd, tho' it appear
by the Chronology, deliver'd in other places more
exactly, to be 40 f, and this without any prejudice
to the accuracy of the Sacred Accounts of ancient
Times.
VIII. The gradual decreaie of the length of Mens
Lives did not flop, and the Age of Man was not
redue'd to the prefent ftandard of 70 or 80 years,
till the daies of King T)avid. This is evident
from the following Table of the Ages of all the.
Perfons which are mention'd in, or can be collecl:-
ed from the Scripture, flnce the Flood, till the
Death of David.
B Scm
IO
Gen.xi. io,n.
12,13.
14, if.
16, 17.
18,19.
20. 21.
22, 23.
24, 25".
3*
Chap. xxv. 7.
xxi. 1.
xxxv. 28.
xxv. 17.
xLvii. 28.
l. 26.
Exod. vi. 16.
18.
Jobi.i— 4, with
XLii. 16.
Num.xxxii1.39
Deut.xxxiv. 7.
Jof.xxiv. 29.
iSam. iv. if.
2Sam.xix. 32.
Chap. v. 4.
See UJfer.Chxo-
nol. Sac. c. 8.
& 1 2.8c Anna!.
A.M. iffi.
Sem
Arphaxad
Salah —
Heber
Thaleg —
Rett -
Seruq —
Nahor
Tera/j
9 Abraham
\ Sarah —
C Ifaac —
£ Ifmael
Jacob
SJofeph
2. Levi —
Cxohath
-^ iJp/row about
CJob about
r* Amram
\segub about
«^j£^r about
yPallu about
\Jfocebeda about
Miriam about
Aaron -
Mofes —
Co>vr£ about —
Dathan about
Abiram about
C" Jofhua
\ Rahab about
i?<»ox about
5" 0^<?</ about
!*/< _
J# about
BarxMlai above
David _
600
438
433
464
239
239
230
148
205-
'75-
127
180
*37
'47
no
»37
'33
'33i
180
*37
137
*37
'37
'37
130
123
120
I2 r
125-
125-
no
*lf
n f
no
98
5>f
80
7o
Cor-
1 1
Coroil. i . The 90th Pfalm, where the lives of the Ifrnchtesjeem
to be fiated at 70 or 80 years, if it was compos' d by Mofes,
as the Title informs us, had regard only to the Jhortning the lives
of the Murmurers in the Wildernefs by a Divine Judgment ; Numb.xiv.20,
(when all thofe were to perifij in the fpace of 40 years, who were --3/-.
grown 2Wen at the Exodus out of Et r ypt) without any refpetl to
the common period of Human Life at that time. Barzillai in
the daies of David, is the firfi mention din Scripture, who was zSam.xix. ?<%
reckon d fo old, as not likely to live long at 80 years of Age ;
and David himfelf is the firfi, that is jaid tohavedy'd, and that
in a good old age , and full of daies, fo foon as 70 years ; Chap.v.^with
which are the particular numbers mention d in that Pfalm, and;* Chron. xxix.
the Standard of Human Life in all fucceeding Ages. 2 ^*
Coroil. 2. Job was nearly contemporary with Jacob'/ imme~
diate Sons, the twelve Patriarchs, or at lea fi the Generation fol-
lowing ; about the former part of the Ifraelites abode in the Land
of Egypt. Job liv'd 140 years after the conclufion of his JobxLii. \6.
Afflitlions ; and yet at the beginning of them many of his Child- cha P- '• 4> f-
yen were grown up- So that 180 years are as little as we can a- *$'
fcribe to him : which great longevity, tho' we fuppofe his life
to be confiderably longer than the general fiandard, on account of
a peculiar Blefjing, and as an extraordinary Reward of his Vir-
tue and Patience, as we ought to do y will yet certainly oblige us
to place him no lower than is here done. And that he cannot be
placed higher, the Names and Families of his Friends do abun-
dantly affure us. His Friends are fiyl'd Eliphaz the Temanite, Job ii. n. and
Bildad the Shuite, Zophar the Naamathite, and Elihu theSon^^ 11 ' 1 -
of Barachiel the Buzite, of the Kindred of Ram. From which
Notations One thus gathers the Age in which Job liv'd. "Eli-Gen.xxxvi.'u.
<c phaz the Temanite, feems to proceed from Teman theGrand-
"fonofEfou. And Bildad the Shuite, is probably of the J^_ Chap. xxv. 2.
"mily of Shuah, one of the Sons 0/ Abraham ^Keturah. -^^chap.xxii.20,
t( Hhhu was the Son of Barachiel the Buzite, of the Kindred of 21.
" Ram. Now Buz was the Son of Nzhor, Abraham'/ Brother;
"and Ram was probably the fame with Aram, the Son of Ke-
"muel, who was Brother to Buz. Thus he; to which he adds Jobxui. u.
" in confirmation, that the fame fort of Coin which was current Gen.xxxiii.19,
B z "in
A Jhort nt&w) of the Chronology
in Job'j time, is us'd too by Jacob, not pajl $2 years before
his defcent into Egypt.
Propositions.
I. T^HE fureft and moil ufeful guide of ancient
Chronology, where the Sacred Hiftorians
are lilent? is Ttolemy's Mathematical Canon.
The Reafons of the preference of this Canon before anyo-
ther of the ancient Accounts, are thefe :
1. The Author of it was the raoft learned Aftronomer of
all the Ancients; and has all along apply'd his Accounts to
the uncontefted l/£ra of Nabonajfar, and confirm'd them by
the Ecltpfes, mention'd by fhe mod ancient Aftronomers. be-
fore him, (the fureft x&cW&<« and Characteriftics of Chrono-
logy in the World.) 'Tis therefore evident on its own ac-
count, that its authority is better eftablifh'd than the autho-
rity of any other Monument of profane Hiftory befides.
1. This Mathematical Canon is particularly accommodated
to the continuation of the Sacred Chronology of the Old Te-
stament, and its connection with that of the New ; and in gene-
ral, to the comparifon of the Sacred with the Profane Accounts
of ancient Times; becaufe it begins a confiderable time be-
fore the Old Teftament Hiftory ends, and reaches beyond the*
times of the New Teftament alfo. It contains an intire Se-
ries of Reigns; and fo an uninterrupted Chronology from its
beginning till its conclufion : and this particularly thro' the
whole Interval between the Old and New Teftament Hifto-
ries, which otherwife were chiefly liable to Difputation. Be-
iides, it contains the Kings of thofe four Monarchies, and no
others; which the Old Teftament Hiftory is chiefly concern'd
■ withal, and which are fo famous in the Prophecies both of the
i Old and New Teftament. It alfo gives a much more exact
and certain account of thofe Affytian and Babylonian Kings
I mention'd in Scripture, than is any where elfe to be met with
/ in
of the Old Teflament. 1 3
W Pro lane Antiquity. And in particular, by cornparifon of
this Canon.with Xenophon, and with the Sacred Writers, we
have an exact account of the fpace during the 70 years Cap-
tivity of the Jews under Nebuchddncz&ar, and his Succeffors
in Babylon-, and of the time of its folution under Cyrus, King
of Perjia afterwards: which otherwife, we had been but very
imperfectly acquainted withal till this very day.
3. This Canon do's exactly agree in every thing: with the
t Chronology of the Old Teftament; confirms the fulfilling of
ancient Prophecies; and particularly, that famous one of the
70 Weeks in Daniel ; fixes the years of Artaxerxes and Tibe-
rias, on which it chiefly depends; and for its exact corre-
fpondence with the Sacred and Infallible, juftly deferves the
firft place among the profane Hiftorians.
4. This Canon do's alike exactly agree in every thing with
the accounts of thofe profane Hiftorians, who wrote the Hi-
ftories^Df their own Times. This certainly is the fureft Tefi
imaginable of the truth of the Canon before us ; that when-
ever it differs from any Hiftorian, it do's it only then when
the Hiftorian wrote of foregoing Ages, wherein he might ea-
fily be miftaken. But whoever writes the Hi ftory of his own
Age, and fo had opportunity of knowing certainly the Truth
©f what is related, alwaies agrees with this Canon. This ad-
mirable obfervation, which is owing to the moft Learned, the
prefent Lord Bifhop of Worcefter, is of very great ufe in the
cafe before us. For whereas hitherto , we have alwaies been
in perplexity which of the ancient Hiftorians we were to ad-
here to, in their feveral contradictory accounts of thefe times, we
are now fecure, and have this Authentic Record ever to rely
upon in ancient Chronology. Which Mathematical Canon
f Canon itaque Nabonaflarxus, ab Aftronomis primum ufurpatus, &ccc-
leftibus characteribus fancitus, maximam tandem Audtoritatem apud Hiftori-
cos non immerito oltinuit. Cujus quidem tanta eft cum facris literis con-
gruent^, ut fine illo vix eflet ullus ab Hiftoria Sacra ad exoticam tranfitus.
Neque iatis notus eflet primus ille Cyri Annus, quo foluta eft feptuagenaria
Judaeomm G ptivit. s. Sane Canon ifte multis ct>mpaginibus cum facroTex-
tu aptifl'ime connectitur. Marfhami Chronicon, p. foj, fc6.
B 3 therefore
14 A Jhort view of the chronology
therefore fliall be Reprinted at the end of this Book, and fhair
never be receded from in this whole Chronology, or the en-
fuing Harmony ; that fo there may be no more occafion for
that complaint, which has been fometimes made, * that many
upon trifling Conjectures 6f their own, and in order to maintain
their fever al H ypothe/cs, have ventur'd to recede from this fureft
Rule and Standard of ancient Hiftory. As if they imagin'd
the difficulties of the Sacred Chronology ;were not to be af-
foil'd in confidence with it.
Scholium. It will not be here improper to confider the nature
and method of this Canon beforehand, that fo we may be the
better prepar'd to underftand, and make ufe of it hereafter ;
which I fliall do in the words of a learned Friend, to whom
I am particularly obliged for his care and pains in the review
Mr. Alljn, Fcl- f t h c prefent Chronology. "This Canon computes the be-
1<n Ti ° f mq^ " § mn ^ n S °^ an y °f tne y ears °^ eacn King's Reign , from
Chrofology. " the firft Da y of the firft Month ( caird Thoth "> °' ^ Na ~
vid.Lloyd Ser. c 'bonajfarean year, which falls out in that refpeclive year of
Chronolog. « hi s Reign. And tho' any King fhould die immediately af-
and f£°in1L " tcr the firft of Thoth > Y et a11 the reft of that year till the next
volum.6eogr!^ && of Thoth is attributed to his Reign in the Canon. And
Grsec. minor. " if any King, whofe Reign was lefs than a year, had never
/.Si. "a firft of Thoth within the compafs of his Reign,, that King
" v/as omitted in the Canon, and his Reign added to the Reign
"of his PredecefTors. Now the JVabonaffarean year was juft
" 565 daies long, without the intercalation of a day every
" fourth year. So that after every four years, the firft of Thoth
" would run back in the Julian year in fuch a manner as that
*' i^6iJVabonoJfarean years fhould be equal to 1 460 Julian ones t
" The firft of Tlwth in that time coming to its old place in
" the Julian year. According to which obfervations I fliall
fet down, together with the Canoa of Kings, the day of the
Julian year on which each of their firft Thothsfell, thro' the
whole Series of that Chronology.
* Chronographi Chriftiani, futilibus conje&uns nimiumindulgentcs 3 miris
modis Canonem hunc caftigarunt, vel potius conturbarunt. MarJJmm. p. fo6.
of the Old Te (lament. 1 5
II. That Jewifh year by which the Sacred Writers
reckon the feveral Intervals fince the Deluge, or at
lcaft fince the Exodus out of Egypt •> was either the
true Solar year, or a Lunar one fo adjufted by
proper Intercalations to the Solar, as to be in a
manner equivalent to it.
This is evident, becaufe their year by the exprefs Law, of
God was to be commenfuiate to their Seafons, and to begin
alwaies a few weeks before Barly Harveft. And the Lord Exod.xii. 1,2.
/pake unto Mofes and Aaron in the land of -Egypt, faying, This Exod.xiii.4.
month fof A bib"] /ball be unto you the beginning of months ; it am j xx »V I f-
si 11 1 1 £ n 1 r 1 J S ^aJL-L an d XXXIV. 1 8
Jball be the fir/I month of the year unto you. And this by and Deutj xvi
the confent of all has been the conftant computation of the t .
Jews ever fince Mofes to this very day. Whether the Jews
us'd the Lunar year before the Babylonifl Captivity, as they
have done fince, tho' it wants notits probabilities, yetisit by
no means certain ; and in my prefentdefignisof fo fmallcon-
fequence either way, that I mail not fpend any time here in the
inquiry about it. The Julian year, tho' beginning ftill about
three Months before it, is yet fo near to the JewifJo year (whe-
ther it were Solar or Lunar) with which we are concern'd,
that it will fupply its place well enough in the following Chro-
nology.
Scholium. It is here to be obferv'd, that I fay this is the year
Jince the Deluge only; for I fhall have occafion to prove here-
after, if ever the New Theory come to another Edition,
that the year before the Deluge was of a fliorter
duration, and contain'd but 360 Antediluvian daies ; as
appears particularly from the Mofaic account of that year where- Gen.vii u za
in the Waters were upon the Earth. It is alfo to be obferv'd, andxii, 3,4.
that I am not abfoluteiy pofitive in this proportion, as to
the Interval between the Deluge and the Exodus out of Egypt.
For tho' the natural year was then of the fame duration with
that ever fince ; yet becaufe it will be prov'd by our great
Chronologer in his Dijfertation concerning Daniel's weeks, Bp. f wwceft-
which the Learned World has fo long expeded, that the mod er.
ancient Civil Year, of which any footfteps remain in Hi ltory,
for
k; A Jhort view of the Chronology
for a long time after the Flood was no other than that of 560
daies alfo : It may poffibly be fuppos'd that the Poftdiluvi-
an Patriarchs before the Exodus us'd the fame year; and that
Mofes alfo refers to the fame in 'the Hiftory of thofe
times, till the Divine Law interpos'd, and alter'd the accounts
upon their deliverancG out of Egypt. Thefe fuppofitions I fay,
are poifible, and not at all abfurd ; and fo make it neceffary
to fpeak with caution in the prefent cafe. In the meantime,
becaufe we have no pofitive Evidence of the ufe of a diffe-
rent year fince the Flood, before and after the Exodus, in the
ftile of Mofes ; and becaufe, if the Patriarchsdidufe the year
of 360 daies, yet the Sacred Hiftorian might reduce thofe
years to that natural one which was us'd afterward, and give
us the whole period fince the Flood in the fame method of
computation; becaufe laftly, all Chronologers have hitherto
fuppos'd the year in M&fes, before and after the Exodus to be
the fame : I therefore (hall not venture without more .exprefs
evidence, to difturb the fetl'd Accounts of thefe times, but
mail fuppofe the year fince the Deluge, in the Sacred Wri-
tings, to be conftantly the fame, and therefore equivalent to
the Julian year, by which I all along ftate the Chronology
-of the Sacred Scriptures.
III. The year ordain'd by Jeroboam when he drew
off the ten Tribes to Idolatry, and fb us'd in part
of the Annals of the Kingdom of Ifrael, was a
Month fliorter than that of Judah, containing but
eleven Months only. And this year continued till
the Revolution by Jehu, but no longer.
This AfTertion will be thought by many, as ftrange and
paradoxical, as it is new and Jingular. But to obviate Mens
prejudices in this, and fuch like cafes, I muft beg leave to fay
that a common Opinion without a folid Foundation, is of no great
value in thefe matters. If upon a diligent inquiry into the
Annals of the Kingdoms of Ifrael and Judah, and a careful
adjuftmentof both accounts, the propofition appears to be well
grounded, as I hope to fhew that it is; I think the novelty
of it ought to be no objection againft it ; and that it ought
not
of the Old Teftament. j 7
not to be rejected merely becaufe it is not to be met with
in Commentators. Every body knows what great variety of
years there has been in ancient times. Our Julian year is 365 \
days : the Solar 3 65 . $ h 49'. JVabonaJfar's 3 6 $. the mod a*ncient of
all 3^0. the Arabian Lunar year 354. 8\ 48'. The year of V id. Herodot.
fome Cities mention'd by Herodotus 360 and 390 alternately. 1 i.e. 32.
The ancient Roman year before Nnma PompiliKS, according c r ■ .
to the beft Authors, of only ten Months! To fay nothing die N ata U. c.
of fome other very ancient Computations, where ftill ferver 20.
Months, nay fometimes a Jingle one feems to have had the de- Langiumde
nomination of zyear given to it. At the fame time itcannot ap- , Anms thrift:.
pear a ftrange fuppohtion, that Jeroboam, when he began a
feparate Polity, contrary to the Law of God, fhould make
an alteration in the Accounts of Time; efpecially where fuch
an alteration by changing the feafons of all the jewift Feajis,
or Public Worfhip, did not a little contribute to the change of
the Wbrfljip it felf alfo. Now that he not only might, but really
did alter the year , and that in the proportion above-mention'd,
will appear by the following considerations.
1, By this change he would not introduce a new thing, (I
mean a moveable year, whofe head would wander thro' all
the feafons,) but only reftore the ancient way of reckoning,
and imitate all the neighbour Nations round about. There
is very good reafon to doubt, whether in the days of Jero-
boam, almoft any other Nation but the Jews, who were there-
in guided by Divine Revelation, knew and made ufe of a fixt
Solar year, or its equivalent. 'Tis rather very probable by the
old Teftimonies, as well as by the difcovery of the true length
of the Solar year long afterwards, that the general Computa-
tion of the World was 360 days, and no other; which was
certainly a vagrant year, and within the duration of the life
of one Man, in the fpace of 70 years, its head run backward
to the fame place it had before. Since therefore a vagrant year
was fo common in the World, it may eafily be fuppos'd that
Jeroboam might appoint one of this fort to the People of IfraeL
2. That Jeroboam not only might but really did takeaway
a month from the year, is evident by the Records of Ifrael
and Judah, compar'd together all along in the Interval before
C us;
i 8 A Jhort wienu of the Chronology
us ; whilft eleven years in the Annals of Judah conftantly
correfpond to twelve years in the Annals of Ifrael. Thus
fromthe beginning of Rehoboam, till the common (laughter of
j&azjah zn&Jehoram by Jehtt, is accounted in the Jewifk An-
nals but 90 years, and about fix months, whereas the fame interval
isintheAnnalsof//?7*e/p7 years, and about feven months,as will
appear in the Chronology, and is according to the proportion of
eleven to twelve affign'd in the prefentpropofition. Thusal-
fo in the adjufting of the particular Reigns of each King of
Ifrael and Jttdah during this interval, which are otherwife in-
explicable., all is eafy upon this fuppofition ; and every Text
of Scripture thereto relating falls in of its own accord : as
will appear in the Table of this period hereafter. And the fe
are to me little lefs than demonflrations of the truth of the
Hypothecs before us. But that the force of this reafoningmay
be the better perceiv'd, let us fuppofe that an inquifitive Per-
fon, who knew nothing of the difference between the Julian
and Saracen years, in the midft of his Travels, light upon a
celebrated Hiftory of the Emperors of the Eaft at Conftanti-
aople, and of the Saracen SuccefTors to Mahomet in Arabia^
.carefully, and without the leaft variation extracted from the
Authentic Records of each Empire, and containing the feve-
ral Reigns, particularly adjufted and interwoven together.
Now 'tis plain that this Perfon, while he imagin'd the Epo-
cha's and years of both Empires to be the very fame , he
-would undoubtedly be furpriz'd and puzzl'd at every thing;
and perhaps upon the fuppos'd difagreement of the Accounts,
would be ready to condemn the Hiftorian, as an ignorant and
fabulous Writer. But then , if he once got a hint of the
different Epochas of the years of Chrifr, and of the Hegyra
of Mahomet, and of the different years made ufe of in the
fcveral Empires; and if hereupon he a frefh con fider'd the Ac-
counts, and compar'd them over again ; he would certainly
conclude t.hat the Hiftorian was an exacl and faithful one;
and be convinc'd that the defect of his obferving the diver-
fity of the Epocha's and years of the two Empires was
the alone caufe of his difficulties. He would,, as he went
on, be flill more and more fatisfy'd in the proportion of the
feveral
of the Old Teftarneut.
feveral years ; and conclude for certain, that the Grecian Em-
pire reckon'd by Julian ot Solar years, from the Birth of
Chrift; and the Saracens by Lunar years, from die Flight
of Mahomet ; and that thence fuch feemingly different numbers
were all along deriv'd into* the Hiftory before him. And
this I take to be ;uft the cafe before us, and as there the exact
agreement of every thing alter the Inquirer once had an inti-
mation of the difference beioremention'd, would by degrees
render him fecure of their Truth ; fo here the intire accord
of the Annals of the two Kingdoms of Jfrael and Judah, up-
on the fuppofition that the year of the former, was a month
fhorter than that of the latter, ought to render it at leaft high-
ly probable, that this fuppofition it felf is true alfo : which
will be ftill farther confirm'd by the next Argument.
3. The contrary fuppofition, which has hitherto prevail'd,
forces us on very great Abfurdities; namely, that the fix firft ^ d - u $ v '
Kings oflfrael, after the divifion of the'Kingdoms (not account- rono '
ing Zimri for one, who Reign'd but feven days) did every
one Reign even numbers of years, with about a fortnight q-
ver, continually \ and that alfo that fortnight is in everyone
of them reckon'd a whole year in the Sacred Hiftory. Thus
Jeroboam muft Reign but 2 1 years and about fifteen days, tho'
the Scripture fays he Reign'd 12. Thus Nadab mult Reign
but one year and about fifteen days, tho' the Scripture ftys
he Reign'd two years, and the like o£ : Baafba> Elah, Omri. arid
-^/?^fucceffively. Now that fo many Kings, one immediate-
ly after another, fhould die juft after even years were over,
all in the firft month of their Reigns, is it felf fo ftrange, and
I believe fo unparalleFd in any Hiftory, that I account ltal-
moft incredible in the prefent cafe. But that befides thisftrange
ccrrefpondence of Accidents, a part of one Jingle mo, ?tb ihould
every where be ftil'd a year alfo, is in it felf fo inaccurate,
fo abhorrent from the Cuftom of all Hiftorians, much more
from the exa&nefs of the Sacred ones, that 'tis by no means
to be believ'd • efpecially fince there is no manner of cccafion
for any fuch Suppofitions, if we dobut allow for that diffe-
rence of the years in the different Kingdoms of IJrach.a6.Jn-
dah.> which is averted in this Proposition, as will eppear in the
Chronology. C 2 4. This
2.0
A Jhort <vie<w of the Chronology
4. This is confirm'd alfo from that paflage in the Hiftory
of Jeroboam^ that he chang'd the Feaft of Tabernacles from
iKingsxij.3*, the feventh to the eighth month; even the month that he de-
53- vis' d of his own heart. The meaning of which alteration may
fcem to have been this, that fince the feventh month,, that of
Tifriy was the moft famous month, for the Jeivifb Feafts andSo-
lemnities in the honour of the true God, of the whole year,
as well as the firfi month in their civil Computations : (For
therein was the Feaft of Trumpets on the firft or New-years-
day ; the great day of Expiation on the tenth, and the Feaft of
Tabernacles from the fifteenth to the twenty fecond.) Therefore
to take as.much as poffible, fuch things out of the Thoughts
of the Jfraelites, he abolifh'd and eras'd that whole month
for the future, and conftituted the next month Marhefvan, to
fupply its place ; and appointed it the beginning of his new
year, and the principal feafbn for his new Idolatrous Solemni-
ties alfo. And thus, As Alttharram, after the heart of Maho-
met, became the -firft and moft Superftitious month of the va-
grant Arabic year. So did Aiarhefvan, the month that Jero-
boam devis'd of his own hearty become in the fame manner
tihe firft and the moft Idolatrous month in the like vagrant
year of the Israelites ; till the Revolution by Jehtt, put a fi-
nal Period thereto afterwards,
IV. Thofe apparent inconfiftencies which arife only
from the Hiftorical Books, which were written af-
ter the Captivity ; I mean the two Books of Chra-
nicies, Ezra, and Nehemiah, arenottobeefteem-
ed real difficulties, originally belonging to the
Chronology of the Old Teftament, but the bare
miftakes of our prefent Copies.
This Propofition depends on an Obfervation very obvious
to make, w*. That thefe Books have a great many more mi-
ftakes in Names and Numbers than any, nay than all the other
Books of the Old Teftament; and that confequently, thofe
apparent Inconfiftencies which arife from them alone, are not
generally
of the Old Tejiament. zi
gencrafly to be accounted for, as the reft; but rauft be own-
ed to be the plain Over- fights of the Tranferibers of them. To
clear this Propofition, I fhall firfi demonftrate its truth, by a
plain and nunerous Induction of Particulars. And fecondly, I
fhall attempt fome account of the occasions of it, or how it
has come to pafs that thefe, and only thefe Books of Scripture
have fo many miftaken Names and Numbers in them. Now
as to the firfi point, I muft premife this, that Tranferibers are
much more liable to mi (lakes in Names and Numbers than in
other things, becaufe thefe do not generally affect the cohe-
rence of the difcourfe, which is the great means of prevent-
ing or correcting Errors. The Tranferibers therefore are both
very eafily miftaken, and alfo have no fuch hints and means of
difcovering and correcting their Miftakes afterwards, as they
have in other cafes. This being premis'd, I come to give an
Induction of particular Miftakes in the Names and Numbers
of the prefent Copies of thefe Books,, which a comparifon
with other Books of Scripture, the plain reafon of things, or
ancient Verfions and Teftimonies difcover to us. As to the
miftaken Names, I fhall only inftance in the firft Chapter of
the firft Book of Chronicles ; it being endlefs to go* thro' all
the examples of this kind; and as to the other Miftakes, re-
lating chiefly to Numbers, I fhall inftance in fome of the
principal, and leave the reft to the Reader's own obfervation.
And in the whole, I fhall barely fet down the miftaken places,
with the parallel ones, which correct them; or the evident
Reafons to prove they are Miftakes, without any farther In^
ferences or Reflections*
€ 5 I'Chron,
2.2.
A Jhort <vienjo of the Chronology
i Chron. i.
j 7. Meftech.
30. Hadad.
l6. Zephi.
l^.Homam.
qo.Alian.
— She phi.
^i.Amran.
qz.Jakan.
50. Hadad.
— Pai.
1 Chron. i. 1 7- The fons of Shem, Vz,,
andHul, andGether, and Me-
JJjech.
iij. 22. . The fons of Shemaiah, Hat-
tujh, and Igeal, and Bariah,
and Neariah, andShaphat. fix.
vj. f4--6o. Now thefe are their dwelling
places throughout their cajllesin
their coafis of the fons of Aaron,
of the families of the Kohathites :
fox theirs was the lot.
And they gave them Hebron
in the land of Judah, and the
fuburbs thereof round about it.
But the f elds of the city, and
the villages thereof they gave to
Caleb the fon of Jephunneh.
And to the fons of Aaron
they gave the cities of Judah,
namely, Hebron the city of re-
fuge, and Libnah with her fub-
urbs, and Jartir, and Ejhte-
moa, with their fab ;rbs,
And Htlen with her fuburbs-,
Gen. jo.
28. MaJJj.
Chap. 25. i^.Hadar.
36. 11. Zepho.
22. He man.
2 3 . Alvan.
— Shepho.
26. Hcmdan.
27. Akan.
3 p. Hadar.
— Pau.
The fons of Aram, Vz,, and
Hul, and Gether, and Mafb.
Gen. 10. 23.
One of the Sons ofShemaiah
is here omitted ; for there are
but five, recounted, and yet
fumm'd up fix.
Here are but eleven Cities
reckon'd up, and yet the fum
is thirteen; two of the names,
which were Gibeon and Juttah
being omitted by the Tranfcri-
ber, who a!fo has fufftciently
p?rplex'd the whole Period, as
we learn from the parallel place
in the Book of Joflma, Chap.
21. 9—19. whence this feems
to have been taken.
D C .
of the Old Tejfament.
*3
Debir 'with her juburbs,
And Ajhan with her fuburbs,
and Beth-Jhemejh with her fub-
urbs.
And out of the tribe of Ben-
jamin ; Giba with her fuburbs,
and Alemeth with her juburbs,
and Anathoth with her fuburbs.
All their cities throughout their
families were thirteen cities.
And unto the fons of Kohath,
which were left of the fami-
ly of that tribe , were ci-
ties given out of the half tribe,
namely out of the half tribe of
Adanaffeh, by lot, ten cities.
i Chron.vj.6i.
The fons of Iz,rahiah ', Mi-
chael, and Obadiah, and foel,
Ifhtah, five. vij. 3.
In two Chapters imme-
diately fucceeding, we have
the very fame Genealogy of
King Saul's Family twice re-
peated ; only in the latter
the name of Ahaz,, is omit-
ted in the Original, and fo for-
ced to be fupply'd by our Tran-
slators, viij. 3 3-38. ix 29—44.
Of the fons of Hebron ; Je-
riah the firfi, Amariah the fe-
cond, Jehaz^iel the third, and
Here are^#Citiesgiven out
of the half tribe of ManafTeh ;
whereas in truth there were
four given out of Ephraim,
four out of Dan, and but tw»
out of the half tribe of Ma-
naffeh , ten in all ; as we learn
from the particular and exact
account in Jo/bua Chap, a 1 .
zo-26". whence this muft cer-
tainly have been taken.
Here the number in general
is five, tho* the particulars a-
mount to no more than four,
one name being loft in the
Tranfcribing-.
Of the fons, yeriah, Ama-
riah the fecond, Jahaz,iel the
third , Jekar, earn the font 1 7.
*4
A Jhort vienv of the Chronology
iChron. xwyjekameam the fourth.
19.
xxv. 3. The fons of "Jeduthun ; Ge-
daliah, and Zeri, and Jeftai-
ah t Hafiabiah, andMattithiah,
fix.
xxij. 14- Now behold in my trouble,
[or of my poverty] I have pre-
pared for the houfe of the Lord
an hundred thoufand talents of
gold, and a thoufand thoufand ta
ients of filver.
1 Chron. 24. 2$. Where, be-
fides the repetition of the
fame Catalogue in two fuccef-
five Chapters, as before, the
Father's name Hebron, and the
Order of Jenah, who ought
to have been ftil'd the firfi,
are both omitted in the Ori-
ginal; and are only fupply'd
in the Engltfl) Tranflation.
Nay, the Verfes before, and
after this, on a comparifon
with the foregoing Chapter,
will appear to be bare Repeti-
tions,and thofe fufficiently con-
fus'd alfo.
Here the fum contains one
morethan the particulars. The
name Shtmei being omitted, as
appears by the 1 yth Verfe fol-
lowing.
A ftrange fum ! and this not
all that was provided for the
Temple by David and Solomon
both ; but by the former on-
ly. Nay, and this in his dif-
ficulties of affairs, or of his Po-
verty, as being but a fmall mat-
ter of what he intended, in
cafe his affairs had been more
profperous, andhimfelf in bet-
ter Circumftances. The Sum
in our Engli/Jj Money amounts
to above feven hundred milli-
ons of Pounds, fterling ; that
is, to near as much as the fo-
lid content of the whole Tem-
ple and Porch withal], had it
of the Old Teflament.
z-5
Ezraij. Now the fe are the chil-
dren of the province that went up
out of the captivity, ofthoje which
had been carried mv ay, whom Ne-
buchadnezzar the king of Ba-
bylon had carried aivay unto Ba-
bylon , and came again un-
to Jerufalem and Judah, eve-
ryone unto his* city;
Which came with Zerubbabel :
ycfjjua, Nehemiah, Seraiah,
Reelaiah, Mordecai , Bil/han,
Mifpar, Bigvai, Rehum, Ba-
anah. The number of the men
of the people of Ifrael.
been all Silver: nay to more
Gold and Silver than the whole
Earth had upon it, till the late
difcovery of the Mines of A-
merica. 'Tis in Jofephus but
the tenth part of this mm, and J ofep Antl *
in the Syrtac, no more than a
thoufandTalents of each kind. I
need fay no more to mew the
groffnefs of the Tranfcriber's
miftake in this place.
Nehemiah vij. My God put
into my heart to gather together
the nobles, and the rulers, and
the people, that they might be
reckoned by genealogy : and I
found a regifler of the genealogy
of them ivhich came up at the
firfi, and found written there-
in,
Thefe are the children of the
province that went up out of the
captivity, of thofe that had been
carried away, whom Nebuchad- •
nezzar the king of Babylon had
carried away, and came again
to Jerufalem s and to Judah,
every one unto his city;
Who came with Zerubbabel :
Jcfljua, Nehemiah, Azariah,
Raamiah, Nahamani, Aforde-
cai, Bilfoan, Mifpereth, Bigvai,
Nehum, Baanah ; the number,
I fay, of the men of the people
of Ifrael) was this;
D
The
z6
A Jhort view of the Chronology
E%KA.
The Children of Parojft
of Shephatiah
of Arah —
2I ?i
37*
77*
of Pahath Moab 2812
of Elam — 12.54
of Zattu — 945
of Zaccai — 760
of Bani — 642
of Bebai — 623
of Azgad — 1222
of Adomkam - 66d
of Bigvai — 205-6
of ^<//» — 45-4
of -4ttr - 98
of Bezai — 32}
of jforaA — 1 1 r
of Hafhum — 222
of Gi^^r — 95-
of Bethlehem — 123
The Men of Netophah - 5-6
of Anathoth -. 128
The Children of Azmavtth — 42
of Kirjatharim,&.c. 743
of Rama, 8cc. — 621
The Men of Michmai - 122
of .Bef£<?/ 8c c. — 223
The Children of Nebo - 5-2
of Magbijh .- i^o"
of £/#;# — 125-4
of Harim — 320
of Lod, Sec. - 725-
of Jericho — 345-
'of Senaah — 3630
Tne Priefts
The Children of Jedaiah - 973
of Immer — 105-2
of Pafhur — .1247
of Harim — 1017
The Levites
The Children of Jefiua, &c,
The Singers
The Children of Afaph - I2 .&
The Porters
The Children of Shallum, &c. 1 3 9
The Kethinims and Solomon's fervantj
39*
74
N E H E M I A H.
The Children of Parofh — 2171
of Shephatiah -- 374
of -<4/v^ — 6f 2
of Bah nth Moab 2818
of Ii»w — 125-4
of Z««« — 845*
of Zaccai — 760
of Binnui — 648
of JBe^i — 628
of Azgad - 2322
of Adonikam — 667
of Bigvai — 2067
of Adiry -_ 6j j
of Ater -_ 98
of Hnjloum — 328
of Bezai — 324
of Hariph .- 112
of Gibeon •- 95-
The Men of Bethlehem 7
and Netophah $ - x 88
of Anathoth - 128
of Beth-Az.mai>eth 42
of Kirjatfyearim, 6cc. 743
of Rama, 8cc. 621
of Michmas — 122
of £«/?e/, Sec. 123
of .Nefo — 5-2
The Children of Z/«w. — 125-4
of Harim — 320
of Jericho .- 345*
of ZW, &c. -- 721
of Senaah •- 3930
The Pf iefts
The Children of Jedaiah - 973
of lmmer — 105-2
of Pa/bur — 1247
of Harim — 10I7
The Levites
The Children of Jejhua, &c. ~ 74
The Singers
The Children of ^/*^> - 148
The Porters
The Children of Shallum, &c. 138
The Netbimms and Stlomoyfs fervants
39*
Un
of the Old Teflameut.
2-7
Uncertain multitude — tfj-i
The whole Congregation together was
42360
Whereas the particulars amount to no
more than 29818
Deficient therefore in the particulars
125-42
Uncertain multitude - $^ x
The whole Congregation together was
42360
Whereas the particulars amount to no
more than 31089
Deficient therefore in the particulars
11271
That thefe are the very fame Catalogue, is abundantly e-
vident by the very fame beginning, -the fame order or feries
of Families, moft of the fame numbers in the particulars 5
and chiefly by the very fame Sum of the whole Congregati-
on in both the Copies. Yet how widely different each of
them are from truth, and from one another, the numbers a-
bove compar'd together, and the general Sums compar'd with
the particulars do abundantly declare ; and need not be farther
infifted on here. This laft is fy full and complicated an in-
fiance of abundance of miftakes of Tranfcribers in thefe Hi-
ftorical Books, written after the Captivity, that I fhall fearch
for no more ; but proceed to the ftcmd point I propos'd to
confider, swe. What have been the Occaiions of fo many mi-
stakes in thefe Books, or, How it has come to pafs that the
Hiftorical Books after the Captivity, and no others, havefo
many miftaken Names and Numbers in them. Now I think
in this cafe, the Reafon is pretty Obvious. All the former
Sacred Books were not only written and publifh'd, but tran-
fcrib'd and fpread abroad, while there was a fuccellion of
Prophets a^mong the Jews; who had all along fufhcient Au-
thority to review them, and to correct the miftakes of Tran-
fcribers. Thus for inftance, Ez,ra, Nehemiah, Haggai, Ze-
chariah and Malachi, were able after the Captivity to review
the Holy Books ; to corred the miftakes in any Copies ; and
upon any Doubts, to determin the true Readings. Where-
by the intire number of the Copies of the former Scriptures
might be pure and uncorrupt, and fo the true Readings a great
while convey'd down to Pofterky. But who muft correct
the laft Prophets, and Sacred Writers? Their own Autograph*
were, no doubt, every one true and exact. But they were no
more than (ingle Copies ; and all the following ones muft come
D z from
2 3 A Jhort view of the Chronology
from therri, with the miftakes of every Tranfcriber afterwards.
Becaufe no body durft pretend to correct a miftake, tho' it
were never fo plain, for fear of the Curfe to thofe who added
Deut.iv.2.and/o, or took^ aw ay from the word of God. The different cafe
xij. 32. of the old Books, and of thefe laft, is juft like that of anyo-
ther Author, as Horace and Cicero, for inftance : the one of
which, athoufand years ago had all his Copies every where
review'd and corrected by the Autographon it felt ; and the
other had only then its Autographon in the World. For cer-
tainly, by that time the Copies of each of them became e-
qually numerous ; thofe of the former deriv'd down by the
means of a great multitude of exad ones' fo lately corrected,
would be much freer from Errors and Miftakes than thofe of
the other, where ftill the Errors of every flngle Copy after
the Autographon was gone, would fpreadthemfelves to all thofe
that were Tranfcrib'd from it. Suppofe all the other Copies
of this fingle Autographon deriv'd from one, and that this one
had only ten Errors in it ; thefe ten will propagate themfelves
to all the future Copies without poffibility of correction.
And if every Copyer ftill commitsas many Miftakes afterward,
the Errors will in time become very numerous : while the
.many Perfect Copies of the other will both prevent the ne-
ceffity of many more for a long time; and the difference of
the miftakes in the different Copies taken from the feveral ex-
act ones, will help to correct each other continually : which
feems to me to be the very cafe before us, and to afford a ve-
ry probable account why the ancient Books of the Old Te-
ftament have {o few, and thofe after the Captivity fo many
Errors and Miftakes in their Copies, which remain at this
day,
Co roll. Since there are fo many miftakes in Numbers in thefe
Books, 'tis no -wonder that fome of them have caus'd difficulties
in Chronology. Before we come therefore to the feveral Periods
of the Old Teftament Series of Times, it is proper to corretl thofe
apparent inconfiftencits of this kind , which are. owing to the mi-
ftakes of Tranfcribers in the Books before us : that Jo we may not
afterward be difturbed by them* Thus Baaiha King of Ifrael is
faid
of the Old Tejlamcnt. z?
faid to come up againft Judah in the thirty fixth year of* tne*Chron.xvrj.i.
reign of Afa :* whereas 'tis- certain that Baallia dy'd in the 16th i Kingsxv. 33'
year of Afa, ten years before. Thus alfo Ahaziah is [aid to be
fourty two years old when he began his reign, uppn his Fa- 2Chron.xxij.2r.
ther's death: whereas 'tis evident but two verfes before, that Chap.xxj. ult.
his Father was no more than 40 when he dfd ; and no body will
imagin the Son two years elder than the Father. But befldes the
plain reafon of things, the Book^ of Kings in the Hebrew, as 2Kingsviij.26.
well as this Book^in the Syriac Per (ton from the Hebrew, con-
fpire to afure us that Ahaziah was but 22 years old at his Fa-
ther s Death, and the beginning of his own Reign. Thus alfo
Jehoiachin is faid to have been but eight years old when he be- 2Chron.xxxvj ,
gan to reign, in the prefent Copies of the Chronicles; where- 9.
as the Boo\of Kings affures us heivas eighteen : and this latter 2 King, xxiv,
muft certainly be in the right ; for it appears that at this time, 8-
heisaccus'd of doing evil in the fight of the Lord; and that in v. 9.
three months time afterward, upon his going into Captivity, he v,l S-
had more Wives than one ; which are certain demonfirations that
the number in the Chronicles is corrupted in our prefent Copies.
Thus alfo even in the Boolzfof Kings, we find one miflake in our a Kings i. 17. ■
prefent Copies, which I Jhall take leave to correct upon this occa-
fion. Jehoram, King of Ifrael, is faid to begin hisreign in the
fecond year of Jehoram, the fon of Jehofaphat, king of Ju-
dah . Whereas 'tis evident by the Chronology, that Jehoram,. King of
Ifrael, began to reign long before Jehoram, King of Judah, e-
ven in the eighteenth year of his Father Jehofaphat. And the
reafon why 1 venture to call this a miftake in our prefent Copies,
even in a Book^ which generally has come very exalt and uncor- $
rupt to our hands- 3 is riot only becaufe the fame Bool^ in another
place afcrtbes the beginning of Jehoram of IfraelV Reign, to the 2 K_i nes iji, E4 ,
eighteenth of Jehofaphat; but alfo becaufe the LXXII in one of
their befi Copies do fo, even in the place before us ; and thereby
give us jufi occajion to conclude, that fo it was alfo in that He-
brew Copy from which they made their Tranflation. Thefe diffi-
culties therefore are not to be accounted for, as if they were
really truths ; but corrected, as the evident miftahes of Tranfcri-
bers only.
D z V. Th?
3 o A Jhort view of the Chronology
V. The intirefum of years from the Creation till the
Chriilian zyEra> is not concern'd in the greateft
number of the Chronological difficulties of the
Old Teftament.
'Tis evident that moit of the difputes about the Chro-
nology ofe the Old Teftament, arife from the particulars of
three of its moft famous Periods, viz,, i. From the Ingrefs
to the Exodus out of zsEgypt. z. From the Exodus to the
foundation of Solomon's Temple. 3. From the foundation of
the Temple till the Captivity. And itmuftbeown'd that the
difficulties under thefe Periods have been fo many, andfocon-
fiderable ; that if the intire fum of years were alone to be
drawn from their Solution, we muft have rernain'd very un-
certain as to the exact number of years thro' the Hiftory of
the Old Teftament. But in this cafe it has pleas'd the Di-
vine Providence moft feafonabiy and happily to prevent the
ill confequences of any miftalves, *nd to fecure the intire fums
to us by exprefs and exad numbers ,• even where feveral of the
lefTer fubdivifions will ftill be liable to Doubts and Exceptions ;
and this by three exprefs Texts of Scripture accommodated to
thefe three Intervals refpe&ively. Thus the firfi of thefe Pe-
riods, from Abrahams departure out of HaraniAl the Exodus
out of Egypt, is punctually 430 years in the Text following.
V ■ d ii so Now the fojourning of the [children oflfrael, -who dwelt in E-
ii.gypt, was 430 years. And it came to pa/sat the end of the 430
years, even the /elf fame day it came to pafs that all the Hofls
ef the Lord went out from the land of Egypt. Thus the fecond
Period, from the Exodus till the foundation of Solomon's Tem-
*Kingvj. 1. pie, is exactly 480 years current, in the Text following. It
came to pafs in the q.$oth year after the children of Ifr'ael came
out of the land of £gypt, in the fourth year of Solomon s reign
over Ifrael, in the month Zif, which is the fecond month, that
he began to build the houfe of the Lord. Thus alfo the main
part of the third Period, from the beginningof the Idolatry of
Jeroboam, till the laft Captivity of the Relics of the ten Tribes
ID the z\d year of Nebuchadnezzar, is exprcfly 390 years in
that
of the Old Teflament.
that Hiflorical Prophecy of Ez,el^iel following. Lie thou upon Ezek. iv. 4, f
thy left fide, and lay the iniquity of the houfe of Ifrael upon it ;
according to the number of the days that thou fijalt lie upon it >
thou /halt bear their iniquity. For I have laid upon thee the
years of their iniquity, according to the number of the days, 390
days ; fo JJjalt thou bear the iniquity of the houfe of Ifrael. And
accordingly thefe remarkable Texts of Scripture are to be e-
fceem'd the great Meafures and Standards of the Chronology
of tkefe Periods.
VI. Abraham was born when his Father Terah was
130 years of age.
This appears from the plain words of Adofes, and is con^
firm'd by the fuffrage of Sr. Stephen. The former declaring,
that when Terah dy'd in Flaran he was Z05 years old ; and
that Abraham departing thence immediately thereupon, was
75 years old alfo; whence by fubtracting 75 from 105, we
have the age of Terah, at the birth of Abraham, 150. The
latter teeming us againft the only poffible evalion,z'/.c.that7>r^^ , s
death might have happen'd after Abrahams departure out of
Haran, tho' by a prolepjis it be recorded before it ; by aifu-
ring us that Abrahams departure was not till his Father was
dead. The words of them both are thefe. The days of Terah Gzn.ii.uli.
were 205 years, and Terah dy'd in Haran ; and the Lord faid™ 1 ^ 1 xi J- '-4-
unto Abraham, Get thee out of thy countrey, &c. So Abraham
departedy as the Lord had fpoken unto him', and Lot went with
him z and Abraham was 7 5 years old when he departed out of
Haran. Thus Alofes. St. Stephens words are the fc,Then came Aft. vij.4. .
Abraham out of the land of the Chaldeans, and dwelt in Charran ;
and from thence, when his Father was dead, he removed him in-
to this land wherein ye now dwell. This reafoning is fo plain
and evident at. firft fight, that one may juftly wonder how a-
ny Difpute could ever.arife about it. But becaufe this is one
of the moll material points thatisftill in queftion with many
excellent Chronologers ; and becaufe two famous Objections
are rais'd againft it : I lhall here confider them both particu-
larly. The firft is this. Tisfaid before by Mofes, that Te- G ™- xj. 26
rah lived, 'jo years, and begat Abraham, Nahor and Haran .
Whence it has been commonly imagin'd that Abraham was
the
^2. A Jhort view of the Chronology
the firft-born of thofe three Sons of Terah, and born when
Terah was 70 years old. Now in anfwer to this I lliall firft
(hew from an exactly parallel inftance, that the priority of A-
braham's name do's not imply that he was the eldeft Son. I
mail fecondly ihew, that not Abraham, but Haran was the eldeft
Brother; and fo born when Terah was 70 years old. And
laflly I (hall (hew for what reafons Abraham is here firft nam-
ed, tho' he were not the eldeft Son. 1. As it is here faid
that Terah was 70 years old, and begat Abraham, Nahor and
Haran : So is it faid by the fame Author before the Deluge,
'Gen.v.ult. tnat Noah was 500 years old, and begat Sem, Ham and Ja-
phet. If therefore it may appear, that in this other cafe, Sem,
who is firft mention'd., was not the eldeft of the three Sons
of Noah ; it will be highly probable, that neither in the pre-
fent cafe do's the priority of his name oblige us to efteem
Abraham the eldeft of the three Sons of Terah. Now that
Sem was not the eldeft of the three Sons of Noah, but Ja-
phet, is not only Jomewhat probable by the order of each of
Gen.x. their pofterity in Genejis, and the Chronicles, where Japhet is
1 Chr. j. fet the lirft ; and by the beft rendring of the Hebrew
Gcn.x. 21. words concerning them in Genejis , where 'Japhet is
ftil'd the eldeft Brother; but evident by the exprefs Chrono-
logy of Mofes before and after the Deluge, compar'd together :
which ought to determin us in the prefect cafe. Noahwasjuft
500 years old whec the eldeft of his three Childreo were
born, as we are afllir'd by that Text we are now upon. But
Gen.>j. 10. Sem was not born till Noahwas 502 yearsold. Fortwo years
with vij. it ajFter the Flood, when Noah was 602 years old, Sem was but
vhj. 1.3. 'a bare 100, viz,, at the birth of his Son Arphaxad: as is plain
from a comparifon of the Texts hereto relating. So that fince
Japhet, who is laft -mention'd., and not Sem, who is firft,
was certainly the eldeft of the three Sons of Noah ; 'tis e-
vident, that in this exactly parallel place, not Abraham who is
firft mention'd, but Haran who is loft, may probably enough
be the eldeft of the three Sons of Terah. I mall now (hew
ftecovdly, that Haran, who is laft nam'd, not only probably
might be, but artainly was elder than Abraham , and in all
probability, than Nahor alfo. Haran was undoubtedly the Fa-
ther
of the Old Teflameut. 3 3
ther-in-Law of JSfahor; and, as is generally believ'd, of Abra- Gen. xj. z§.
ham alfo. For Sarai is fuppos'd to be the fame with Ifcah,
the Daughter of Haran (and how ihe could otherwife be ftil'd
Abraham s fifler, the daughter [or grand-daughter] of his father, Chzp.xx. n.
is hard to conceive.) The firfi of which Obfervations makes
it probable that Haran was elder than Nahor, to whom he gave
his Daughter in Marriage ; and the latter y if it be allow'd,
makes it certain that Haran was elder than Abraham -, fince
his Daughter Sarah, Abraham's Wife, was but ten years youn- Chap. xvij. 17:
ger than her Husband. But befides, Haran was certainly el-
der than Abraham, which is the main point we are concern'd .
to prove, becaufe Lot, the Soa of Haran, appears to have
been nearly as old as Abraham. For about the fame time that
Abraham begat Ifaac, at the age of 100, (which, confider-
ing the length of Human Life then, was but the beginning
of old Age) Lot , the Son of Haran, is ftil'd Old by his
Daughters alfo ; [Our father is old, and there is not a man /'»chap. xix. \\l
the earth to come in unto us, after the ?nanner of all the earth ;
fay they one to another.] And to this agrees verjr well alfo
the time of Harass death, which happen'din'LVof the CW- chap. xj. i&
dees, before the removal of his Father and Brethren from
thence, and therefore before Abraham was 7 5 years of age.
Now he that confiders that we have no inftances of any body
dying young, till long after this time, will hence alfo very vid. #y^k
eafily conclude that not Abraham, but Haran was the eldeft VHI.prius.
of the three Sons of Terah, and born when his Father was
no more than 70 years old. I fhall now, thirdly, fhew why
Abraham, a younger Son is nam'd flrft in the Text before us.
Now the reafons of this Precedence, I take to be the very
fame as of the like Precedence of Sem in the parallel place, and
to be thefe two. 1. Tie dignity of his Perfon. 2. The
continuation of the Chronology by him afterwards. 1 . The
dignity of the Perfon of Abraham, the Friend of God, and
Father of the Faithful: and the dignity of Sem, the Progeni-
tor of Abraham, the Father of all the children of Ebtr, and of Gen.x.ar,
the Holy Seed and Church of God, are fufficient reafons for
that priority of Order, in which they are nam'd. Thus Ifaac Chap.xxv. 9.
and IJJjmael, the Sons of Abraham, Jacob and Efau, the Sons chap.xxviij./.
E of
34
A Jhort <view of the Chronology
Micah vj. 4. of Jfaac, Mofes, Aaron and Aliriam, the Children of Am-
ram, are fo far from being constantly nam'd in Scripture ac-
cording to the order of their Birth, that they are gene-
rally fet in a quite contrary method, and only in the order
of their refpe&ive Dignity. 2. The continuation of the
Chronological Series of years by Abraham, and not by Na-
hor or Haran here, as well as the like continuation of the
Chronological Series before the Flood by Sem, and not by
Japhet afterwards, is another, and perhaps the more proper oc-
casion of their being named firffc in thefe places. And indeed
'tis very obfervable in both thefe parallel cafes,. that the Sacred
Hiftorian feems on purpofe to give us a hint of the alteration of
the Chronological Series at each of thefe Epochal, that we might
in each Text look for a new Period of Time afterwards. Thus
Gen. v. from Adam to Noah, the Chronology is all along deriv'd
down by the year of each Patriarch when he begat his Son :
to which is conflantly added, how many years that Patriarch
liv*d afterwards ; and then after all, the whole number of the
y. M>/« years of the life of fuch Patriarch is fumm'd up together, e.g. A-
dam livd 130 years, and begat Seth. And the days of Adam
after he had begotten Seth, -were 800 years, and he begat fons
and daughters. And all the days that Adam lived were 930
years, and he died. This is the conftant method of the firfi
Period 'of the Sacred Chronology, till the days of Noah. But
then to direct our Inquiries elfewhere for its continuation,
the method is alter'd ; and inftead of telling us in what year
of his age Noah begat Sem, inftead of recounting how many
years Noah liv'd afterwards, and then of fumming up all his
years together, as was conftantly done before, the Sacred Hi-
ftorian only tells us the name of that Son of Noah, by which
the Chronology would afterward be continu'd ; and of the
other Sons who furviv'd the Deluge, with the year of Noahs
life, when the eldeft of them was born, without any regard
V. 3*- to the feniority of Birth in the placing of them. Noah was
500 years old, and Noah begat Sem, Ham and Japhet* Where-
by we are plainly referr'd to another place for the continua-
tion of the Chronology, which is here broken off abruptly,
Which Obfervation falls true accordingly afterward 5 for when
the
of the Old Teflament. 3 5
the Chronology for another Period was to be continu'd after
the Flood, and that by Genealogies, as before , yet 'tis not
dated from the year wherein Noah begat Sem, but the two
years after the flood when Sem begat Arphaxad. In like man- Gen.xj. i*
ner, the Genealogy after the Flood, by which the Chronolo-
gy is deduc'd, contains the age of each Patriarch when he
begat his Son, and the number of years each Patriarch fur-
viv'd afterward, without the fum of all the years together;
and this in a conftant Series from Sem till Terah, the Father
of Abraham, e. g. Sem was 100 years old and begat Arphax- y. ie, 1 1.
ad, and Sem lived after he begat Arphax ad 500 years, and be-
gat forts and daughters. And this is the conftant method of
the fecond Period of the Sacred Chronology till the days of
Terah. But then to give us a hint, as before, of a new E-
pocha, and a new method ibr the continuation of the Chro-
nology; the Sacred Hiftory inftead of telling us the year in
which Terah begat Abraham, and inftead of recounting how
many years he liv'd afterwards, as was done all along this Pe-
riod hitherto , it only tells us that Terah had three Children
after he was 70 years of age , and names him firft by
whom the Chronology was to be continu'd. Terah lived 70 Vt ltf .
years, and begat Abraham, Nahor and Haran. Whereby we
are again plainly referr'd to another place for the continuation
of the Chronology, which here, as well as in the cafe of Noah
and his Sons, is alfo broken offabruptly. And this Obfervation
falls true accordingly afterward. For when the Chronology for
another Period was to be continu'd, and connected with the fore-
going, it is not done, as hitherto, by the age ofTerah when he
begat Abraham, but by his age when he dy'd, or by the whole
fum of his years together; ( a thing on purpofe omitted ever fihee
the Deluge to this time) andfo connects the 205 years of Terah
when he dy'd, with the 7 5 years of the age of Abraham at the fame
time, when he departed out of Haran : that thence we might at
once collect what age Terah was of when he begat Abraham,
and whence the next Chronological Period was to commence.
All which correfponding Circumftances in thefe two parallel
cafes are very obfervable, and do mutually give light to each
other, and to the Chronology of thefe ancient times,
E z The
3 6 A Jhort view of the Chronology
The other Objection againft our affixing the birth of A-
braham to the i^oth year of Terah, is taken from the im-
probability of Terah's having a Son fo. late, as 130 years of
age 1 efpecially fince fo fmall a time afterward, as the Promife of
1 faac •) Abraham zndSarah appear fo much furpriz'd at the thoughts
of their having IfTue at the ages the one of 100 years, and the
£en.xvij. 17- other of <?o. Then Abraham fell upon his face and laughed,
and [aid in his hearty pall a child be bom unto him that is an
hundred years old ? and pall Sarah that is ninety years old bear . ?
Chap.xviij.ia. Therefore Sarah laughed within her felf, faying, afterlamwax-
ed old pall I have pleafure, my lord being old alfo ? Abraham
Rom.iv. 19. confidered not his own body, noiv dead, neither yet the deadnefs
Jkb. xj. 12. of Sarah's womb. Therefore [prang there even of one, and him
as good as dead, fa many as the- fiars of the sky in multitude.
Now as to this Objection, it cannot be of very great force
in the cafe of Terah; for fince he liv'd 205 years, it can ne-
ver be unfutable to fuppofehim to beget a Son at 130. 'Tisno
more ftrange than that Men now* who can hardly expect to
reach 8o 3 beget Children at 50, than which, nothing is more
common. Befides, after this we find fo many inftances of
Mens begetting Children at as great, or greater an age than
that of Abraham at the birth of Ifaac, as wholly take away
the force of this Objection. To fay nothing yet of Abra-
ham himfelf, who tho 5 he was fo furpriz'd at the Promife
of Jfaac, had notwithftanding, feveral Children by Keturah
long afterward : 'tis evident that the lives of Men for many
Generations after Abraham, were long enough to admit of
their having Iffue at 100 years old, as the Table of the ages
Mppotk. VIII. of the Poftdiluvians will evidently mew. Particularly,
Jacob was 104 years old at the birth of Benjamin, and fe-
UJfer. Chronol- vera j Q £ the Progenitors of David appear to have had Chil-
&?i. ^ X ° '^ ren £° mQ a ^tth before, and fome a little after the fame age,
and this at a ftill much longer diftance from the days of A-
braham. So that whatever was the occafion of Abrahams
and Sarah's Surprize it could not be caufed by this con-
fideration, that they were abfolutely too old to have Child-
ren ; fince nothing was more common in thofe days than to
have Children at a ftill greater age. The cafe feems to
tave
of the Old Tefament. 3 7
have been this, Abraham had been now Marry'd to Sarah a
great while, without any appearance of IfTue. Nay, fince
it ceafed to be with Sarah after the manner of women*, there was Gen. xvirj. n."
not the leaft hope of Children by her. Befides all this, Abra-
ham himfelf, who fourteen years before had IfTue by Hagar, Chap. xvj. >&
found that he muft now expect no more by any one elfe,
fince not only barren Sarah had never, but fruitful Hagar had
but once conceiv'd by him, and now for fourteen years to-
gether was barren alfo. Add to this the apparent weaknefs
and infirmities of his own Conftitution, which now might
be daily creeping upon him ; and which might in fome mea-
fure be occafion'd by the change of his Countrey, and his
wandring toilfom way of living in a ftrange Land. By all
which he found himfelf decaying, and his Body abfolutel)r
dead as to Generation, efpecially with regard to Sarah. All
thefe things confider'd, we need not be ftartl'd at the furprize
which Abraham and Sarah were under, at the thoughts of the
birth of IJaae; (for 'tis evident in thefecircumftances, that no-
thing lefs than a Divine and Miraculous Power could enable
them to beget and bear a Son) notwithstanding others, who
were their Contemporaries, might have and frequently had
Children at a much greater age, as even Abraham himfelf had
after his ftrength and vigour were reftor'd, above 40 years af-
terward. And thisihall fuffice in anfwer to the prefent Ob-
jection.
VII. The Period of the 430 years foj owning of the
Children of Ifrael, is not to be confln'd to the
fpace of their continuance in the Land of Egypt.
only 5 but includes alfo all the time antecedent
from the firft entrance of Abraham into the Land
of Canaan,
It muft here be own'd that the words of the original Text
are ambiguous and concife, and fo capable of a double Inter-
pretation, Now the fojourning of the children of Ifrael who e xo j i xi ; ^ p ;
fijourned, or which they fojourned in the land of Egypt, was 430
E 3 years.
,3 A Jhort view of the Chronology
years. But that thefe 430 years include ail the fojourning of
the Ifraelites and their Anccilors in a firange Land* the fol-
lowing Arguments will prove, 1 . The Paraphraftical Tran-
slations of the Samaritan and Septuagint, give very clear light
to this Text, and mew us the content of the moft ancient
Jews therein. The fojourning of the children of Ifrael, which
they fojourned in the land of Egypt, and in the land of Canaan,
they and their fathers, -was 430 years. 2. The fmall number
of Generations interpos'd between the Entrance into, and the
Exodus out of Egypt, are certain Demonftrations that this In-
terval alone coula not be 430 years, nor indeed in. probabili-
ty more thanjialf that fpace, as 'tis exactly (rated by the bell
*Exod. vj. 20. Chronologers. Thus * Jochebed was the immediate Daughter
■Num.xxvj.j-9. of Levi, (who was 50 years old at the defcent into Egypt,)
wnhujfer. anc j ^ i mme dj at e Mother of Mofes, .who was 80 years of
andExod?vij*. a § e at tne Exodus out of it. Thus b Hebron, one of thofe
7 . that went down with Jacob into Egypt, had a Grand-fon Jair,
*iChron.ij.*i. an active Man about 40 years after the Exodus, as appears
Num.xxxij. D y fas filing U p on the villages and countrey of Bafan at that
Va. Gen. xLvj. time. Thus a\{o c Sheerah the Daughter, or perhaps Grand-
I2 ! daughter of Ephraim, was alive at the divifion of the Land of
c t Chron. vij. Canaan by Joftua, above 40 years after the Exodus. Thus
J4- a\fo d Corah, Dathan and Abiram, the Ring-leaders of the S§-
ai.Num.xv>' dition againft Mofes in the Wildernefs, were no more than
1. andxxvj. 8. Grand-fons to fome of thofe Perfons who were of the num-
5>. ber of the firft Defendants into £gj/??. All which inftances,
considering that the general Period of Human Life was then
not more than 140 years of age, is undoubted evidence that
. the Interval between the entrance into, and the exit out of
Egypt, could not contain this whole Period of 430 years.
3. This is ftill farther demonftrated by the Anceftors of
Mofes himfelf, whofe particular ages are exprefly recor-
'G:n.xLvj.n.ded in Scripture. Levi, ^ his Great-grand-father, was 50 years
Excd. vj. 16, old at the defcent into Egypt, and liv'd but 137 years in
iS, ac.andvij.gu. Kohath, his Grand-father, liv'd but 133 years, and his
Father Antrum but 137 years ; and Afofes himfelf was no
more than 80 ycr.rs old at the Exodus, as we faw above. So
'that tho' we fliould allow every fuccecding Perfontobe born
as
of the Old Teftament. 3 o
as late in the Father's life as the time for Generation would
permit, yet will there want a great many years of thofe430,
of which this whole Period do's confifr. 4. Which Afler-
tion is ftill farther confirm'd beyond reafonable contradiction
by the Interpretation of St. Paul, in his Epiftle to the Ga-
latians, where he reckons thefe 430 years from afolemnpro-
mife of the Meffias, the Seed of Abraham, in whom all the
families of the earth pould be blejfed, till the giving of the Law,
juft after the Exodus out of Egypt. This I fay, that the c0-Gal.iij.17..
venant which was confirmed before of God in Chrifi, the Law,
which was 430 years after, cannot difanul, that it Jhould make
the promife of none ejfett. Now God frequently made this
Promife of the Meffias to Abraham, snd that originally at his
departure out of Haran. But that any fuch Promife was made Gen. »;.?."
to Jacob at his defcent into Egypt, whence we might date
thefe 430 years in St. Paul, there is not the leaft evidence or
probability in the World. And therefore the great Period
before us could not commence from the defcent of Jacob -into
Egypt, but mult take its rife from the fojourning of Abraham
in the land of Canaan long before.
VIII. The fame 430 years commence exactly when
Abraham was 7^ years old, and departed out of
Haran.
Some Chronologers who are convinced by the foregoing Ar-
guments that thefe 430 years take their date from the days
of Abraham, are yet willing to fix the Epocha of them up-
on fome other year than that we have alfign'd. Againft whom
we mall prove that it could be in no other year, by the Argu-
ments following. 1. This year of the life of Abraham, and
this alone is connected with the death of his Father Terah,Gtft.x\.u\t*.
at 205 years of age, agreeably to the way of continuing the withxij.4,.
Chronological Series in the facred Hiftory. We were before
told that Terah was 70 years old when he begat Haran s as Chap.xj. %&>
we have feen ; but we were not told how old he was when
he begat Abraham, on which yet the feries of Chronology
was to depend* This was referv'd for another place hereaf-
ter :
40 A Jhort view of the Chronology
ter : and accordingly when Terah dy'd at 205, we are inform'd
that Abraham was then 75 years old, for the connexion of the
former feries of years to the age of Abraham ; and that at
the fame time he departed out of Haran into Canaan, or be-
gan to fojourn in a ftrange land, for the date of the next fuc-
ceeding Period. Whereas the 70th year of 'Abraham , which is
the only one befides that can with any reafon be pretended to
be the date of this Period, is not fo much as once mention'dm.
the whole Hiftory of his life in the Book of Genejis. A
very ftrange thing this! That the famous promife of the Mef-
Jias , from which St. Paul dates thefe 430 years, and the
beginning of Abraham's fojourning in a ftrange Land, a thing
of no fmall importance in it felf, and the Epocha of a famous
Period, lliould belong to a year of the life of Abraham y
which was wholly paft over in filence in the Sacred Hiftory !
2. 'Tis generally granted that this Period takes its date from
the primary fojourning of the Progenitors of the Children of
Exod.x1j.40. jf rae i in a ftrange land, as the words themfelves of the prin-
cipal Text hereto relating do imply; and therefore it mull:
. take date, not from the departure of Terah and Abraham from
Vr to Haran ; but from Abraham's departure from Haran to
Canaan (if indeed there were any confiderable fpace between
thofe two journeys.) For as to Haran, it was fo far from being
A&.vij. i.U/"- z ft range land to Abraham, that it was in the fame Country of
fir. Chronol. ^j^^ w j t h y r lt f e lf ; it was the habitation of his
'^' Brother Nahor, and his Pofterity, and that in all probability be-
fore Abrahams removing from Vr ; and is accordingly ftil'd ex-
<}en.xxi\r. 10. pretty the city of JVahor. It is call'd by Abraham himfelf his own
v -*' Country, in fo many words. And his Son Ifaac, as well as
Cha^xxiv^and y s Grandfon Jacob, were particularly obliged afterwards to
'apply themfelves thither for Wives, as to their own Country
and Kindred. And all along in Scripture 'tis not Mefopota-
cl, ' a P- xxvll >4- m i a but Canaan, that is ftil'd the Country of their fojourn-
andxxxvi'j. \J n & an< ^ & ftrange land, and in which Abraham and his Pofte-
Exod.vj.4. rity for a long time are fo often faid to be ft rangers and pil-
Hcb.xj.9.13. grims, till it was given them for a PofTeflion afterwards. Nay
Gen.xj.uk. tls evident from the feries of the Mofaic Hiftory, that this
witixij. i, 6cc. command concerning his leaving his country, his kindred, and
hif
of the Old Te (lament. 41
his father s hmfe, was either originally given, or at leafl: fo-
lemnly renew'd, at the very fame time that he was in Haran.
So that in truth, thofe who begin the fojourning of Abraham
in a Jirange land before his departure out of Haran into Ca-
naan, do plainly contradict the conftant phrafe of the Sa-
cred Writers , accounting him to have already left his own
countrey, and his kindred, and his fathers houfe ; nay, and to
have been a firanger and fojourner in a foreign land ; while the
Scripture aflures us he was then in his own countrey , among his
own kindred, in his father's houfe, and flood in need of a Di-
vine Revelation to remove from them all into the Land of Ca-
naan. 3. This Propofition is exceedingly confirm'd alfo by
that remarkable Text in St. Paul, quoted before, wherein the Gal. iij» 17.
date of thefe 430 years is exactly fix'd in a folemn promife
of thcAfefiias, or the Covenant confirm* din Chrift to Abraham .
Now fince 'tis certain that the original Promife of this kind
was made to Abraham that in him, or in his Seed all the fami- Gen.xij. 3,4.
lies of the earth jloould be blejfed, when he was 75 years old,
at his departure out of Haran, and that there is not theleaft
colour for any antecedent mention of that promife : 'tis evident
by St. Paul's computation that this year, and no other is the date
of this famous Period.
Corollary. Since Ikzc was born 25 years after Abraham'* ^-chap.xxj.jO
parture out of Haran, and Jince from thence therefore to the de-
liverance out of Egypt, was at the utmofi no more than 405
years ; 'tis no wonder if in a place where the Chronology is not
deliverd nor concern d, that fpace befiated by a round number at
400 years, as it is in the promife which God made to Abraham
of a Son, Know of a furety that thy feed fhall be a ftranger chap.xv. 13.
in a land that is not theirs, and fhall ferve them, and they
fhall afflict them 400 years. This ufi of round and even num-
bers, efpecially when they are large alfo, upon occajions where there
is no greater accuracy requird, as has been already obfervd, is Hypoth. VII.
very common with all Writers, and fo not to be wondred at in
the Sacred ones.
F IX. The
4i A Jhort mew of the Chronology
IX. The fpace between the Exodus out of Egypt*
and the Foundation of Solomon's Temple was 480
years current.
iKinssvi. 1. This, as we have already feen is exprefs Scripture. It came
^^ ' to pafs in the q%oth year after the children of Ifrael were come
oat of the land of Egypt, in the fourth year of Solomon's reign
over Ifrael, in the month Zif, which is the fecond month, that
he began to build the houfe of the Lord. The LXXII in this place*
by what ftrangemiftake Iknow not, inftead of 480 have only
440 years, which is univerfally own'd to be utterly falfe,
the difficulty Jying in the Teeming fmallnefs of the number,
even in the Original. But all the other ancient Verfions per-
fectly agree in the fame number; fo that Sir John Afarftam,
a moil Judicious and Learned Chronologer, might very juftly
Marfmnti fay, in fo clear a cafe as this, Frufira font qui contra tarn ex-
Chron. />. 2-9 1 - preffa contend 'u nt. They that attempt to enlarge a Period fo ex-
aclly flated as this is here, cannot but lofe their labour. Andin-
Mypotk VIII. ^ eec * a ^ tt: ^ e consideration of the Table of the decreafe of the
Period of Human Life, and of the fmafl number of Genera-
tions from the Exodus till the death of David, (which was
but about three years before the concluiion of this Interval,)
Ruthiv. 21,22. Rahab y Booz,, Obed, Jeffe, David, will certainly fecure us
Ivlatt.i. $■. from the temptation of enlarging this Period. Nay as it is*
Lukeiij.31.32. W e mould be a little fbrtled at the fewnefs of the Generati-
ons ftill, did not we know from Scripture that two, at leaft
Ruthiij. 10. of thefe Fathers were old Men before the birth of their Sons,
1Sam.xv1j.12. i n tne prefent feries; as indeed they all were in probability,
withxvj. 11. or e jjf e we moll icl h av e had more Generations in this Interval
than thofe five before-mention'd. So that to be fure this Pe-
riod, fo accurately ftated in the Text before us, ought by no
means to be lengthened on any pretence or consideration what-
fbever.
Coroll. i. Hence we learn that a compleat feries of Chrono-
Ugy is not to be colletled from the Bool^ of Judges, 'Tis evi-
dent
of the Old Teflament. 45
dent that the feveral particular numbers of years afcribed to the
feveral Judges, and the fucceed'mg Kings, together with thofe be-
longing to the Intervals of Reft if they be interpos'd, taken all fuc-
cejjively one after another, do much exceed the intire number be-
fore us of 480 years. As therefore in the Period foregoing^
where the exacl total fum of 45 o years is particularly fet down ;
the feveral fubdivifions are not intircly made up in Scripture, nor
could we have known the juft duration of the whole by the col-
letlion of its parts, but are obliged to collecl one of the parts from
a comparifon of the reft with the whole fum, as will appear in
the Chronology : fo it is alfo in the prefent Interval. Where
the Book^ of Judges do's not make us up an intire feries of
fucceffive Chronology: but leaves us to collect the nature and
duration of its fubdivifions from a comparifon of the particu-
lars therein mention d, with the general fum exprefs'd in the
Text before us. And this matter has been of late fet in fo
€lear a light by the above-mention d Sir John Mariham r who
moft rightly obferv'd that Jome of the years of ftavery or reft
in one Region, were collateral to others in different quarters of
the Land; and that the Judges were not univerfal Monarchs
of the whole People of Ifrael, but occaftonal Deliverers offome
parts of them only ; and therefore fometimes Contemporaries to
one another. This matter, I fay , which formerly was full of
infuperable Perplexities, has been fet in fo clear a light by that
wife, and juft, and happy Obfervation, that 'tis become one of
the eajieft Branches of the Sacred Chronology, as will appear
in due place hereafter.
Coroll. z. Hence we fee the meaning of thofe words of St.
Paul, which alone, at prefent do difturb us in the ftating of
the Period before us. And when God had deuroy'd feven A&.xiij. k.
Nations in the land of Canaan, he divided their land to them
by lot, and after that he gave them Judges about thefpaceof
450 yea rs, untill Samuel the prophet. If the years of the
Judges before Samuel be 450, 'tis certain this whole Period
will be much more than 480, contrary to that exprefs Text
on which the prefent Propofttion do's chiefly depend. Now in
anfwer to this very material Objetlion, I muft own it to be
my Opinion that St. Paul in thefe words , did not de*
F i fiqn
44 A Jhort mew of the Chronology
Jitrn to determin the exalt number, of years belonging to the
Judges , but only in general to fpecify fo many as were u-
ftually afcrib'd by the Jews in his days to them. Now 'tis e-
vident from t JofephusV account of this Period , who wrote
fion after the time of St. Paul, that he s and in probability ,
the reft of his Nation with him, efteemd the Book^ of Judges
the proper meafture of this Period ; that in their Opinion the
years of the Judges and of Reft, were alwaies diftincl andftuc-
cefftve ; and that every fum was to be ftill added to the forc~
going to make up the intire Chronology of this Interval.
'Tis alfo evident that St. Paul only occasionally mentions this
number, without any necejjity of exatlnefs, and that al-
fo as a note of inaccuracy, he adds an »s as-it were 450 years.
'Tis moreover evident that both Names and Numbers then
SeeLuk.iij. commonly receivd are in the New Teftament, quoted from the
36.A6t.vij.14. LXXII, even where they were grofty miftaken in them ; be-
caufte that was the only Bible generally us'd, and becaufe then
was no neceffity of corretling fuch harmlefs Errors. 'Tis be-
Aft* xiij. x\.M* s widen* that in this very place St. Paul afcribes 40 years
' to the Reign of Saul, from lefts Authority than the LXXII ;
even from fome common Hiftory or Tradition among the jews;
for how long he Reign d is no where mention d in the Old Te-
ftament. 'Tis laftly evident that the exact number from the
beginning of the Judges till the days of Samuel, accounted ac-
cording to the method above-mention d, amounts punctually to
450 years, according to the Text before us, as the Table fal-
lowing will demonftrate.
liq.1.8.
Slavery
of the Old Tejlament.
45
years.
Slavery under CuJJjan — 8.
SeeChronol.
Othniel Judge 40.
Period 4.,
Slavery under Eglon 18.
Ehud Judge 80.
Slavery under Jabin 20.
Deborah Judge — - 40.
Slavery under the Midianites 7.
Gideon Judge 4a.
Abimelech King — — 5.
Tola Judge 23.
J air Judge 22.
Slavery under the Ammonites 1 8.
Jeptha Judge 6.
Ibz^an Judge — 7.
Elon Judge » to.
Abdon Judge — &
Slavery under the Philifiins 40.
Samfon Judge 20.
£t/; Judge 40.
/><?;& <*//' which confederations I. am tnclind to thinks that
St. Paul only us'd the number which was then commonly af>
crib'd to the Judges, without any intention of ftating the
Chronology, or of prejudicing that exatter account of this Pe-
riod which we have here taken from exprefs Scripture.
X. The fpace between the beginning of the Reign
of Rehoboam King of Judah, and the common
flaughter of Ahaziah King of Judah, and Jeho-
ram King of Ifrae/, by Jehu, was 90 years, and
about fix months,
F 3 The:
4 £ A Jhort view of the Chronology
The particular nnmbers of years afcrib'd by the Scripture
to the Kings of Judah during this Interval, if they were all
even and exact years, and all fucceifive, amount in the whole
to 95, as we iliall fee hereafter. But fince Jehoram o£ Ju-
dah began his Reign in his Father Jehojaphat's lifetime, as
aKingsviij. the Sacred Hiftory exprefly aflures us, In the fifth year of
16. *" Jehoram, the [on of Ahab king of Ifrael, Jehofaphat being ftill
king of Judah, Jehoram the fon of Jehofbphat king of Judah
began to reign : fince withal the fame Text informs us that
he began it about three years before his Father's death ; (for
fo long before it did the fifth of Jehoram of Ifrael fall) and
fince moreover the allowing for feveral deficient months will
take away about a year and fix months, as will appear after-
ward in the Chronology, there will at hit remain but 90
years and fix months compleat for this Interval. The parti-
cular numbers of years afcribed by the Scripture to the Kings
of Ifrael, during this Interval, as we ihall fee hereafter, amount
to 98, or allowance being made for five deficient months to
97 and feven mouths ; which number of years con lifting on-
ly of eleven months each, as we have prov'd thofe of Ifrael
did. when redue'd to the JewiJ/j years, which confifted of 'twelve
months each, will amount to the former fum of 90 years and
fix months, and fo agrees exactly with the former computa-
tion.
Coroll. Seeing the Chronology of this Interval requires but
me Jingle allowance of the commencing of a Sons reign before
his Father s death, and feeing this Jingle inftance is Jo particular-
ly taken notice of by the Sacred Hiftory: It will be reafonable to
expctl generally Jbme kind of intimation in Scripture wherever
a like accident happens hereafter. JVor ought we upon every dif-
ficulty to admit of double commencements of Reigns, Interregna,
vr the like, unlefs we find fome footfteps of them in the Hifiories
or Prophecies of thofe times ; which Rule /ball accordingly be pun-
'hudly obfervd by me in the following Chronology,
XI. The
of the Old Teflament. 47
XL The fpace between the common beginnings of
the Reigns of Jehu King of Ifrael, and of A-
thaliah Queen of Judah> immediately fucceeding
the flaughters before-mention'd, and the Captivi-
ty of the ten Tribes by Shalmanefar> is 163 years
and two months.
The particular numbers of yea' v afcrib'd by the Scripture
to the Kings of Judah during this Interval, amount to 165. %
But fince the commencements of two of the Kings Reigns-
fome time before their Fathers death, do cut off two years
from the feries of Chronology; and fince the deficient do an-
fwer the redundant months within two, as will appear here-
after, the juft number of years will be 16$ years two months.
The particular numbers of years afcrib'd by the Scripture to
the Kings of Ifrael during this Interval, amount to no more
than 143, and fome odd months. But becaufe (as will be
prov'd prefently) Hoftea had an imperfect Dominion, or was
ftrugling for the Kingdom between eight and nine years be-
fore his complete Dominion began, when he obtained the Roy-
al City, and becaufe there was withal an Interregnum of full
twelve years after the death of Jeroboam II. (as fhall by
and by be prov'd) the complete Chronological years will be
here itfj, and two months alfo. That Hojlna began his firft
imperfecl: Reign upon his murder of his Predeceffor Peka, eight
or nine years before his real Dominion and the true date of
his Reign in the Royal City commene'd, is evident by the follow-
ing Texts compar'd together: And Hofiea the fin of Elah, 2 Kings xv. 30*
made a confpracy againft Peka the fin of Remaliah, and fmote
him and flew him, and reigned in his ftead in the twentieth year
of Jotham the fin of Vz,z,iah, i. e. the fourth of Ahaz, :
for Jotham himfelf reign'd but fixteen years in all, as appears
three verfis afterward. But becaufe there had been yet no
mention made of Ahaz,'$ Reign, therefore the old Epocha of
his Predeceffor Jotham is ftill made ufc of. The other Text
is this. In the twelfth year of Ahaz, kl»g of Judah, began Chap, xvi;. n.
Hojbea.
4 8 A Jhort view of the Chronology
Hojbea the Jon of Elah, to reign in Samaria over Ifrael nine
years. That there was alfo an Interregnum after the death of
Jeroboam II. is probably gather'd from the deficiency of feve-
ral years in this place ; and ftill more probably from the two very
fhort Reigns afterwards, which being over in feven months,
and both the Kings coming to untimely deaths, are fufficient
Indications of a very unfetled ftate of Affairs. But that
which makes this Interregnum moft probable, and almoft cer-
tain, is that Divine Threatning in the following words of Ho-
Hofeai. i. f ea , who Prophecy 'd in the Reign of Jeroboam II. Now
(or 'ere long) they pall fay, w-e havenoKing, becaufe we fear-
Chap.x. 3- e 4 nat the Lord. What then pould a kmg do to us ? Which
Prophetical intimation of this Interregnum I look upon as ve-
ry obfervable, and almoft equivalent to an Hiftorical one.
For tho' fome parts of this Prophecy were written afterward,
yet fince in the title of the Book Jeroboam of Ifrael
is only nam'd, it cannot be unreafonable to interpret fo per-
tinent a Text of the times immediately fucceeding him, and
fuppofe it fpoken a little before his death.
XII. The fpace between the Captivity of the ten
Tribes, and the Conflagration of the Temple,
was 134 years, and about two months.
This is the exact fum of the years of the Kings of Jn-
dah added together, if they be taken with a few redundant
months, as mail be ftated hereafter. And 'tis likewife fo con-
firm'd in moft cafes by collateral Evidence, as will appear in
the Chronology, that no doubt can be made concerning the
accuracy of this Period.
XIII. The famous 70 years Captivity of the Jews
commenc'd From the beginning ot the Reign of
Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon-* in the fourth
year of Jehoiakim King of Judah.
The Rea'fons of this Propofition ar: thefe which follow,
s.This firft Captivity under Jehoiakiw was the main and prin-
cipal
of the Old Teftarnent. 45?
cipal Captivity of all ; and by confequence the 70 years
ought to be dated from thence. This is a new, but I think
withal a very true and certain Obfervation. For 1. 'tis faid
with relation to this Captivity, or the gleanings of it after-
wards in Jehoiakhris, own Reign, before either of the other
Captivities, This eame upon Judah to remove them out of God's 2 K.iaes xxir.
fight for their fins : implying that not only fome of the Seed 3.
Royal, with a few others, but the body of the People alfo
were already led into Captivity. 1. This is alfo evident from
the HiftorLes of both the other Captivities afterwards. 'Tis
certain that the main body of the two Tribes were carry'd
Captive to Babylon. 5 Tis alfo plain that the number of the
Captives under Jehoiakim are no where fet down in Scripture.
'Tis farther evident that the number of the Captives under
Jehoiachin are there recorded, and are plainly no more than
a mere remnant of the whole People. For at this time the
whole number of the Captives in all Jerufalem and Judah
was no more than 10000, (the bare Relics of the aricient ^ Kings xxir.
Inhabitants.) And the laft Captivity under Zedekias, when 14.
the Temple was burnt, was chiefly confin'd to three ftrong J er - xxxivr « 7*
Holds; as being, it feems, the only places of note and ftrength
then remaining ; and therefore fuppofes that the body of the
Nation was already remov'd to Babylon. So that upon the
whole, the principal of thefe Captivities rniift have been the
firfi under Jehoiakim. 2. The 70 years mud: begin at this
fourth of Jehoiakim, becaufe then we find the Original Pro-
phecy hereto relating deliver'd. The words of the Prophet
Jeremiah are thefe. The word that came to Jeremiah concern- Jer. xxv. r.
ing all the people of Judah, in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the
fon of Jojiah king of Judah. That was the firfi year of JVe-
buchadnez,z,ar k[ng of Babylon. — This whole landjhall be a de- V. 1 r, 1 »•
folation, and an afiomfrment , and thefe nations [of which Ju-
dah was one] fijall ferve the king of Babylon 70 years. And
itjhall come to pafs when 70 years are accomplifiied, that I will
pfintfij the king of Babylon, and that nation, faith the Lord, for
their iniquity, and the land of the Chaldeans, and will make it
perpetual deflations, 3. This 70 years fubjeclion to the
King of Babylon, was not peculiar to the Jews , but com-
G mon
. A Jhovt view of the Chronology
mon to them with all the other Nations about them, as we
fee in the Chapter lafl: mention'd. Now 'tis evident from a
known t Fragment of Berofus, that the famous Expedition
of Nebuchadnezzar, in which he conquered all thefe Nations,
was before his Father's death, in the beginning of his Reign,
and not at either of the following Captivities. This Argu-
ment feems to me to be decretory in the difpute before usj
and fince .the correspondence is exact from this Captivity ta
the beginning of Cyrus's Monarchy, when its Solution hap-
SeeProP. if. p ene d, (it being by Ptolomys Canon compar'd with Xenopbon,
Lem. i, and*, juft the fpace of 70 years,) we need feek no farther, but
and Se&. 7. rnay acqmefce in the Propofition before us, that The 70 years
captivity began in the fourth year of Jehoiakim king of Ju-
dah.
Coroll. 1. Tho' this be the date of the principal Captivity r
and of the "joyears foretold ^Jeremiah ; yet it hinders not, but
the other Captivities might be Epochal, from which, thofe who
then went into Babylon, or others, upon proper occajions, might
at this firfi
ehap.ix. t, 2. time, mentions no other Captivity but that with which he was
Dan.i. i,&c. reckon. Thus tho' Daniel, who went into Captivity atthi
V.- k ' mft concern d ; yet Ezekiel, who was carry 'd away under the next
vaii, V. ' with Jehoiachin, reckons ftill by the years of that fecond Capti-
vity, and foretels the utter deftru&ion of the Jewifh Polity at the
third and laft under Zedekiah. Thus alfo the delivery of Je-
hoiachin himfelf out of prifon by Evil-merodach, is fitly dated
'AiyizFTzi, <£ t»(S '?§&. 7Jjv "Ev£/!ew twj lyiXiou, x, rlc/) <bawix.1t/j ttjtojs ^j73$W7Jj4
«T9f®- nS txzrt&fly, »£ '7r&t>ym%d fy®* ■, cw(svti o*.vg/.<ii<rs, <£ tIw %J&v cm. ruu~
Ttti ?? T^WS '■szr» TV* uufev (ZamXtia* tTnfaiTB. TZ-n YlcC\^ »v%S owiQvi N«-
?e5JT>2fcaewf*i x.ot?& tvv&ii T xeufyv UppapicrKvZ, ci rjf BxGvXotvi'wv irixi> ft>i&X-
->.«!«/ T Gov, \m> (iiZxnXdjKoUtmsoi.cvvicc. Ai&6[op l & j JV {*/)' x-xvXu 7jjV X Hx-
$• 7>jy XotTniv %J&v, £ ^115 diZfi^Xu^ve, 'Ig&sdav it, £ OeuYwwv <? "Zvgav, v$4
T xc.fd 7tj». A/j^wSv iStiuv (rvv'&iots Tttn T? <p(Xuv, jK/S&s 1 s ^iwctfjuswc yjj £ Xoi-
A|«(5. -j? typsv. m BzGvXwa, Apud Jofeph. Antiq. 1. 1 o.c . 1 1 .
from
of the Old Teftament, 5 1
from his own Captivity, both by the Author of the fecond B ook^r Kings xx\r.
of Kings, and by Jeremiah, without the leafi impeachment of 2 7*
the foregoing Proportion. J er " L1 J- 3 1 «
Coroll. 2. T^o' the deft ruttion of Jerufalem, and of ' the Tem-
ple under Zedekiah, are [aid to be in order to the fulfilling of
the 70 years Prophecy of Jeremiah ; yet it do's not thence fol-
low that they are not dated till that time. The words of Ezra
are thefe. Thefe defolations under Zedekiah happen d to fulfil aChron.j.-xxv-.
the word of the Lord by the mouth of Jeremiah, until the ii.
land had enjoy d her Sabbaths: for as long as fhe lay defolate,
(he kept Sabbath, to fulfil 70 years. For tho the great eft Cap-
tivity and the moft general ftroke was in the fourth of Jehoi-
akim, as we have feen ; yet the utter Defolation of the Land, and
. the final Captivity of the remnants of the people was brought about
by degrees, and not completely fini/b'd till the end m of the years of
God's Patience foretold by Ezekiel, to be ftated hereafter, concluded Ezek.iv. $=
all. Every ftep therefore of this Defolation iisas a farther degree
of the fulfilling of the Original Prophecy hereto relating ; tho' the
exalt number 70 years take their date from the firft and princi-
pal Captivity in the days of Jehoiakim.
Coroll. 3. Tho' this Interval from JehoiakimV Captivity till
its Solution under Cyrus, was exactly 70 years, yet this is no
prejudice to a like number of years from the beginning of the
jiege of Jerufalem under Zedekias, till the fecond year of Da- Zech.i.;.-!;.
rius, nor to the duration of two of the famous Annual Fafts of chmvij. i~r.
the Jews, both of them feverally taken notice of in Scripture.
For tho thefe periods are conjiderable, and- of a like duration
with that famous one before us ; yet are they wholly different,
and are neither Prophecy' d of by Jeremiah, nor do they terminate
at the Solution of the Captivity by Cyrus, (the undoubted Cha*
ratters of the period concern d in this Proportion) and therefore
ought by no means to caufe any difficulties about it.
Coroll. 4. Here we may obferve the importance of the three lef-
fer Captivities of the Jews, mention d by the Prophet Jeremiah,
which have been fo unreafonably by fome expounded of the three
greater under Jehoiakim, Jehoiachin and Zedekiah. The words
arc thefe. This is the people whom Nebuchadnezzar carried jenuj. i* .
captive. In the feventh year 3023 Jews. In the eighteenth go.
G 2. year
5 z A Jhort view of tjoe Chronology
year of Nebuchadnezzar he carried away captive from Jerufa-
lem 832 perfons. In the twenty third year of Nebuchad-
nezzar, Nebuzaradan captain of the guard, carried away cap-
tive of the Jews 74$ perfons. Ali the perfons were
4600. The great Captivities were in the firfi , the eighth,
Dan. i. 1,2. atf d f ^ s nineteenth of Nebuchadnezzar, and therefore, to be fare
with Jer. xxv. -were wholly different from thefe which were in the feventh, the
t. 2 Kings eighteenth, and the twenty third refpetlively. Nat to obferve that
J5L.'*o ' the fmalnefs. of thefe numbers fuffcicntly diflinguifhes between thefe
lefler, and thofe greater Captivities. The firir. of thefe Captivi-
ties therefore in the feventh of Nebuchadnezzar, was of 5023.
perfons: {three years after Jehoiakim, by breaking the League he
had made with him, had expos d himfelf to his fury ; and Bands-
iKingsxxiv.2. f Chaldeans, Syrians, Moabites and Ammonites came upon,
him:) and was out of the whole body of the Jews, andnot con-
.. fined to the Inhabitants of Jerufalem. The fecond of thefe lef-
andxxxviii. f er Captivities 0/832 perfons was during the fiege of Jerufalem,
which happen d in the eighteenth of Nebuchadnezzar, and was
accordingly made up of the Inhabitants of Jerufalem only, or of
fuch as fell away to the Chaldeans, according to the counfel of
God, and had their lives favd by them. The third of thefe lef-
fer Captivities was of 745 Jews, i. e fuch Relics of the. ten,
Tribes as- at this time remain d in their own Land. Thefe were
carried, away Captive by an Officer of Nebuchadnezzar, while
W er - Annal. he himfelf was be/ieging Tyre, in their -Neighbourhood ; of which
** 34 Z0, more under the next Proportion..
XIV. The Chronology of the Kingdoms of Ifrael
and Judah is abundantly eftablilh'd and fecur'd,
and that in conformity to the foregoing Ac-
counts, by the famous Prophecies of Ezekiel,
touching the utmoft extent of God's Patience to
Ifrael and J,udah.
Ezek, iv. 4> f, The words are thefe,. Lye thou upon thy left-fide, and lay
• the iniquity of the houfe of Ifrael upon it, according to the num-
far of the days that thou Jbalt lye upon it thou ftalt bear their
iniquity
of the Old Te (lament, 5 3
iniquity. For I have lata upon thee the y.ars of their iniquity,
according to the number oj~ the days, 390 days. So Jhalt thou.
bear the iniquity of the houje of IJrael. -dnd when thou haft-
accomplijhed them,. Lye again on thy right-fide, and thou flmlt bear
the iniquity of the houfi of fudah forty days ; I have appointed
thee each day for a. year. The pain meaning of which Hifto-
rical Prophecies,, as I may call them, is this, that the longeft
time of the uninterrupted Idolatry of the Ifraelitcs, and of
God's patience with them from the firft Idolatrous Feaft of
Jeroboam, till the final Captivity of the laft remains of the
ten Tribes by Nebuchadnezzar, lhould be 390 years. And
that the longeft time of the uninterrupted Idolatry of Judah,
and of God's patience with them, from the death of good
King Jofiah, till the final Captivity of the laft remains of the.
two Tribes by the fame Nebuchadnezzar, lhould be 40 years..
Now fince both thefe numbers are exactly agreeable to the
prefent ftating of the Accounts of thefe two Kingdoms, as
will be fhewn prefently, it thence appears that they are exact-
ly ftated. All that can be here queftion'd, is whether the
Captivity of that remnant which happen'd in the i^d year of
Nebuchadnezzar, and which I aflign as the conclusion of the
390 years of the Houfe of Ifrael, was of the remainder of the
ten, or not rather of the two Tribes. For as, if it belong to the
ten Tribes, we have what we defire : So if it be only of the
two Tribes, we are at a mighty lofs, , and cannotby any means
find a period belonging to the 390 years of the houfe of Ifr ad,
diitinct from thofe 40 years which belong to the houfe ofju-
dah; as it certainly ought to be, from the plain words
of the Prophecy foregoing. The reafon of this doubt is,
becaufe they are' ftil'd Jews by the Sacred Hiftorian, in the
words already quoted. In the z^d year of Nebuchadnezzar, j^.tij. 59*
Nebuzaradan captain, of the guard, carried away^ captive of * the
Jews q^perfons. Now in order- to our fatisfaction in this
matter, we muft obferve that all the remnants of the twelve
Tribes have, been ftil'd Jews in common, ever fince the Ba-
bylonifl) Captivity, and are fo ftil'd at this day. And that
this is true, and that alfo thefe Jews (as they are herecaJl'd)
were really Ifraelites r remaining in thofe parts of the Land
G 3. which.
54 A Jhort <vienx) of the Chronology
which belonged to the ten Trues, wid oe tiemonhrated by
the Arguments following. i. In the threatning touching
this final deftru&ion of thefe Remnants, which was madeaf-.
ter all the Captivities of Judah were over , they are ftil'd
"Ezck. xxxiij. the Inhabitants of the wafts of tlx land of Ifrael; and the
21, 24. Mountains belonging to them are nam'd the Mountains of If-
Uffer AnnaL ' rae ^' a - This Captivity happen'd at the time when Nebu*
^.iW.uio. chadnez,z,ar was belieging Tyre. Now 'twas the land of Jf-
rael, and not of Judah, that adjoin'd to Tyre, and fo was the
likelieft to afford him an opportunity of carrying its Inha-
bitants into Captivity. 3. But this Proposition is not only
probable from the foregoing Arguments, but certain, becaufe
we are fure that all the Jews, or the Relics of the two Tribes,
were not now in the Land of Judah, but in Egypt, and fo
could not poifibly be led into Captivity till the Conqueft rof
Egypt afterwards. The words of the Sacred Hiftory relating
to this matter are fo exprefs and frequent, that they leave no
jer.xLiij. 4, $•, room for any farther doubt in the cafe. So Johanan the fon
6i 7* of Kareah, and all the captains of the forces, and all the peo-
ple obeyed not the voice of the Lord, to dwell in the land of
Judah. But Johanan the fon of Kareah, and all the captains
of the forces took^ all the remnant of Judah that were return-
ed from all nations, whither they had been driven, to dwell in.
the land of Judah, even men, women and children, and the
kings daughters, and every perfon that Nebuz^aradan captain
of the guard, had left with Gedaliah the fon of Ahikam, the
fon of Shaphan, and Jeremiah the prophet, and Baruch the
fon of Neriah ', fo they came into the land of Egypt. The
■Chap. xuv. 1. word that came to Jeremiah concerning all the Jews which
dwell in the land of Egypt , which dwell at Migdol, and at
Tahpanhes, and at Noph, and in the country of Pathros, fay-
ing, Thus faith the Lord of Hofts, the God of Ifrael, Te have
feen all the evil tftd? I have brought upon Jerufalem, and up-
on all the cities of Judah ; and behold this day they are a de-
V. n.folation, and no man dwelleth therein. Tour land is a def-
lation, and an aftoniftrment, aud a curfe without an inhabitant,
aKingsxxv. as at this day. And all the people both fmall and great, and
* 6 ' the captains of the armies arqfe and came to Egypt, for they
were
of the Old Tejiament. 5 5
were afraid of the Chaldees. So that 'tis certain that Nebu-
zaradan could carry no other Jews Captive in the z^d year
of Nebuchadnezzar than thofe remnants of the ten Tribes
which inhabited the wafs of the land of Ifrael, which Cap-
tivity therefore is the full term and period of the 390 years
forbearance of God with thofe Tribes, and the fet time for
their final deftruction.
•
XV. The fpace between the Conflagration of the
Temple, and the beginning of the Chriftian <^/E-
ra is 587 years, and about four months.
Here we muft connect the years of the World, drawn
down all along hitherto from Scripture, with the years of
Nabonaffar in the Agronomical Canon, and by fuch connecti-
on fix the years of the World to thofe of the Julian peri-
od ; and thereby finifh the Series of years from the Creati-
on to the Chriftian zs£ra, and our own times. Now before
we can accomplish this part of our work, we muft premife.
the following Lemmata or Proportions preparatory to our fu-
ture obfervations.
Lemma 1 . Nebuchadnezzar began to Reign during his Fa-
ther's lifetime, ntar two years and a half before his firft Thoth
in the Canon, and his Reign is dated in the Scripture (ac- HytotL III,
cording to its conftant cuftom in like cafes) from its origi-
nal commencing before his Father's death. That Nebuchad-
nezzar was made Co-partner in the Kingdom with his Father
Nabopollajfar , upon his coming General of his Army into
Syria, is generally and juPly collected from two or three paf-
fages in Berofus, a Fragment of whofe Hiftory hereto relating, vid s ~» . .
is extant at this day, and is before in part tranferib'd. But Frag, ad cai- 1
we need not infift on dark Conjectures; for a comparifon of cem Emcndat,
the Sacred and Profane numbers- of years of his Reign, and Tcm P»
the certain period of them both, together with the frequent
connections of his years with thofe of the Kings of Judah,
in the Bible, do put this matter paft doubt, as may be fecn
in the moft learned Author quoted in the Margin. We muft ufer. ChrcmoL
therefore, remember all along that Nebuchadnezzar began to Sac. rhef. £
reign and *•
5 6 A Jhort <vie<w of the Lhro?wiogy
reign in the Sacred ftile about Augufi, A. P.J. 4107. tho his
firft Thoth in the Canon be not till Jan. 21.4110, afterwards.
Dan. ij. 1.31. Only it muft be obferv'd that Daniel, after fee was in Chal-
dea, ufes the Chaldean Computation, and reckons the years of
Poftulat. 3. JVcbuchadnez,z,ar, after the way of that Country, from his
Father s death, and not from his firft Sovereign Power in his
Father's lifetime.
Lemma 2. The two firft years afcrib'd to Cyrus in the
Canon, are by the Scriptures afcrib'd to Darius the Mede y
and that agreably to Xenophon's exact account of the fame Cj-
rus. 'Tis well known from the Book of Daniel, that after
the Conqueft of BelJJjaz,z>ar or Nabonadius King of the CW-
deans-i and the taking of Babylon by Cjaxares or Darius the
Ban. v. 30, 31. Mede, and Cyr//^ the Perjian, that the faid Darius took^the
kingdom for fome time before his death, and the fucceftion of
Cyrus. 'Tis alfo evident that the Canon, taking no notice of
Darius, afcribes all the fpace after the taking of Babylon, or
the death of Nabonadius to the Monarchy of Cyrus, and ac-
cordingly gives him nine years. 'Tis alfo as certain that Xe~
nophon, who was perfectly acquainted with the Hiftory of
K«fc*iW./.8. Cyrus, do's yet afcribe but (even years to his Monarchy.
All which confider'd, 'tis highly reafonable to fuppofe that
Darius reign'd about two years after the taking of Babylon,
and that thofe two added to thefeven of Cyrus's complete Mo-
narchy in Xenophon, do make up thofe nine which we find in
the Canon. § So that wherever we are to fix the firft year
■aChron.xxxvj. of Cyrus's univerfal Monarchy, when The Lord God of heaven
"' 1 ?* had given him all the kingdoms upon earth, and when he made
the Decree for the return of the Jews from their Captivity,
we muft reckon it the third year of his Reign in the Canon,
and that its firft Thoth was Jan.j. 417?.
Lemma 3. Since the firft year of every King's Reign in
the Canon, and fo all thofe fucceeding, if they be dated from
their firft Thoths, and continue to the fucceeding ones, are . (ac-
J'rot. 1. Schol. cor d' n £ to the nature of this Canon formerly obferv'd,) ge-
nerally later than the real correfponding years of their true
Reigns; we muft remember that what points of time are in
the Canon fix'd to any year of a King's Reign, efpccially the
latter
of the Old Te (lament. 5 7
latter part of it might really be!on<uo the year following, and be
fo accounted in any other Hiftoiy that was not confm'd to the
fame method with the Canon. Thus the firft Thoth, or be-
ginning of the firft year of Nebuchadnezzar in the Canon is
Jan. 21. 4110. But how many months before this his Fa-
ther dy'd, and his fingle Reign in Chaldea began, we cannot
hence tell, becaufe the method of the Canon takes no notice
of his Reign till the next firft of Thoth after his Father's
death. So that the true Chaldean years of Nebuchadnezzar
ftill begin and end before thofe in the Canon, but how much
before cannot be colle&ed from it. And the fame thing is true
of all the other Reigns in the whole Canon. When therefore
we mention the year of any King's Reign in the Canon, we
mean thereby the fpace between the Thoths that begin and end See Pr6(t r .
it in the Canon, and not the real year from the commencing
thereof, till the commencing of the ¥ext in the true fuccefTi-
on of the Kingdom, unlefs it be otherwife particularly ex-
prefs'd. Thefe things being premised, I come to the feveral
Connections of the Sacred and Profane Chronology.
1. Jehoiakirns Captivity happen'd in the fourth year of his
Reign, or near the middle of A. M. 1$$%. And the fourth
of Jehoiakim was the firft of Nebuchadnezzar, and was near-
ly commenfurate thereto, as we are fure from Scripture. Now
the firft year of Nebuchadnezzar in the Scripture ftile, reaches ithfer xxv 1
from near the middle of the laft but two, to near the mid- LemLt.h
te firft year of Nebt
om near the middle
die of the laft but one of his Father Nabopollajfar, in the
Canon. So that the middle of A. M. 3398 falls about
two months after the Thoth of the 142^ of the ts£ra of Na-
bonaffar. i. e. about the end of March A. P. J. 4108. cor-
refponding thereto. So that hereby we find that A. M. 3398.
is coincident with the laft quarter of A. P. J. 4107. and the
former three quarters of A. P. J. 4108- Q^E.D.
2. Jehoiachin's Captivity happen'd about the beginning of
July A. M. 3405. and towards the conclulion of the eighth
year of Nebuchadnezzar in the Scripture account, ;. e. near the iKingsxxm
middle of his fixth year in the Canon, which is therefore in i-*a
the 149?^ of Nabonajfars zs£ra, correfponding to the very
middle of A. P. J. 4115. So that hereby we find that
H , A.
r g A Jhort view of the Chronology
A. M. 3405 is coincident with the laft quarter of A. P. J. 41 14,
and the three former quarter$*of A. P. J. 41 15, agreeably to
the former coincidence alfo. Q. E. D.
3. Zedekiah's Captivity, and the Conflagration of the Tem-
ple happen'd about Augufl A. M. 341 6, at the end of the
aKings xxv.8. nineteenth year of Nebuchadnezzar in the Scripture account,
and fo pah: the middle of his 17th in the Canon, which is
therefore in the i6otb of Nabonaffars <t^Era, correfpondingto
a little pair the middle of A. P.J. 4126. So that hereby we
find that A. M. 341 6 is coincident with the laft quarter of
A.P.J. 4125, aftd the three former quarters of A. P.J. 4126
agreeably to the former coincidences alfo. QJk.D.
k' 4* The beginning of £*ff^/W's 590 years of God's Patience
with the ten Tribes was at Jeroboam 's Idolatrous Feaft, about
the middle of November, towards the beginning of A. M.
3030, and fo their conclufion was towards the beginning of
Trop.14. A.M. 3420. Now that Captivity of the remnant of the
Jcr.uj. 30. Jfraelites, which put a period to thefe 390 years, was in the
i^d of Nebuchadnezzar, in the Scripture account, or towards
the end of his 20th or beginning of his 217? in the Canon;
that is towards the end of the itf^, or beginning of the
i6qtb of Nabonajfars zs£ra, correfponding to the latter end
of A. P. J. 4129, or the beginning of A. P. J. 4130. So
that hereby we find that A. M. 3420 is coincident with the
laft quarter of A.P.J. 4129, and the three former quarters
of A. P. J. 4130, agreeably to the former coincideaces alfo.
QJB. D.
Ezek.iv.6. !• The beginning of Ezekiel's 40 years of God's Patience
with the two Tribes was at the death of King Jojtah, to-
ward the latter part of A.M. 3394, and fo their conclufion
was towards the latter part of A. M. 3434.. Now it appears
Mr.Allin MS. by tne profane Chronology that Nebuchadnezzar conquer d
Egypt, and fo carry'd away with him the remnants of thenw
Tnbes that were retir'd thither, (which was the completion
Ir&p. 14. °f this Prophecy) A.P.J. 4144. So that hereby we learn
♦ ' ' that A. M. 3434 is coincident with the laftqunrterof A. P. J.
4143, and the three former quarters of A.P.Ji 4144, agree-
ably to the former coincidences alfo. Q. E.D.
6. Ne-
of the Old Tejlament. 5 5
6. Nebuchadnezzar's death and his Son Evil-merodach's, or iKingsxxv 27,
Jlvarodamus's fucceffion happen'd about March, in the 37/^
year of Jehoiach'in's Captivity, or A. M. 3441, and fo about
ten months before/Zz^r^^WsfirftT/W/nn the Canon, i.e. in
the i%6th of Nabonajfar's <ts£ra, correfponding to the former
part of A. P. J. 4152. So that hereby we find that A. M.
3442, is coincident with the laft quarter of A. P. J. 41 51,
and the three former quarters of A. P. J. 4152, agreeably
to the former coincidences alfo. Q..E. D.
7. The Solution of the Captivity in the beginning of Cy- 2 chron.xxxvi.
raj's Monarchy happen'd 70 years after the main Captivity it 22, 23. and
fclf, and fo, near the middle of A.M. 3468, by the Scripture Ezra > «.*•
accounts, and by the Canon in the third year of Cyrus, i. e. Lemma 1.
in the 212^ year of Nabonajfars <is£ra, correfponding to
A. P. J, 4178. So that hereby we find that A. M. 3468 is co-
incident with the laft. quarter of A. P. J. 4177, and the
three former quarters of A. P. J. 4178. Q^ E. D.
8. The beginning of the 70 years (current; for, this is ike Seejer.xxv.3.
70//? year, is the Phrafe in the Original,) of God's indignation Zech. j. 7, 12.
againfl jferptfalem and the cities of Judah , was at trie re- J er - xxxj v.
turn of the Chaldeans to befiege thofe Places after the flight nTflc^T'
of the Egyptians, about the end of Afay A.M. 3415, and foxhefiFoi
their conclufion muft be between the fame time of the year
A. M. 3484, and 3485. Now the time of the mention of
thefe 70 years (current) was towards the end of February in
the fecond year of Darius Hyftafpis in the Canon ; which is
towards the beginning of the zi8th year of Nabonajfars
*ALra, correfponding to A. P. J. 4194. So that hereby we
learn that the firft quarter of A. M. 3484, is coincident with
A.P.J. 4105, and the three laft quarters of the fame year
are coincident with A.P.J. 4194, agreeably to the former co-
incidences alfo. Q. E. D.
9. The commencing of the 70 years (current) duration ofseethe8th
the two Jewifh Annual Fails for the deftruc~tion of the Temple Conneftion.
in the fifth month, and for the murder of Gedaliah in the feventh^^'^' *>&
following was at thedeftructlonand murder themfe Ives in the laft
month but one of A.M. 3416", and the firft of34i7: and fo their
conclufion muft be between thefametimes of A.M. 3485, and
3486, for the one, and of A. M. 3486, and 3487 for tr 2
H 2 other
6o A port view of the Chronology
other. Now the time of the mention of thefe 70 years (cur-
rent) was about the middle of November in the fourth year of
Darius Hyfiafpis : which, becaufe every one of his true years be-
ll ' gan full four months foonerthan their refpectiveT/W/tf in the Ca-
andij. 1,10. non, is towards the latter part of the 119th of Nabonajfarsis£ra,
Zech.j. 1,7, corresponding to A. P. J. 4 195. So that hereby we learn that the
Sc f V S°*'&' three laft quarters of A. M. 348 5, and the firft quarter of A. M.
i«w. ??' 3485, are coincident with A. P.J. 4195, agreeably to the for-
mer coincidences alfo. Q^E. D.
From any of which concurring Connexions of the Sacred
Chronology with the Aflronomical Canon, the fjxice defin'd in
this Proportion is eafily colleded. Thus in particular, the
Conflagration of the Temple was about the end of Augufl,
A. P. J. 41 26; to which add 587 years and four months, and
we come to the end of A. P„J. 4713, which was the very
year preceding the Chrifiian i/£ra, as is known by all Chro-
nologers. And the very fame number will arife from a like
procedure with any other of the fore-going Connections.
XVI. The CbmefeChronology, when rightly under-
flood, is exactly agreeable to that which we have
drawn from the Hebrew Text of the Old Teftament m
Before I can come to prove this, I mull: again premifefome
Lemmata, or preparatory Fropoftions.
Lemma. 1. The Founder of the Chinefe Monarchy Fohi,
was the fame with Noah. This AfTertion, which I former-
vindic Theor. ]y propos'd as a Conjecture, depends on the following
Append. Observations. 1. The Chinefe Hi ftories fay, Fohi had no Fa-
Martmu Hift. t { ier . w hich agrees well enough with Noah, becaufe the me-
mica.p. 21. mor y £- hj s p atn er might be loft in the Deluge, and fo give
occafion to this Fable, that he had no Father at all. 1. The
ihid. lame Hiftcries affirm xhztFohi's Mother conceiv'd him as me
was encompafs'd with a Rain- bow, which feems an imperfect
Tradition concerning the firft appearance of the Rain-bow to
Gen. ix. 12-17. Noah after the Flood. 3; The Character and Appellation
of Fohi among the Chinefe, agrees mighty exactly with what
Memoirs of the Scriptures affirm of Noah. Fohi, fays Le Compte, the firft
China, p. 3 1 3. Emperor of Chin?, carefully bred up feven forts of Creatures,
ii'hkh
of the Old Teftament.
which he usd to [acrifice to the [upreme Spirit of Heaven and f^tf^
Earth. For this reafon fome call'd him Paohl, that is, Oblati- _ „ ^
on. Noah, fays Mops, Took into the Ark of ever) clean Beafi Gen.'vij.'i, V
by [evens, of Fowls alfo of the Air by [evens, the Male and 9 .
his Female, to keep feed alive upon the face of all the Earth.
And after the Flood Noah builded an Altar unto the Lord, chip. viij. 10-
and took^ of every clean Beaft, and every clean Fowl, and of-
fer d Burnt* offerings on the Altar. 4. The Chine ft Hiftpries Maytinws ufai
affirm that Fohi fetled in the Province of Xenfi, which KtheF^ ^^
moft North-weft Province of China, and very near to Mount Can- nol J g> in I(jhL
cafus, upon which the Arkrefted, and from which Noah muft
defcend to go thence into China. For other Arguments the
Reader is referr'd to the Conjecture before-mention'd, which
taken together do, I think, make it very probable that Fohi^
the Founder of the Chinefi Monarchy, was the fame Perfon
with Noah in the Scripture.
Lemma 2. The intire Series of the Annals of China taken
together as they ftand at prefent, all fucceffive one to another,
are falfe ; and reach too high from our Times. Thisis prov-
ed by the Arguments following. 1. The Chintfe Hiftorians Martimist-
relate a remarkable Conjunction of the five Planets in one o£ Cm P let '
their Signs, the fame day that the Conjunction of the Sun
and Moon alfo happen'd, in the Reign of their fifth Monarch
Chuenhio. Now this Agronomical Character has been accurate-
ly examin'd by the famous Caffini, and found to have hap- LjubcrcUA. or
J , 1 1 n J . ,11 r c ■ rSiam. p. 2CZ,
pend at leaft about 500 years later than the prefent Series or &c _
their years do's fuppofe. 2. The fame Hiftorians relate that
in the Reign of their feventh Monarch Tao, the Winter Sol- Minimus.
itice wasobferv'd tobeabout 50 Degrees diftant from its place
where it is at prefent ; whereas, if that Obfervation was ex-
a*fr, it muft have been made near 500 years later than 'tis
now fet in their Chronology, and if it was not fo accurate- L<,uber:.y.'i$&-
ly made may be fuppos'd two or three hundred years ftill
nearer to our own times. 3. Theduration of the Reigns and
Lives of the firft Monarchs of China, do by no means agree
to the ftandard of Human Life in thofe Ages, to which the
prefent Series- of their years do affix them. This will appear
prefently from the Table of the Reigns and Lives of the
H *
6 1 A foort view of the Chronology
^ —
firft Kings of China, , compar'd with the ftandard of
Human Life at the fame time, even according to the LXXII
themfelves, to whofe longer Chronology their Accounts have
been thought (o favorable hitherto. For Sem and Arpbaxad
alone, in the Scripture accounts, liv'd as long as nine or ten
of the immediate SuccefTors of Fobi , to the firft two of
which only they ought to have been Contemporary, by the
prefent Series of the Chinefe Hiftory.
Thus much being premised, I come to ftate the Chinefe Ac-
count , fo as may be agreeable to Rcafon,, and to the Hebrew
Chronology alfo. And the Hypothefls I go upon, is this,
that the years of the firft Family of their ancient Kings were
not fuccejjive, but collateral to thofe of fome of the firft Em-
perors, and that the fecond and third Families began about the
fame time. 'Tis very probable that thus it was, as appears by
the following Reafons. i. Other Nations, as well as the Chi-
nefe^ have carry 'd their Antiquities too high by erroneoufly
fetting ancient collateral Families in fuccejjion one to another.
This made the ancient Egyptian Chronology fo vaftand ex-
extravagant, till Sir John Marfoam found out the miftake,
and reduc'd it within a more reafonable compafs. The
great difficulties in the Sacred Hiftory of the Judges , have
been occafion'd by a like miftake of Interpreters, which
the fame Perfon obferving clear'd them to us. And this
L. i.p. 17. by Martin'ms himfelf, is allow'd in the Chinefe Hiftory be-
fore Fob'h to have been a great occafion of the exceffive and
unreafonable large«efs of their moft ancient Accounts. So
that 'tis likely enough that this fo common and eafy an Er-
ror, has been the caufe of the too great length of their Com-
putation Jince Fohi, as well as before him. 2. This is confirm-
ed by an exce'lent Obfervation to this purpofe, the firft hii t
Mr. Allln. whereof I had from my Worthy and Learned Friend before-
mention'd, viz,, that the number of Generations who arc nam-
ed from the fame common ftock to the third Family, is but
Couplet Tab. two more than to the fecond, altbo' in the prefent Series of their
Gonc^o^.poft chronology there be no fewer than 644 years diftance bc-
Hutor.Sin. twecn them. It muft be obferv'd that after the firft nine of
the Chinefe Emperors, the Dominion came into the hands < £
three
of the Old Tejlament. 6$
three famous Families, the Head of every one of which was
defcended from Hoam ti the third Emperor. The Head of
the firft Family Yu, began not to reign till 390 years after the
death of Hoam ti, and the Monarchy is fuppos'd to continue
in this Family for feventeen Reigns, and 441 years. He is
but the fifth by name from Hoam ti in the Genealogy. The
Head of the fecond Family Chim tarn, began to Reign at the
end of thofe 441 years, i.e. 831 after Hoam ti, and is in the
Genealogy the feventeenth Perfon by defcent from Hoam ti,
and the Monarchy is fuppos'd to continue in this Family fon
28 Reigns, and 644 years. But then the Head of the third
Family Vh Kam, who began not to Reign, by thefe accounts,
till a fucceffion of the fore-men tion'd 28 Reigns, and 644
years were over, i.e. 1475 years after Hoam ti, is ftill in the
Genealogy but the nineteenth Perfon by name from him,
whereas it was to be expected that he had been as remote a-
gain, both by the number of years themfelves, and by the o-
ther Succeffions. This being fuppos'd, 'tis reafonable to be-
lieve that both Th, the Founder of the firft Family, and Vn
Vam of the third, were nearer their common Progenitor than
they are here plac'd : and at fuch diftances as fhall naturally
correfpond to five and nineteen Generations refpectively. For
as to that pretence, that thofe only are nam'd who were fome
way remarkable, tho' there were in reality many more Gene-
rations; which Father Couplet alledges from the Chinefe Hifto- Couplet Gene-
ries ; it looks like a mere Subterfuge and Evafion. For nei-al.p. 7. A.
ther do's it any way appear that one half of thofe nam'd, were
any way remarkable, nor is it likely, that if they had known the
names of any more they would have conceal'd them from us.
Genealogical Tables do not regard the merits of Perfons, butthe
Perfons themfelves ; and fince we have but five Defcents be-
fore the firft Family, fixteen before the fecond, and but eighteen
before the third nam'd in thofe Tables, we may wellfuppofe
that fo many, and no more there really were. Only when
it was deem'd ftrange, that no more Defcents appear'd before
the firft and laft Family, it was pretended that there were more
indeed, but that they had not been nam'd by their Hiftorians.
When any more appear we will admit them. But in the
mean
6»4 A Jhort mew of the Chronology
mean time we are at liberty to content our felves with fuch
as are recorded in their Hiftories.
From all which Lemmata and Obfervations, we may at lad:
probably conclude that fince Fohi was the fame with JVoab,
and fince he Reign'd in China 115 years before his death ;
that 235 years after the Deluge A. P. J. 2601, he defcended
from the higher Regions at Caucafus to the lower of China ;
that then he took upon him the Government of fuch of his
Pofterity as were already planted there; and that he held it
during all the reft of his life, and tranfmitted the fame to
his Succeffors, mention'd in the Chinefe Annals. That a con-
iiderable time before the period of thefe firft nine Emperors, Tu,
the Founder of the firft great Family, began a Succeffion of
Kings in a different Province; and that alfo about the time
that Chim tarn the Head of the fecond great Family, fuc-
ceeded to the firft, Vu Vam the Head of the third, began
a Succeffion of Kings in a different Province; which third
therefore was not fucceffive to, but collateral with the fecond,
and accordingly their feveral Founders were about the fame
number of Defcents from Hoam ti t as they appear really to
have been by their refpeftive Genealogies. And what is here
chiefly remarkable, and the principal Character we have where-
by to diftinguifh what pretended Antiquities are really ge-
nuine, is this, that if the Chinefe Annals be thus underftood
and adjufted, the 'length of the Reigns and Lives of their
firft Monarchs, will very exactly agree with the duration of
the Lives of Men in the fame Ages recorded in Scripture, as
-appears by the following Tables compar'd together.
LiVes
of the Old Teftament.
Lives
Reigns
Lives
Noah
"5
Abraham
'75
Ifaac
180
Jacob -— —
*47
Jofcfh^
no
Kohath — —
M5
Amram — —
M7
Mofes
120
Jojhuah
no
Booz. about
125
Obed about
no
Jejfe about
95
David
7°
"5
— ■-
O
• 140
O
- 100
m
84
109
-78
9i
70
— —
lOf
■d) 8
1 00
— —
118
50
— ui.
no
10
~_^_
100
9
L
- *9
t>
-30
-—
65
Fohi
Xin nnm -
Hoam ti -
Xao hao —
Chuen hio-
Tico
Chi (depos 1
Tao
Xnn
Th
Tiki —
Tai cam —
Chum cam
And as after David the Lives and Reigns in the Bible were
generally of the fame length, as at this day ; fo are they e-
ver after in the Chinefe Hiftories correfponding to them.
XVII. The Computation of the prefent numbers of
Mankind on the Earth, and of the fpace necefla-
ry for their amounting to fuch a number, accord-
ing to the ufual proportion of their increafe and
doubling, do's alike confirm that Chronology^
which the Hebrew Text of the Old Teftament
do's exhibit to us.
'Tis now generally own'd that the number of Souls upon
the face of the whole Earth at prefent, do's not exceed four SecDr.Nichoh'i
thoufand Millions, tho' I imagin it may come nearer to that Conference,
fum than many fuppofe. 'Tis alfonow generally own'd, and** ■• ?*7f'7 6,
this from good Obfervations, that Mankind do double them-
felvcs at the longeft in 400 years ; which therefore is to be SeeNewTheo-
fuppos'd the proportion ever fince the prefent Period of Ty ^puTf
Human Life was fix'd in the days of David.
I
'Tis alfo e-
videntp.5-97.
Tranf.N. ip6.
66
A Jhort view, of the Chronology
See
Hyp. VIII. vident that from the Deluge till the days of David y the
lives of Men at a mean were fix, if not feven times as long as
they have been fince, (tho* much more and lefs than that
proportion at the earlieft and lateji timea of that Interval.)
Tis therefore evident that the Period of the doubling of
Mankind from the Deluge till the days of David, in a
mean, muft have been at the leaft fix or feven times fhorter
than that which has fince obtain'd, by reafon of their anci-
ent longer lives in that proportion, (tho* ftill this period of
doubling muft have been much fhorter and longer in the ear-
liest and latefi times of the faid Interval.) So that if we
have a Series of numbers beginning at eight, (for fo many Souls
furviv'd the Deluge) and doubling themfelves in 60 years at a
mean from the Flood till David, i. e. for about 1 500 years,
and thence forward to our own times in 400 years, i. e.
for about 2700 years ; we fhall pretty nearly obtain the
Sum total of Mankind in every correfponding year after the
Start*
Number
of the Old Tejlament.
*7
.
-d
-0
# c
15
£ &
c
E .5
s
•5 a
<*«
£ °
ft •*
J-l
^ **
CS O
6
a 2 £
a
s "H
£
!* Jh ft
l5
4
4
c
52
9
5
( 2)
5 4
M
5
( 3)
128
a 3
8
(4)
255
35
12
c 5)
5 IJ
5°
M
(6)
1024
70
20
(7)
2048
95
2 5
C 8)
4095
125
30
(9)
8192
i5o
35
(10)
1^384
200
40
(")
327*8
245
45
(1*)
55535
295
50
d3)
131072
35°
55
(H)
262144
410
5o
Ci 5)
524288
475
*5
(i5)
1*048575
545
70
('7)
2*097152
520
75
(18)
4*194304
700
80
(19)
8*388508
800
100
(20)
1 5*7772 1 5
1000
200
(^)
33*554432
1300
300
C*jO
57*108854
1700
400
(^3)
134*217728
2100
400
(24)
258*43 5455
2500
400
CM)
535*870912
2900
400
(2 5)
1073*741824
3300
400
(27)
2147*483548
3700
40©
(28)
4294 '957295 1
4100
400
(29)
I
2
We
6 8 A Jhort 'view of the Chronology
We fee by this Table that the number of years accord-
ing to the Hebrew Chronology, will very naturally account
for the prefent number of Souls upon the face of the Earth.
I think it will alfo afford as many in every Age preceding as
any Authentic Accounts of ancient Times do require. But
then let us fuppofe that inftead of about 1300 years in the
firft Interval, we have with the LXXII above 1000. This
addition of above 600 years at a time when Mankind, in a mean,,
doubled in 69 years time, will produce above a thoufand
times as many as this Table, or the Earth for certain do's con-
tain at prefent. So that if that longer Chronology were al-
low'd, the Earth in all probability muft have had many more
Inhabitants in the days of David, than it has in our days,
contrary to the certain Obfervations of the increafe of Man-
kind. And the like is to be faid in due proportion of the
Samaritan, or any other Chronology, which lengthens the
%ace fincc the Deluge.
of the Old Tejiament. 69
A Chronological Canon from the Beginning of the
World to the Chrijlian ALrz.
years, months, days
I. TT'rom the Autumnal Eo
J/ quinox next after the^ ^ - - o o
Creation of Adam to that at£ ' "
the end of the Deluge. 3
II. Thence to the Departure of/ 6 ,
Abraham out of Haran. { l
III. Thence to the Exodus outl
of Egypt.
IV. Thence to the Foundation'
of Solomons Temple.
V. Thence to its Conflagra-
tion.
VI. Thence to the beginning of \
the Chriftian <^/Era.
430 *— o — o
475> — 1 — o
424 — 1 — o
587 — 4 — o
Sum — 4003 — 2 — o
years, months, days.
I. From the Autumnal Equinox"!
next after the Creation of^ ^ ^ ;
Adam to that at the end of£ *
the Deluge. 3
This is evident from the following Table.
I 3 x 4dam
j A Jhort view of the Chronology
Gen. v. 3.
6.
9-
12.
>f-
18.
21.
Chap.vij.6.1-1
^andviij. 13.
yca:<s.
1 Adam — — 130
a Seth - 105
3 £#oj ____— 9©
4 Cainan • 70
5 Malaleet 65
5 3^m^ ■ i6z
7 Enoch ' 6 5
x y, 8 Mathufela 187
1 g > 9 Lamech - 181
10 Noah — tfoo
426 — 6 —
Total •'. 16^6
There are no tonfiderable difficulties in this Period.
II. From the Autumnal Eqai-'Jt years, months, days.
nox at the end of the De-
luge to the Departure of A-
braham out of Haran.
This is alfo evident from the
Cen ' x J- IC '" 1 Sem
Ii# 2 Arphaxad
J *. 3 Sala
* 6 - 4 Eber
l8 - 5 PJwAg
2 °* o' Ragan
"• 7 *5Vr/<£
*4- 8 JV*/w
3*- 9 7>r*/>
Chap. xij. 4. 10 Abraham
Total
Neither art there any confiderabledifficultiesin this Period, but
thofe which have been already clear'd in the iixth Proportion.
of the Old Tejiament. 7 1
III. From the Departure of A-~)years.
braham out of Haran to the>
Exodus out of Egypt. 3 *
This general number being the exprefs account of the
Scripture, both in the Old and New Teftament, as we have
already feen, can admit of no difpute but only concerning the
time of its commencing, viz,. ^Abraham's Departure oxt of Ha-
ran ; which has been already difcours'd of in the feventh and
eight Propofitions. The Subdivi lions of this Period are now
to be confider'd, which are thefe following, viz,.
(a) From Abraham's Departure out of Haran to tnt ^ Gen.xij. 4.
Birth of Ifaac 2 5 4 , with xxj. 5-
(b) Thence to the Birth of Jacob 60 (6) Chap. xxv.
(c) Thence to the Defcent into Egypt 150 * 6 -
\d) Thence to the Death of Jofeph 71 ^ cha P" XLV1 >
Thence to the Birth of Mofis <ty(WJChap.L.at.
it) Thence to the Exodus out of Egypt 80 withxLj.46.
, and xlv. 6.
Total 430 WExodvij. 7 .
All thefe particular Sums are collected from exprefs Texis
of Scripture, excepting only the Interval from the Death of
Jofeph to the Birth of Mofes, which is not fpecify'd
there. But finee in Scripture we have the whole Sum 430,
and all the reft of the particulars which amount to $66 years;,
'tis evident that the faid Interval muft be 64 years.
During this Period we meet with two difficulties, which
are to be confider'd before we proceed. The firft is con-
cerning the number of the Children of Benjamin at the De-
fcent into Egypt, which are no lefs than ten, tho* he himfelf Gen. xlv). na
was the yottngeft of all the Patriarchs. The other is concern-
ing the PofterityofjW^, whofe Grand-children Hez,ron and
Hamul are reckoned among the number of thofe that went y ^
down into Egypt, when according to the Circumftances of
the
7 % A Jhort view of the Chronology
the Hiftory, as they are ufually underftood, they could not
poffibly be born at that time.
Now in anfwer to thefe Difficulties, I propofe thefe two
Confederations : i . that it is not altogether unreafonable to fup-
pofe an earlier and quicker Propagation in thofe times, than is
ufual now a-days. i. That alter all, there is nothing fovery
ftrange in either of thefe cafes, if rightly underftood, nothing
but what might happen even in our days. And therefore we
need not be much concern'd at thefe Difficulties, which can
be no great prejudice to the Chronology before us. As
to the firft Consideration, I think 'tis not unreafonable to fup-
pofe, that when the Vigor and Strength of Mankind were much
greater than they are at prefent, (of which the great length
of their Lives is a fufficient Argument) their Rjpenefs or A-
bility for Procreation might commence fomewhat earlier than
in our times; and by confequence, fuch a quicknefs of Pro-
pagation as would be fomewhat furprizing now, might not be
fo ftrange and unufual then. Befides, whatever was the rea-
ibn of it, 'tis plain from the Sacred Hiftory that in thofe times
Men were extremely defirous of having Children ; nothing
ScQDr.AlUx's was look'd upon as fo great a Bleffing (at leaft among the
■Refleaionson Pofterity of Abraham) as a numerous OfF-fpring, and nothing
the Books of was counted fo great an Affliction as the want of Iflue. In-
the ?' d Tefta " fomuch, that they had recourfe even to Polygamy, Concubi-
nage, yea, and Inceft it felf , to fupply this want. For
which Reafons we are not to wonder at fuch a quicknefs of
Propagation in the times of this very ancient Period. But
to anfwer more directly to the difficulties before us, I fay,
fecondly, That there is nothing in either of thefe Inftanccs
but what might happen in our Age. Itis not very ufual now
a-days for Men to Marry as foon as ever they are capable of ha-
ving Iffue, and therefore wc have not many Inftancesof Mens
being Fathers of a numerous OfF-spring, or Grand-fathers,
while they are very young. But ftill, they may be Fathers
or Grand-fathers-, much earlier than they ufually are. And
I do not doubt but upon a due examination into thefe two
Cafes, there will be nothing found in them but what is very
potfible, even in our times ; and confequcntly, forthe Reafons
we
of the Old Te (lament, 7 2
we have mention 'd, is very probable and likely to have happen'd in
thofe times.
In the firft inftance, Benjamin had ten Children at the De*
fcent into Egypt. But then he might have them in a very
few years by feveral Wives, nay, tho* he had them all by
one Wife, yet will there be nothing Arrange ia the cafe, fince
he himfelf was probably about 27 years of Age at the time
we (peak of> as A. Bp. Vfloer has mewn in his Chronolo-Cap. io.
gy. At which age, no queftion, feveral Men have had as ma-
ny Children in the fucceeding Ages of the World. There-
fore not to infift any longer upon this Cafe, which do's not
feem to have fo much difficulty in it, we (nail now proceed
to the other inftance of Judah, which, it mull be own'd, is
much more difficult, and worthy of a more particular exami-
nation. The cafe is this, Judah the fourth Son of Jacob,
at the time of the felling of Jofeph to the Midianites y as 'tis by Gen. xxxviij.
fome underftood, i. e. but 22 years before the Defcent into , - &c *
Egypt, takes Shuah to Wife, who fucceffively bears him three
Sons, Er, Onan and Shelah. His eldeft Son Er being grown
up, takes Tamar to Wife, and dies by a Divine ftroke. Up-
on this Onan takes Tamar to Wife, and is (lain immediately
by a like Divine Judgment. Hereupon Tamar is obliged to
ftay till Shelah came to ripenefs of years. At which time
fhe was fo impatiently defirous of Children, that fhe procures
her felf to be with Child by her Father-in-law Judah, and
bean him Pharez, and Zara : and laftly, Pharcz, begets Heb-
ron and Hamul, and all this before the Defcent into Egypt.
Nowitmuftbe confeft, that if we can allow no more than 22
years for all thefe Occurences, we mail feek to no purpofe for
a Solution of this difficulty, according to the prefent Chro-
nology ; and if the time of the felling of Jofeph be the
fame with that of the firft Marriage of Judah, it is upon the
prefent grounds really inexplicable. But thea we muit re-
member that altho' the words At that time feems to refer us Geiuxxxviij. 1
to the foregoing Hiftory of Jofeph, yet the Expreflion is of
a much larger extent in the Language of Scripture, and in-
cludes a great fpace of time, as will appear bv a view of the
K in.
n III
74 A Jkort view of the Chronology
Deut.x. 8. inftances in the Margin of that and the like ways of fpeaking,
aKingsxx.i. both j n the Old and New Teftament. Nay, indeed it feems
l^l^^S^ 10 ^ ^' ltt ^ e more ^^ 2 Particle of Tranfition or common way
i. Matt.iij. i.of introducing and beginning a new Branch of an Hiftory,
Qyomodoab juft like the Engli/Jj particle Now, as it is us'd at this day,
aliis eft °^ er - which tho* at firft it might infer a Connection in point of
/^"inVdeter-^^^ w * tn wnat went before, yet now 'tis plainitisfrequent-
m'inataaliqua ty no more than a Particle of Tranfition to introduce a new
temporis nota- Period after we have made a full end of that which wentbe-
tione fedeaesf ore# T n j s being premis'd, we are under no neceffity of con-
mvo Teftf- ne6lin g the time of Judah's Marriage with the felling of Jofeph s
mento efle po- as ls generally done, but it may be connected with Jacob's
fitum. ujfer. return to Canaan after his twenty years Service to Laban the
ChronoUc \\> Syrian, i.e. according to A. Bp. VJJjer, 33 years before
GhroQolc. io. the D. e f ce n t into Egypt. Now fuppofe Judah. then at feven-
teen years of age to have his Firft-born Er, at eighteen Onan,
at nineteen Shelah ; then when Judah was 32 years of age Er and
Onan fucceffively take Tamar to Wife, and peri fh by the fud-
den ftroke of Heaven. When Judah was 3 3 , and Shelah at years
of Puberty, but not Marry'd to Tamar, Judah commits In-
eeft with Tamar, and the next year when he was 34 has twins
by her Pbarez, and Zarah, when he was 48 /'jW*^ begets Heb-
ron, and when he was^o, Hamul>*w\\o therefore at that time muft
be reckoned among the reft of the Infants who came out of Ja-
cob's Loins, and defcended with him into Egypt. All this is
pofibLe, even m our Age, and if we attend to the particulars
of the Sacred Hiftory before us, we fhall fee reafon to be-
lieve that the cafe was really fo, and that thefe Marriages
fucceeded one another \ery quickly. As to Judah him-
tien. xxxviij. felf, his Inclinations appear by his Inceft with Tamar.
ai, ijv No fooner was his Wife dead, but he muft go in to one
whom he thought to be a common Harlot. And then
for Er and Onan 'tis, I think ,. intimated in the very
V.i.i. words of Judah to Tamar. Then faid Judah to Tamar his
daughter-in-law, remain a widow at thy father s houfe till She-
lah my fonbe grown', (for he faid, left per adventure he diealfo y
as his brethren did,) and Tamar went and dwelt in her father's
hou/e^ The plain importance of which reafoning is this,.
'My
of the Old Tejlament.
75
* My Sons Er and Onan, feem to have been the occafion of
' their own ruin, by fome indecent Behavior upon their ovcr-
< hafty Marriages while they were fo young. I'll therefore
' fend Tamar to her Father's houfe till my remaining Son She-
4 lah arrive at a riper age before he marries her. This feems
to have been the reafon of Judah's delaying the Marriage of
Sbelah upon his firlt arrival at the age of Puberty, which
fmall delay was yet born with fuch impatience by Tamar*
(who perhaps fufpecled he was afraid of ever venturing his
Son with her) that fhe immediately procures herfelf to be
with Child, tho' it was by wilful Inceft with her Father-in-
law Jttdah. Upon the whole, as we may be fure from the
number of years that tiiefe SuccefTions might all come within
the fpaces above determin'd ; To we may very reafonably con-
clude from the Hiitories themfelves and their Circumftances,
that they really did extend no farther.
. ————— ——————— —
years, months, days.
IV. From the Exodus out ofo
Egypt to the Foundation of V 479 — 1 — o
Solomon's Temple. 3
This general number is exprefly contain'd in the Scripture, 1 Kings vj.
andfooughtnottobedifputed. But becaufethe Book of fudges
had occafion 'd wonderful difficulties in this Period, till the
very Learned Sir John Marfiam clear'd them in his Chroni-
cal Canon, I mall only give the Reader here Sir John Mar-
Jham's Account of this Period, and his Reafonings upon
which it is founded, and mail advance nothing of my own,
unlefs it be the correcting a few lelTer Inaccuracies; what he
has faid in this cafe being, I think, very jfatisfactory, and
wholly owing to his own Obfervations, tillwhich this branch
of Sacred Chronology was utterly inexplicable.
K
Mefes
7*
A Jhort view of the Chronology
Sir John Mar-
Jham's Caron.
(a)Deut.xxxiv
7-
(£)Jofli.iij.and
IV.
(c) Chap. xiv.
(</)Chap.xxiv.
*9-
(^Judgesiij.8.
(fJV.9,10.
fr)V.ii.
,+ *
(*;v..3«.
(0Chap.iv. 1.
(s) Chap. iij.
3 1 -
(0) Chap.iv. 4,
(j) Chap. v. 31.
(g)Chap.vj. 1.
(r;v. 7 .^.
(/) Chap. viij.
2.8.
(rJChap.ix.i2.
(*0Chap. x. 2.
(at) Chap. x. 7.
wuhx:. i5 .
Exo-\
' I
40 Mofes dies aged (a) 120.
41 Joshua (b) Conduces the I fraelites over Jordan.
47 The Divifion of the Land. Caleb (c) 8 5 years old,
65 Jofoua dies aged (d) 1 10..
( 7Jta Idolatrous Generation after Jofliua for 34 years.
<jqCushan iC/«j7 0/ Mefopotamia Tyrannises (e) eight years*
ipy Otbniel (f). Caleb's Son-in-law overcomes Caftan.
The hand, has reft (g) 40 years.
147 E.glon King of Afoab, with the Ammonites and Amale-
kites, pojfejfes himfelf of Jericho for (h) eighteen years.
1 65 'Ehud (i) a Benjamtte, kills. Eglon.
The Eaftern part of the Land has Refi ( k^) 80 year s
until the Incur/ion of the Midianites.
In the mean time in the North when Ehud was
dead, (I)
185 Jab in King of Canaan pojfejfes himfelf of Hasor,
and k$cps it (m) twenty years.
In the mean time Shamgar kills (n) 600 Philtflins,
and delivers IfraeL
205 Barak (0) of the Tribe of Nepthali, with an Ar- ^
my out of that Tribe and the Tribe of Zabulon r
overcomes Sifera the Captain of Jabins Hoft.
The Land has Refi (p) 40 years, 80
The Midianites Tyrannise for (q)feven years.
Gideon (r) drives them out of the Land.
The Land has Refi (f) 40 years in, the days of Gideon.
Abimelech reigns (t) three years.
Tola judges IJrae I (u) 23 years.
; 1 8 J air judges. Ifrael (w) 22 years.
iqSVhen the I fraelites had dwelt beyond Jordan for (x) 300
f years, the Ammonites and the Philifiim together invade
Ifrael rhe fame year.
245
25,2
292
295
The
of the Old Tejlament.
77
358
37 1
381
The AMMONiTEsTyranniue (y)
eighteen years.
JtPHTHA judges Ifrael (zS) fix
years.
Ibzan judges Ifrael (*) [even
years.
Elon judges Ifrael (£) ten years -
Abd on judges Ifrael (y) tight
years.
Saul reigns (ty 40 yearr.
43 6 David reigns ( t ) 40 years.
47$
480
Solomon reigns (£) 40 years.
The (») Foundation of the Tem-
ple is laid.
The Philistins Tyran-
nise (^40 years.
Samson judges Ifrael ( ( )
twenty years in the days
of the l J hilifiins..
Eli judges, (*) but do's
not deliver Ifrael.
Samuel;W^ (<*) Ifrael
fixteen.years (before the
Anointing of Saul.)
Ishbosheth reigns in
Mahanaim (t*)j[years.
(y) Judges x. 8.
(xOChap.xij.7.
(»)V. 9 .
(Ov.11.
(y)V.i 4 .
(^Aftsxiij.ai
(t) 2 Sam. v. 4,
(^JilCingxj.42.
faJChap.vj. 1.
(0) Judges xiij.
t.
(OChap.xv.20.
and xv j. 31.
(») iSam.iv.
18.
(X) Chap. vij.
**\
([*) 2 Sam. ij,
8-- 11.
Alva Exodi.
'/^Hronologers are very much perplext about this Period Marram's
«• V^/ of the Judges ; whereas it is certainly fix'd in the Ho- Chronicon. p.
*ly Scripture. In the 480^ year after the children of Ifrael **> ^ \ f
* -were come out of the land of Egypt, in the- fourth year of hi* ^ VJ ' **
* reign Solomon began to build the houfe of the Lord. They la-
* bor to no manner of purpofe, who endeavor to elude fo ex-
« preft a Teftimony. From the Exodus till the Foundation
*:of the Temple are 480 years, [current] which number is
•to be diftinguifh'd into two lefler Periods. Indeed Jephtha
'himfelf in his difcourfe to the Ammonites when theylnvad-
«ed the Land , gives us their diftinction when he afc
•firms, that Ifrael had then dwelt beyond the river Jordan 300 Judge* xj. 2^
* years-, which 'tis certain they began to do in the 40/^ year
•after the Exodus. There are therefore in this former. Inter-
« val before the Incurlion of the Ammonites 340 years* With-
«in this fpace are contained four of the Servitudes which the
• Ifraelites underwent by the Tyrannical Power of Cufhan,
* Eglon, Jabin 3 and the Atidianites; and yet the feveral num-
•bers of the years of Slavery and Reft, which by turns fuc-
< ceeded one another from the beginning of Cufhan till the
K 3 end
A port view of the Chronology
■ ■
'end of J air's Judging of Jjracl, if they be collected into one
'Sum, are of themfelves fomewhat more than 500. So that
•"we have no room either for the Government of Jojbttaliim-
* felf, or for the Idolatrous Generation fucceeding, mention'd
f in Scripture. But in the Canon above, this difficulty isre-
' mov'd, by ftating which numbers are collateral, or belong
* to one and the fame time, and which of them arc/»ccejjive,
'and follow one another.
f Upon the death of Eglon, the land had rcfl 80 years, I
]udgcsnj.3°- ^ underftand by the Land, the Eaftern part of it; (of which
'the foregoing Difcourfe was, and which had now fhaken off
' the yoke of Moab) and not the whole Land of Ifrael. For
'in the mean time not only the Philiflms invaded theWeftern
v u 'parts, and were repuls'd by Shamgar : But beiides Thechild-
Chap, i v. 1. ' renof Ifrael again did evil in the fight of the Lord when Ehud
' was dead, and the Lord fold them into the hand of Jabin king
' of Canaan, that reign d in Hasjor, (in the Tribe of u4fmr^
Toih.xix.3& ' [ or rather Ncpthali], for twenty years; tho' at the fame time
' the Eaftern Regions had Peace. At length the Northern
' Ifraelites beat Sifera, and the Peace thereby becomes Uni-
\ verfal, until 40 years afterward the Aiidtanites and their Al-
« lies from the Eaft conquer all before them. How long E-
' had liv'd is no where faid, nor is it probable that he liv'd
' 80 years longer than Eglon, who was flain by him. All
'that we certainly know, is, that the Servitude to the Ca-
' naanites did not commence till after his death. We there-
' fore fuppofe that Jabin endav'd Ifrael when fWwas dead
e about twenty years after the Victory over theA/oabites. For the
f Tyranny ofJabinhRed twenty years, and theLandhad Reft 40
' years afterward. By this Computation we have gain-d 60 intiie
'years.; of which 25 rauft be allow'd to Jofoua himfelf, ac-
cording to the Account of Joftphtis ; and the remaining 5 5
'will belong to that Idolatrous Generation which fucceeded :
' much fuch a fpace of Time, as was allotted to the Gcnera-
' tion in the Wddernefs, And in this part of the prefent Period
*"it was that every one did that which was right in his own eyes,
'And here we are to place the Hiftories of Micha, and the
' -Danites, and ofthe War againft Benjamin. There are t licrefore
185
of the Old Tejiamcnt. 79
1 1 8 5 years from the Exodus till Jabin's Invafion - 7 and from the
4 death of Mofes to the Incurficn of tho. Am'momtes\oo, The
* reafon of thus ftating the Accounts here, fo that fume of the
' years are not fucceffive, but collateral, fliall by and by be con-
1 rirm'd by a parallel example, not founded on Conjectures,
'but on the Authority of the Sacred Writer.
* Now that there fhould bedifferent Judges in different parts
' of the Land, and War in one part while there was Peace in
'another, was a thing not fo difagrecable or inconfiftent with
'the Civil State of the Jews at that time.
The too hafty diftribution of the Land by Lot before it
' was throughly fubdu'd, did at once fcattcr the People, and
'weaken their Government. After fuch adivifion there was
' no General AfTembly of the whole Body, nor Common Con-
'cern for the Public Good. The Arijlocracy which before
'was the fecurity of the Nation , was now deffroy'd , and
' the Senate or Sanhcdrin, together with the accuftom'd Ma- jo/ephA.f.c.z.
f gifrrates ceas'd, fays Jofephus. Neither indeed was the meet- p- 146. e.
'ing of the Sanhedrin reviv'd before the days of Jehofophat. i Chron.xix./.
'The Judges were rais'd up in extraordinary Cafes. The
' Jews Polity was yet- intirely a Theocracy, and that was by iSam. xij. ix-
' no means uninterrupted. As Prophecy at any time was want-
ing, Anarchy prefently fueceeded in its place.
' Befides there was fcarce any of the Judges that had Au-
thority over the whole Body of the Nation; they were the
'Leaders of fuch Tribes as were willing to fubmitthemfelves
' to their Conduct, according as they were in danger from the
' neighboring Nations, femetimes on one fide, and fomctimes
'on another,. We have plain Inftances of this in the Armies
'of Baral^and Gideon; and in that double Invafion which hap-
' pen'd afterward , from the Ammonites on the one quarter, judges iv. 10.
'and the Philiflins on the other. The War with Ammon wasandvj. 2?.
'•ma nag'd intirely by Jephtha and his Feople, L e. the Tribes C , Q
'beyond Jordan. That with the /^/'/{/fewasmanag'dwhol- P ,X1 J- Z '
'ly by the Tribe of Judah. When Reuben 's birth-right was gt- iChron.v. i.
' ven to the fons of Jofeph,and Judah by Divine Appointment was
'prefer d before his brethren, (on which accounts thefe principal Gen.tt.ix. 8.
'Tribes obtain'd) as a double Portion the Iargeft.and mod fecure
'Provinces.
8o A Jhort view of the Chronology
' Provinces of all) Ambition ever after that time prevail d on both
* fides, and the confequences of that were Jealoufyand Emu-
' ktion ; after this there is not the leaft appearance of their unit-
'ing their Forces, or joining in Confederacies to reliftacom-
f mon Enemy. Indeed afterward, in the days of Saul, an Ar-
ifSam.xj.S.; ' my was levy'd out of the whole Natron, but even then they
'-were two Bodies, whereof the Ifraelites made one, and the
' Tribe of Judah another. Upon Saul's death they ran into
'Factions and Divilions; [the one were for Ifihofocth, theo-
1 ther for David, - ] this Divifion became fixtand incurable after
' the death of Solomon. 'Trs no wonder therefore that diffe-
rent Tribes had very different Fortunes, fince they acred fe-
'parately, and had feparate Interefts.
* The other branch of this Period contains 140 years, of
* which number the laft 84 belong to three of the Kings juft
• before the Foundation of the Temple. There remain there-
fore $6 years to be accounted for within the Period of the
•' Judges. In which fpace of time we meet with a double
judgesx.8.and t Servitude of the Ifraelites ; the one to the Ammonites, and
xuj. 1. < tne other to the Philifiins. Thefe two Servitudes were not
' like the former, different in time, and the one after the o-
'ther, but contemporary; they commenc'd at once, tho* they
'had not the fame Period. The Idolatry of the Ifraelites w -as
Chap. x. 6. *^"° multiply 'd, and they worfhip'd fo many Gods, that the
' Almighty doubled their Punifnment, and fent Enemies in
Y. j. ' upon them both from the Eafl and Weft. He fold them in-
' to the hands of the Philiftins, and into the hands of the children
'■of Ammon. Andthat (very) year they both vexed and opprejfed
' the children of Ifrael, eighteen years all the children of Ifrael
' that were on the other fide Jordan, in the land of the Amorites
' which is in Gilead, &c. The Ammonites on the Eaft, and
' the Philiftins on the Weft, as if they had been Confederates,
' Invaded Ifrael in one and the fame year; but they were not
'driven out again in one and the fame year. The Ammo-
* nites Tyranniz'd but eighteen years, ana the PhittftinsnoteCs
* than 40.
'For as to the words juft now quoted, they are a Preface
-*not only to the Hiftory of Jephtha which immediately fol-
lows.
of the Old Te [lament. 8 1
'lows, but to that of Sam fon alfo, which comes after it.
'Neither is this Invafion of the Philifiins different from that
'related in the i$th Chapter, but is the very fame. The
< cafe was this, Whereas there were two branches of this Hi-
' ftory, which if they had been related together would have
1 been obfcure and intricate ; it was therefore thought more
' convenient, firft to premife a fhort mention of both , and
'then to give a diftinfb Account of each of them feverally,
'beginning with that which would be fooneft difpatch'd,and
* then proceeding to that which requir'd a more large Expli-
cation afterwards. By the help of this Obfervation allDif-
* Acuities are eafily remov'd, and the numbers of the years,
* which otherwife increafe too much upon us, and are too ma-
'ny for our Period, are reduc'd within compafs, and brought
'within the bounds of the prefent Chronology.
' On one fide after the eighteen years of the Tyranny of
'the Ammonites, we have four Judges, Jephtha, Jbz,an, Elon
* and Abdon. All the years afcrib'd to them, [including the
' eighteen years of Servitude alfo] are no more than 49.
' That part of the Land with which thefe were concern'd,
< was in peace after the Tyranny of Ammon was over. In
' the times fucceeding there was peace between Jfrael and the 1 Sam. vij. 14.
' Ammonites. In the mean time [during this Reft of the
4 Eaftern parts] the Philifiins Tyranny extended it felf in the Judges xiij. 1.
* Weft, and continu'd from its firft beginning 40 years. Nor
'do we find any mention of a Deliverer from it, before the time
♦of Samuel, who by gaining that famous Victory over the
' Philifiins at Ebenez,er put an end to their 40 years Tyranny.
' So the Philifiins were fubdued, and they came no more into the 1 Sam. vij. i$ t
' coafis of Jfrael, and the hand of the Lord was againfi the Phi- l ^'
i fitns all the days of Samuel. And the cities which the Phili-
i fiins had taken from Jfrael were refiored to Jfrael. Thofe days
' of Samuel's Government are the fixteeri years in which he
'Judged the People before the Inauguration of Saul. And
* thefe were the only years interpos'd between the end of
' the/ > ^/7(/?/'»j4o,and the beginning of the 84oftheKingsbefore-
'mention'd, and together with the 40 years of the Philifiins, do
'make up the 56 which were to be accounted for. Soonaf-
L 'tcr
8 2, A Jhort view of the Chronology
Chap.xiij. i. ' ter Saul came to the Crown, in the fecond year of his reign,
and xiv.52. < tne \^ar began again with the Philifiins, and there was [ore
■ * war againfi the Philifiins all the days of Saul. By this Ac-
' count Samud began to Judge [in Judah and thofe parts] in
'the laft year of Elon or the Tribe of Zabulon, and was Con-
temporary with his SuccefTor Abdon of the Tribe of £-
1 phraim.
Judges xv. 20. ' ' Samfon is faid to have judged Ifrael twenty years in the days
* of the Philifiins, i. e. within the fpace of thofe 40 years,
V. n.* wherein the Philifiins were rulers over them. But he had no-
' thing of Supreme Power ; he did not deliver the Ifraelites,
* but was himfelf deliver'd bound into the hands of the Phi-
* lifiins, by his own People.
* Neither ought we to look upon Eli as a Deliverer, feeing
iSaxn. vij. 2. * he loft the Ark, and dy'din the twentieth year of this Ser-
vitude to the Philifiins, /'. e. twenty years before the Vic"to-
f ry over them at Ebenez,er. His Power as Judge at what time
1 foever it began, was no other than that of an High-Prieft,
* the Examination and Determination of Forenfic Caufes be-
'tween one Man and another; like that of Deborah, when fhe
'Judged IJrael under the Palm-tree ; or that of the Succeflbrs
'of Gideon and Jephtha, in the times of Peace; or that of
Chap.viij. u < Samuel's Sons, who were made by him Judges over Ifrael;
'or laftly, that of Samuel himfelf after the Anointing of King
Chap. vij. iy. S S at *l> who ftill is faid to have judged Ifrael all the days of his
Jofefk Anticj. 'life; and that was by Jofephus's Accounts no lefs than eighteen
1.6. in fine. t vearSp [Nay, and indeed ought to be accounted many
Aasxnj.21. c more .-|
2 Sam. v. 4. ' Thofe were ftil'd Judges who delivered the Ifraelites out of
Judges ij. 16. ' the hand of thofe that fpoi Led them. Among thofe Judges we
andiij. \f. 'find Ehud a Savior or Deliverer. Now the fe were fo call'd,
' who faved or deliver d them out of the hand of their enemies
* in the time of their affliclion. But that was an occasional,
' not a continual Office, and fo admitted of great interrup-
tion.
'A like cafe we find among the Tyrians ; over whom Judges
Jofepb. contra < were conflituted, after the old City on the Continent was
^oa.p.1046. < rai »^ fry N(buchadnez,zar> and they were confiri'd to an I-
' fland>
of the Old Tejiament. 8 3
'fland; and thefe Judges were their Governors fucceffively, and
'fupply'd the place of their Kings. Among the Carthagini-
1 ans alfo, who were a Colony of the Tyrians , the order of
' Judges had the dominion^ and chiefly prejerv'd it in their own
*■ hands, becaufe they -were not Annual Officers, but during life.
1 Thefe Judges are ftil'd Sujfetes by Livy, Cum Su fetes ad jus Lh. 1. 33, 34 .
' dicendum conjedijfent. This Book it felf in the Original is
c nam'd Sophetim, i. e. Sujfetes, which we render the Book of
4 Judges. Which word /jgnifies one who avenges the Caufe
'of a People, or delivers them out of the hand of their Ene-
'nemies, (and not one like a King, who Governs and Reigns
'over them conftantly, without interruption J Thus far Sir
John Marfliam , and thus much may fuffice for this Period.
• years, months.
V. From the Foundation ofO
Solomon's Temple to its Con-£* 424 — 3
flagration. 3
This Sum is to be collected by comparing the years of the
divided Kingdoms of Judah and Ifrael, during fuch theirdi-
vifion; and after the Captivity of the Kingdom of Ifrael>
from the years of the Kings of Judah alone. And the Se-
ries fo found is to be compar'd with the 390 years of God's
Patience towards the/ew Tribes, and with the 40 years of God's
Patience towards the two Tribes already difcours'd of. Up- Frof> ,. . ad
on the agreement and correfpondence of all which Accounts i,-.
the certainty of this Period do's intirely depend. Take there-
fore the Subdivifions of this Period as follows.
years, months.
1. From the Foundation of the Tcm-7
pic till the beginning of the Reign r 3 6 — 5
of Rchoboam. r
2. From the beginning of the Reigns
of Rehoboam till the beginning ofS*90 — 6
the Reigns of Athaliah and Jehu. J
L z z. From
8 4 A Jhort view of the Chronology
years, months*
3. From the beginning of the Reigns?
of Athaliah and Jehu, till the Cap- r 1 65 — a
tivity of the ten Tribes. **
4. From the Captivity of the ten"}
Tribes till the Conflagration of the>i$4 — z
Temple. J
1. From the Foundation of the Tem--p
pie till the beginning of the Reign >3 6 — 5
of Rehoboam. J
1 Kings vj. 1. The general number of years here fpecify'd, is out of doubt.
aChron.iij.i. For the Foundation of the Temple was laid in the fourth
withiKingsxj. y ear f Sohmon, and he Reign'd in all 40 years, and was im-
42. and zChr. me ji ate ] v f uccee ded by his Son Rehoboam. So that if we de-
duct three years, and a part of the fourth from 40, we fhall
have 36" years and fome odd months remaining. But then
how many odd months here or in other parallel cafes are to be
allow'd, is not generally taken notice of exprefly in the Scri-
pture ; but is to be collected from the exact Adjuftment and
Connection of the Reigns of one King with another, and fo to
be fetch'd from the Tables of their Reigns. And indeed it
highly deferves not only our Obfervation , but Admiration
too, that thofe many Texts of Scripture where the Reigns of
the Kings of one Kingdom are adjuffed to thofe of the o-
therj and which have generally, for want of due attention,
been look'd uponasthecaufes of abundance of Difficulties in
the Sacred Chronology, are really in themfelves fo far from
being fo, that they generally help us to ftate the Accounts of
each Reign much more accurately, and that commonly to a
fingle Month. For if we examin the particular Tables of
the Kings of Judah and Ifrael, wherein every Text of Scri-
pture thereto relating, is exactly obferv'd and follow'd, we
fhall find it not eafy to alter any of the Reigns (either as to their
Duration, or Beginning) one fingle month, without contra-
dicting fome Text or other in the Scripture , or fome plain
Chronological Character taken from the Sacred Hiftory. So
that
of the Old Teflament.
that the feeming contradictions of the Scripture Accounts do
appear at lair to be but fo many Proofs of their greater accu-
racy. Such has been the wonderful Care and wife Contri-
vance of Providence, even in the mid ft of the feeming care*
lejfnefs and inaccuracy of the Chronology of the Bible, as to
provide us therein fufficient helps to ftate its feveral Periods
more nicely and accurately, than the moft famous and befl: di-
gefted Monuments of Profane Antiquity can enable us to do
in Profane Hiftory. But to leave this digrellion, and to go
on.
years, months.
.2. From the Beginning of the Reign - ^
of Rehoboam to the Beginning of>oa — 6.
the Reigns of Athaliah and Jehu. 3
This is collected from the flrft Table of the Kings of J»-
dah and Ifrael, where each Reign is thus ftated upon this Hy-
pothejis, that the year ordain'd by Jeroboam confifting only of *-
liven months, was obferv'd in that Kingdom till the Revo-
lution by Jehu.
Scripture
years.
Rehoboam — [17I
Abijah [ 5]
4fr [41]
Jehofaphat ~ [25]
Jehoram — [ 8]
Aba&iah — [ i]
Sum
[95]
years, months.
- 16 -- 8
- 2 -. 7
— 40 --10
— 22 — o
<r - 11
1 - 6
90 — 6
1 Kings xiv. 21,
aChron.xij. 13,
J Kings xv. 2.
2Chron. xiij. 2.
1 Kings xv. 10,
2Chron.xvj.13,
iKingsxxij.42.
2Chron.xx.31.
2Kingsviij. 1 7.
2Chron.xxj.20
2,Kingsviij.2<5.
2Chron.xxij,a»
Before.
%6
A Jhort view of the Chronology
i Kings xiv. 20.
iKingsxv. if.
iKingsxv. 3 3.
: Kings xvj. 8.
1 Kings xvj. 23
1King.xxvj.29.
iKingsxxij.fi.
aKings iij, 1.
Scripture
j ears, years
Before the Schifm — 1
months.
— 1
Jeroboam —
Nadab
2
— 21
— I
- 7
- 6
Baafoa
EU
i
~ 1
- 5
-- 7
Omri
11
-- 11
- 6
Ahab
~22
— 21
- 8
Ahaz^iah --
2
— 1
~ 6
Jehoram --
Jl] - 12
" 5
Sum
l>8] 97
-•- 7
Reduc'd to Julian years 90
- 6
Before -we come to the difficulties in thisSubdivifion, we
mud obferve that the year inftituted by Jeroboam continuing
to the Revolution by Jehu, and no longer , the Annals of
the laft of the Kings of Jfrael before muft have been written,
or at leaft, finim'd in the days of Jehu ; and by confequence
may juftly be look'd upon as accounted by the ftile us'd by
Jehu, and not that us'd by Jeroboam. And accordingly the
twelve years 5 months of Jehoram in this Table , are here
reckon'd ; as the adjuftment of the Reigns correfponding there-
to did require. But as to the difficulties in this place, the
following Obfervations will clear them.
1. Jehofaphat is here allow'd but 22 years, whereas the Sa-
cred Hiftory afcribcs 25 to him. Now flnce we have alrea-
ir^rrcvvi, ,-, dy feen that the f.me Author who fays, Jehofaphat reism'd 2 <
jkmgsxMj.42. j • X J <v 1 r I
aKinf..viij. \6. years, allures us expreiiy alio, that his Son Jehoram began to
reign during his Father's life-time; and by the year in which
he began, implys that this was three years before his Father's
death ; 'trs clear that the laft three years of the Father were
Contemporary with the firft three years of the Son; and by
confequence, but 22 of the Father's arc to be accounted in a
fucceffive Chronology. 2. Aha-
of the Old Tejlament.
i. Ahaz^iah King of Judah is in one place faid to begin
his Reign in the eleventh) but in another not till the twelfth
year of jehoram King of IfraeL Now this is fo far from a
difficulty, that if we conlider his Father's Circumftancesa
little before his death, and the difference of the Phrafes made
ufc of upon the different Commencements of his Reign, we
ihall find this double Epocha highly agreeable to the Hiftory
of thefe times. For as to his Father's Circumftances, 'tis faid,
After all this the Lord fmote him in his bowels with an incur a- 2 chron. x> ; ,
ble difeafe. And it came pafs that in procefs of time, after, or 18, 19.
rather about the end of two years, his bowels fell out by reafon
of his Jicknefs ; fo he died of fore difeafes. From which incu-
rable difeafe in his bowels, would naturally arifc the making his Son
Partner in the Kingdom, and-the committing the Adminiftrati-
on of Affairs to him fome time before his death. And then
the difference of the Phrafes made ufeof on the different be-
ginnings of the Son's Reign do confirm the fame. Thus In 2 Kings ix. 2 o.
the eleventh year of Jehoram Ahaz,iah began to reign over Ju-
dah, imperfectly. But towards the end of the next year,
In the twelfth year of Jehoram did Ahaz,iah begin to reign, Chap. viij. 25-
22 years old was Ahaz^iah when he began to reign, and he 26 *
reigned one year in Jernfalem completely and fingly after his Fa-
ther's death : as this matter is exactly ftated in the firft Table of
the Kings of J 'udah and IfraeL ♦
3. Omri King of Ifrael is, in one place, faid to begin his iKingsxvj. 1/.
Reign in the zjth of Afa; and in another place, not 16,23.
till the 31ft of Afa. And his Reign is faid to be twelve years
in all, yet but fix in Tirz^ah. Now if we confidcr the cir-
cumftances of this Hiftory, we fhall not be fo much furpri-
zed at. thefe different Accounts. The cafe was plainly thus,
In the zyth of Afa, Omri is made King over Ifrael, upon the
Confpiracy of Zimri', and being accompany'd by the Body 1 icings xvj.iy,
of the People, he befiges Tirz.ah, where Zimri then was, 24.
and in feven days takes the City, and puts an end to Zimri 's
Power and his Life at once. Upon Zimri's death, the people
of Ifrael were divided into two parts, half of the people fol-
lowed Ttbni the Son of Ginath, to make him king, and half fol-
lowed Omri, So after four years ftruggle ana war for the
Crown,
88
A jhort view of the Chronology
Crown, the people that followed Omri prevailed againfl the peo-
ple that follow edTibni; and Tibni dy'd, and Omri reigned with-
out molefration. So that 'tis no wonder that we have a double
Epocha of the Reign of Omri ; nor, that of his twelve years
which he reign'd in all, only fix of them were in Ttrz^ah.
Of the reft four were fpent before the death of Ttbnh his Rival,
and e'er he obtain'd the then Royal City Tirz,ah; and two of
them after he left Tirzah, and had built Samaria, and tranf-
V..13.- fer'd the Royal Seat of his Kingdom thither. Thus In the
3 1 ft year ofAfa hwg of Judah, Omri reigned over Ifrael, after
the death of Tibni, and the obtaining thereby his Royal Ci-
ty Ttrz*ah. He reign'd indeed in all twelve yean. But from
this time he began to reign fix years in Tirz^ah ; after which
he remov'd to Samaria for the ihort remainder of his Reign,
as it follows immediately in the Hiftory.
3. From the beginning of the Keigns? years, months.
of Athaliah and Jehu, to the Cap* £163 1
tivity of the ten Tribes. ^
Thus number is likewife to be collected by comparing the
years of the Kings of Judah and Ifrael, according to the fe-
cond Table, where each Reign is thus flated.
Scripture
years. years. months.
2Kingsxj. 2.
iChr. xxij. 1 1.
a Kings xij. 1.
aChron.xxiv.i.
aK. xiv. 2,17.
aChr.xxv.i.ij.
aKingsxv. 2.
aChr.xxvj.3.
aKingsxv. 32.
2Chr.xxvij. 1.
2Kiqgs xvj. 2.
2Chr.xxviij.i.
2Kingsxviij.
2,9,10.
aChron.xxix.*.
Athaliah —
— L«J
Joafij —
- [40]
Amaz,iah—
— M
Vz,z,iah —
— I**]
Jotham — -
— [i<]
Ahazj —
— [I«]
Hez,ekiah ir
Period.
ithis[ <5]
■ 6-
38-
■52.
15.
14.
6-
•10
11
Sum.
['«5]
163 — — z-
Scripiwe
of the Old Tejiament.
89
Scripture
years, years, months*
J*hu -
28
« 28-5
2 Kings x. 36.
Jehoahaz,
>7_
— 14 -- 13
aKings xiij. 1.
Joafi -
iS
— 16 -- O
zKingsxiij.io.
Jeroboamll.
UK
— 41 — O
1K.ingsxiv.z3
Interregn. I.
— 12 -- O
Zecbariah
: i ] -
2 Kings xv. 8.
Shallttm —
[ a - .. 1
zKingsxv. 13
MeHahem —
10] — 10 — (?
aKingsxv.17.
Pekahiah --■
* *i ■«- 2 ~ 1
2 Kings xv. 23.
Pekah — [20] -r 20 - 4
Interregn. II. [ J — 8 — 5
zKingsxv. 27
Hofloea — [ 9] — 9 —
xKingsxvij.t
Sum [14$] i<S$ — 2-
The Chronological Difficulties of this Interval are thefe
following.
1. Tho' Jehoahaz, of Ifrael did not die till the ^thofjoajh ^ngsxiij.i.
of Jndah, yet is his Succeflbr j^/7; of Ifrael faid to begin in
the yjth of Joafh ofjudah, and this by the very fame Hiftorian.
Now in this place we are oblig'd to fuppofe that Joajh be-
gan to reign about two years before his death, as we have put
it in the Table. But becaufe we are not to admit of fuch
a double Epocha of a Reign without fome other Foundation Prof.io.ConU.
than the difficulty before us, we mult inquire whether the
Sacred Hiftory affords us any hint of this matter. And I
think it evidently do's fo. For in the firft place 'tis faid ex-
prefly that the kings of Syria opprejfed Ifrael all the days tf 'iK^auj.Ji
Jehoahaz,; and yet during his lifetime, we findthatupon his z1, v '4>f'
Petition to God for deliverance, God heard his prayer, and are
exprefly affur'd that he gave Ifrael a Savior, (viz,.) his Son
Joaft, a mighty Man of Valor, and that during his Father's
lifetime alfo Joafi recover'd the Cities which his Father loft,
M and
2o A Jhort view of the Chronology
and reftor'd Peace to the Nation. Thefe fo different affirma-
tions are no otherwife reconcilable than by fuppofmg what will
folve the prefent difficulty, viz,. That upon the Father's con-
ftant ill Succefs againft the Syrians, he refign'd part of the
Royal Authority to his Son, and made him the General of
his Army. After which beginning of the Son's Adminiftra-
tion Affairs were alter'd, and thole Enemies, who during the
Father's Government were always Conquerors, were now eon-
querd by the Son, and at laft driven out of the Land.
Which Circumirances when duly confider'd, do I think fully
juftify the double Epocha of the Reign of Joajb, which the
Chronology oblig'd us to admit.
2. Amaz,iah King of Judah, is faid to begin to reign in
the fecond of Joafl^i. e. as we have juftnow feen, in the feven-
teenth ofjehoabaz, King of Ifrael; whereas his Father did not die
till above a year after the death of Jehoahaz.An this cafe therefore
we are oblig'd again to fuppofe that Amaz,iah began to reign
above a year before his Father's death, as we have put it in
Co _ the Table. Now fince we have promis'd not ordinarily to
roll. ' '" admit of fuch double Epocha s of Reigns without fome other
Foundation than that of a difficulty in Chronology only, we
muft here affign fome reafon for the prefent Supposition..
And indeed we need not be to feek for an intimation that A-
maztiah began his reign before his Father's death, and was a-
gain confirm d in it after it, if we duly attend to the Sacred
Hiftory. 'Tis faid of him both in the Book of Kings and
lKi x ; Vt - Chronicles, It came to pafs as foon as the kingdom was confirm-
iChron.xxv. ed in bis hand, that he fleiv his fervants which had flain the kmg
j« his father. What is the importance of that Phrafe of the
Kingdoms being confirmed in his hand j but that he was again
Inaugurated into his Kingdom ? He undertook the file Ad-
miniftration of Affairs, which he had before Adminiftred
jointly with his Father. This Phrafe is twice us'd in paral-
lel cafes in the Hiftory of the Kings, and in both of them
^tis fpoken of fuch as unqueftionably had double Commence-
ments of their Reigns, and were confirmed in the fingle ma-
nagement of the Supreme Power after their Father's death,
Y/hich they in part were Partakers of before. Thus 'tis faid of
King
of the Old Teftament. c, x
King Solomon, after the death of David, that heflrengthened iChron.j i.
himfelf, or was ftrcngthened in his kingdom ; and of ^ehoram
after the death of Jehofaphat, that when he was rifenuptothe Chap.xxj.4.
kingdom of his father he firengthened himfelf, and flew all his
brethren with the fouord. Since therefore in thefe other ex-
actly parallel cafes the Phrafe before us is us'd of the fecond
commencement of each of their Reigns after their Fathers
death, which they had already begun befyre; 'tis highly rea-
fonable to interpret it to the fame fence concerning Amaz^iah,
and by confequence to allow that he alfo had a double be-
ginning of his Reign.
3. The beginning of the Reign of Vz^iah or Alariah of iKingsxr. 1}
Judah, which mud needs fall into the fixteenth year of %r-withxttj. 10.
roboam II. if his Reign be accounted from his Father's death,
is yet faid to begin in the 27th year of the fame Jeroboam.
Now here alfo in the Table we admit of a double Epocha of
the Reign of Jeroboam II. and whether there be any footfteps
of fiich a thing in the Sacred Hiftory, we are now to inquire.
And I think we do not want fuch an intimation even in this
cafe alfo. For upon the death of Jehoahaz, we find his Son
Joafli paying a Vifit to the Prophet Eli/ha. The Prophet dif- iKingsxiij.14-
courfing of the Affairs of the War with Syria, which Joafh * 9 '
had been already very fuccefsful in, foretells at lafr, that he
mould fmite Syria but thrice ; i.e. as I underftand it, fhould
be Victorious but three Campaigns more againft them. Ac-
cordingly Joaffo himfelf Governs alone, and profecutesthe War v. 2c.
himfelf the three following years. But when they were ex-
pir'd, becaufe he could no longer expect Succefs himfelf, and
becaufe his Father had done fo before him , he entrufts the
command of the Army and a fhare in the Government with
his Son Jeroboam II. (who was then, no doubt, a Prince of
great hopes, and who afterward prov'd the mod Potent and
Glorious of the Kings of Ifrael.) And accordingly thefrft
date of his Reign begins eleven years before his Father's death,
and before his fole Reign fucceeding afterwards, agreeably to
the ftate of the Chronology before us.
4. Tho' we have fhew'cl that there was an Interregnum in j> ro p xj,
the Kingdom of Ifrael after the death of Jeroboam II. and
M z alfo
' cf i A Jhort view of the Chronology
alio a fecond Interregnum after the death of Pekah ; yet is it
aKingsxiv.19. in the former cafe laid that Jeroboam fie ft with his Father s y
even with the kings of Ifrael, and Zechariah his [on reigned in.
Chap. xv. 30. his fiead: and in the latter, that HofJjea the fin of Elah, made
a confptracy againfi Pekah the fon of Remaliah, and fmote him y
and flew him, and reigned in his fiead. Which Texts feem
not to favor the Interregna, before-mention*d. Now in an-
fwer to thefe Objections, I fay that 'tis no wonder that upon
the death of a King, he, who during the Interval fought for
the Kingdom, and at laft obtain'd it, is in fome fence faid to
reign in his fiead all that time, as reigning over fome part of
the People ; altho' his true Reign in the Royal City be not
dated till his his peaceable PoflTeflion of the Crown, and his
Dominion in the Royal City did commence afterwards. And
this exactly agrees with each of the foregoing inftances. For
as in general, at the death of their predeceffors Jeroboam and
Pekah, both Zechariah and Hofiea are faid to have an imper-
fect Dominion, and to Reign in their predeceffors Jiead,. bc-
caufe during the Confufions fucceeding, they had a greater
lhare of Royal Authority than any others; fo when thofe
Confufions were over, and they feverally entred on the quiet
pofleflionof the Throne, and of the Royal City, it is particu-
larly taken notice of by the Sacred Hiftory,, and the true dates
of their Reigns are deriv'd therefrom. Thus, tho' Jeroboam
sKmgsxiv.aj. dy-d in the z6th year of Vz,z,iah; yet'tisfaid that In the $Sth
Chap. xv. g. year of uiz^ariah or 'Vsjz.iah king of Judah, did Zechariah the
fin of Jeroboam, reign oiier Ifrael in the Royal City Sama-
ria fix months.. Thus in like manner, tho* Pekah was (lain in
the twentieth of Jotham, or fourth of Ahaz, ; yet 'tis faid that
aKjngsxv. 3.0. In the twelfth year of Ahaz, king of Judah, began HoJJjea the
Chap. xvij. 1. f on f Ei a} t0 re ig n fo the Royal City Samaria over Ifrael
nine years. Which Obfervations do, I think, fufficiently clear,
the difficulties before us.
Scholmmi. We muft here obferve a fomewhat unufual inftance
of an early Ripenefs in Ahaz, 3 who being but twenty years old
when he began to reign , reigned not quite fifteen years
before his Son Hez,ekiah began to reign , as we mall fee pre-
ijbntly; andyet/ft*f£/'^himfelf was then 2 5 years of age. From,
whence
of the Old Teftament. ? $
whence it will certainly follow that Hez,ekiah was born when
his Father was fcaree eleven years old. This would in our
Age and Climate be thought very ftrange, and no doubt it was
an unufual thing even in Judea, feeing we have not in the whole-
Bible fuch another inftance as this. But whether the Inha-
bitants of thofe hotter Climates may not have, fome advan-
tage over others in this refpe<5t, I cannot pofitively fay. Cer-
tain it is by the moll: Authentic Accounts we have of the
Life of Mahomet, that in Arabia, a Country bordering on Dr. PrMeauxs
Judea, that Impoftor himfelf Marry'd one of his Wives when Life of Make.
fhe was but fix years old, and Bedded her in two afterv/ards \ mef > ?• f 1 -
which ftill more unufual inftance feems to prove that the time
of fitnefs for Procreation is not the fame in all Climates of
the World ; but is earlier in the hotter Regions. However
Inftances have not been wanting, even in more Northern Re-
gions of as early a Ripenefs and Ability for. Procreation, as that
of Ahdity which therefore, ought not to feem incredible to
us.
Scholium n Tho J the Chronology obliges us to place the
beginning of Hez.ekiah's Reign before the death of his Fa-
ther Ahaz,, even where we have no particular intimation there- 2 Kfogsxvij. r.
of in the Hiftory ; yet it will not feem very ftrange, if we con- Chap.xviij. at
fider that the time which Ahaz, furviv'd was fo fmall (being
but a part of one year) as to afford very little occafion for any
Hiftorical Relations. It is moreover to be obferv'd that
this is the only inftance wherein this whole Chronology al-
lows of a double Efocha of a Reign, without fome intimation
of it in the Sacred Hiftory..
jearr. months..
4. From the Captivity of the teno
Tribes till the Conflagration of>i34 — z-
the Temple. O
This Subdivifion is made up of the plain fumof the years
of the Kings of Judah, if they be taken with a few redun-
dant, months neceffary, to adjuft them to the exact time of
M 1 each;
5>4
A Jhort <vie<w of the Chronology
each year refpeftively ; which in the third Table of the Kings
are thus ftated.
iKingsxviij.*.
10.
aChron.xxix.t.
2 Kings xxj. i.
2Chr.xxxiij. I.
zKingsxxj. 19.
2Chr.xxxiij.21.
2lCingsxxij. 1.
2Chr.xxxiv. 1.
2Kingsxxiij.3i.
2Chr.xxxvj. 2.
2lCin.xxiij. 36.
2Chr.xxxvj.^.
iKingsxxiv.8.
2Chr. xxx vj. 9
2Kin. xxiv. 18.
iChr-xxxvj. 11.
Scripture
fears, years, months.
Hez,ekiah (in this Period) [23] --23 -- 5
Manajfeh
Amon
Jofiah
Jehoahaz,
Jehoiahlm
Jehoiachin
Zedekuih
[55]
-- 55 - 4
[»]
— 1 — 2
[50
~ 3 i - 1
[;]
- ° - 5
["]
- io - 7
[;]
- 0-5
[-■]
— n — 1
Sum
[i}3i] "34 ~ z
In this Account we have 23 years current from the thir-
teenth of Jofiah, till the great Captivity of the Jews., in the
fourth of Jehoiakim, according as the exprefs Teftimonyof
the Scripture do's require, which becaufe 'tis a confirmation
of part of this Subdivifion, ought to beparticularly taken no-
jer.xxv. 1,3. tice of. The word that came to Jeremiah concerning all the peo-
ple of Judah, in the fourth year of Jehoiahim the fon of Jofiah^
king of Judah. From the thirteenth year of Jofiah the fon of
-Amon, king of Judah, even unto this day, that is, the twenty
third year, the word of the Lord hath come unto me, &c. And
as to the latter Reigns after the death of Jofiah, wherein
there formerly appear'd feveral difficulties very hard to be ac-
counted for; they have been fo accurately ftated by our great
Chronol. Sacr. Guide in Sacred Chronology A. Bp. VJher, in the Propoli-
p.84. &c . fol. ^ thereto relating, that nothing more feems either necef-
of the Old Teftament. 95
fary or poflible to be added. Neither are there any difficul-
ties here remaining to be accounted for.
VI. From the Conflagration otfyears. months.
the Temple to the beginning> Q
of the Chriftian z^Era. y*7 ~ 4
This number of years has been already fully demonftrated, Vrof.ip
and fo do's not require any farther confideration in this place.
And thus we have taken A /bort view of the Chronology of the
Old Teftament.
THE
Th*
1 c>
ftr fb TabU of-th* Xitws
*4
fta
16
*-9
It
13
H
o-f JwlaJi- and.
^1
fclu
^4
24
25
Jjra&L .
_ki
kn
2J
«5
2«
29
3<?
3*
,1
%
34
35
36
37
3<9
39
40
^
k
3
*4?
*S
itf
tf
*4
18
19
15- ■■•20
*'.-*
y
It
*?
- w
J2
33
5?.
"*i*»a
17
Jt
Tlie. 'fir/tyart of the
second
Table of the, lCings of JudaJv ana 7 . Israel.
^h kn kH
."*. -32(21)
- <M
6 « _
>
> _
40(29)
■3
y.i.
-'
14
16
J 5 W
*j>
ib
19
23
24
25
26
27
25
24
^5
27^
25
zp
J2
'J3
28
&
- 6
6"
J**
£5
36
37
38
39*
&
2 .
^4
^5
^
9 4
*3
H
15
16
18
'.1*4
*5
16
tx(x)
4(3)
is®
16 (5)
17(6)
-3
24
25
26
28
29
44^
fe
1
18(7)
r\*9(S)
10(9)
21(10)
22(11)
23(17)
*4(*3)
75(H)
'.6(15)
27(16)
78 (*7)
2968)
30(19)
*
S?
*4
16
*7
second, part of the, second Tabid- of
t/zc ICirUfs of
JuAaJv and IsraeL .
Tha third "TahU afttuzlCintfo
7-f Judah , and
of the- succeeding
*4
IS
2 6
2gjW
ij,
JO
31
JehotachiruS- .
fc
2
-«J
£
■feip
*5
id
JS
2J
24
h
36
\r.e
.7. 7
B
*ST
;_u3
£■*
'S5
Ofote. that 170 years are omitted in thu Table in the- seyeral places marked tJizts &•
5>7
A
Short View of the HARMONY
O F T H E
FOUR EVANGELISTS.
Propositions.
I. *T^HE four Gofpels are not Occafional Me-
\_ moirsy but Methodical Annals of the A6ts
of Chrift.
This Propofition ought to have been a Poftulatum, it being
the proper nature of fuch Hiftorical ^counts as thefe before
us, to obferve the Series of Events, and to place every Oc-
currence in its proper order. But becaufe fome great Miftakes
have caus'd the generality of Men to be of a very different
Opinion in this matter, I fhall endeavor to make out the
truth of this Obfervation, by the Arguments following.
i. St. Luke affures us, not only that himfelf had obferv'd
the Order of Time, but that the fame exactnefs was intended
by thofe many others, who had written the Evangelical Hi-
ftory before him. Forafmuch, fays he, as many have taken in Luk.i. j,i> 5.
hand »m&%u*% to fet forth in order a declaration of thofe things
which are mofi furely believed among us ; It feemed good to me
alfo, having had perfett under ft anding of all things from the ve-
ry firft, to write unto thee xu%n in order, moft excellent Theo-
philus
i. No other method is vifible in any of the Evangelifts,
N but
2 8 A Jhort <vie<w of the Harmony
but that of the Order of Time in their feveral Narrations. If
in any of thefe Sacred Accounts of the Acts of our Savior,
we could obferve any other defign than that of Annals : If
any of them gave us a diftinct Account, firft, of all the Do-
tlrins of our Savior digefted under certain Heads, and after-
ward of all his Miracles, ranked according to any Catalogue
af Difeafes cur'd by him, or according to the Places wherein
they were wrought, or the like ; we mould have noreafon to feek
for the Order of Time in fuch an Evangelift. But fince not the
leaft footfteps of any fuch Methods arc vifible in the Gofpels,
we have no reafon to efteem them other than Methodical An-
nals of the Alls of Chrift.
$. The general Order of Time vifible at firft view in
all the Evangelifts, is a certain Argument that their defign was
truly to write Methodical Annals, and not Occajional Memoirs
of our Savior's Life. St. Matthew begins with the Genea-
logy of Jofeph: proceeds thence to the things that preceded
the Birth of Chrift, thence to the Birth it k\f, to the Cir-.
cumcifion, the Defcent into Egypt, the return to Galilee, the
Preaching of St. John the Bapttfi, the Baptifm of Chrift, his
public Preaching in Galilee after j^/z'slmprifonment, his Mif-
fion of the twelve Apoftles after John's death, his going be-
yond Jordan afterwards, his Triumphal Entry into Jerufalem,
his Supper the Night before the PafTover, the Preparation and
Celebration of the Paffover, his Arraignment, Tryal and Con-
demnation by the Sanhedrin, his Tryal and Condemnation be-
fore Pilate, his Crucifixion, Death, Burial, Refurrection,
Appearances, and Afcenfion into Heaven. In the fame man-
ner do's St. Mark^ go on ; and St. Luke ftill more vifibly,
with the feveral Journeys of our Savior to Jerufalem fuccef-
fively ; and the moft accurate Notation of the fifteenth of
laik. «}• i,z$. Tiberius, and of Chrifi's age of 30 years when he began his
Miniftry. And as for St. John, we mall fee hereafter that he
gives the greateft Demonftrations of all the reft of an exact
**£»&• obfervance of the Order of Time every where thro' his Gof-
peL So that even upon this firft and general view, the E-
•^angelical Historians appear moft evidently to have defign'd
Metho-
of the four Evangelifls, PP
Methodical Annals, and fo to have obferv'd the true Series of
Events in their Hiftories.
4. 7'he fame Obfervation is confirm'd by the very many
Notes of Time, and of the Succeffion of Events every where
iH thofe Sacred Hiftories. To inftance in St. Matthew along i
of whofe Method there is the moft occafion to doubt of any
of the Evangelifts. When Jefus -was born in Bethlehem of Jit- ,
dea, behold there came wije men from the eaji to Jerufalem. ' ^
In thofe days came John the Baptifi preaching in the Wildernefs Chap. iij. r .
of Judea. Then went out to him Jerufalem, <&c. Then com- v. c. V. 13.
eth Jefits from Galilee to Jordan unto John, &c. Then was chap. W. 1.
Jefus led up of the fpirit into the wildernefs, <&c. At that time Chap. xiv. 1.
Herod the Tetrarch heard of the fame of Jefus. When Jefus V. 13.
heardof the death of John the Baptifi, Qrc And when it was V. ij-.
evening. Then came unto Jefus fcribes and Pharifees from Jerufa- Chap.xv. 1, 1 u
lem. Then the Difciples come and fay unto him. And in the
fame manner thro' his whole Gofpel. Which are evident To-
kens that St. Matthew, as well as the other Evangelifts, did
not neglect the Order of Time 3 and Succeffion of Events in
their Hiftories.
Scholium 1. The occafional introducing of an Hiftory fome*-
what foreign to the Annals of our Savior's own Acts, by
way of digreflion, is not to be look'd upon as an Interrupti-
on of the Order of Time tho' the Hiftory fo introduc'd be of
larger extent, and begins fooner, or ends later than that part of
the Evangelical Hiftory where it is introduc'd. This is ufual
in the moft Methodical Hiftories. Nay, few Hiftories can
be complete and accurate without fuch Digreffions. Of this
fort is the Relation in the Gofpels concerning John the Bap-
tifi, which ought by no means to be made an Argument of
want of Method in thefe Sacred Annals.
Scholium z. Nor is it to be accounted a breach of the Rules
of method, if an accident on a certain day which could not
conveniently be mention'd in its true hour, or punctual time
of that day, be mention'd afterward in the fame day upon the
firft proper occafion of introducing it. Thus St. Luke, omit-
ting the difcourfe about cafting out Devils by Beelzebub, in his
eighth Chapter , becaufe he intended to record another of the
N z fame
IO o A Jhort view of the Harmony
fame nature in his eleventh afterwards; could not defcribe
Chrift's Mother and Brethren's coming to him thereupon, but
adds it after the other difcourfes by the Sea the fame day, and
without any Note of Time belonging thereto. Which fmall
diforder was here to be taken notice of, becaufe 'tis the fingle
inftance in this whole Harmony, where I have ventur'd to
change that Order of the Hiftory which the Evangelift tru-
ly and originally intended.
II. The former part of St Matthew's Gofpel, in
our prefent Copies, is very much mi fplac'd* con-
trary to the Method and Order originally intend-
ed by the Evangelift.
That I may eftablim this new and Jlrange Propofition, I
(hall proceed in the following method. Firft, I ihall (hew
that St. Matthew appears originally to have obferv'd the Or-
der of Time thro' his whole Gofpel, as well as the reft of the
Evangelifts. Secondly I (hall prove that from the fourth Chap-
ter to the fourteenth, the feveral Branches of St. Matthew's
Hiftory are not according to the Order of Time in our prefent
Copies. And Thirdly, I (hall (hew that there are fufficient
hints in thefe Chapters themfelves, efpeciallyif compar'd with
St. Mark^ and St. Luke, to reftore St. Matthew's true Order
again in thefe mifplac'd parts of his Gofpel. And then Lafily,
. I (nail make a few Obfervations, which may poflibly hereafter
afford fome light to the occafions of thefe diforders here men-
tion'd ; and conclude with an Apology for my venturing to
advance fuch a Paradox, as this at firft view muitnee"ds appear
to be.
i . St. Matthew appears originally to have obferv'd the Or-
der of Time thro' his whole Gofpel, as well as any other of
the Evangelifts. The Arguments are thefe. i. All the reft
of the merely human as vjeWzs Divinely injpired Accounts of our
Savior's A£ts, which we have any good Authority for, were
intended according to this Order; as we have already in part
feen, and fl all fee hereafter more particularly: and why St.
Matthew
of the four Evangelifts. 101
Matthew alone mould do otherwife, no good reafon can be
aflign'd. a. Not only the other Writers of the Evangelical
Hiftory, but St. Matthew himfelf in the greateft part of his
Gofpel do's obferve the Order of Time in his Narrations :
as will appear in the Harmony. Now why the reft of his
Gofpel fhould be originally confm'd and irregular, while the
greateft part is ftill fo orderly and methodical^ no good reafon
can be aflign'd. 3 . The Notes of the Order of Time , and Co-
herence of parts, are as many in that part which is now difor-
der'd and mifplac'd, as in that which is regular," and in its pro-
per order ; and thofe no other than are us'd by him and the reft,
when, by the confeflion of all, they fignify.the continu'd Se-
ries of Narrations truly fucceeding one another. Such are thefe.
'iJtiv ft. Kai dvollxi vl 4«P cu&. Ku&Scc'pti ft cwtA tZA 2? o0v«, &C.
>£ ihZ. 'EtntfovU ft. Keel iX%i. K** v tsi3si>,%t. K^ s^»v% ctirrS. Keu
»Vo3. Tccifc uufeS A«Ao5/i©- «wS~?. '£» CMil'u toF kcm^c*. Ts'tt, &C.
of which we mail have occafion to take notice prefently.
Now thefe and fuch like Expreflions (tho' fomeof them may
in fome very few places be us'd with a greater latitude) do
generally and properly imply an immediate, orderly Succeflion
of Events ; and confequently, are a fufficient indication that
the Hiftories to which they relate were originally difpos'd ac-
cording to the true Series of things, and Order of Time..
2. Yet from the fourth to the fourteenth Chapters, thefe^
veral Branches of St. Matthew's Hiftory are not according
to the Order of Time. This will be evident both from a,
Comparifon of them with St. Mark^ and St. Luke, and from
the Circumftancesthemfelves of fe veral of thefe mifplac'd Hi-
ftories, as they lie in St. Matthew. As to the former evi-
dence, it is eafily fetch'd from the Harmony it felf upon all
occafions; to which therefore reference is ever fuppos'd to be
made in this Proportion. And as to the latter, which is here
moft confiderable, it fhall be taken notice of in particular as
we go along. But before I come to obferve the feveral Sections,
which are at prefent out of their original Order, and which I
fhall in particular fhew to' be fo by the Circumftances of the
Hiftories themfelves, and by a .comparifon with St, Markjn&
St, Luke; I mall in general prove the main Proportion by
N 3 the
IOZ
A jhort m view of the Harmony
the moft Authentic Evidence, I mean the Tehimony of St.
Markz This Evangelift was theEpitomizer of Sti A.atthew,
and excepting fome few Additions which St. Peter might in-
form him of, do's little elfe than give us a fummary Ac-
count of the Alls of our Savior during his Miniftry, with-
out the Sermons and Di/cottrfes which interven'd. I fay St.
Marl^ gives us fuch an account of our Savior's Acts as de-
monftrates that St, Aiatthews Gofpel lay then before him,
and was the almoft only guide he follow'd in his Hiftory.
For the truth of this, I appeal to the feveral fetlions of the
enfuing Harmony, (which were put into their prefent order
without the leaft.regard to this consideration.) By which it
will appear that of thofe 6z fetlions into which St. Marl(s
Gofpel is divided, there are but two to which St. Matthews
fetlions do not correfpond. In the reft they ftill begin and
end together in the Harmony thro' the whole Hiftory of
our Saviors Miniftry, as much as any Epitome, (in which
many things muft of neceffity be omitted,) can poffibly be
expected to do. And this Argument I cannot but look up-
on to be very convincing, till Tome inftance can be produe'd,
(which I believe is impoffible,) of two Hiftories, the one
longer and the other fhorter, that anfwer fo exactly to one a-
other as thefe do, and yet were not not fram'd and compo-
fed one by the other. Now fuppofing this, which I think
is fufficiently prov'd, that St. Mark^ was the Epitomizer of
of St. Matthew, and had his Hiftory before him when he
wrote his own; it will follow that either that Copy of St.
Matthew, which he made ufe of, was in a different order from
that which we now have, (in the Chapters under confidera-
tion) or elfe that he knew the order of his Copy to be wrong
and contrary to the Original one, and fo reduc/d it in his
Epitome to the true and regular Series of Events, which he
learn'd from St. Peter. Now either of thefe is fufficient for
my prefent purpofe. For 'tis evident that St. Mark^ do's not
obferve the order of the prefent Copies of St. Matthew, (whom
he Epitomizes) in that part we are fpeaking of, but agrees with
that of Sr. Lukes, (who, as is generally agreed, had not then
writ his Gofpel.) which therefore is a moft convincing Ar-
gument
of the four Lvangelijjs. i o
gument of the truth of our Proportion, viz,. That the for-
mer part of St. Matthew's Gofpel in our prefent Copies is
not now in its true, and firft intended Order. If we take a
view of the former part of St. v^///tf2z/s Gofpel, we may diftin-
guifh it into thefe fifteen Branches or Periods, tho' of very-
different fize and quantity, i . The Preface, containing all that
happen'd before the Preaching of the Baptifi. 2. The Bap-
tifi's Preaching and Baptizing, particularly Chrifi's Baptifm.
3. CbrijTs Temptations. And fo far the nature of each Hi-
ftory plac'd it felf, as it were, and prevented any confidera-
ble diforders. But after this the diftind Branches are very
confus'd, and coniift of eight greater, and four leffcr Portions
or Periods. The greater are, 4. The Sermon near the Mount
in the fifth, fixth and feventh Chapters ; together with fome
Verfes at the end of the fourth and part of the eighth Chap-
ter belonging thereto. 5. The Voyage to the Gergafens, to-
wards the end of the eighth Chapter. 6. The healing of the
Paralytic; the calling of Levi, his Feaft, and the Difcourfe
at it in the former part of the ninth Chapter, j. The heal-
ing Jairus's Daughter, with the Woman that had the Flux of
Blood, in the way thither, of two blind Men as he went thence,
and of a dumb Demoniac juft afterwards; towards the con-
clusion of the ninth Chapter. 8. The Milfion and Inftru-.
dion of the twelve ApofHes, in the tenth Chapter, 9. The
Meflage from John in Prifon, with our Savior's anfwer, and
the following Difcourfes; in the eleventh Chapter. 10. The
Vindication of the Difciples plucking the Ears of Corn, with
the healing the wither'd Kand on the Sabbath, and Chrifi's.
avoiding the defigns a^amft him, in the beginning of the
twelfth Chapter. 1 1 . The healing a Blind and Dumb Man, and
C/?r//?'s Vindication ofhimfelf from thelmputationof cafting out
Devils by Beelzebub, with many Difcourfes and Parables follow-
ing in the reft of the twelfth, and almoft the whole thirteenth
Chapter. Thelefler are, ir. The Cure of the Leper juft af-
ter the Sermon on the Mount. 13. The Cure of Peter's-
Wives Mother, towards the middle of the eighth Chapter.
14. Chrifi's anfwers to two that were ready to follow hinv
fucceeding the former. 1 5. His coming the fecond time to JVa—
xjareth,.
104 A floort view of the Harmony
z,areth, in the end of the thirteenth Chapter. Every one of
which twelve Branches are mifplac'd and put out of their true
and originally intended Order, as will appear upon a view of the
Particulars, i. As to the Sermon by the Mount and its Ap-
pendages, it is doubly mifplac'd; for both the whole Period is
much too foon in St. Matthew ; and the Sermon it felf is
plac'd a verfe too foon in the Series of the Hiftory. That
this whole Period is plac'd too foon, is evident from St. Luke,
who affures us it was not Preach'd till after the Election of
the twelve Apoftles, [near a year after his firft public Preach-
ing in Galilee] which Preaching yet it immediately follows
Matt iv i4j2 j. in the prefent Series of St. Matthew's Gofpel. Befides, the
vaft fuccefs of Chrifl's Preaching and his mighty Fame thro' all
the Neighboring Countreys, mention'd before this Sermon in
St. Matthew, and attefted to at the fame time by St. Mark.
and St. Luke, are good evidence, that aconiiderabletimemuft
have pafs'd fince the beginning of his public Miniftry before
this famous Sermon was preach'd by him. And that the Ser-
mon it (tlf is plac'd too foon, both St. Luke's account of this
matter, and fome Circumftances in St. Matthew himfelf will
demonftrate to us. The Verfes before this Sermon in St. Mat-
Matt. v. 1,2. thew run thus: And feeing the multitudes, he went up into a,
' mountain ; and when he was fat, his difciples came unto him.
And he opend his mouth, and taught them, faying. The Verfes
Chap.vij. i8, following are thefe. And it came to pafs when Jefushadend-
i 9 . andviij.i.^ thefe fay ings, the people were aflontfied at his dottrin: For he
taught them as one having authority, and not as the fcribes.
When he was come down from the fountain, great multitudes
followed him. From which Verfes it has been commonly be-
liev'd, that this Sermon was preach'd in the Mount, (and ac-
cordingly it go's by the Name of the Sermon on the Mount.)
And at firft fight it appears alfo to have been preach'd to his
Difciples alone there, and that in the pofturc of fitting too,
and that Chrifi defcended not till afterward. Whereas it ap-
pears from St. Luke, that Chrifi afcended up into the Mount,
call'd his Difciples to him thither, chofe the twelve Apoftles
there, defcended with them, and food on the Plain, heal'd
great numbers there, and there alfo, only directing his firft
Difcourfes
of the four EvangeUjls. x *
Difcourfes to his Difciples, did he preach this Sermon to thofe
vaft Multitudes then prefent. Nay, St. Matthew himfelf in
his prefent Order, tho' at firft he feems to confine the Sermon
to the Difciples as the fole Auditors ; yet at the conclusion
fays The multitudes (fo •%*"') were aftonj//.>ed at his dotlrin there- Matt. vij. %%.
in contain'd; thereby fulJy adjuring us that thej were prefent
at this mod famous Sermon of our Savior's Miniftry : accord-
ing to St. Luke's more large account of the who'e matter.
Which being confider'd, 'twill be reafonable to infert the firft
Verfe of the eighth Chapter of St. Matthew, juft before the
Sermon, inftead of placing it, as now, at its conclufion; and e-
very Circumftance is then eafy, and perfectly agrees with St.
Luke's Hiftory. The Series will then run thus. And feeina-Mm.v. i.and
the multitudes, he went up into a mountain; and when he was vli h »• and *
Jet, his difciples came unto him. And when he was come 2,8cc *
down from the mountain, great multitudes followed him. And
he opened his mouth and taught them, faying, &c. And all
imaginable difficulties will be hereby avoided. z. The Voy-
age to the Gergafens follows after the healing Peters Wives
Mother, and feems in St. Matthews prefent Order to have
been the fame day at Even. Whereas it appears by the other
Evangelifts to have been a full twelve month afterward. And
yet the Note of Time is here as plain an indication of imme-
diate fucceffion as one could wifh. When the even was come,chx$.v\.i). 16.
they brought unto him many that were pojfejfed with Devils, &c.
"iA/v A\ 8c c. But Jefus feeing great multitudes about him, gaveV.iS.
command to depart unto the other fide, &c. Which Hiftory is
therefore undoubtedly very much mifplac'd in our prefent Co-
pies. 3. The healing of the Paralyti c,^rc. immediately follows this
Voyage to the Gergafens, and that with this very exprefsjig-
nification of the Order of Time. And entring into a pip-, chap. ix. 1.2.
he pajfed over and came into his own city. K«< i&>o And behold
they brought to him a man fick^of the Paljy, &c. Whereas this
Voyage was near three quarters of a year after this Paralytic
was heal'd, as the Harmony will (hew. A plain inftance of
a very great diflocation in St. Matthews Gofpel. 4. The
Cure of Jairus's Daughter fo immediately follows the dif-
courfc at Levi's Fcaft, and with fuch an exprefs Notation of
O the
jo6 A Jhort view of the Harmony
the very Moment of Time, as is peculiarly remarkable.
V. 18- **»& «»&f AaAeS*/©- «t&7i,Ashe wasfpeaking, or while he [fake thefe
things unto them, behold a Ruler, &c. So that no unbyafs'd Reader
could imagin the lead fpace poffible interpos'd between them.
Whereas above half a year was gone after the Feaft of Levi,
before the healing of Jairus's Daughter. An undeniable in-
ftance of the diflocations before-mention'd in this Gofpel.
And I think I may well call it an undeniable one, fince truly "
fo it was to me. For tho> at the firft I durft not fo far de-
pend on the other Notes of Times, as to believe the prefent
order of this part of St. Alatthew to be different from the
original one; yet when I came to this, after a little attempt I
found it impoffible to be got over, and from thence forward I
could not but conclude that the reafon of the difference between
the other Evangelifts and St. Matthew, in fo confiderable a
part of our Savior's Hiftory, was no other than thofe difloca-
tions which by fome undifcover'd accident had formerly crept
into St. Matthew's Gofpel, fince its original compiling by the
Evangelift himfelf. 5. The Inflrufcion and Miflion of the
twelve Apoftles follow the foregoing Hiftory, and are here
fometime after the Sermon by the Mount : Whereas the fe-
cbnd Journey to Nazareth, at the end of the thirteenth Chap-
ter, is' to be interpos'd between the Period above, and this be-
fore us. And befides, this which now follows a good fpace
after, was immediately before the Sermon on the Mount, if
it relates to theEletlion of the twelve Apoftles. But if, as I
fuppofe, it refers to their Miflion, it ought not to come in till
juft before the fourteenth Chapter afterwards. So that on all
accounts 'tis evident that this Hiftory is now certainly mif-
placd in St. Matthew's Gofpel. 6. After this follows the
MetTage of John the Baptifl out of Prifon to Chrifl; which in-
ftead of immediately fucceeding,. did feveral months precede
the Million of the Apoftles, which was the fubjecl: of the
foregoing Period, and therefore ismoft certainly out of its true
place in this Gofpel. 7. Next follows the plucking the ears of
Corn on the Sabbath, with this Notation of the fucceffion,
>E» (kiln? rtS kcu£cS. At that time Jefus went on the fabbath day
Chap.xij-s* thro.' the corn, &c. Whereas this plucking the ears of Corn at
the
of the four Evangelijls. 107
the Paffover was fome months before the Meffage of John the
Baptift, as will be evident in the Harmony. 8. Next follows
the healing the Blind and Dumb, and the Vindication of Chrifi
that he did not caft out Devils by Beelzebub, with this No-
tation of Time, To'tt Then was brought unto him one poJfeJfedy^ t
with a Devil, &c. as tho' this Period was at the time precife-
ly following the. former; whereas about half a year was inter-
pos'd between tl;em : which is the laft of the greater Branches
above-mention'd, and with the former is undoubted evidence
of ftrange diflocations in this part of St. Matthews Gofpel,
To proceed now to the four fmaller Periods. 9. The Hifto-
ry of the Leper is immediately fubjoind to the Sermon by the
Mount, and in fuch a manner as implys it to have happen'd
juft upon Chrifi s defcent from the Mount, and fo before all
thofe vaft Multitudes that attended him at that time. But as Chap. viij,. i,i.
he defc ended from the mountain, great multitudes followed him,
KkI ;m slnd behold a Leper came and worfiiped him, &c.
Whereas this Miracle was fome months before that Sermon ; it
was done in a City, and that with a Uriel: charge of letting
no one know it; which is not confiftent with the prefence of
fo great a Multitude as St. Matthew's pre fent Series do's imply.
And that this Hiftory is mifplac'd here, I need only appeal
to St. Matthew himfelf, ,who relates our Saviors cautions for
fecrecy, See no man know it, as well as the other Evangelifts; v
which certainly ihews it was not done fo publickly tis his pre-
fers Order implys. 10. The curing of Peters Wife's Mother
is here a little after the Sermon by the Mount, in Peter sown
houfe. Whereas it was above half a year before the Sermon,
and juft upon his firft calling, as the Harmony will ihew.
And certainly if we confider that at that firft call St. Peter
was owner of a Houfe, into which Chrifi might be receiv'd;
and that, long before the Sermon by the Mount, he had by
St. Matthew's own account as well -as the others, left houfe, Matt. xix. 27,
and brethren, andfifters ; in fhort, had left all, and followed z8 > 2 9-
Chrifi, and fo had no Houfe to receive him, at the latter time Lukev * IU
refcr'd to ; we fhall fee reafon to believe that this Hiftory is
wholly mifplac'd in St. Matthew's Gofpel. 1 1 . Chrifi s anfwers to
two who were ready to follow him, are now interpos'd be-
O z tween
i c 8 A Jhort view of the Harmony
tween two Verfes which are perfectly coherent, and have a
manifeft con.&ion without them. And thefe anfwers are
likewife fet down j Lift before ; whereas the nature of the firft
of them, and a parallel Hiftory of St. Luke's at another
time, plainly fhew that they ought to follow the Voyage to
the Gergafens. If we leave out this Period, the Series of St.
M t gj x g Matthew runs thus : Jefus feeing great multitudes about him,
z . % ' gave commandment to depart unto the other Jidf. And when he
was entred into a flip, his dtfciples followed him. The firft an-
fwer of Chrifl is this, The foxes have holes, and the birds of
the air have nefls ; but the fon of man hath not where to lay his
head. For which there was no occafion before this Voyage,
but after it, when he had juft been expell'd by the Gergafens,
there was the fitteft opportunity imginable for fuch a com-
plaint. Juft fuch a one as afterward a City of the Samari-
tans afforded, by rejecting him in the fame manner ; whenac-
Lukeix.fj- cordingly, as St. Luke allures us, he us'd the very fame words,
58- which we meet with in the place before us. All which are
fatisfactory evidence that this Period alfo is mifplac'd in St.
Matthew's Gofpel. 12. Chrift's- fecond coming to Nazareth,
is here immediately fet before the death of John the Baptifi ;
whereas the Miffion of the twelve, and their large Inftructi-
ons in the tenth Chapter before, ought to have come between
them, as will appear in the Harmony. All which particulars
laid together, and carefully confidcr'd, do, I think, abundant-
ly prove the prefent Propofition, that the former part of St.
Matthew's Gofpel, as it now ftands, is, in its feveral Periods,
very much out of its true and original Order defign'd by the
Apoftles.
3. There are {uffident hints in thefe Chapters themfelves,
efpecially if- compar'd with St. Mark^ and St. Luke, whereby
to reftore St. Matthew's true Order again in thefe mifplac'd
parts of his Gofpel. I muft here take it for granted, that
the feveral Parts or Periods of this former part of St. Mat-
thews Gofpel were written at firft feparately, and upon feve-
ral diftind Papers. Which Papers (or whatever they were
written upon) were put together into their prefent Order by
thofe who did not perfectly know the true Series of the Hi-
ftory,
of the four EvangeliJIs. . i op
ftory. (Both which Obfervations are certainly true of ma-
ny Periods in the Old Teftament Hiftories and Prophecies,
and very probable in the cafe before us.) Now I mall juft
run over mod of the forc-mention'd partialis, and in few
woftls obferve what might be the probable occaiions. of their
prefent miftaken places, by the refemblance or agreement of
Circumftances, to their true ones ; which places being ex-
chang'd, every thing will almoft naturally fall into its pro-
per place and order, in which they either originally were, or
were intended to have been. i. As to the Sermon by the
Mount, its being inferted a Verfe too foon is fo fmall a mi-
flake, that it might eafly be involuntary in the Compiler,
and purely accidental. But as to the whole Period, it ought
certainly to have been juft after the Election of the Apoftles;
which becaufe there was no account given of it in this Gofpel,
the Calling or Election of four of them, Andrew, Peter, James
and John, aHiflory fomewhatof kin to fuch Election in St. Mat-
thew was pitch'd upon by mifiake, as its proper p!ace. 2.
The healing of the Leper was but a very little before Chnfi
enters Capernaum once, and by an eafy mifiake is here fet be-
fore his entrance in the fame place another time. The next
Hiftory of the healing of the Centurion's Servant, when the
foregoing is remov'd, is in its proper place. That which fol-
lows alfo of the healing of Peer's Wife's Mother; when the
Sermon on the Mount, and its appendages are remov'd, is al-
fo in its right place. 3. The Voyage to Gergafa was really
in the Evening, after the hard fatigue of a number of occa-
fional Difcourfes related in the twelfth and thirteenth Chap-
ters of this Gofpel; and by way of eafe and retirement after
one of cur Savior's hardeft days works. And hereby mifiake
'tis p'ae'd juft in the fame manner after his longeft Sermon of
all by the Mount, and as a retirement that Evening from the
hurry of that famous day. 4. Chrifi's anfwers to thofe two
who were ready to follow him, are by miftakeputjuft before*
whereasthey fhould be fet juft after this Voyage ; and foarc nor
far out of their place. 5. The healing of the Paralytic was*
truly juft upon one entrance of Chrift'sinto Capernaum ; and
is here fet at another of his entrances into the fame place.
O 3 tf.The.
1 1 o A fiort wiew of the Harmony
6. The coming of Jatrm, &c. if the kit be taken away,
and what ought to be there reftor'd to its place, is in its true
Order. But becaufe the difcourfe at Levis Feaft ended
without any connection with a following Hiftory, and be-
caufe this Period began thus,- j4$ he was /peaking the 'fe things to
them : The Compiler by an eafy miftake thought it was to
follow it ; efpecially when the erroneous placing of Chrifl's
anfwers to thofe two before, made it impoffible to obferve
any other Order. The next Period, the Miffion and Inftru-
ction of the twelve Apoftles, if the fecond journey to Na-
zareth were prefix'd, is exactly in its proper place. 7. The
Miffion of two of Johns difciples did really fucceed the E-
leclion of the twelve Apoftles ; and fo when that did not ap-
pear in this Gofpel, was by an eafy error put after the ac-
count of their Miffion and Inftruction afterward. 8. The
plucking the ears of Corn, &c. did really follow anHiftoryin
which Johns Difciples were concern'd, and is here made to
follow this other Hiftory in which his Difciples were con-
cern'd alfo. The following Hiftory of the Demoniacs, &c.
if this laft were taken away, will follow in its due place, and
fo will the fucceeding Difcourfes and Relations till almoft
the end of the thirteenth Chapter. 9. Laftly, Chrift's com-
ing to Nazareth a fecond time, was really after he had been
charged with cafting out Devils by Beelzebub. But whereas that
charge was twice laid againft him within the compafs of thefe
Chapters (once in the laft mention'd Period, and befides that
in the ninth Chapter) all the miftake here is, that it follows the
wrong time of that imputation ; which Obfervations fhall fuffice
for the third thing propos'd, viz. the hinting the probable oc-
cafions of the miftakes in this part of St. Aiatthew's Gof-
pel.
4. Having proceeded thus far, and fhewn that St. Matthew
originally did obferve the Order of Time; that his prefent
•Copies iifrthe firft thirteen Chapters do not do fo now, and
that there are fufficient intimations left, by which we mayre-
ftore thefe diforder'd fettions to their true places; inftead of
offering any Conjectures how fo many of thefe /etlions came
to be fo ftrangely tranfpos'd, which I once defign'd to have
attempted,
of the four Evangelifts.
j 1 1
attempted, I Shall now only firfi, make an Obfcrvation or two,
which may poffibly give light in that matter to feme future
Inquiries ; and then fecondly, I Shall fay a word or two in or-
der to prevent fuch Cenfures as the ftrangenefis of this Propo-
rtion might otherwife occafion againft me. As to the firfi,
it will deferve to be obferv'd that the prefent Copies of St.
Matthew are only a Tranflation from the Hebrew; (in which
Language all Antiquity affirm that Gofpel was written) and
may therefore more probably have been Subject to fome con-
fufion or diforder, than any of the reft, whofe own Copies
we ftill have in the fame Language wherein they were origi-
nally written by their Authors. Tho' at the fame time it
mult be own'd, that as to the moft considerable part, the ac-
count of our Savior's Dotlrine and Difcourfes, St. Matthew is
more particular than either St. Mark^ or St. Luke, who give
us yet fome Hiftory of the fame things ; and is therefore (not-
withstanding the occafional diforder of thirteenChapters in point
of time,) even in that Tranflation we now have, one of the
moft valuable, if I may fo fpeak, of all the Evangelifts. Nay
Since it do's not appear that by the diforder we fpeak of, one
Single Sentence is loft in his GoSpel, but the whole preferv'd
intire to us ; when we have redue'd him into his Order again,
we may as fecurely make ufe of his Teftimony in all cafes,
(wherein its being a Tranflation do's not hinder) as of
the Teflimonics of any of the reft of the Evangelifts. I
would have it obferv'd in the fecond place, and I thirjk it ought
to be particularly taken notice of, that this diforder of St.
Matthew concludes, and the true Order begins to be con-
stantly obferv'd at a very remarkable Period, viz,. The death
of St. John the Baptifi, and the commencing of our Savior's-
Single IVliniftiy thereupon. But what light either or both of
thefe Observations may afford in the prefent Inquiry, I mall
leave to the farther conlideration of the Reader. Now as
to t\\e firangenefs of this Aflertion, and the imputationswhich
fome may be ready to lay upon me for advancing it ? I have
this to fay, that they have iefs reafon to cenfure my boldnefs, than
that of the beft Harmonizers of the Gofpel before me. They
are fore'd to put fome of the Gofpcls, if not all of them,
out
I 1 1
A Jhort wie^w of the Harmony
out of their prefent Order »n every occafion, and that in abun-
dance of p'.aces where the words themfelves plainly forbid them,
and imply a Connection with what went before. This they
do, and are oblig'd to do continually, or elfe they could ne-
ver Harmonize the Evangelifts at all, and fo they are forc'd on
a method which plainly implys the frequent inaccuracy, if
not falfhood of the Infpir'd Writers themfelves. Some of
them place the Gofpel of St. Matthew, for inftance, very near-
ly as I do. And therefore they muft imagin that he himfelf
writ in no order, obferv'd no method, and us'd the Notes of
Time without any great regard or confederation. I place the
fame Gofpel for fome Branches of it differently from the
order of the prefent Copies, and contrary to the Notes of
Time as they now lie in it. But then I fully believe that
St. Matthew was an accurate and an infpired Writer. I obferve
his prefent Copy to be very exact for the greateft part of it; and
his Notes of Time therein very carefully plac'd according to
the true Series of the Hiftory. I obferve that the fame
Notes of Time occur in the diforder'd part of his Gofpel.
I withal take notice that in thofe Chapters we meet with fe-
veral things that betray themfelves, and fhew that they are
not as they were originally. I find that his Epitomizer St.
jMarkj who agrees with him and St. Luke in the reft of his
Gofpel, difagrees with him here, and has the fame Order with
St. Luki- I confider that of all the Gofpels this alone is not
the Original, but a Tranflation ; and that by confequence
there is a poQibility that by fome now unknown accident it
may have been mifplac'd, and put out of order. I obferve
that this is the only branch of the four Gofpels, where we
are forc'd to recede from their prefent Copies in the whole
Harmony of the Evangeli&s; and that if this be allow'd to
have originally been plac'd, or intended otherwife, the Evan-
gelical will appear the raoft accurate of all Hifiories in every-
one of its Writers. And Iperceivc, lafily, That ifthefe dif-
order'd fetlions be taken to pieces, and put together according
to the method of the enfuing Harmony, they exactly fit one
another, there is not either too much or too little, the Notes
of Time are then eafy and accurate, and the whole Series is
arreeabJe
of the four Evangelifls
"J
agreeable to its own Circumftances, and to the parallel accounts
of the other Evangelists. I fay I obferve all this, and there-
fore I endeavor to make St. Alatthew agree with himfelf;
with his own Characters, and Notes of Connection ; and
with the other Gofpels in every thin* : tho' thereby the or-
der of part of his prefent Copy be fuppos'd different from
that Original one, in which it was, or was intended to have
been plac'd by thelnfpir'dWritcr himfelf. Now in this cafelthink
I may appeal to any impartial Man, whether the Writers be-
fore-n-mticn'd, or I, do moft confult the Honor of this 22-
, and the Veneration due to this Sacred Pen-man • and
whether this method deferves any hard Imputations and Cen-
fures, while the other is continually approv'd of by all Di-
vines and Commentators.
III. AH the four Evangelifts do cxadiy obferve the
Order of Time thro' their whole Hifrories.
St. John in his Gofpel is' generally allow'd to obferve the
Order of Time very exactly, even by thofe who believe the
reft not to have done fo. And if we confder that he was an
Eyc-witncfs of all himfelf from the very beginning of Chrifi's
Minifiry; that he every where notes the feveral Feaftsofthe
Jews at which our Savior was prefent ; the firfi Pajfovcr, the Feaft J°hn ij. i j.and
orPaffovtr fo\\o\v'mg,thefourthPaJfover (tho 3 Chrift was then in v 'V ? nc3v J'4'
Galilee) the Feaft of Tabernacles following,the Feaft of Dedication^ ^ J**-* an C j
and the laftPaffovcr ; that withal he in the beginning of his Hifto- xij. i.
ry notes the feveral ft4ccefftve days belonging to the Acts re- Chap. j. 29,3 ?,
corded, nay there, and in other places, fometimes the very 43«andij. 1.
hours; and towards the end notes the ftxth day before the j " J Qhav\ii'^
Pailover, then juft before the Paffover, then the Paffovernightl i.^A xiij. 1.
and fo the very hour of Chrift's Condemnation, the mornings andxyiij.i.
and almo'ft hour of his Refurrection, (to omit other fuch like an ^ xix,, 4«
Obfervations) He, I fay, who confiders all this, and how an XX ' '*
ftudioufly and punctually St. John all along avoids repeating
v/hat was in the other Gofpels, and yet at once fupplys their
OmilTions, and methodises their Hiftories, will fee abundant
reafon to look upon him as the moft exact and accurate of all
P the
1 1 4 A JhoH view of the Harmony
the Evangelifts; and to whom the Compilers of Harmonies
are principally oblig'd.
That St. Lukes Gofpel is exactly according to the Order
of Time, himfelf exprefly allures us in his Preface, as we
have fcen above; that whereas feveral of tr.c Hiftories of our
Savior which he had perus'd, tho' they attempted it, were
not able to arrive at a fufficient accuracy therein, himfelf had
obtain'd fo full and perfect an account of all things from the
Lukej.1,2, i-very firjl, that he could undertake to write them b«9*!« in or-
der to Theophilus. And fince, as will appear in the Harmony,
there is no fufBcient reafon from the confederation of the par-
ticulars, or comparing them with the reft of the Evangelifts,
to alter the Series of his Narrations, we can have no reafou
to doubt of the exact: Alethod, as well as Truth, of his Gof-
pel.
That St. Mark's Gofpel is alfo exactly according to the Or-
der of Time, is evident becaufe St. Luke's has been prov'd
to be fo, with whom St. Mark^ every where agrees in the
Series of his Hiftory, as will appear in the Harmony.
That St. Matthew's Gofpel, as to the greateft part of it,
is exactly according to the Order of Time, is plain not only
by the many exprefs Notes of Ttme in his Hiftory : but alfo
by its agreement with the order of St. Luke's and St. Mar\(%
Gofpels. And fince that part of St. Matthew's Gofpel which
is at prefent out of order, has been prov'd to have originally
Ttep. i. been otherwife, and that the methodical Difpofition thereof
in this Harmony, is according to the order defign'd by St.
Matthew at firft, to which it is now only reflor'd : it ought
to be allow'd that St. Matthew, as he was an Eye-witnefs,
and very able, fo Jie was himfelf really willing and careful to
obferve the Order of Time, as well as the reft of the Evan-
gelifts.
Coroll. i. Hence we fee how much tho feHar monikers difparage
the Accuracy and Care of thefe Sacred Htftorians, who tranf-
pofe and change the order of their Narrations, according to their
own Fancies or ConjeElures upon every occafion : and this not-
withfianding they allow their prefent Method to have been every
where the Original one dejignd by the Jnfpird Writers them-
[elves ;
of the four Evangelijls. 1 1 $
felves ', and notwithfianding they thereby generally contradict the
mofi exprefs Notations of the Order of Time every where
contain d in them,
Coroll. 2. Hence we alfo fee how little reafon there is fo to
accommodate the Hifiories of the four Evangelijls to any one of them t
as to imply the. mofi unaccountable Confufion and Diforder in all
the refi. I am apt to thinly it willat lafi appear, that all the Con-
fulions^»»/ Di forders in the Harmonies of the Evangelijls have been
the ejfebls of mere Human Error and Miftake ; and are not to
be afcrtb'd to the Sacred Writers themfelves, who were under the
Conduit cf Divine Infpiration.
IV. St. Matthew, St. Mark and St. Luke, who, by
the Teflimony of the Ancients, and the univerfal
confent of all Interpreters, wrote their Gofpels
during the continuance of the Jewifi Common-
wealth, ufe the Jewifi Accounts in their Gofpels,
and fo reckon the hours from Sun-fetting and Sun-
rifing, the beginnings of the Jewijh Night and See Lev. xxiij.
Day. **'
This is univerfally allow'd by all Expofitors ; and by the ex-
traordinary darkncfs at our Savior's Paffion from Noon till
three a Clock, which is call'd the fpace from the fixth to the Matt.xxvij.4y.
ninth hour by all three of them, is demonftrated beyond con- , X'^J?' .
tradidion. Luk. xxnj.44-
V. St. John, who, by the Teftimony of the Ancients,
and univerfal Confent of Interpreters, wrote his
Gofpel long after the Deflruclion of Jerujalem,
and the Period of the Jewijh Polity 5 and that at
EphefuS) a place far remote from Judea* and un-
der the Roman Government j ufes the Roman or
Julian beginning of the Day in his Gofpel, (the
fame which we ufe at prefentj) and reckons his v ^. c ^/^
hours from Midnight and Noon. C ^ Q a ~ a '
P 2 ' This
! i c A Jhovt <view of the Harmony
This eafy and natural Hypothecs has been fcarce taken notice
of hitherto by Interpreters. But as it is no more than, a na-
voftul prhis. tura * confequence of that Poftulatum I laid down at firft, as
' y moft unqueftionably reafonable, viz,. That every Writer is to
be fuppos'd to ufe the Stile, Tear and Computation of the Age
and Nation in which he lives : So there is one certain and un-
deniable inftance of it in St. John himfelf, as an indication
of his Reckoning fo in other cafes. For when our Savior
about nine or ten a Clock at Night, on the Day of his Re-
furreclion, or about the third or fourth hour of the Jeivsfe-
cond Day of the Week, appeared to his Difcipies, he ex-
Joh.xx.ip. prefly calls it frill the firft day of the weel^. The fa?ne day at
evening, being the firft day of the wefkj, when the doors were
put, where the difcipies were affembled for fear of the Jews,
came Jefus and flood in the midft, and faid unto them, Peace be
j|oh.j.39,8cc. unto you. Thusalfo in the very firft Chapter of this Gofpel
two of the Bapt'ift's Difcipies are (aid to abide with Chrift a con-
siderable part of a day after the tenth hour, or ten a Clock ;
and after the fame time of the day Andrew feeks and finds
his Brother Simon, and brings him to our Savior. This is
the more particularly to be obferv'd, becaufe our Tranflation
gives the Text a turn quite differentfrom the Original ; which
runs thus, They abode with him that day. But or now it was
ten a clocks or the tenth hour. And the fame Obfervation holds-
true in the reft of his Gofpel, as will appear in the Harmo-
ny.
Coroll. i. Hence the perplexing difficulty concerning the times of
our Savior s Condemnation and Crucifixion in St. John and St.
Mark, which has hitherto been infuperable, vanifbes of its own
accord. St. John fays, juft before the Condemnation by Pilate,
joh.xix. 14- j t was the preparation of the PafTover, and about the fixth
hour. St. Mark at the diftance of fome three hours afterwards,
Mar. xv. 25-. ^ j t was t j ie ^^ nourj anc J t hey crucify'dhim. For the
Roman fixth hour, or Gx a clocl^in the morning, was about
three hours before the Jewiih third hour, or nine a clocks in the
morning.
Coroll. 2. Hence it appears that the time of our Savior s dif-
courfe with the Womm of Samaria, was in the long days, or
Summer
of the four Euangelijls.
*i7
Summer time, and not in the fliort days or Winter time ; as is
commonly fuppos'd. For after the fixth hour, or fix a clocl^ in Joh. iv. 6, 8cc.
the Evening, there is the Hifiory of at leafi an hour or two's
time before it was darl^. And this Obfervation is very aoreeable
to two other Circumfiances at the fame time, I mean our Savior s v. 6, and 7.
thirft aud wearinefs : which are much more agreeable to the E-
vening of a Summer's than the Noon of a Winter's day ; and
therefore do flill farther Jlrcngthcn the prefint Corollary-;
Scholium. We mult here obferve one paflage after our Sa-
vior's Difcourfe with the Woman of Samaria, which has ge-
nerally pafs'd for a proof that this Difcourfe was about four
months before the PafTbver, or the beginning of Harveft. Say To j vi , *
not ye, (fays he to his Difeiples,) there are yet four months, and J
then cometh harvefl ? Behold I fay unto you, lift up your eyes and
loo!^ on the fields, for they are white already to Harvefl. And
he that reapeth receive th wages, and gather eth fruit untoctemal
life : that both he that foweth, and he that reapeth may rejoice to-
gether. Now in order to underftand this parabolic Difcourfe,
we mud remember that the occafion was this. Our Savior
had been talking with the Woman of Samaria, and informing
her that himfelf was the Meffias. She upon this runs into
the City of Sychar, and tells the People that fhe had found
the Meffias, and knew him by hisOmnifcience, in that hehad^-^9-
told her all that ever Jhe did. Upon this a Croud of the Ci-
tizens came out to fee him, and difcourfe with him j being
by the Woman's Teftimony well difpos'd to believe in him
already. As this Multitude was in fight, our Savior takes oc- See Ughtfoofs
'cafion to obferve to his Difeiples, That whereas the Jews ^°^, Heb, * nd
1 reckon'd no lefs than four months from Seed-time to Har- ,-A JJ
6 veft; he had but juft now fow'd the good Seed, andpreach-
« ed the word to the Woman of Samaria, and behold what a
'brave Harvefl juft ready for the Sickle appear'd in view? So
t that fowing and reaping immediately fucceeded one another ;
'and therefore afforded him an extraordinary tranfport of Toy
' on fuch an extraordinary occafion. Now if this Paraphrafe
be allow'd, we have here not the leaft hint of the time of
the year when this was fpoken, but only an allufion to a
known Jewifh Proverb of the ufual diftance between Seed-
P 3 timeL
in Loc.
1 1 8 A Jhort view of the Harmony
time and Harveft : which was equally true, and equally to be
made ufe of in Summer as in Winter, and therefore is no pre-
judice to the foregoing Corollary* or the Proportion whereon
it depends.
VI. The rcfemblance there is between fcveral Dif-
courfes and Miracles of our Savior in the feveral
Gofpels, which the Order of the Evangelical Hi-
ftory places at different times, is no fufficient rea-
fon for the fuperfeding fuch Order, and fuppofing
them to be the very fame Difcourfes and Miracles.
This Proportion, which is of fo great confequence to the
Harmony of the Evangelifts, and on the truth of which the
prefent order of the Hiftories in my Harmony do's very much
depend, is prov'd by the following Obfervations. i . The pe-
culiar quality of our Savior's Perfon makes it reasonable to ex-
pect like Difcourfes and Miracles upon/%occafions. 2. This
refemblance is much the fame between feveral Difcourfes and
Actions which in the fame Evangelifts are allow'd to be dif-
ferent, and thofe others which in different Evangelifts are fup-
pos'd to be the fame. 3 . This refemblance is alfo much the
fame in fuch Hiftories in feveral Evangelifts where the great
diflance of Place and Time demonflrate their diftinctions;
as in thofe which a lefs diftance inclines Men x.o fufpeB to be
the very fame. 4. The Circumftances Precedent, Concomi-
tant and Confequent to thofe feveral Hiftories which the or-
der of the Evangelifts mews to be diftinct from one another,
are much more different in the feveral Gofpels, than the like
Circumftances of thofe parallel Hiftories, which the Order
of the Evangelifts prove to be the very fame.
1. The peculiar Circumftances of our Savior's Perfon make
it reafonable to expect like Difcourfes and Miracles upon like
occafions. So great is the mutability of the Opinions, and
fo imperfect the Judgment and Memory of mere Men,
that we cannot expect that they fhould always continue of
the fame mind, or always act in the fame manner, be the oc-
cafions
of the four Evangehjts. 1 1 9
cafions never fo much the fame , at one time and another ;
or let thofe occafions never fo much require the fame Dif-
courfes or Behavior. But the cafe is quite otherwife in the
Pcrfon of our Saviors he in his Divine Wtfdom knew always
what was be/} and fine/} to be faid or done upon every oppor-
tunity ; and accordingly where the fame occafions ofrcr'd
themfelves, us'd the bejt and fittefl, that is generally the /awe
Conduct and Management, both as to his Words and Acti-
ons. So that 'tis not ftrange if fometimes we find a greater
likenefs or refemblance between fome Difcourfes and Actions
of our Savior at different times, than we fhould expect ina-
ny other cafes of fuch a nature.
i. This refemblance is much the fame between feveral Dif-
courfes and Actions, which becaufe they are found in the fame
Evangelifts, are all allow'd to be different ; and between thofe
others, which becaufe we meet -with them in different Evange-
lifts, are fuppos'd to be the fame. Thus it appears that our
Savior gave almoft the very fame Inftructions to the twelve
Apoftles, and to the feventy Difciples at their feveral Mif-
fions; the one recorded by St. Matthew, the other by St. Matt x
Luke, as the likenefs of the occafions did require. NowLuk.x.
thefe large Inftructions being in two Gofpels, have been by
many refer'd to the fame time, by reafon of their fimili-
tude. But when we confider that St. Luke, who gives us
the larger account of the Inftruction of the 70 , do's give
us alfo z/loort account of the Inftruction of the twelve; and
that thereby they appear to have been two feveral Inftrudi-Luk.ix.i--S.
ops; and that alfo very like to each other: we ihall fee rea-
fon in other cafes as well as this, to believe that fome Difcourfes
of our Savior, tho* at different times, might yet have a great
refemblance to one another. Let us compare St. Luke's words
on the feveral occafions afore-mention'd. When the Apoftles
were fen t forth, fome of his Inftructions are, He faid unto Luk.ix. 3/4,5-.
them. Take nothing for your journey, neither ftaves, norfcrip, nei-
ther bread, neither money, neither have two coats apiece. ^And
whatfoever houfe ye enter into, there abide, and thence depart,
jind whofoever will not receive you, when ye go out of the city
fiake off the very dufi from your feet for a tefiimony againftthem.
When
no A Jhort view of the Harmony
When the LXX were fent forth, feme of his Inftructions are,
Luk.x.4. f, 7, Carry neither pur fe, nor fcrip, norJJjooes. * And into whatfoever
jo. 11. houje ye enter,— In the fame ho ufc remain—eating and drinking
fuch things as they give. . Go not from houfe to houfe. Into
vjhatfoevcr city ye enter, and they receive you not, go your ways
out into the flreets of the fa?ne } and fay, even the very dufl of your
city which cleaveth on us we do wipe off againfl you. Which
Injunctions are as like to each other as almoft any of thofe
which are thereupon prefum'd to be the very fame : whereas
thefe being in the fame Gofpel , as well as upon different oc-
calions; they muftby all be own'd to be really different from
one another. Thus alfo the fame charge of cafting out De-
vils by Beelzebub, was more than once brought againfl our
Savior; which yet had they been all in different Gofpels
would have pafs'd currently for the fime ftory, and been looked
upon as coincident, and done at the fame time. Whereas two
of the three accounts occurring in the fame Gofpel of St. Mat-
thew-, do certainly fliew that the Afperfion was cad upon him
two feveral times. Which alfo makes it reafonable not to at-
tempt any change in the order of St. Luke, when we find in
his Gofpel that long after both thefe Imputations, a third of
the fame kind was laid upon him, and anfwer'd by him after
the fame manner as the former, The words in St. Adatthew
the firft time are. Then was brought uutohim one pofeffed with
a Devil, blind and dnmb, and he healed him, infomuch that the
blind and dumb both fpake and f aw. And the people were a-
mazed, and faid, Is not this thefon of David ? But rvhen the Pha-
rifees heard it, they faid, This fellow doth not cafl out Devils
but by Beelzebub the prince o : c the Devils. To which Chriftzn-
fwers at large in the following Verfes. His words the fecond
Chap.ix.32,33, time are, As they vjent out they brought to him a dumb man
3*- pojfejfed with a Devil. And when the Devil was cafl out, the
dumb fpake, and the multitude marvelled, faying, It Was never
fo fen in Ifrael. But the Fharifees faid, He cajleth out the
Devils thro the prince of the Devils. Where the Occafion, the
Alattcr, and the Words are fo near of kin to the former, that
had they been in two feveral Gofpels, it would have certainly
been prefum'd that it was all one and the fame Hiftory, tho'
'tis
Luk.xj.
*;
&r.
Mattocij
2:
i3> 2 4-.
of the four Evangelijh
121
tis now evident they were intireiy different. Thus more- Matt. xlv.
over Lhrtfi fed the Multitudes in the Wildernefs with a few AIar - . v i-
Loaves andFimes; and that where the numbers were pretty equal; ^ Ax -
a little before a Voyage to Galilee, at two feveral times not ' ] '
far difhnt from each other: which Miracles had they not Matt x .
been recorded by the fame Evangelifts, and by many other Mar.'viij."
certain ways diftinguifh'd, would undoubtedly have pafs'd for Matt. xvj. pack
one and the fame Hiftory. Thus alfo our Savior in the fame Mar. viij. 19,
Gofpel of St. Luke, denounces woes to the Scribes and Pha- zo '
rifecs at two different times; which had they been in two dif-
ferent Gofpels, would readily have been look'd on as done at
the very fame time. Some of the words at the former time
are thefe, Wo unto you Pharijees, for ye love the uppermoflu^.x).^.
feats in the fynagogues, and greetings in the markets. At the Chap. xx. 46.
latter, Beware of the Scribes which love greetings in the
markets, and the highejl feats in the fynagogues, and the chief
rooms at Feafls.
Thus alfo our Savior in one and the fame Gofpel, feveraUMatt.ix.i/,
times foretold his own Death, *and Refurrection the third and xij. 40.
day; either directly, or by giving the fign of the Prophet am j xv ): 2,#
Jonas. Thus alfo he more than once caution'd hisDifciples*" jl^ndix
againft^Pride and Ambition, and thatin thefame Gofpels. But it isl&c.and
would be too long to quote every inftance of this nature atxxj. 38, 39.
larqe. Thofe already mention'd are, I think, fufficient to e -^ Ma ^- X711 >
fhblim the prefent Obfervation. LuLix'andxiu
2. This refembJance is alfo much the fame in fuch Hi do- Matt. xx.
ries in feveral Evangclifis, where the great dtflance of place mm.*.
and ?/0Z£ demonfrrate their difrindHon, as in thofe which a lefs Luk. xviij.
diftance inclines Men to fufped to be the very fame. Thus
our Savior drove the Buyers and Sellers our of the Temple"
at his/r/?, and at his lafi Paffover; where the interval of fe-
veral years is fo great a distinction as cannot be gotten over.
Otherwife, fince St. John relates the former, and not the /^-joh.ij.
ter, and the reft relate the latter, and not the former, the Matt. xxj.
feeming Similitude would certainly have been with many a^^J-
prevailing Argument for the reducing them to the fame time . Luk,xix *
Thus alfo our Savior caution'd his Difciples when they pray-
«d to forgive others their Offences twice, in almoft the fame
Q words j
Ill
A Jhort view of the Harmony
worusj tho* at the diltance of almoit: two years : cnceintne
Sermon by the Mount; and again in the PalTover week, juft
before his Death. St. Matthew's words at the former time
Matt. vj. T4.IJ- are ' If ye forgive men their trefpafes, your heavenly father
will aljb forgive you : But if ye forgive not men their tref-
pajfes, neither will your father forgive your trefpajfes. St.
Mit.x). if, 16. Aiarl(s words at the latter time are, When ye jiand pray-
ing fornve ; that your father alfo which is in heavtn may for-
give you your trejpajfes. But if you do not forgive, neither
will your father which is in heaven forgive you your tref-
paffes.
Luk.v. Thus alfo our Savior procured Simon Peter, and his AfTo-
ciates, a mighty draught of Fillies, in the Sea of GaHlee, af-
foh.xxj. . ter they had toil'd all night to no purpofe, at mo fever al
times, and the interval of between two and three years ; the
one long before, the other a little after his Refurreftion,
Where the certain diltance of Time is fo evident, that the
great (imilitude of the other Circumftances has never indu-
ced any body to believe them the fame; which otherwife it
would eafily have done.
Thus alfo our Savior was Anointed in the Houfe of one
whofe name was Simon, at a Feaftor Supper, by a Woman,
with Ointment out of an Alabalter Box, and his feet wiped
Luk.vij.36, with her hairs; in St. Lukes Gofpel. And fuch another A-
&c.Matt.xxvj. nointing we find in every one of the other Evangelifts. Yet
Mar. xiv. becaufe this Anointing in St. Luke was in Galilee, a year and
Joh. xij. a half beiore the laft Paflbver; and the other Anointings were
in Bethany, near Jerufalem, within a few days of it : This-
qreat diftance in Time, and Place, taken with the other dis-
agreeing Circumftances, have perfuaded moil: Commentators,
as they well might, that this was a quite different Hiftory
from the others. Tho' on fome accounts, it appear'd folike
them, that the great Grotius himfelf was impos'd upon and in-
due'd to believe them the very fame. Such fatal miftakes are
Men liable to, when they indulge themfelves in the liberty
of changing the fetled Order of the Evangelifts on every
oceaiion^
4. The
of the four hvangelijls. 123
4. The Circumftances Preceding, Concomitant, and Con-
fequent to tj ofe refembling Hiftories, which the Order of
Time impiys to be different^, are much more diverfe and re-
pugnant, than of thofe which by the fame order appear to
be\ruly parallel to one another. I ma'1 here take it for grant-
ed, that if none of the certainly parallel Hiftories in the Gof-
pels be fo different and repugnant as thofe about which the
difpute is; 'tis highly abfurd to fuppofe thefe latter to be
parallel: when thereby not only the order of the Evangelifts
is fuperfeded, and laid afide without Reafon ; butDoubtsand
Perplexities in the adjufting the Circumftances of the Hifto-
ries are rais'd upon little and trifling Occaficns. Now in this
cafe, I do not fear to refer my felf to the Reader, and to
give him leave to choofeany oi thofe Hiftories which I have
made to be feveral and diftinct, and which have commonly
been taken for the fame by others; and if upon a compari-
fon with other undoubtedly parallel Hiftories, he do not find
more divcrfity of Circumftances in thofe different ones, than
in any of thofe which are known to be parallel, I will freely
acknowledg my miftake, and be willing to tranfpofe the or-
der of tbeEvangelifts. For inftance, the Account of the Miracle Matt.xiv.
whereby the Multitudes were fed withLoaves a little before the Mar.yj.
Paflpver, isalongone, and the only one that is related by all Luk.ix.
the four Evangelifts. So that in this cafe, we might expect -* ' VJ>
as many apparent difficulties in the Circumftances in one or 0%
ther of the Evangelifts compard together, as in any other.
Yet there do not appear any considerable difficulties in it.
But then on the other fide, the Calling of Andrew, Peter,
James and John* in St. Matthew and St. Markj> (who per-
fectly agree in Time and Circumftances, and fo without doubt,
mean the fame Hiftory) is generally fuppos'd to be the fame Matt.hr.
with their Call in St. Luke, tho I have plac'd them difFe- Ma f-i'
rent in the Harmony, as the Series of St. Luke's Gofpel did ,v "
require. Now in this cafe, I appeal to the Reader of the
two Hiftories, whether at the firft view he do's not find ten
times more Difficulties and Repugnancies in thefe Jhort ac-
counts of zfew verfesy than in thofe Urge Narrations of the
fore-mention'd Miracle in all the Evangelifts. Or if this
CL* Com*
1 24 A Jhort <v\ew of the Harmony
Companfon be too tedious, let but the Reader only conlidcr
the exaft Agreement of St. Alatthew and St. Aiarl^ in the
cafe before us, whofe Order mews theirs to be the fame Hi-
ftory, and the obvious and manifold difigreements of St.
Luke, whofe Order fhews his to be another; and he will not
need a more fenfible lnflance of the truth of the prefent Ob-
fervation ; of which we may find more examples in the fol-
lowing Corollaries.
Corojl. i. That Defcent of the Holy Ghofi on our Savior ;
which was the Token of his being the true Adeffias, to John
the Barptift, was wholly different from, and happen d before the
Defcent of the Holy Ghofi at our Savior's Baprijm. The Bap-
Joh. 1.31,33. tift fays thus. I faw the fpirit defcending from heaven
34* like a dove, and it abode upon him. And I knew him not.
But he that fent me to baptize with water, the fame faid un-
to me, upon whom thou ftiait fee the fpirit defcending, and
remaining on him, the fame is he which baptizeth with the
Ho]y Ghoft. And I faw, and bear record that this is the
Matt. iij. 14, fon of God. Tet whenjefas came to him to be Baptized, John
*&> '7* forbad him, faying, I have need to be baptiz'd of thee, and
comeft thou to me? Words that imply not only his knowledg
who he was, but that he alfo Baptized as well as himfelf.
Tet after xhis Baptifm was ever, and not before, Jefuswentup
ftraightway out of the water, and lo the heavens were open-
ed unto him: and he faw the fpirit of God defcending like a
dove, and lighting upon him : and lo a voice from heaven,
laying, This is my beloved fon, in whom I am well pleas'd.
This Defcent of the Holy Ghofi after Chrilt'^ Baptifm is, I
thinly, almofi umverfally fuppos'd to be the fame which John
the Baptift. waited for, as the Divine Characleriftic of the
Meffias, and before which Defcent he did not at all know him
from the refi of the People ; whence it is become a great dif-
ficulty how before this Baptifm John fioould be fb well ac-
quainted with him, as the words above-mention d do imply.
Now that this Defcent is intirely different from, and long af-
ter that Signal to the Baptift, the following Arguments will
2r*f 7- evince. 1. ft will appear hereafter, that not only this parti-
cular Hifiory } but all that is related in the firfi four Chapters
«/
of the four Evangelijis.
til
Oj bt. John, was long bejore the Bapttjm of our Savior ; andjo
this Signal to St. John the Baptift could hot relate to a De-
fcent of the Holy Ghofi that came to pa/s fo long afterward,
z. St. John never relates one fingle Hiftory which he found
recorded by the other Evan^eiifts before the Paffcn of our Sa-
vior (excepting the A-nraclc bj the feeding 50CO in the Wtl-
dernefs for fome peculiar Rcafcns.) So that we have no
grounds to fuppofe him here to recede from his conftant Me-
thod, when we only brintr our felves into a needlefs perplexi-
ty thereby. 3. St. \o\\x\ s Jignal was the Dcfccnt and Man-
iion of the Holy Ghofi. That /Miracle at ChriiVs Baptifm
was the Defcent onjy, with a Voice from Heaven. And our
Savior going immediately into the Wildernefs upon this latter
Defcent afforded no time for the Manfion, or permanent con-
tinuance oj the fignal, which was but necejjary in this cafe,
4. JVay, indeed there is no evidence that the Baptift either
faw or heard any thing of that Appearance or Voice at ChriftV
Baptifm: and fo this difficulty has' been wholly occajioned- by
the bare Conjettures of Expojitors, without any real foundati-
on in the Texts themfelves. The words in all the Evangelifis
■are thefe. Jefus when he was baptized went upftraitway outMatt.iij. i&
of the water: and Jo the heavens were opened unto him;
and he faw the fpirit of God defcending, &c. fays St. Mat-
thew'. Jefus came and was baptized' of John in Jordan : Mar.j.^. 10.
and ftraitway coming up out of the water, he faw the hea'-
vens opened, and the fpirit like a dove defcending upon him,
0-c. fays St. Afark^. It came to pafs that Jefus being bapti-Luk.iij. 21 ,u..
zed, and praying, the heaven was opened; and the Holy
Ghoft defcended in a bodily fnape like a dove upon him, &c.
fays St. Luke in his Hiftory of our Savior s Baptifm. And
Jince we now find that John the Baptift had long before feen
that Jignal which he expelled, we eafily perceive there was no occafion
for its being renew' d to him at our Lord's Baptifm ; or at leaft no oc-
cafion that itfjould be particularly recordedin the Sacred Hiftory.
Coroll. 1. The Calling of Peter, Andrew, James and John,
recorded by St. Matthew and St. Mark, was different from*,
and was before the Calling of the fame Perfons recorded by
St. Luke. Before I come to flew the difference of theft two
Q, 5 jajhries,
1 2.6 A Jhort view of the Harmony
Hijtorics, I mufi premtje jo-t>twhat oj the nature of the feve-
ral Callings of the fame perfons m the Htfiory of our Savior;
which, I thinly ought to be thus conceiv'd : When our Savior
began his more private Minifiry, a little after the firfi Preach-
ing of John the Baptift, he called Andrew, and another [St.
Joh.j- John 'tis probable] and foon after Peter, and Philip, and Na-
thanael for his Followers, or Attendants. And Jince we find
_, .. , our Savior fltll follow d by Dtjciples after this (tho' long; be-
% 7 .sndi\).zz.J' ore » ts public Preaching *» Galilee,; nay, and Baptising by
andiv. 2. them in Judea alfo, we have no reajon to imagin them to be
other than thofe be fore-mention 'd. Thefe five therefore attend-
ed on him conflantly , till his retreat from them to his own
Baptifm : after which, his long abfence in the Wildernefs du-
ring his Temptation, had occafiond them to return to their
former Abodes and Imployments. Now after the Temptations
were over, and John the Baptift was caft into Prifon, our
Savior begins his public Preaching in Galilee; finds fome of
his old Difciples; calls them to attend on him a while, that
they might be witnejjes of the Cure oj Peter'* Wije's Mother,
and of the healing o the Alultttudes the fame Evening : and
fo might be in a better readinefs afterward to forfake all, and
follow him (which he had not yet requirdof them) upon their
next Call into his jervice. Ajter this he preaches and cafis
out Devils all over Galilee : upon his return to the Sea of
Galilee, he calls thefe Difciples to forfake all and follow him
intirely ; which they do accordingly, and continue with him for
ever afterwards. Which being premised, I now come to prove
the Call mention d by St. Matthew and St. Mark, to be dif-
ferent from, and to have been before the Call mention d by
St' Luke in his GofpeL The Reajons are, I, The Call men-
Matt iv. 18. tion'd by St. Matthew and St. Mark, was when our Savior
Mar. j. 16. was walking by the fea of Galilee; without the leafi Jign of
any company about him. That mentwn'd by St. Luke, was
' v * *' -indeed near the the fame place, when our Savior flood by the
lake of Gcnnefareth; but then it was where the Croud preifed
Matt.iv. 18. upon him to hear the word of God. 2. At the former Call
Mar.j. 16. Simon and Andrew were carting a net into the fea: James and
John were in their fhip with their father Zebedee mending
their
of the four Evangelijh. nj
their nets. At the latter both the Skips were by the lake ; butLuk.v.x.
the fciihermen were gone out of them, and were wa filing
their nets. 3 • sit the former Call, not the leaf jootjhp cf
cur Savior s gomginto Simon's Ship, or of the laxchingjorth of the
fame, much lejs of a Sermon preach' d out oj it, as it was at the lat-v.j.
tcr. 4. No more is there at the former any footfiep of our Savior s
procuring a mighty draught of Fifties ; which is particularly relatedv.+.&c.
at the latter. 5. At the iormer our Savior promt fes for the future Matt j y
that he would afterward make them fiihers of men. But at the Mar.j. 17.
latter he affures them that from that very time they mould catch Luk.y. 10.
men. 6. At theibrmer Call they only left their mips, and Zebe- ^ att '! 7 - 2 °»"-
dee with the fervants, and followed him, for the prefent. ^j^'J^mI
the latter they left all and followed him intirely. Which great and
mantfefi difference of all the Circumftances Sufficiently proves the.
Calls to be diff. rent alfo.
.Coroll. 3 . The Lord's Prayer was twice given to the Difciples ;
once in the Sermon by the Mounts recorded by St. Matthew : and
again, as a Form for his Difciples in the fame manner as the Baptift
had given one to his, recorded by St. Luke. The Lord's Prayer/'*
deliver d by both the Evangelifts in words fo very nearly the fame -,
that notwithfianding the Interval of about a year and a half ', fome
are inclinable to believe it was but once given to the Difciples. But
to wave here the Argument from the fpace between, the following
Reafons prove it to have been twice given. I . The Occafions are in-
tirely different. The Lord's Prayer in St. Matthew, comes in mofi Matt. v). j-,&c e
pertinently among the large Rules our Savior was giving for the right
performance of that Duty, and to prevent that vain ajfettation of
long and often repe at edPetitions, which theHeathens thought fo preva-
lent with the Dity . The fame Prayer in St. Luke was octafiond by
the dejire of one of his Difciples, afte r Chrift hadjufi been at Pray-
cr> to have a Form of Prayer proper for a Chrifiian : Mailer, teach Luk. xj. 1.
ustopray, as John alfo taught his difciples. Vponwhtch our Sa-
vior repeats that Prayer he had formerly given them. 1 . This Pray-
er in St. Matthew is with the addition of the Doxology ; For thine Matt vj. 1 g.
is the kingdom, the power, and the glory for ever. Amen.
But St. Luke wholly omits it. 3. The dtfcourfe immediately fuc-
ceeding *» «SY. Matt, ew, is the reinforcing one of the Petitions, For-
give us our trefpafles, as we forgive tkem that trefpaisaga1n1tv.xiv.15v.
us j
i 2
A port <vie<w of the Harmony
us, by /hewing the necejjlty of our forgiving others, if we hope to be
L«k. xj. f&c, forgiven our f elves. That immediately fucceedmg in St. Luke, is of
the great force of Importunity and Earneflnefs tn our Prayers to God,
by a Parable concerning its like efficacy among Aden. So that this e-
vident difference in the Time, Doxology, Occajion, and following
Circumfiances of this Prayer given us by our Savior, ought to fat if-
fy us that it was really twice repeated by him.
•Coroll. 4. The anointing of our Savior by a Woman in St. John,
is wholly different from his anointing in St. Matthew and St. Mark.
Before I come to prove this Proportion, I muflpremifethat I take it
T k ii 27. for granted, that the other anointing mention 'dby St. Luke, is whol-
ly different from them all. And truly, unlefs the anointing of the
feet of Guefts was wholly unujual among the Jews; (as it certainly
was not) or that there were but one or two of the name a/Simon ;
(whereas it was one of the commonefi names among them,) I can
hardly imaginthat an Hiftery fo wholly different tnTim?, Place,
and almofi all the Circumftances before, at, and after it, JJjould e-
yer be taken for the fame with any of thofe above-mention d. In-
deed if I could believe tl)is, IJJjould never pretend to cempofe any
manner of Harmony of the Gofpels, there being then nothing lefs than
Order and Harmony amongthem. That anointing therefore being
fkppos'dto bepafi long before, I am to prove that this next mention-
ed in St. John, is wholly different from that in St. Matthew, and
St. Mark'i Gofpel. And here it mufi be confefs'd that the Ti me and
Place, agreeing fo nearly, both anointings being a few days before
thePajfover, and in Bethany; that the price of the Ointment
being the very fame, 300 pence, and that at both times the Woman
being re provd 'by others, and vindicated by our Savior; thefe ar-c
Circumfiances jo like, that there is a great deal of colour for fuppofing
them to be the very fame Hifiories. But notwithstanding this, it
will plainly appear that they wr/e intirely different, by the following
• co»f derations. I. St. John's Hifiory was on the lixth day, and
the other on the fecond before the Paffover. St. John'* words are y
]oh.xij. 1, i* Then Jefus fix days before the Paflover came to Bethany.—
V.i*,i'3' There 'they made him a fupper, &c. And afterward : On the
next day much peop^ took branches of palm-trees, &c. So
that 'tis unqueftionable that this was on the Sabbath at Night, jufi
before the Triumphal Entrance into Jerufalern on the Sunday follow-
ing
of the four Evangelifts.
I25>
ing. St. Matthew'* words are, Jefus — -fiid unto his difcipies, Matt. xxvj. i,<>.
Ye know that after (or within) two days is the feafc of the
pafTover but when Jcfns was in Bethany, &c. So alfo St.
Mark. After (or within) two days was the feaft of the palT-Mar.xn-, r, ».
over. And being in Bethany, &c. z. St. John's Hiflory
was in the houfe of Martha, the Jifler of Lazarus, and the o-
ther in the houfe of Simon the Leper. St. John'* words are,
Jefus came to Bethany, where Lazarus was which had been T h.xij.i i »
dead, whom he raifed from the dead : there they made him
a fupper ; and Martha fcrved : but Lazarus was one of them
that fat at the table with him. Then took Mary a pound of
fpikmrd, dec. St. Matthew /ays, Now when Jefus was in Mattxxvi.tf.-r.
Bethany, in the houfe of Simon the leper, there came unto
him a woman, &c. And almofl the very fame words are in
St. Mark alfo. 3. That anointing in St. John was only of ci- [oh.xii. j.
vtlity and re/petl, and fo was only of the Feetj according to the
Cu/tom of the Countrey, and the like Hiflory in St. Lukcj^r-
merly. But the other was of the Head, and thence of the whole Matt. xxvj. 7,
Body, in the nature of a Funeral Preparation ; as 'tis eafy to 12.
obferve in the feveral Hifiories. 4. At the anointing in St. John, ^ar.xiv. 3» 8.
no body but fo covetous aPerfon asjuaas complain d of the wafl of the ^° ' X1J * 4 * *""
Ointment. But at the other, the Difcipies in general, or feveral of 'Matt. xxvj.&
them, complain d of it, as being much more profufe than the . Mar.xiv.4.
the r. And indeed, if the Harmony be fir icily examin'd,Judzsfeems Mattxxvhl.ti.
to have been abfent about his Bargain for betraying our Savior Mar. xiv. 1,10.
tit the very time of this fecond anointing ; and fo could not po/Ji-
bly t be one of thofe who murmur d at it ; tho' at the former Feafi
he was certainly there. 5. The different Vindications and Apolo-
gies which our Savior made for the Woman, will /hew the occa-
/ivns were different. At the former anointing in St. John, our
Savior de fires Judas#cj to exclaim againft her, as if floehadfpent
abundance of Ointment on a Ceremony : Againft the day of y^ X) -; _
my preparation for my funeral hath fhe kept it. i( She has vid. Ligh'tfoot.
Ci fpent but a little of it now : Jbe has referv'd the main part of
"it for a fitter time, the day before my delivery to the Jews.
At the latter anointing in St. Matthew and St. Mark, 'tis quite
otherwife. In that fhe hath poured this Ointment on my bo- Matt. xxvj. 12"
dy, me did it for the preparation for my funeral : fays the
R former
1 5 o A Jhort wie r o) of the Harmony
Mar.xiv.8. former Evangelifi. And the latter more exprefiy, She hath done
what fhe could : fhe is come afore-hand to anoint my body
SeeKnatchiul's for the preparation to my funeral, o* tfe ufa imlnn-. <nxs'%x«fci
Notes on the ^v^tuj px ri m>fig> th t cvlsfQiMrpti*. Which words will bear this
P laGC * Paraphrafe. ' Bccaufe fie fees no profpetl of an opportunity of
* Embalming my Body hereafter, jhe prevents her Intentions as
' well asjlie can, by anointing my Body thus before-hand, in fie ad
c of it. So that indeed the different anfivers of our Savior area
full Solution of all the Difficulties in this matter. For Jince he
foretold this latter anointingof his whole Body, to be done two days
before the Pajfover, when the fame perfon with the fame Box of
Ointment anointed his Feet fix days before it : there can no dif-
ficulty remain about thefe different Anointings ; and' twill be no
7vonder that in the fame Town, within a few days, he jhould be
anointed with Ointment of the very fame value alfo, as we be-
fore obfervd in the Jimilitude of thefe two Hifiories.
CorolL 5. 'Tts probable that our Savior cafi the Traders out
of the Temple twice in the weel^ before his Pajfion. The former
time on the day of his Triumphal Entry into Jerufalem, when
he cafi them out of the Court of the Jews : and the latter
time the next day, when he cafi them out of the Court of the
Matt.xxj.i 2,1 2. Gentiles. 'Tis evident that St. Matthew, St. Mark, and St.
Mar.xj.15-, 16, Luke, have each of them an account of our Savior s driving the
*?' . Traders out of the Temple a little before his death. 'Tis alfo e-
6j ' ' vident that the natural Series of St. Matthew and St . Luke inclines
one to thinkjheir relations refer to the day of the Triumphal Entry ;
and that the exprefs words of St. Mark affure us that his rela*
tion belongs to the day following. TJpon the whole, therefore, I
think 'tis reafonable to fnppofe that the two former relate our Sa-
vior s cafiwg out the Traders out of the inner Court of the Temple,
which alone the Jews lool(d upon to be Holy. And that St.
Mark relates what happen d the day following, viz. That fine c
the Traders durfi not any longer expofe their Wares in the inner
Court, they had retir'd to the outer, the Court of the Gentiles,
and there thought themfclves fecure, and hopd to be undifiurb'd.
But that when our Savior came into the Temple the next day,
and faw them at their old Trades in this Court, he drove them
thence alfo. And this Con^Unrc feems to me not improbable,
fajt
of the four Evangelifts. 1 3 1
for the Reafons following. I . St. Mark mentions our Savior s
going into the Temple the day before, as well as the other E-
vanqehfls: nay, and hints to us Jomewhat that agrees very well
with the driving of the Traders out of it alfo. For he affurcs
us that He looked round about upon all things in the Temple Mar.xj. n.
before he went out of it that Evening. Which nice Obfervation
of the Circumflances there, and fb of the Alerchandiz.es expos 'd
to fale, can hardly be confiftent with his wholly letting them alone
till the next day, but fairly imply s that he loo/^d fo particularly
on the Traders as to di [courage their ungodly Practices in that Sa-
cred Place. 1. The Jeverity and -exattnefs of our Savior in St.
Mark /; more objervable than in the other Gofpels. For here he
would not fufFer any one fo much as to carry a veffel thro' the Vi5-
Temple. Of which we have not a Jy liable in the other Gofpels.
3 . What is chiefly conjiderable, is the difference of our Savior s
words in St. Matthew and St. Luke, from thofe in St. Mark :
the former mofl properly relating to the Jewim, and the latter to
the Gentile Court of the Temple. In the former cafe 'tis only
[aid, My houfe mall be called an houfe of prayer; for the
Jews fuppofe: In the latter 'tis My houfe fhall be called an v
houfe oi prayer, n««n -reft %tm, To all Nations, of the Gen-
tiles alfo..
VII. The former part of St. John's Gofpel till th
fixth Chapter, belongs to the Hiilory of the be-
ginning of our Savior's more private Minifiry be- '
fore the commencing of his public Treachtng in
Galilee.
This will appear evident from the account we have of the
occafion of St. John's writing his Gofpel, after the others
werepublifli'd, in Eufebius; whofe words, becaufe they are ve-
ry remarkable, and of great ufe (tho' little regarded) in
Harmonizing the Evangelifts, I fhall Tranflate at large. 'They
' fay that St. John who had all along Preach'd the Gofpel by word
' of mouth, was at laft indue'd to write for the following
* reafon* When the Gofpels of St. Matthew, St. Markj ana
R, z * St. Lnbc
1 3 x A Jhort <vie-w of the Harmony
' St. Luke had been publifh'd to the World; and fo came to
* be perus'd by St. John ; it is related that he approv'd of
'them himfelf, and confirmed the truth of their Hiftories by
' his own Tcftimony and Authority ; but own'd that they were
* defective as to the Acts of our Savior towards the beginning
'of his Miniftry. And certainly the Obfervation is very
'true. For the three former Evangelifts, as is evident, only
' give us an account of the Ads of our Savior after the Im-
' prifonment of John the Baptift, during that fingle year of
'his Miniftry, [as many of the Ancients by miftake fuppos'd,
' and among them Eufebins] and plainly enough tell us the
'limits of their Hiftories in the beginning of their Gofpels.
* St. Matthew in the firft place, after the 40 days Faft, and
* the fucceeding Temptations are over, informs us of the com-
' mencing of his account of our Savior's Miniftry in thefe
[att.iv. 12. * words. Now whenjefus had heard that John was caft in-
l to prifon, he departed into Galilee. The fameTaysSt. Markj
[ar.j. 14. * Now after that John was put in prifon, Jeftis came into Ga-
' like. And St. Luke alfo, before he begins the account of
* our Savior's Miniftry, gives us the fame date of it in thefe
uk.iij. 20. 'words. Herod added yet this above all that he put up John
' inprifon. For thefe Reafons, 'tis related that St. John was de-
' fired by his Friends to fupply what was wanting in thereft;
' and to give an account of that fpace of time, and thofe Acts
'of our Savior which were before the Imprifonment of the
' Baptift; and fo had been omitted by the former Evangelifts.
'Which defire he accordingly comply'd withal. And they
' fay farther, That there are plain footfteps of fuch a proce-
' dure and deftgn in his Gofpel it felf. For in the firft place,
*he fays, This beginning of miracles Jefus did. Befides, in the
"Series of his Gofpel he takes notice of John the Baptift, e-
*^en then baptising in <±ALnon near to Salim. And what is
1 particularly remarkable, he in exprefs words adds, For John
* was not yet caft into prifon. We muft therefore conclude
'that St. John particularly intended an account of the Acts
*of our Savior before, and the reft after the Imprifonment of
' John the Baptift : which confederation will clear the Evan-
'gelifts from feeming to disagree with each other; of which
'there
of the four Euangelijh. 1 2 2
* there can be no pretence while it is remembred that the
' Gofpel of St. John records the Afts of the former, and the
« other Gofpels of the latter part of his Miniftry among f us.
By which we find that a confiderablepart of St. John's Gof-
pel relates to that part of our Savior's Minifiry, which
preceded' the Imprisonment of John the B'apnft. And fince
we have no evidence that any Hiftory in St. John before
that of the miraculous Feeding 5000 in the Defert, (which Joh.vj.
occurs in all the Evangelifts) was after Cbrijl's public Preach-
ing in Galilee, upon the Imprifonmeht of J elm the Baptifi;
we have juft: reafon to look upon that as the firfl: occurrence in
St. Jobn'S Gofpel that happen'd after the hid public Preaching of
our Savior, and confequently that all the foregoing parts^ of
this Gofpel, *'. e. the five firft Chapters of it do relate to the
f 7nLi%H »)A y$ ih xvtov Zhhf.foS'ofyjai) , ^hnhhxS^, fty (pxinv, xXvJsixv eci^Ti
sTn/yigivgmmifa,. Mevr.v ei u^y, A*jtk3£ ry yextyvf fn* "?&* ^ c* atfafcts yj/jf
km\' ~i^")^'t ltd" x?igvyi<&T&' ihsn Ttd" Xe<W 7n<7rfxy{3fi6>v ^yxmv. rjj uXnJn^
yi A«y©~. Ti(? «'*£? *pZv T%u<i tvxpyiXtf&s ffvuht* -Tnlgtsi, fJtiiva. itc /At-
•vu ttjk ov rJ h.G-pj*>T-€J.u> 'laxvvx Ttd Bx-sr'kwJ xxjii^t* *<?' tvx ivicuirsv m-
Wfxyffyx tzS HuT^Qfi ffvfytfatyv&i, xiron mvr' iTTieyjffjV^xfo^ovq kxt "&£%£$
$ UUTUf fag/af. fA/tTK <pv* 7>,» Tfe3-tgy.l{$V7litlA/l(yv WtlicW, V#\ T tTT XUTtj"
mi£atG-f6ov, T X&S' oy r * 5 i^«H Pf #0?« py MxrJttT^ c\Xo? Xtyuv, 'Axls(rct{
/V Jxr 'ivxvvys -7TK^sJhiJyi, xts^u^trsv ^n r^ 'lovo^xlxf tfe Tyv TxXiXxtuv. o
e'i tA.ciyv$c, 6><nx.VJz<>^ fJut-m. el ts Ttzcggidojyisij, <Pno\v, 'luxtiw, kX^iv *<'<; ttjo jct-
J\iXxta#. Kxi 6 Acvkxs /£ vrftv xg%xo% t ltd 'lr)<rz>o 7T£cfeteov, "7rxo^ts%fir,«i s-
Trrmgu tyxtmuv, &'« x& <ttt$Sju<> v,pcid\ t <; e<$ Citzr qcf.%x% Trvvyggts, kxtikXhc^
'lvxwvv cv (pvXxyy,. 'nx^.n.X'^i 'v&c, A? isv tvvruv i'vsicx <pxai T ' Atto^Xov 'lux»-
*W, T vera T ev&Trg*)* iuufytXi^iHv wtt^c/LffiOim^iv 1 ^. %ppvov, x,x) 7tc y.x-m
vtufsn mfffw/pS/x TtS wive/. (tvv&, d[' w ik <&& rvic, tvO ~Bx7r%s*Sxa < )u / 0%t6 l >i)
tu y.xt xvizv fdxpytXioi 7rugcfoovvxf. uutotc iivr' i7n<ryi[/jijvx£% vbtt fop (pticrztv-
& 7Kvr>i» &pyyit i7n>w<rz T 2 "7mo^jl s o%oi y t o '\ntnv<s- tvtc H [&vi}fi$iitu<mv& ret)
JjXzrUszti [Ai&.%v T 2 'Iqtmv nrpy^iuv etc, \ti tot: fix7fno7x.vT©^ cv uhun ipyv$ red
RjAiip. <m<pZs 7T reS'6 wXouv cv ru Xsyjv, vim $ h, <f>>jtAv> 'Iax'vv»is fi&Xri-
|*fi'® k ' stc <PvXxkw. Ctncevv o (Aiv 'lttixvvTis ry reef kxt uutsv tuxfytXtov ^x-
«p»T 7K |K.j)AWw rod (Zx7r%5iC iti QvXxkw fisGxypivcv ijr$o\ too Xg^fsd erfx^-
ffifa 7m£x$leu<r.*, c'« oi Xoiim] 1^*7$ ivxpytXiful m |u:m tt}* «<? ro oi<T(/j<»-
TKg/o* x-xfoghv tou fix7rUstd y/V?)/^ttuovir.v' ei$ tcxl Im^urA pit Cwxit xv d^ccj
Z^g.<pan?v xfofiXcit 7ti tuxfyiXtx tsT to (Atv kxtu 'luxvytm ik <xfa&> T 3 Xg^-
W i*ocf%tm tz&t%li/' m h' Ao(W 7tj» im rtXi rod" x,^3* ev dvrcf yiyuv>[»pW
4<*&*r. En/eh, Eccli Hift. 1. 3. c. 24.
R 3 Hiftory
24 A Jhort view of the Harmony
Hiftoryof our Savior's moreprivate Miniftry. For if, as£#-
febius informs us, the very defign of adding this fourth Hi-
ftoryof our Savior to the three before extant, was the giving us
an account of the beginning of his Miniftry, 'tis but reafonable
to fuppofe as much of it as we can to belong thereto.
CorolL Hence we may fee where to place the Imprifonment
of the Baptift in the Gojpel of St. John, viz,, jufl before that
Feaft, or fecond Pajfover of our Savior defcrib'd in his fifth
Toh.iij.iij&c. Chapter. For in the end of the third Chapter John was baptiz-
ing in Enon near to Salim, [in Galilee] and our Savior in
Judea. For John was not yet caft into prifon. Nay, adif-
pute aroje about the preeminence of the two Baptifms, and a com-
plaint of the Baptift'j Difciples came to him, upon the great in-
creafe of the numbers baptized by Chrift : concluding inthel&z^-
tift's final Teflimony to the Dignity and Preeminence of Chrift
and his Mini/try above his own. So that we leave John the
Baptift at full liberty r , and in the full exercife of his Office at the
conclufion of the third Chapter. In the beginning of the fourth,
(which contains the Hifiory but of a very few days) we have
Chap.iv. i>3- the fe words, When therefore the Lord knew that the Phari-
fees had heard that Jefus made and baptized more difciples than
John, He left Judea, and departed again into Galilee.
Which words, (efpecially if taken with the Circumflances jufl be-
fore ) do clearly imply that John continud the fame exercife of
his Office that we left him in at the end of the foregoing Chap-
ter; and baptized Difciples fil 'ill, tho' not fo many as our Savior.
And this mufl certainly be the import of thefe words; for if we
fuppofe the meaning to be only that Jefus now baptized more
Matt.iij. j". than John had before baptized; this is evidently falfe. For our
Mar.j. .f. Lord baptizj'd but a few in comparifon of the vaft numbers
andxx.6. ' which John had baptizJd; as is abundantly evident in the Evan-
gelical Hifiory. And certainly if John was jufl before impri-
foned by the Tetrarch of Galilee, It was but fmall incourage-
ment for Chrift to leave an uncertain danger in Judea from the
Pharifees, to run into a certain one from Herod in Galilee. So
that 'tis very evident that the firft four Chapters in St. John do
precede the Imprifonment of the Baptift. But then I cannot but
thinly that fome little time before the fifth Chapter, or the fecond
PalTover,
of the four EwangeBfts. 1 2 5
Paffover, John was caft into Prifon : for therein our Savior [up
to the Jews ,• the -Baptift h was a burning and a mining light : Chap. v. it
and ye ifainn were willing for a feafon to rejoice in his light :
fairly implying that he was now no longer a light to them, by
reafon that he was caft into Prifon. There therefore the Imori-
fonment of the Baptift is to come in ; a little before the fecondPajf.
over in the fifth Chapter. And Jo the Deficent into Galilee {the
great Period from whence our Savior s public Preaching is da-
ted by the reft of the Evangelifts) is immediately to fucceed the
fifth Chapter; as I have digefted them in the following Harmony.
VIII. The beginning of our Savior's Mini/by both
as to his Preaching, Baptizing and Miracles com-
mene'd foon after that of John the Baptift*
towards the beginning of the famous fifteenth year
of Tiberius Cafar-> long before his own Baptifm.
This AfTertion depends on the following Argument?.
i. By the Teftimony of Eufebius above recited, 'tis evi-
dent that the three former Evangel ifts (who begin from the Bap-
tifm of our Savior, and his public Preaching in Galilee fucceed-
ing it) have omitted the Hiftcry of the former part of his
Miniftry : and that fo large and considerable a part of the
fame, that the fupply of fo great a defect was not thought
too inconsiderable a reafon by St. John for adding another
Gofpel to thofe already extant : which plainly infers that the
Miniftry of our Savior commene'd long before the Imprifon-
ment of John the Baptift; and therefore at the very time affign-
ed in this Proportion.
2. The Epocha of John the Baptift's preaching is made the
folemn beginning of the Gofpel of Chrift by the Evangelifis.
Thus St. Matthew begins the Hiftory of our Savior's Mini-
ftry. In thofe days came John the Baptift preaching in the wil- Matt. iij. r.~
dernefs of Judea, &c. Thus St. Afark^ more exprefly. The Mar. j. 1-4.
beginning of the Gofpel of Jefus Chrift the fin of God: As it is
written in the Prophets, Behold I find my meffemer John
was baptizing in the wildernefi) &c. Thus St. Luke alfo. In
the
1 3 6 A Jhort view of the Harmony
Luk.iij.23. the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Cefar, The word
of God came to John the [on of Zacharias- in the wilder nefs,
&c. Which deriving of the Epocha of the Gofpel of Chnfi
from the Preaching of John the Baptijl, without any other
Epocha of our Savior's own Preaching before the Imprifon-
ment of the Baptijl long afterward, will fairly imply (efpe-
cially fince St. John's Gofpel, and its occafion fhew it was
begun about this time,) that the Preaching of John the Bap-
tift did fo immediately Precede that of Chrift himfelf, as to bear
the fame date; and to be affixed to the fame time the fifteenth
of Tiberius, a year and more before Chrijt's Baptifm.
5 . Which Argument is the flronger, if we confider that other-
wife we fhall have a fixt and folemn Epocha for the inferior
and preparatory Miniftry of John the Baptijl, and none at
all for that of our Lord himfelf. This year when John the
Baptijl began is more punctually and exactly noted than any
other year in the whole Bible, and fo cannot be fuppos'd to
be the date of any lefs account than that of the preaching of
our Savior himfelf as well as of his forerunner John the Bap-
tifi.
Luk.iij.i, 2. 4. St. Luke tells us exprefly that our Savior was about ^o
years of age when he began his miniflry. K«j adris n* i 'U<nvi «-
ail I™? vsictwvlgt, 'A?tf'(Dj.<&'. That this is the genuine fenfe of
the words appears by the nrangenefs of the Greeks Phrafe if it
be otherwife rendred : and alfo by the ftile of St. Luke
himfelf in other places; where the fame Greeks word is abfo-
lutely us'd, as here, to denote the commencing of our Savi-
Luk.xxiij.j-. or'sMiniftry. Thus at our Lord's Tryal the People fiy, He
Jlirreth up the people ; teaching thro' all Judea ; 'a^*'/^®" be-
ginning [his Preaching] from Galilee even unto thisplace. Thus
alfo in the deliberation about choofing an Apofrle into the
A£t.'\ 2i» 2 2>P^ ace pf Judas, St. Peter fays, Wherefore of thefe men which
have companied with us all the time that the Lord Jefus
went in and out amongfl us, 'A&tltfy®* **» Basra'cy^T©" Wmm
beginnnig [his preaching] from the baptifm of John unto that
fame day that he was taken up from us, mufi one be ordained to
Ch»P.x. 37. be a witnefi of his refurreblion. And again, That word yoi*
know which was publif.'ed throughout all Judea, 'Afl«jfy>®* ^
0/ r/tf /^r Evangelijts. 137
t£s TaXiXcw beginning from Galilee after the baptifm which John
preached. Now this Notation of Time x that our Savior was
about 50 years of age cannot well be extended any farther
than from so to 31. But it may be taken any where within
that Latitude, without the leaft ftrain or force upon the
words. Now we (hall find by what will be prov'd hereafter
that our Savior was 31 years old about nine weeks after the
beginning of the fifteenth of Tiberias. All which confidcr'd,
'tis, I think, mofl reafonable to allow that the Baptifl began
his Preaching foon after the beginning of the fifteenth of 77-
benus, about New -years-day, or the firjl of Tifri in the Jcwifh
Account ; and that our Savior began his alfo, about the Feafi
of Tabernacles following : and fo before he was 3 1 years of
age, as I have ftatcd thefe matters in the enfuing Harmony,
Coroll. 1 . Our Savior s Baptifm was not till long after the be-
ginning of his Miniflry, jufl before the Imprifonment of John the
.Baptilt. It has hitherto been taken for granted that theBaptifo
of our Savior was before the commencing of his Miniflry. But
as it mufl be ownd that his Baptifm was undoubtedly before the
commmencing of his public Preaching in Galilee : becaufe the
Evangelifls all agree in it, and becaufe John the Baptilt was
never at liberty afterward to perform it : fo there is no founda-
tion in the Gofpels for its preceding his whole Miniflry ; nay-, I
thinly, there are fluff c lent Arguments to evince the quite contra-
ry. As 1. our Savior s Bapttz,mgwas one part of his Miniflry ;
but he Baptized before his own Baptifm., and by a plain conf-
luence his Aliniflry alfo began before it. When our Lord defr'd to
be Bapti^'d of John ; his anflver was, I have need to be bap- Matt. iij. 14,
tized of thee ; and comeft thou to me? Fairly implying that
our Savior had BaptizJd before that time, and was known by the
Baptilt to have done fo. 2. This is evident jiot only by the pla-
cing Chrill'i Baptifm in the other Evangelifls, viz. after the Hi-
flory of John'j Miniflry, and before^ Imprifonment , but by
the exprefs words of St. Luke, who after his digreffion about
John the Baptift, even as low as his very Imprifonment fub-
joins 'e^sS ^t *» rJ fiuz?%&w«j x7mv&, r Xxtv. Nowwhenall theLuk.1ij.xc,
people were baptized, it came to pafs that Jefus alfo being
baptized, and praying, the heaven was opened, Fromwhencs
S Uii
i * 8 AJhort view of the Harmony
'tis clear that our Savior's Baptifm was at theconclufionof John's
Miniftry, and that now he had initiated his Succejfor, he was in a
port time to difappear. 3 . Thofe who make the Baptifm of Chrift
to precede his whole Miniftry , and keep to the propriety of a-
bout 30 years of Age at the fame time, muft either find out ano-
ther beginning for the Reign p/Tibcrius, and fo for his fifteenth year •,
than that own d by the Greek and Roman Hifiorians ; or leave a void
fpace of a year or two in the Life of our Savior after his Baptifm,
and before he be<ran his Miniftry. The former of which has no fujfi-
cient foundation in Antiquity ; and the latter is not agreeable t9 the
Evangelical Hiftory. For asfoon as the Baptifm is over-, the Temp-
Mar.}. 1 1. tationmtheWildernefs i^s immediately/^-^*; and after that,
in a little time, the Baptift is Imprifon'd, and Chrift begins his
Luk.iv. 13,14. public Preaching;'/; Galilee. St. Luke's words are thefe, And
when the devil had ended all the temptation, he departed from
himforafeafon. And Jefus returned in the power of the fpirit
into Galilee, and there went out a fame of him through all the
region round about. Between which two verfes to interpofe a fpace
of more than two years, which we have little or no account of in any
of the Evawelifts, is very unreafonable. But by our prefent fa-
ting of the fe matters, there is no need of thefe fi.nfts and inventi-
ons. 4. And if to avoid thefe difficulties we feparate the fifteenth
Luk.iij. 1. 23. of Tiberius from the Age of our Savior at 30 years ; and only loo\
upon the laft as an occafional Number mention id for his Age when he
was Baptized, without any regard to the other', we /hall make St.
Luke very puntlual and exatt to little purpofe. What great mat-
ter is it for us fo minutely to know the year of the commencing of
the Baptift V preaching , // thereby that of our Savior can't be dif-
soverd? Or to what purpofe is the fifteenth year of Tiberius fo ac-
curately determirid, and our Savior sage of 30 years fo particu-
larly fpecify'd, if they were no way connetled together, and had
no reference one to the other ? Suppofe an occafion of fixing the
Series of Chronology by the connexion of the fears of the World
with thofe of Nabonaflar. And all that appeared was, that
the death of Nebuchadnezzar happen d A. M. 3442,. and
that in the 1 %6thyear of NabonafTar, Croefus the King of the
Lydians began his Reign \ without any intimation of the coinci-
dence of thofe years wiih the 41 5 2d of the Julian Period: What
jbottld
of the four Evangelijls* 139
we be the better for fuch accuracy of Numbers } Jafl
thus it is in the cafe before us in the common opinion of Chronologers.
But the pre fen t Scheme, which fuppofes a connexion of the fif-
teenth of Tiberius, with the 30 jears of our Savior, (as the ac-
curacy of the Numbers, and the nature of the Dejign do per-
fuade,) feems to me much more probable, and agreeable to the
fcope of St. Luke in this Chapter, And fince the Digrcjfion a-
bout John the Baptift, is allow 'd to reach as far as the loth
J r erfe ; we may juflly, without any injury to the coherence of the words
f'-ppofe it to reach two Verfes farther, and then return to the
Scries of our Savior s Hiflory. Which thing alone would clear
the whole matter before us.
Coroll. 2. Mr. Le Clerks Harmony of the Gcfpels fe far
as it concerns the difpofition of our Savior s Acls, or the con-
necting the years of his Miniflry with the Chrifiian JE.n,^ is
■certainly erroneous. Mr. Le Clerk fuppofes that our Savior's
Miniftry continued three years and a half, or thcre-abouts ;
and that he dy'd at the Fajfover A. D. 2p. And by confe-
rence that his Miniflry began in the Preaching of John the
Baptift, A. D. 25. as he expreflly puts it p. 36. and indeed
his Scheme obliges him fo to do. Now 'tis known from (a) Jo-
fephus, that Pontius Pilate was Procurator of Judea but ten
years ; and that he was put out fo little a while before the
death of Tiberius, that the Emperor was actually dead before
Pilate arriv'd at Rome to anfwer for himfelf. Tiberius dy'd
March z6. A. D. 37. And Pilate might be out of his Office
a month, or fix weeks before, fuppofe it February, from thence
we mufl count ten years backward for the beginning o/Pilate'j
Government, which will therefore fall into February j A. D.
27. Tet it is exprefly faid that Pontius Pilate was Governor
of Judea at the beginning of the Preaching of John the Bap-
tift; and how long he had then been in that Office it is not
faid. Luke iij. 1. In the fifteenth year of the reign of Ti-
(a) Kctl niAaV©- JVjc« iTt<m S^.Tftytxt iir? 'lovelies Hi 'tufiitw imvr&t
reft 'OumWow ^tiJvfSj/j^ lv%\xk, cm or dntantv ; vtflf JV »j rf 'fw'ffrjj «3©-
%ui uiTsi pV>i T&erf®' /*$&yws. Jofeph. Antiq. 1. 18. C. J.'
S a berius
140 A Jhort wiew of the Harmony
berius Cefar, Pontius Pilate being governor! of Judea, &c. the
word of God came to John the Son of Zacharias in the wildernefs.
So that if there were no other Arguments in the world (as there
are abundance) to confute this new Hypothecs of the years of
cur Savior's Miniflry and Death ; that alone were abundantly
fuffcient for that purpofe : and is fo evident and remarkable a
Charatterifiic with all the Writers of Harmonies, that 'tis very
firange Mr. Le Cierk (hould take no more notice of tt.
IX. The T off overs during the time of our Savior's
Mini dry were five.
This will hereafter appear from the Interval between the
commencing of his Miniftry, and the time of his Death ;
which, as will be prov'd, was four years and a half, and fo
could not include more or lefs than five Paflbvers. But my
bufmefs in this place is to fhew the foot-fteps of fo many in the
Evangelical Hiftory.
1. The firft Paffover we have in exprefs words in St. John,
fc>h.ij. ij. ^ oon a ^ ter l ^ e beginning of his Gofpel. The Jews Paffover
was at handy and Jefus went up to- Jerufalem..
Ghap.v. 1. 2 * ^ ie f econ d Paffover we alio have in St. John, tho* not
in exprefs words, lifter thefe things there was a feafi of the
Jews, and Jefus went up to Jerusalem. 'Tis true that the
word ice™ Feafi, do's not distinctly denote the Paffover. But
then as it do's no more denote any other of the Jewi/h Feafts,
or diftinguifh one of them from the reft, fo in the common
ufe of words, the principal Feaft is molt properly ftil'd the
Feafi by way of eminence : In the opinion of moft Com-
mentators, it has been fo underftood; and in the Phrafe of the
Evangelifts the word do's never by it felf fignify either the
Mar. xv. 6. Feafi of Weeks or of Tabernacles, but more than once do'sfig-
Luk. xxiij. t 7. n jfy fa Feafi of the Paffover. But the principal Argument I de-
Vid. iCor.v. p enc j U p 0n> IS t | 1 j s# Our Savior departed out of Judea into
Galilee to avoid the fnares of the Pharifees, fo little before
the Feaft of Tabernacles, that 'tis not probable he would re-
turn thither again fo foon as that Feaft: and if it was not that
Feaft, the very next in order is that of the Paflbver enfuing,
35
of the four EvangeUJis. 1 4 x
as 'tis here ftated. After the firft Pa {lover we find our Savi-
or Preaching and Baptizing fo long in Judea, that there came
more to his Baptifm than to Johns in Galilee. So that in all
probability he fpent feveral months there. After this, to-
wards the conclufion of Summer, he avoided the danger P™f 6. CorolL
from the Pharifees by. going into Galilee, about fix or eight x - P nu3i
weeks, fuppofe, before the Feaft of Tabernacles. Can we
imagin that in fo little a time he would again caft himfelf
into their hands, by returning to Jerufalem at that Feaft?
'Tis, I think, every way more reafonable to believe that he
ftaid in Galilee till his Baptifm ; that after that, and his
Temptations were over, he went up to the Paffover; and up-
on his rejection and danger there, left Jttdea for a long while,
and at the ceafing of Johns Miniftry there by his Imprifon-
ment about the fame time, went and Preach'd in Galilee, al-
moft all the time of his Miniftry afterwards. All which
confiderd, it is moft reafonable to think that the Feaft we are
fpeaking of was the Feaft of the Pajfover. Or if any fhall
ftill imagin that it might however be the Feaft of Weeks or
of Tabernacles after this Paffover, tho' not before it; I will
not here contend with them. For if this Feaft was afterward,
it certainly fuppofes this Paffover to have, interven-d : and fo
do's as certainly eftablim the prefent number of the Paffovers,.
as if it was own'd to be the Paifover it felf.
3 . The third Paffover is not exprefly mention'd by any of the
Evangelifts. But the time of its celebration,which is fully equiva-
lent, is moft plainly determin'd by three of them. The Difci pies
pluck'd the Ears of the ftandingCorn on a Sabbath day, as St; Mattxij.
.Matthew, St. Mark* and St. L^affurefus: and that day is l^*^-
ftil'd by St. Luke 2«&S» Adjn&Gr&fev, The firft Sabbath after ■ vid. Sca'lig;
the fecond day of the Pajfover. The firft of which Chara- Emendat.
fters of the rubing the Ears of the ftanding Corn is a certain.^™?'
fign of the nearnefs of the Paifover: (for from thence to g^dSafcha^
Pentecoft was Corn-harveft in Jttdea.) And the other Cha- Laiigium de
racier is with fo great probability expounded of that particular AnnisChriftL
Sabbath above-mention'd, (the next to the Sheaf-offering, opP-4°8.
fifteenth day of Nifan) that this fecures the former Argu- ~^^{.
s 3 m ent Jp.i$>9> &c .
!42 AJhort view of the Harmony
ment; and both together afford undoubted Evidence of a
third Paffover during our Savior's Miniftry.
4. The fourth Paffover is exprefly mention'd by St. John
]oh. vj. 4. in his account of the feeding 5000 in^the Defart. And the
paffover, a feafi of the Jews was nigh.
5. The fifth Paffover was that at which our Savior fuffer-
ed: and fo is abundantly manifeft in all the Evangelifts.
Coroll. Hence we under ft and the full importance of our Sa-
vior s Parable of the Barren Fig-tree in St. Luke's Go/pel, a-
Luk.xnj. 7,?, y om j 0Hr m onths before his death. He faid to the dreffer of
his vineyard, thefe three years I come feeking fruit on this
fig-tree, and find none. Cut it down: why cumbreth it the
ground ? But he anfwered and faid unto him, Let it alone
this year alfo, till 1 lhall dig about it, and dung it: And if
it bear fruit, well ; but if not, then after that thou fhalt cut
it down. Whence it appears that after four years forbearance
■without fruit, the decree for utter Excijion was to be pajfed on
the Tewifh Nation *<« ™ ^*»«v that in fome time afterward, tho'
not immediately, itftjould actually and inevitably perifb. Which
was accordingly done ; for at the time when this was fpoken, by the
prefent Harmony, Chrift had /pent about four years of his Ali-
niftry among them', and at the end of the fame Chapter, (foon
after this) it appears that the Decree for their utter Exci/ton
y ,. ,- was accordingly gone out againft them. O Jerufalcm, Jerufa-
lem, thou which killeft the Prophets, and* ftoneft them that
are fent unto thee ; how often would I have gathered thy
children as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and
ye would not? Behold your houfe is left unto you defolate.
Which coincidence is Ukewife no inconfidcrable confirmation of the
truth of the prefent Proportion.
X. The firft Paffover of our Savior's Miniftry was
A. T>. 29.
That I may fully eftablifh this Proportion which is of fo great
confequence to the true (rating of the whole Evangelical Hifto-
ry, I (hall prove it from the exprefs affirmation of the Jews
themfelyes at that Paffover : who were certainly beft acquaint-
ed
of the four EvangeBJis. 145
ed with every thing relating to their own Temple, and the
feafons of tlieir public Feafts there. Now the Jews at our
Savior's firft Pafiover, when he bid them Deflroj this 7>w-j h.ij. , 9 , X9 .
pie, and in three days I will raife it up, Speaking of the
Temple of his own Body ; The Jews, I fay, thinking he
hadfpokenof their Temple, reply'd thus: Forty and fix years
has this Temple been built , and wilt thou rear it up in three
days? q. d. ' This famous Structure which we here fee has-
'continu'd, and ftood firm and fure fix and forty years toge-
' ther : and do'ft thou think it the work of one Man in three
" days time to rebuild it if it were deftroy'd ? A Tabernacle
'of moveable Materials which ftands but a while, and then
' is remov'd at pleafure, may be foon fet up. But fuch a
' firm and durable Structure as this Temple muft needs require
t more Workmen than one, and a vaftly greater fpace of time
'than three days to rear it. Now that this is the meaning of
the words, 46 years **3$o\f>lfyi i vkU St©-, has this Temple been:
built: and not as our Englijb Verfion has it, 46" years has this
Temple been building, appears by the natural importance of
the Original Words, and by the plain matter of fad to which
they refer. The Jews, 'tis true, do not reafon fo exactly by
this rendring of the words as by the other. But then the
number of 46" years is demonstration that the fence I contend
for is true. For otherwiife they talk much more improperly,,
and without any color of truth; for Zoro babel's Temple af- £ Zr3L . 9 . aiu ji
ter the Captivity,, was built in a little above four years, from v . I2#
the fecond to the fixth of Darius. And Herod's Temple was Hag.ij.r©, i&,
built in a year and half, and all the Walls, Courts, and Cloy- J 9«
ffcers in eight more : as they themfelves well knew. Nay, if
Zorobabel's Temple had. been 46" years in building, yet was
not that an Argument that this Temple of Herod before
their eyes, (of which they undoubtedly fpeak) could not be
fooner erected. 'Tis therefore evident that the Jews do af*
firm here that at this Paffover Herod's Temple had been b-uilt
fi^ and forty years ; and fince this was a known matter of
fact within their own memory, and certainly the thing in the
World they were the moft exact about, their famous Tem-
ple 5 and fince they affign not a round and decimal, but a.
particu- :
! 4 4 A P° 0Yt view of the Harmony
particular and precife number, juft 46 years, they may be de-
pended upon as to the accuracy of it. If we -can therefore
find for certain when Herod's Temple or n««s was finifh'd :
(for of that alone the difcourfe was, not of the whole 'ues'
or the Cloyfters and Buildings on the Holy Ground,) we need
but count 46 years, and we come to the year of the Paffo-
ver before us. .Now this is plain in Jofephus, who (a) allures
us that the n«m« or Temple, was begun in the eighteenth year
of the Reign of Herod; (Which in fuch cafes he always
reckons from the death of Antigonus,) and that it continu'd
for a year and fix months, and then wasfinifh'd. Now from
thefe Circumftances we may certainly find the year we in-
Trop.ii.' -quire for. Antigoxus was (lain, as we fhall prove hereafter,
about July A. P.J. 4-677 • and fo Herod's eighteenth year
muft begin about July 4694, and continue till July 4695.
Let us fuppofe the Temple begun about the Feaft of Taber-
nacles in this eighteenth year, Ttfri 465)4. Add a year and fix
months, the fpace in which it was building, and it will appear to
have been finim'd at the PafTover, Nifan ^696. From this
PafTover let us count 46 years, and this will bring us to the
PafTover weinquirefor, Nifan 4741. which is A. D. 29. as was
to be demonftrated. 'Tistrue, our prefent Copies of (b) Jo-
fephus in another place afcribe this beginning of the building
of the Temple not to the eighteenth, but the fifteenth year of
Herod's Reign. Butthatmuftcertainlybeamiftake, becaufej^?-
fephus'm the place firft quoted faysexprefly thatthis was after fuch
• other Circumftances of Herod's Reign, as happen'dbyhis own
words (c) in the feventeenth, or beginning of the eighteenth
year of it, from the fame.'death of Antigonus.
(a) To-n pZv, «t» t?5 'Hfiu'ho (sot-aiXtMi yipvcr®' hteuffad, f*i& to? <&&etpn-
fjbiv»c nrgy!%&s, tgpy eu tb iv^iy l-mZtlXits, T N£ftv too ©sew A oumv xtcrt-
ottuaS^. [Aii£&> 7i r -sfefesAo)', Ken <7ifoi ity®" d%ioffft7nfu!&i> iyupjv. Antuq.l.iy.
C ' 14 "
Te*s 'isgtZffi iK «fe« to5 5»«e xxl tou? 'ttm c£e*G»>.8s i'Trfxy/^.Ttutro 4fe<
7uv& u^e^btiirsy trial* ij. rej' ft ymoS $\£ t 2 ugse/r oi^cfA/yf^ifT®^ ifiewnS
x%\ [i/r,oi» f u7ms o >mcc, tTshijfu^n £*(>£<;. Ibid.
(b) TlnTix.ttAd'iy.u.T a> pZy I'm t?s BanXtictf uuTp'yn T f«ee imox.t6ti.ai, x«<
*»» <afy ufcit Urfm%'ov& %>£«*>* De Bello. 1. x. c. i<5. (c) Antiq.l., if, c. 15.
of the four E<vangelifts. 145
t ■ " ■ -
XI. A Defiription or Enrolment of the Jews was
made juft before our Savior's birth : but the Tax
it fdf was not rais'd till the Banifhment of Ar-
chtlauS) when Cyrenius was Governor of Syria.
This I take to be the Importance of St. Luke's words,
which have hitherto afforded the greateft of all the difficul-
ties relating to the Cvangelical Hiftory, Afa «i imx*V* vteu-rn
*j4«S »y«/4$«*W©" t?c ZveJox Kv^fioo. This firfi Tax was /f-z/v'^Luk.ij.i.
when Cyrenius was Governor of Syria. The reafons of this
Interpretation are thefe following.
1. St. Luke* who had a little before mention d Herod as chap. i.e.
King of the jews, and who very well knew that our Savi-
or's birth happen'd under his Reign ; could not intend any other
Defcription or Enrolment here, than what was confident
with the freedom of the Jewi/b Nation at that time, and
done by the Authority of Herod their King: and (o could
not refer to the Taxation which about ten years afterward
the Roman Governor of Syria, Cyrenius made in Judea. The
Jews were indeed within the Dominions of the Roman Em-
pire at that time : but fo that they were permitted their free-
dom, and liv'd by their own Laws, under Herod, who was
fet over them as their King by the Romans: and to whom
alone the Nation of the Jews was immediately] fubjecT. So
that a Taxation by a Roman Prefident of Syria could not, in
all probability, be intended by St. Luke in this place.
2. Nay, 'tis farther evident that St. Luke very well knew
of the Time, Nature and Confequences of the Taxation un-
der Cyrenius. 'Tis well known from Jofephus, t that about
fifvj©- v3Tu Kaintg®*, drug \}zict2txos> ^nh[AYi<roffyj&' to v cv JZvq/u, x) T
' Agfa's fcWW^fy©- oZyv. Antiq. 1. 17. c. ult. in cake.
Awc«w5» £ a|g5 TmirZv ifouau.$, uTmr^ ym'4 , Turt uP&ti dfyu/ngklt [Alices fi»
<J*»J9«5> iid 2t»e/«f waft?* "JzriK.et4<mg<&', StxcuoSb'Ttis H thus oLztfaiXtfyj©"' *&4
■n/*>)7>-« t 3 icSi) yt*iiozf8ft&>. Ku7mytoi it Kurd nyxu&mib'zvrw, ittyw
T T©-
1 46 A Jhort <vie<w of the Harmony
ten years after our Saviors birth, Publius Sulpicius Ouirinius,
or Cyrenius was made Proficient of Syria: that upon the Ba-
nifhment of Archelaus, and the Reduction of Judea into a
Roman Province, he was fent to take an account of the Ef-
fects of Archelaus-, and at the fame time to make a Taxation
of the Country. That at this time he levy'd a Tax or Tri-
bute of the Jews : that this Tax, being the firffc inftance of
their Slavery to a Heathen Nation , was an occafion of
a great Sedition under Judas the Galilean, or Gaulonite: and
that it was not ealily levy'd, till by the perfuafion of their
High-Prieft, at laft they acquiefced. That St. Luke was very
well acquainted with all this, is evident in the Acts of the
Apoftles ; where he relates thefe words of Gamaliel to the
Aft. v*$6> 37. Jews. Before thefe days rofe up Theudas, boafting himfelf to
be fome body. To ivhom a number of men, about 400, joined
themfelves ; who was flain, and all, as many as obeyed him were
Jcattered and brought to nought. After this man rofe up Judas
of Galilee in the days of the Taxing, and drew away much people
after him: he alfo peri/lied ; and all, as many as obeyed him were
difperfed. Where he calls thefe the days -$ 'A™>?eec4>n f the
Taxing, by the very fame word he ufes in the place before
us -, and which is us'd no where elfe in the New Teftmaent. He
defcribes the Sedition of Judas of Galilee, agreeably to Jofephus ;
and which is the principal thing I aim at, he anigns the time
of this Taxing to be after the Infurredion by Theudas ; andfo
long after the birth of our Savior (for this Theudas himfelf ap-
pears not to have caus'd any difhirbance till the time of Ar-
^f'/^T' An " chelaus, when Herod was dead.) Froirt all which 'tis clear
' * 4 ° OI 'that St. Luke was well acquainted with the Time as well as
7-©" T iTTTrtuv l>yr,oif0jj(&', IvSumi rv[ \7n -7r£<nv Vbpvoict. Ux^.v Si «J K««
£««©- si's 7ijV 'lovSuiw 7r0g&fix-y>* I s £v&ixs ytve/S/ilw, ^roTt/Ayro '$$'<>% ts ctu-
7Z~V Tx\ XiTiXf, <£ ^JTjJiKTB^-® T«6 ' A^XcioV ^i)f^%' oi Si, XKlTTtg TO XXT
ap%zs, c* .Suvo) tyifitjrnc, th» t'srr rctTs binyeix-Vxtl eix.^xini', izmKXrtSmmv too
US "Sfhio* ovxvk^o% totzmt®- xutoos tov cCpgigiuc, 'latc^cigyv, Be»%3 St eyr©*
2«'oS iiv. K«« ei fofr'iiTliiyiiiTts tov 'l»>u£xgt)v T 2 \oyav, ci7ita(b»>» fig$[jbet&> fjuir
Sin i»h>ttcown<;. 'huShtt St TowXxvli*i$ «vjf , vx teiXtui o'toftp. TxpccXx, ~ZxS-
hvr.ov tpK&tPzeibv 7T^<rX»fHiQ»yofaf>®^, &m'/t'@ im banfatoj, ti'vtc ^mnj/tqo?* eu-
■fbt_ »»i0, n xvlix-evi SbvXucw iTnQigHr Xtpvrts, & I s fad/jt&luf W dvLxtyt
K y.K*toZm<i ii »$»&: L. 18. c.i. si initio.
the
of the four Evangelijls. 1 47
the Nature and Conferences of this Taxation under Cyrenius,
ten years after the birth of our Savior; and fo cannot befup-
pos'd to refer that to the Time rather preceding the fame.
5. If we nicely examine the words made ufe of, and the
circumftances attending thefe two different times of Enrol-
ment and Taxation ; we fliall find them, even according to St.
Lukes own accounts, intirely different from one another.
The words made ufe of in both cafes are, 'tis true, of the
fame Original: But by ufe (the great Rule and Standard of
the value of all words whatfoever,) appear to have a ve-
ry different importance in the New Teftament. The word
then us'd for the Defcriptivn at our Savior's Birth, is the Verb
'AmyyLfaftaf, and that us'd fdr the Taxation under Cyrenius is
the Noun 'Am^axpi. Now I think it may juftly be afferted
that in the times of the New Teftament Writers the Verb
'Amy&QofAai only fignify'd a Defcription or Enrolment, without
the leaft regard to any Tax or Levy of Money fucceeding it :
and that 'A?n>#*pi the Noun, fignify'd only that Tax or
Levy of Money, which fometimes follow 'd the former ; with-
out any direct relation to the faid Enrolment. That by Cu-
ftom the Noun of the fame Original with a Verb do's vary
in fignification from it, is moll: frequent in all Languages;
nay fometimes it recedes fo far from it, thatthe connection be-
tween them is hardly difcernible. rsoptifw is to meafure the
Earth: r»/*iT?i« is Geometry, or the Science which confifts of
the knowlege of Numbers and Figures. And he may be an
excellent Geometer who yet never actually, according to the
Derivation of the word, meafured one Acre of Ground. n«s-
OM7*X*^» is to Prepare, and fo llu&ax.^ a Preparation. But
as we fliall fee hereafter, this Jaft word by ufe came to fig-
nify only the day Preparatory to the Jeivifh Sabbath, or Fri-
day. Nay in EngUJh in the words directly appofite to this
matter, the Verb to Tax is oftentimes to Jay an Imputation,
while the Noun a Tax is a Levy of Money only. But Ex-
amples are endlefs> and every where to be met with; and
therefore I fhall not trouble the Reader with any more. This
therefore being fuppos'd that 'Asrvy&faopat might be refiraind to a
Defcriptionox Enrolment of a People; and 'Am%*Qn might de-
T 2 note
! 4 8 A fiort view of the Harmony
note the Tax it felf proportion'd to the former Account of
the Peoples Eftates : I come to (hew that in the cafes before
us it really 'was fo. The words 'AmygfrtSZ and 'Avny^xdl
are only us'd of that Enrolment at our Savior's birth, which
are the places in difpute ; and in the Epiftle to the Hebrews,
M*b,xij. where mention is made of the Firft-born written or enroled in
heaven 'Amytx*i*i8/!*y. Now as in the places in difpute there
is no hint of any thing more than an account of the People
to be inferred into the Records, or a bare Enrolment : fo'tis
certain that in this place of the Epiftle to the Hebrews no
more can be intended by it. And then as to the word 'A«b-
ie«<p* it is only us*d in this place before us. under debate, and
in that forequoted place of the Acts of the Apoftles. And
as this fenfe for a Tax or Levy of Money, in the former place
will go a great way to clear the chief Hiftorical Difficulty
in the Gofpels, if it be allowd : fo in the other place it un-
doubtedly denotes fuch a Taxation under Cyrenius, when the
hrft Levy of Money or Tribute was exacted by the Roman Go-
vernor of the Jewifi Nation; and fo will moft reafonablybe
interpreted to that fence every where in the fame Writer.
And as the Notation of the -words do's favor my Expofition;
fo do the Circumftances of each Description or Taxation them*
felves. For at the time of our Savior's Birth, Jojcph, a poor
Carpenter, was oblig'd to come to Bethlehem to the Enrolment
of his Family, when his Poverty would have privilege! him
from a Levy of Money j and when at the fame time All went
£uk.ij. 3. t0 y e £„ ro l'4 every one to his own City, without fcruple or re-
luctance : whereas the very firft name of a Tax or Tribute to
an Heathen Nation pafs'd with great difficulty; and appears in
the times following to have caus'd deep Refentments in the
minds of this Nation, even till their utter deftruction it felf;
which was in fome meafure occafion'd by it. So that at laft
it appears that both the proper Importance of the words,
and the Circumftances of things themfelves. confpire to
confirm the prefent Solution of this difficulty': and that the
Enrolment of the Jews was at our Savior's Birth, and the
Tax it felf not till fome years after, when Cyrenius "was Go-
vernor of Syria.
CorolL
of the four Evangelifts. 149
Coroll. 1 . Its therefore very probable that the Enrolment of
the Jews was made by Herod, at the requeft of Auguftus, fome
time after the fecond general Cenfus or Taxation of his Empire.
'Tts certain from the Roman Hi/lories, that Auguftus took an
Account of his Empire t thrice : the firft time was long before ;
the third long after our Savior's Nativity. But the fecond,
according to an ancient Fragment of an Infcription, * when
Cenforinus and Afinius were Confuls; about four years before Marmor Ao-
the Birth of Chrift. On which account ; conjidering what has cyrmuva.
been before advane'd about the Taxation under Cyrenius many
years afterwards, 'tis 3 I thinks mofi reafonable to believe that
fome time after the fecond Cenfus of Auguftus (which tho' it
began four years fooner, yet might not be finijh'd long before the
Birth of our Savior) Herod the King of the Jews was requi-
red or requefted by him to get him a like exalt Account of the
Jewifti Nation, as he had already attain d of the reft of the Ro-
man Empire : which he did accordingly : and that this was the
Enrolment mentioned at the time of the Nativity before us.
Coroll. 2. Hence we may alfo difcern the reafon of St,
Luke'* Exprejfwn-y this firft Tax was levy'd A'J-n, » 'Am?ex<pl,
<x%utk iyivivv. Becaufe this was the firft Tax in Judea (which was
but then redue'd into a Roman Province, and fo not before lia-
ble to Foreign Taxations:) and becaufe <* fecond followed after-
ward. Of the three Cenfus of Auguflus the firft did not at. all
reach Judea ; and fo his fecond and third Cenfus were the firft
and fecond relating to that Nation, as St. Luke'/ words im
ply.
f Auguftus cenfum Populi ter egit. primum ac tertiura cum collega, me-
dium iolus. Su?ton. Auguji. c. x-j. in cake.
* Nuper luftrum feci (legi) Cenforum — Sinio- Cofs- hoc eft, Lipfio ju-
dice, Cenforino & Afmio Confulibus. A. P. J. 4706. Vid. Lamy. Apparat.
p. 79. &. Lydiat. Defenf. Emendat. Temp. p. ff.
T 5 XII.
i 5 o A Jhort e vie'X) of the Harmony
Xll. Herod the King of the Jew s s> dy'd upon the
feventh day of the .Month Cafleu- or the ijth of
November y A. T J. 4710. Three years and above
a month before the Ckriftian <iy£ra.
Becaufe the principal Character of the time of our Savi-
Matt.ij. 1. or's Birth, is this, that he was born in the days of Herod the King :
before we can fix the time of the birth of the one, we mufr.
rirft ftate that of the death of the other; which mall be done
in the following Obfervations laid together.
1. 'Tis certain that in a round number Herod reign'd 3.7
years from his firft obtaining the Kingdom at Rome; and 34
years from the (laughter of his PredecefTor Antigonus, the
Jaft of the Race of the Maccabees. This is exprefly aflerted
hy Jofephus (a) as to both its parts in two feveral places, with-
out any variation : and fo has never admitted of any difpute.
z. Herod was declar'd King by the Senate at Rome> a little
before the beginning of the 185^ Olympiad, about the mid-
dle of July, A. P. J. 4674. That it was no fooner will
be own'd by all, and that it was no later is evident by the Ar-
guments following. 1. Jofephus (b) do's not only confine
us to this year of the Jultan Period, by the names of the
Confuls, but to that part of it before the full Moon next fol-
lowing the Summer Solftice, by the number of the Olympi-
ad 184 : whereas at that full Moon the 185^ Olympiad be-
gan. 2. This happen'd juft upon the Reconciliation of Obla-
xsn 'Pa/npuM "bcnfo'htxta iir-& £ itutys^- Antiq. 1. 17. C. 10.
tyvfet,, U<P i 2$ -Jsj* 'P»{{Kia» a,7nh(^Jyi fio>.<nXil$ i7r?& y&j i^td^s^. De Bel -
lo. 1. 1. cult.
(b) Koci o (ftp aoruq t^v fictinXiictv 7mgc/,Xoifb%,u,i{ ' 7v^ti» cwt!)s s7ri I s p'
£ ir ycy $■' i\viAt7nx'£&'' \zsa-nuovT©* Tedit AoftHin JLoihQiVlt li huit^t,
•suti rain 'kciriv Ua^ar®^. Antiq. 1. 14. c. l6.
of the fair Evangtlifts. 151
vim and Anthony," at Brttndujium ; which was about the time vi ' d - SeNe M^'
here fpecify'd, as we learn from the Roman Hiftorians. 3 • rf r ^A- tali
Herod began his journey to Rome ("which (c) was done with
the utmoft expedition poffiblc, even th.ro' the violence of ve-
ry ftarmy Weather,; Juft about the Feati of Pentccofi, or Jofepb. Antiq,
near 40 days before the 185^ Olympiad began. And becaufe 1. 14.0.24. &
he might reach to Rome (d) in lefs than a months time, not- De Bello. h 1.
withftanding his hindrance at Rhodes; and becaufe he was made c "'
King (e) in lefs than a week after he came thither; It will
certainly follow that he obtain'd the Kingdom at the very
time here mention'd. 4. Herod was return'd back again into Antiq. 1. 14.
Judea. fome confiderable time before Winter; and therefore c - *7- DeBello.
muff have receiv'd the Kingdom about the middle of Sum-*;. 1 - ? li ' r
mer, as is here afferted. 5. His Predeceflbr Antigonm, who ^.DeNata-
was fet up by the Parthians this Spring, fome time before li Chrifti, c. 2 n
Herod fet outfor Rome, reign'd (f) three years and three months
before Jerufalem was taken by Sofim and Herod; which un-
der the next Obfervation we fball prove was towards the end
of June, A. P. J. 4677. So that Herod's obtaining the
Kingdom, as here we have flated it, three or four months af-
ter the beginning of Antigonm's reign, will exactly account
for this Character in Jofephus alfo. And indeed had it been
(c) Tlfimq f*fy%i ffyfw* teurov cxrn -iihvifyi ti<, 'TwfJtiw Im^f^ev, %i(jtiutvoS7z
iW^, yjy t xx& 7>j\ 'l§»A«w ci m&xy x) mixu m>»d faxv/Afiav. Antiq.
1. 14. c. 25-.
*©" xzTtSeitm.c,, [btm robs xxQ ttjV 'ti&Xicw %ev£*<>> ini 'Yay>r)$ iVrhi- De
Bell. 1. 1. c. 11.
(d) Quod autem folidum duntaxat menfem unum Navigationi Herodis ex
Italia in Palaeftinam concedere poflimus, locupletem vadem habemus Palla-
dium, Cap. ic2. ubi narrat Melaniam Cxfarea Romam venifle intra viginti
dies. Vide infuper Plinium in proocmio Lib. 19, ubi quofdam.refert qui ex
Italia in AEgyptum pervenere inter fex , feptem aut novem dies. Senefchall.
De Natali Chrijli. c. 21.
(e) 'AXb' 'oU <£ £V.^ 7»~5 to<w(5 «/*s^s«; vm.( > %%iv ouitzS Tv%vlt T et/JV
afotrhy.ijtjzvmv timtfyit &*. v~<; 'i&xictf. fofepb. Antiq. 1. 14. C 26.
if) Tx ' hg/.f&isXis £t vtev 'A»Zcj9»oi/ xt/ni^m* fixeihix' TStx oi stjj XjTPhV
pjiirctf aehu%f, T>v%y locncc re yjy 'Hf dh^ i%fvn>Xtopxqmi> i 'Kmiti®* $i «.*£.-
Mr &(, r\v 'Atlifytcw &ixy£$fo. Antjq.l. 20, C. 8.
eon*
1 5 2. A jloort i'/Vt-u of £&£ Harmony
• ■ ■ •
confder'd that //r>W might let out from Judea at Pentecofi,
and be at Rome a week or fortnight before the iS^thOljmpiadbe-
gan,no doubt would ever have been made of this date of his reign.
3. Jerujalem was taken by Sojius and Herod, and Antigo-
nm thereupon flain about the end of June, A. P. J. ^6-jj.
This fee end date of Herod's reign is demonftrated by the Cha-
racters following. 1. This time affords us three years and
three months llnce the beginning of Antiaonus's reign, agree-
ably to the Teftimony of Jofephus belore-mention'd. 2. At
this Siege of Jerufalem there was a great (g) fcarcity of Pro-
vifions on account of the Sabbatical year. Now that fcarci-
ty could not be till after the time of Harveft of the Sabbatical
year; and therefore not till after Pentecoft, the end of Corn-
Harveft in Judea: for till the want of a Crop affli&ed the
Nation, it could not be the poorer for the Sabbatical year,
but the richer, by the faving that Seed which on all other
years they fow'd, and for the prefent loft the advantage of
it. 3. The Sabbatical year (which yet lafted no longer than
the beginning of Autumn) was not (h) over till a conlidera-
ble time after the City was taken. 4. The Siege began in
the third year (i) of the reign of Herod, as foon as the rigor
of Winter was over; and lafted fivef^J months, till the
heat of Summer. 5. The (I) City was taken pn the day of
(g ) K«c< Ai(Jt/u ■ncXett7m^4f»fu (c 1 tortlvH T imr^iiuy ' Ts* y> i&h/ngutxX*
hicwnv frtwtZn k*& itcuiiv eivetf. Antiq. 1. 14. C. 28-
*J y> tots, £ tarugtiv & cmu»h tw yr,v x7ni^g<iif^Sev stir »{&?¥. Antiq.
L if. c. 1.
(/)K«i tt (6*y, XHkuv £7Tt%t, fiutys nxtv ct v £ 1 5TJ 'l£g$<rcAt»/{$* n (Sst<n\iu$ ffCf.-
£«'. Antiq. 1. 14* c. 27.
Txhncioi ^u^ynhueruj -3 s WA£»s. T&%» J* tu>To -n>SS tr©- h» i% » (l«.r.Xiuc,
ii 'Pvpy ^wJs'JWx^ Ibid.
(b) Qzgat; it y> »v, y.eu evJtv ipTTDotiv 0f *i rtjv [%*fi,xTui] tiveifxezv ' #r'
$cn § tit^ys, xt Zin r t'p?*£6{vp'ci)». Ibid. C. 28.
17»Tf (&r,<n &wtyyMv tw wrAwf xi«*- De Bello, 1. 1. c. 1 3.
- (/) T*f§ to ?m%<; cniyt?*) Trj'Ue<)OT>XvF/jff vniA<iv7n<.TtuovT®' iv'Vupy Metpx.!f'A-
ye/zz-XK, yma K«*jjy*r«»*> t7ri I s girt o*vf/j7ncc£c<;, xtf "/ f*W t£ iepTvj •£ wStS-
Mi' aazi£ v*. ■tS&'K ovrnc, $ y.vopfyvs im I\t>f*7n)i* raft "l*<We<s avpQogfi;, x«yi
Vzs' cv.uva r^dCry itlXumt *>f**f*' (Jtji(&*Tiii r.t^. Antiq. 1. 14. c. ult.
a
of the four EvangeUJis. 153
a folcmn Faff, in the third month, the very fame day where-
on it had, within 27 years, been before taken by Pompey ; i.e.
on the 23^ of Sivan, the Annual Faft for the defection and
Idolatry of Jeroboam. All which evident Characters do con-
cur to determin the exact time of the taking of Jeru/alem,
and of what prefently fucceeded it, the flaying of Antigo-
uus, beyond any rational exception. Dio indeed, the Roman
Hiftorian, places it in the year (m) before. But either he
refers to the preparation for the Siege, or elk he muft be
miftaken. So many undoubted Characters in Jofephus, who
on purpofe wrote the Hiftory, being infinitely preferable to the
general affirmation of a foreign, remote and unconcern'd Hi-
ftorian. Tho* this Chronological Character of Dio was here to
be obferv'd, as being the only Authentic one that is, I think,
fuperfeded by me in this whole Harmony.
4. Having now obtain'd the length of Herod's reign in
round numbers, and the exact dates of the two Epochas whence
'tis deriv'd, we muft thence inquire the time of his Death,
and that as near as poflible to 37 years from the former, and
to 34 from the latter commencement of it: /'. e. as near as
poffibly to July, A. P. J. 471 1.
But becaufe Jofephus no where fets down any redundant
or deficient months in the reign of Herod, we muft fearch for
fome other Characters of the punctual time of his death :
yet fo that we confine our felves between 35 and 38
years after the former; and between 33 and 35 years after the
latter dater date of his reign before-mentiond ; that is, be-
tween July, A. P. J. 4710, and July, 4712.
6. Seeing therefore we are now confin'd to the fpace of
two years, and feeing the Cuftom of Jofephus inclines us to
believe there were deficient, rather than redundant months ; fee-
it^ withal there was an Eclipfe of the Moon the fame («) night
(m) 'Ex.eii>x<; $j £» 'HgeSfy ml 6 'Avnon®^ *e%w iyrcrft^f' r e^' 'A»7J-
immvfy) x] pini &tb x) UrirQet\t* ' Im fS/u H tsuti KA<W/» TtZrt N*>f£«-
vx T0u$ ovtus tyivtfo. Lib. 49.
mtv %Kcw<n %£rfeti m x) v) <n\*im $t t£ eury ti/K-n iijXmr. Antiq. 1. 17. c. 8.
U that
ij4 A flatt view of the Harmony
that Herod burnt feveral of the learned Jews alive, fomecon-
fiderable time before his death; which tvjalhble Character
happen'd March 13, 4710; and feeing Jaftly, that his death
Antiq.l.i7» happen'd not many months before the PafTover; which things
c. 10, are evident in Jofephus : Upon all thefe acconts compar'd to-
gether, we muft certainly look for the death of Herod about
the latter end of the belore-mention'd year 4710, or the be-
ginning of the next 471 1.
6. Since therefore we are now upon undoubted Authori-
ties confin'd in our inquiries to a few months ; and fince
within that fpace we find in the ancient Jewifo (0) Account
of their Feafte and Fads, as well as their prefent Calendars,
the feventh day of the month Cajleu, (at that time falling
upon Novemb. 25.) recorded for an Anniverfary Holy-day,
hecaufe on that day Herod the King dy'd; we have fufficient
reafon on all accounts to acquiefce in it : and accordingly to
fix his death to the 25/6 of November, A. P. J. 4710, as
was at firft to be demonlTrated. All which reafonings will
be confirm'd by the Observations following.
7. Since the chief difficulty here is, that neither of the
numbers of 37 or 34 are complete, and that it feems more
reafonable to delay his death a few months longer, that fo we
may come nearer their completion, and the next PalTover :
This Objection is fully taken off, and we are fecur'd that /ft-
rod did not live to the beginning of the year 471 1, by the
exprefs Teftimonies of (p) Jofephus and (q) Dio, compar'd
(0) odd Dn*-rn rat? cv 2113 dv iSo.t.3 nyatto
Septima dies in menfe Caflcu feftiva eft, quoniam ea mortuus Herodes,
qui odioprolequeb^tur iapicntes — Eft etiam laetitia coram ipib Deo cumim-
probi toiluntur e mundo. Apud Lamy. Appa r at. Cfoonoly. 73.
(p) 'latn'mv MccrSixe fiuntevo&s ^ffrXui tb &*#&*' ?°f e ph< De Vita
fnamprincip. Vid etiam. Antiq.l. 17. c. ult. & de Bello.l.z.c. 6.
(q) ''On 'Hgvfos i n«A«-«wo« eutl'tui^ Tivd ^ t tlhx<pS» X«&u* \xs\% 'Aa-
sit*? xzztgve/l&v), xal tv pig®- t 2 'A-effi e & r *$ i^f*30t»)J.j. [M. iEmiiio Le-
pldo> L. Arruntio Cofs.] Dio. 1. f f.
together,
of the four Evangelijis. 1 $ $
together. For Archelaus, the Succeffor to Herod in Judea,
reign'd fomewhat above o years before his BaniiTiment, as
Jofephus allures us. And yet his Banishment happen'd in
the year 471Q, as Dio affirms; which two Teflimoniescom-
pard together, are full evidence that Herod could not live
longer than the prefent Proportion do's allow.
8. The fame time of the death of Herod is confirm.d alfo
by Jofephus s own account of the Banimment of ArchelaHt*
which he fixes about the beginning of the (r) $jth year after
the Victory at Aclittm. Now this ^jtb year in our Accounts
began about three months before that time which we allow
by the prefent flaring of the death of Herod; and fo within a
due latitude do's certainly confirm it to us.
9. The fame time is ftill more exactly eftabliuVd by Jo-
fephurs own Account alfo of the years of Philips (f) uirche-
laus's Half-brother, the Tetrarch of Galilee; who obtaining
his Tetrarchy upon the death of Herod, enjoy d it 37 yean,
together, and dy d in the twentieth year of Tiberius : which
was over, Augnfi v) % 4747, that is but ^6\ after the death of
Herod, according to the prefent Computation, So that as the
former Obfervation will not allow us to anticipate the death
of Herod ; fo will not the prefent permit us to poflpone it ;
and taken together, they do both moft firmly eftablifh the
punctual time above fpecify'd.
XIII. Zacharias the Father of John the Baptift
was in his Miniftration at the Temple, and the
Baptift was conceiv'd the beginning of Septem-
ber A. T. J. 47 op.
vim vfiet» vzro Kcdaxg&'> Antiq. 1. i8# C. 3
(/) Ten & KXtQlXizriniJ 'tifiuhv H fo xfoxJpo^-nXdjTX T /Slcv, e/jyoraf (d/>s»teuj~
mil rauXcwi-n}®* *«v i£ Sx&vtuw sSrovs ofls ovvkfa Antiq. 1. 18* C. 6.
U 2 This
^(j A Jhort <vie<w of the Harmony
This Propofition, on which the time of the year for the
Nativity of Chrift do's very much depend, is prov'd by the
following Obfervations laid together.
i. The Priefts ever fince the time of David, both before
and after the Babylonifo Captivity, were divided into 24 Courfes
to attend the Service of the Temple in their turns. This is
Chr n xxiv. tne ex P re ^ s account of t ne Sacred Hiftory, and doubted of
by none.
2. Every one of thefe Courfes Miniflxed their week from
iKingsxj.7. Sabbath to Sabbath. This is very probable from the Scri-
2 Chron. xxiij. pture, and the conftant Tradition of the Jews: But certain
4j from the exprefs Teftimony of Jofephm, an unexceptionable
Witnefs; he being of the firft Order of them himfelf. His
Antiq.l. 7. c words are concerning David, An-m^i 31 pi<w tot?(«» aJ^veJc^ ?A
*]' _ <®tJ ini ipiyH ox.™ ^n 'Zu&Sdiw Im sJSSc&t, He ordain d that each
E end f Tempt Courfe jhould Minifter to God eight days from one Sabbath to an-
adCalcem O. other. The meaning of which Expreflion feems to be this,
peris. that each Courfe {laid eight days at the Temple : but becaufe
thereby each Sabbath had a double Courfe, that which went
out, not leaving till the Sabbath was over : and that which
came in, entring when it began, therefore the fucceffion of
every Courfe was weekly, and accounted ftill from Sabbath to
Sabbath.
3 . The Order and Series of all thefe Courfes was fix'd by
David, and by confequence there is no manner of reafon to
fufpeft any alteration in the fame afterwards. Nay, if it
fhould be allow'd that only fome of the original Families or
Ltghtfott Hor. Courfes return'd again after the Babylonifi Captivity, as the. Jews
Heb.inL.uk. j. generally fuppofe ; yet becaufe they aflure us at the fame time
** that thofe that did return were divided into 24 Courfes, by
the former Names, we have no reafon to fufpect any altera-
tion in their known Order fTrft eitablifh'd in the days of
David.
4. Thefe Courfes which were fometimes interupted before,
scalig.vbih- were never interrupted after the reftauration of them by Ju-
? ra " das Maccabtus, upon the Profanation of the Temple by An-
tiochus Epiphanes, till their final determination at the Siege of
Jtrafalem by Titus. So that if we can tell any one week for
the
of the four Evangelifls. i 5 7
the Miniftration of any one Courfe in this Interval of years,
we may eafily find the Series of all the Courfes for every
{ingle year of the fpace before-mention'd.
5. 'Xis highly probable, as the great Scaliger well argues, Uoi fupYa.
that Judas Maccabaus, when he reftor'd the daily Sacrifice,
and afrefh appointed the Courfes of the Priefts, would begin
thofe Courfes with the firft Family, and fo permit them ever
after to go on in their Order, especially when himfelf and
his Family were of the fame Courfe alfo. Since therefore the
firft Sabbath after the Reftitution of the daily Sacrifice was iMaccab.i;. 1
Novemb. 29, A. P. J. 4549. by a Computation from that
day we may probably find the time of each Courfe till the de-
finition or Jerufalem by Titus ; and accordingly on Calcu- Scdig. ubi fil-
iation it appears that by this method, the firft Courfe which wasF^ 2 -^-
of Joiarib was to conclude its Miniftration on the Sabbath day ^^\ sS.
Aug.^. A. P. J. 4783. which is A. D. 70. the very day of the j\
fetting fire to the Temple.
6. As we have by this very probable method fixt the order
of the Courfes from their reftoration by the Maccabees : fo
if we can find any Hiftorical Evidence that will confirm the
fame, we may look upon this Order as pretty certain, and ve-
ty fecurely depend upon it. Now this Hiftorical Evidence
we really have in the cafe. Forthe Jeivijb famous Chronicle Seder Olam
informs usthat on the ninth day of the month Ab y or Augufl ^ x £
the fourth before-mention'd, when the Temple was fet on fire, Apparat.Par.r.
it was the Courfe of Joiarib) agreeably to the former Com- Cap. 8. Sedt. 7*
putation. 'Tis true, there was a deficiency of the- Priefts
within the Temple on the feventeenth day of the foregoing jofephus De
month Tamuz., three weeks before, and from that time the Bello. 1. 7.0,4,
daily Sacrifice feems to have ceas'd, by the account of Jo-
fephus himfelf. The Jews are not infenfibleofthis ; butnote that
for the day of the ceafing of the dailySaerifice in their ownCalen-
dars. But then this might very well be, and yet notice might be
taken alfo into which Courfe of the Priefts, had they been
continu'd, fo fatal a Deftrudion did fall, as we find it is in
the Chronicle before cited. And fince this Hiftorical evi-
dence of the matter of fad; do's fo exactly agree with the
foimer very probable Calculation from the' firft Courfe in the
U 3 days
i j 8 A Jhort view of the Harmony
days of the Maccabees, which has not been hitherto obfer-
ved by any, we may, I think, rely upon the Order fo dif-
cover'd with great fecurity. [Efpecially in cafe the time of
our Savior's birth, to be hereafter ftated on other foundations
alfo, agrees to the fame Computation, as we fhall fee it
do's very exactly under the ntxt Proposition.]
7. Since therefore by the Series of the Families juft now
1 Chron. xxiv. ftated the Courfe of Abiah which was the eighth in order,
10. and to which Zacharias the Father of the Baptifi did belong,
Luk.j. j*. was i n i t s Miniftration at the Temple, the beginning of Sep-
tember A. P. J. 4709, the year of the Conception of the
Baptifi, we may conclude that the Baptifi was conceiv'd at the
fame time as was to be demonftrated.
Coroll. Since the Baptift was conceiv d the beginning of Sep-
tember, our Savior was born about the latter end of October
the next year. For as fo'on as Elizabeth had conceit) 'd the Bap-
Luk.i. 14. x/.tift, fhe hid her felf five Jewifi months: and immediately af*>
*■&- ward, in the beginning of the fix th month, the blejfed Virgin con-
ceiv d our Savior : i. e. about the end of January A. P. J.
47 1 o ; and nine months afterwards, he was bom about the lat-
ter end of October the fame year*
XIV. Our Savior was born about a month before
the death of Herod.
This Propofition is prov'd by the following Arguments.
r. This time for the Birth of our Savior fo near to the
Death of Herod, is moft agreeable to the ancient Opinion of
the Church, which beginning the Chrifiian e^£ra not till a-
bove three years after the Death of Herod, as we now
find, is the moft exactly comply'd with, byfuppofing the Na-
tivity as little backward as we can beforeit. And indeed, fince the
only reafon for the removing the Nativity backward from the
beginning of the Chrifiian zy£ra, which before was thought
to commence from it, was that Chrift, according to the ex-
Matt, ij. i. prefs Teftimony of Scripture, might be born before the
death of Herod ; it feems moft reafonable to place it as little
backward as poifible : and fo as here, not above a month be-
fore it. i»St.
of the four Evangclijls. ic 9
2. St. Luke connecls the 30 years of Chrifi's age with the Luk.iij, i, 2J>
fifteenth year of Tiberius: which is Co mucn the nearer cxact-
nefs by how much our Savior's birth is plac'd nearer to the
death of Herod: and if it be plac'd very Jong before, it will
take away any exact coincidence at all. Which is a ftrong
reafon to believe the Nativity very little prior to the death of
Herod.
3. The Circumftances in St. Afattkew'sGofpzl between the Matt.ij.i-. it-
Nativity and the Death of Herod; of the coming of the
Wife-men ; of the confutation at Jerufalem ; of the Wife-
mens going to Bethlehem; of their return home another way;
and of the (laughter of the Infants, do at firft. fight appear to
be quick and fudden, and within a few weeks after the Na-
tivity : and by none would have been thought to require a
long fpace of time, had not other Opinions and Prejudices
oblig'd them to do fo.
4. St. Matthew affures us, that the firft Journey to JVazut-
reth after the Nativity , was not till after the afcent out of
Egypt alfo. St. Luke aflures us, that the fame Journey to Na-
zareth was immediately after the Purification, or 40 days af-
ter the Nativity. Whence it plainly follows that 40 days
after the Nativity, Herod had been dead {o long at leaft as
the Journey from Egypt to Jerufalem did require : accord-
ing to the ftating of this matter in the prefent Proposition,
St. Mathew's words are, But when Herod was dead J^-Matt.ij.io.&cT
feph arofe and took^ the young child and his mother, and came
into the land of Jjrael. But when he heard that Archelaus did
reign in Judea in the room of his father Herod 3 he was afraid to
go thither. Notwihflanding being warned of God in a dream,
he turned ajide, or return a, 'Att^nnv into the parts of Galilee.
And he came and dwelt in a city called Nazareth, &c. St.
Luke's words are, When they had performed all things about the L u ••
Purification, according to the law of the Lord; they returned ' '
into Galilee to their own city Nazareth. The reconciling of
which two places has hitherto exercis'd the skill of the mod
learned Commentators without fuccefs. Whereas in truth
there is no manner of occafion for any reconcilement at all,.
nor
\to A fiort view of the Harmony
nor in our prefent ftating of thefe matters, the leaft appear-
ance of contradi&ion between them.
5. This is wonderfully confirm'd by the Circumftances of
Herod, juft before his death, and by the words of Auguftus,
concerning his Barbarity to his Children, recorded by Ma-
crobius. It appears by Jofephtts, that Herod was in a ftrange
fury and rage a few days before his death ; that five days be-
fore it he commanded his Son Antipater to be (lain ; that at
the fame time he chang'd his Will, and difpos'd of his King-
dom to his other Sons, according as he had obtain'd power
from Auguftus. At which point of time both his barbarous
Fury, and the fecurity of that Succeflion he was eftablifhing
by his Will, make it moft probable, that he fought the life
of the young King of the Jews ; and fo murder'd the In-
fants at Bethlehem in order to it. And as the Circumftances of
Herod do make it probable that he flew the Infants a few
days before his death, about the very fame time that he flew
his Son Antipater : So the words of Auguftus, recorded by
Macrobius, do fully demonftrate the fame, who aflures us tha't
* t When Auguftus heard that among the Infants, under two
' years of age, which Herod had commanded to be flain in
'-Syria, his own Son was alfo flain, he faid, 'Tis better to be
'Herod'* Hog than his Son, Whence it appears that the fame
Poft that brought the news of the murder of the Son, brought
alfo that of the murder of the Infants: and fo occafion'd
them to be join'd together in this reply of Augufius. Which
being fuppos'd, and that, as Jofephus * allures us, Antipater
was flain but five days before the death of Herod, we may
conclude, that the murder of the Infants, and defcent into £-
gypt to. avoid it, was within a few days of the death of He-
rod, and by the former particular about a week or fort-
t Cum audiiflet Auguftus inter pueros quos in Syria Herodes Rex Judx-
orum intra bimatum jurfit interfki filium quoque ejus occifum, ait, Melius
ejl Herodis Pertutn effe- quam filium. Saturnal. 1. 2. c. 4.
* Teu/fo . <xfct%,a{ tubigct TreftjTrlvi pbt6' ' A.rr>7nt.i%M K7nr{ r I fa, nXdral.
,Antiq.l. 1 7. c. 10. via. De Eello, 1. 1. c. 11.
night
of the four Evangelijls. 1 6 1
night before the Purification. So that the Nativity muff, have
been about a month before the death of Herod, as was to be
demonftrated.
6. And that the Purification was not over when our Sa-
vior was in Egypt, and the Infants (lain, is evident by He-
rod's intire ignorance of the time of Chrift's birth when he
flew the Infants. He fent the Magi to inquire the time of
the Nativity; and when they did not return to inform him, Matt. ij. 7, 8,
he was fo ignorant of it, that he flew all under two years of 16.
age, from the very firft appearance of the Star, to be fecure
of not miffing the young King of the Jews. Now if this
flaughter had been defer'd till after the Purification was over,
that was fo public a thing, and attended with fuch public
Circumftances af the Temple, that it was not poffible fori/<?-Lyk.ij. 31-39*
rod to have been ignorant of it, nor confequently of the Na-
tivity 40 days before it.
Coroll. i. Since therefore the fourteen months after the Con-
ception of John the Baptift, the beginning of September, A. P. J.
4.705? . do oblige us to fix the Nativity of Chrift about the end
of October 4710. Since withal the month before the death
of Herod (which was Novemb. 25, the fame year,) directs us
to the latter end of October alfo. Andjince, laftly, the mofi
ancient Tradition of the Chriflian Church has fixt this Nativity
to the i<$th day of the month; we may at lafi reafonably con-
clude that our Savior was born October r/^ i^th, A. P.J.
4710. three years, two months, and feven days before the begin-
ning of the Chriftian JKvz ; which was to be demonftrated.
Scholium. Since it has beeen a very ancient and conftant
Cuftom in the Church to Celebrate the. Anniverfary of our Sa-
vior's Nativity upon the 25^ of December, we muft here give
fome account why we do not acquiefce in that as the true day
of his Birth, but place it two months before it. Now that
I may give what fatisfaction I am able in this matter, I iliall
firft mew that the keeping the Anniverfary of our Savior's
Birth on the z^th of December, do's not necelTarily imply
either the knowlege or belief that the fame day was the exact
time of the Nativity it felf. I ihall mew fecondly, that fup-
pofing the ancient Church did look on that as the very day
X of
l6z A Jhort view of the Harmony
of the Nativity, they were certainly miftaken therein. Laft-
ly ) Upon the fame fuppofition I jfhall fhew what might in
probability be the occafion of fuch their miftake. i. The
fixing the Anniverfary of our Savior's Birth upon the i^tb of
December-, do's not neceflarily imply either the knowlege or be-
lief that the fame day was the exact time of the Nativity.
For not to alledg here that the ancient Chriftians, tho' they had
been wholly ignorant of the time of the year of our Savior's
Nativity, yet among the reft of the Holy Days which they
appointed in Commemoration of him and his Apoftles, to be
fure would not omit one in memory of his Birth : In which
cafe the time of this Anniverfary would be no argument for
the true time of the Nativity it felf. Not, I fay, to alledg
this, I mail rather rely upon an uncommon Obfervation which I
had from a very great Man, viz,. That the Chriftian Holy-days,
or Solemn Commemorations of our Savior and. his Apoftles,
and of thofe remarkable for their relation to him feem to have
been firft fixt by the Chriftian Church not on the days of
their Births or Deaths, or the like, of which generally they
were wholly ignorant, but on the Sun's entrance into Signs :
efpecially thofe which were the Equinox and Solftice days :
and on fuch other days as were noted among the Heathens, and
were days of Riot and Idolatry. That fo thofe pernicious
Solemnities of the Heathen Worfhip, and remains of the Hea-
then Superftition might by degrees be fupplanted and worn
off by the Holy and Spiritual Solemnities of the Chriftian
Religion. Thus, becaufe the Sun's ingrefs into Signs in our Sa-
vior's time generally happen'd on the 14th or 2$th days of
each month, we have -upon nine or ten of our months a Chri-
ftian Holy-day on one of thofe days : even tho' there be com-
monly fcarce another in the whole month. Thus in order to
the fame defign, the BaptiJFs Conception and Birth areplac'd
at juft the diftance of half a year, or fix months before the
Conception and Birth of our Savior; without, nay againft
fcuk.j. 24, 26. the Teftimony of the Scripture, which allows but little above
five months between them: and they are fo difpos'd as to
fall upon the beginning of the four Seafonsofthe year. Thus
St, Philip and St. James are commemorated May 1, becaufe
the
of the four Evangelifts. 163
the Floralia. a Heathen and Idolatrous Solemnity was on the
fame day before. And thus to wear out the thoughts of the
Heathen Saturnalia, and of the entrance into the Winter-
quarter, which were then near one another, the wifdom of
the Primitive Church thought fit to obferve the Annual Me-
morial of our Savior's Birth about the fame time : and or-
dain'd alfo that to make it the more folemn, the Death of St.
Stephen the firit Martyr, of St. John the beloved, and in pro- See Dr. Hum-
bability, the firft Difciple; and of the Holy Innocents, the mniJJoh.j.
firft, who dy'd on our Savior's account, fhould all be com- Noteg *
memorated on the days immediately fucceeding. Whereas no
body, I fuppofe, do's believe that thefe three days la ft menti-
on'd are the very fame on which the Accidents then remem-
bred did really happen. Which Obfervation fuppos'd, we
may very fitly folemnize the Nativity of our Lord on the
ijth of December, according to the very ancient and general.
Cuftom of the Church, without believing our felves, orfup-
pofing that the Primitive Chriftians did believe that to
have been the very day of the Nativity it felf,
But 2. I fhall now fhew that fuppofing the ancient Church
did look on the 15th of December, as the very day of the
Nativity, they were certainly miftaken therein. For i.They
were fo far from having any Authentic Accounts of the time
of the Birth of Chrifl, of his Baptifm, the number of his
public Paflbvers, or the time of his Death : that 'tis well
known they generally were miftaken feveral years in every
one of thofe Particulars. Upon which Accounts we have lit-
tle reafon to rely upon their Opinion, fuppofing they had
flxt the Nativity of our Savior to the i^th of December. A
Witnefs who generally gives us a miftaken Information as to
whole years, will hardiy deferve great credit when he pre-
tends to be fo punctual as to affign the months and days alfo.
2. A great foundation of this Opinion iscertainly falfe, viz,.
That Zachanas was the High-Prieft, and that therefore his See &/</<?» of
Son the Baptifi was Conceiv'd about the middlcof Tifri, af-^dayof
ter his Father's Miniftration on the great day of Atonement ; C
and therefore our Savior at the beginning of the Spring fol
re been a grea* foundation o
X 2, this
v«y,c.f.
lowing. This is known to have been a grea* foundation of
1 64 A Jhort view of the Harmony
this Opinion among the Ancients ; and 'tis now univerfally
own'd to be a falfe one, and therefore gives juft caufetofuf-
pect the Opinion it felf which is founded on it. 3. This
Luk. ij. 1, Scc.^ 1116 °f tne y car was un ^ t f° r t ' ie Traveling of the Jews to
the Enrolment, and for the Shepherds watching their Flocks by
night, as well as for the Lying-in of the bleffed Virgin in a
Stable: which Circumftances we all know did accompany the
Birth of our Savior. 4. This time of the year was a month
after the death of Herod: whereas 'tis not only certain that
Matt.ij. it our Savior was born before it; but in all probability juft a-
bout a month before it, as we have above prov'd. So that
we muft yield that our Savior could not be born at the time
when we Commemorate his Birth, but about two months be-
fore it. For as to that Opinion, which the moft Learned
have hitherto embrac'd , that what time of the year foevef
Herod dy'd, our Savior was born on the ijth of December ^ be-
fore it; 'tis fo difagreeable to the Evangelical Hiftory, fo
perplexes us in the feveral fucceeding Notes of Time in the
Gofpels, and renders the Harmony of the Evangelifts fo dif-
ficult to be rightly ftated, as any one upon tryal will certainly
find, that I cannot but reject it, as one of the greateft occa-
fions of our mifunderftanding the Hiftory of our Savior's
Life and Actions of all other whatfoever. If it could be
prov'd that Herod was alive till the latter end of January,
A. P. J. 471 1. it were poflible to agree with this Opini-
on. But becaufe upon full evidence, we have prov'd that he
frop.ii. dy'd the November before ; this Opinion, however com-
mon or unqueftion'd, muft certainly be falfe; and the other
above ftated, within a due latitude, as certainly true. 3. I
fhall now (hew how it might come to pafs that the Primitive
Chriftians did miftake in this matter, fuppofmg them to have
done fo, viz,. By confounding the nominal tenth month or
December-) with the real tenth month or Oftober. Letusfup-
pofe an original Tradition that our Savior was born on the
z$tb day of the tenth month; that is on the ijtb day of
October. (For that month now is, and then was the real tenth
month of the Julian year, which obtain'd over the Roman.
Empire before the birth of our Savior.) Yet how eafy was it to
redner
of - the four Eijangelijis. i c 5
render the tenth month by December ; which now Jignifies the
tenth month, and was really fo when the names of the months
were given them long before ? And from fo eafy a mi flake
as this, 'tis very poifible that the moft ancient Tradition
of the Church, which at firft truly fixt the Nativity to the
25/^rof Otlober, might be fuppos'd to fix it to the fame day
of December.
Coroll. 2. Hence we may ft Me the particular times for -the fc-
veral Hiftories about our Savior s Birth more exactly than for-
merly. Thus the firft appearance of the. Star to the Wife-men
•was at or before the Conception of John the Baptift : the mo-
tion of it towards [udea a little before the Birth of (Thrift.
The coming of the Wife-men to Jerufalem a little after it: their
journey to Bethlehem within a few days more: their offering
their Prefents foon after the Circumcijion : their return home a-
bout a week^ afterward : Herod's flay for their return about a
week^ more : his rage at their difappointing him in a few days more :
the warning to Joleph to flee into Egypt immediately after. By
which time, near a month was over fine e the Nativity ■, and the
blejfed Virgin fit to undertake a journey. Accordingly foe and
her Husband, and the joung Child flee towards Egypt by night ,
about the eighteenth or nineteenth of November : the journey was
about 60 or 70 Miles, or of three days, or four at the moft.
So that they might be in Egypt by the 2$d, a day or two af-
ter the flaughter of the Infants : they might flay there four days
till the zjth, and they might return from thence to J udea and
Jerufalem in four days more ; and fo by the firft of December
arrive at the Temple, and on the completion of the 40 days De-
cember the third, were ready to perform all that was requird
for the Purification ; and thence to go on their journey to Nazareth,
according as the admonition of the Angel did require.
Coroll. 3. Hence we fee the reafonablenefs of fuppofing the
Purification to have been in the return from Egypt to Galilee.
For fine e Jerufalem lay exactly in this Road, and fine e there was,
no danger from Archelaus, who was not at Jerufalem, but at
Jericho, taking care of his Fathers Funeral, and his own Sue- Antlu. I.17. c.
ceffion, as is plain from Jcfephus ; and fine e the time of the Pu- \o. &DeBeU
rificat ion falls fo naturally at the time of their return from E-lo>l- i.e. :u
x 3 gyp r ;
\6C A JJoort <vie<w of the Harmo?iy
gypt; all the fe Circumflances do perfua.de us that no time can Jo
fitly be pitch 'd upon for the Purification as that before us in this
Propojition.
Coroll. 4. Hence we alfo underfiand the full meaning of
Matt. ij. ao. the Angel 's words to Jofeph in Egypt, For They are dead
that fought the young child's life : whereas we find no other
mention d in the Gofpel but Herod alone. But if we confider
the falfe , cruel, and ambitious Temper of Antipater, and
his endeavors to fupplant all that hindred his way to the King-
Antiq. 1. 17. c. dom, in Jofephus, we JJmll not at allwonder thatHe fought the
3, &c. 8c Dc [jfg f the young King of the Jews, as well as his Father Herod.
Bello, l.i.c.20. ~4 n d fince his Father and he were both dead in the compafs of
five days time, and after the departure of Jofeph for Egypt,
we Ji hall not need to wonder that his Father and he are join'd to-
gether by the Angel; and fo They, in the Plural Number-, are
faid to be dead that fought the young child's life.
Coroll. 5. Hence we alfo fee how agreeable this very port
flay in Egypt is to the Evangelical Hijtory. St. Matthew af-
fures us that 'twas part of the Revelation of the Angel, that
Matt.ij. ic. t h e y were d eac J w hich fought the young child's life. It
fcems fo very few days had pafs'djince the death of Herod, that
at leaf his death was not yet known upon the Borders of Egypt
where Jofeph was: otherwife he had flood in no need of a Re-
velation for it. And this is farther mofl fully confirm 'd by his
Matt.ij. 2 1,22. ignorance of the fucceffion of Archelaus, /;// he was inform d of
it at his entring the land of Ifrael, in his return back^from thence
afterwards.
Coroll. 6. Hence we may alfo obferve fome little hint even
in St. Matthew, (who do's not exprefly take notice of it) that Jo-
feph and his Wife had formerly Itv'd in Galilee, as we find it in
particular in St. Luke'j Gojpel. For when Jofeph, being encou-
raged by the Angel, obferv'd that Judea only, and not Galilee,
was under Archelaus s Jurifditlion; and fo upon the Divine Ad-
' monition refoh'd to go for Galilee : 'Tts thus exprefs'd by St.
Mar.ij.12. Matthew •AFf^'p'wW' he return'd into the parts of Galilee, for
that is the proper rendring of this word, (tho' it be fometimes of
a fomewhat different Importance in the New TefiamentJ and is
V, ix, 13. us din the fame Chapter of the departure or returning of the
Wife-
of the four EvattgeB/ls. \c-j
Wife-men , to their own countrey again: which feems to me a,
kind of intimation that he had Itv'd in Galilee before his comma Luk.j. i6, ?6.
to Bethlehem to the Enrolment of his Family there, as we /^z/eandij.4.
a particular account in St. Luke's Go/pel.
Coroll. 7. Hence we may learn to corretl the common JEra.
or Year of our Lord, viz. We muft add three years, two months,
and a week^ to the common Account, if we would have the true
number from the birth of our Savior till our own times. Thus
this year 1701, till the ijth of October is the ijo^th, and af-
ter that the ijo^thjince the Nativity of our Savior ; and in the
fame manner for all other years of the Chriftian iEra whatfo-
ever.
Coroll. 8. Hence we may obferve with how little reafon the
/laughter of the Infants, and the death of Herod have been de-
layed by many Expojitors for an intire two years /pace after the
Nativity, viz. becaufe the /laughter extended to all, 'A™ cJWy ?
xui wTwn?a, from two years old and under, as if thefe two
years related to the time of the Nativity : whereas they moft clear-
ly regard only the firft appearance of the Star to the wife-men
long before. St. Matthew's words are, Then Herod, when he had Matt. ij. 7.
privily called the wife-men, inquired of them diligently what
time the Star appeared. And afterward, Then Herod V. 16.
flew all the children from two years old and under, ac-
cording to the time which he had diligently inquired of the
wife-men. Which are too plain to need any further Expoji-
tion.
Coroll. 9. Hence we fee the exatlnefs of that moft ancient
And venerable divi/ion of the Periods of the World, which is ftil'd
the Tradition of the houfe of Elias; and its puntlual agreement
with the time of the coming of Chrift : t 2000 years Empti-
nefs, 2000 years the Law, and 2000 years the Days of the
jMe/fias. Or } as I fuppofe it was originally defign d, 2000 years
nwn ma*
Vid. Burnetittm Thzor. 1. 3. c. 5-. & Lxmy Apparat, Chronolog. Part. 2.
£. 3. £&. 6.
Emptinefs
! £ g ^ y^r/ - wou of ?/?£ Harmony
Emptincfs before Abraham, who receivd thepromifeoftheMef-
fias ; 2000 years the preparation to the coming of the Mef.
fias, of which the Law took^ up the main part : and zooo years
more the days of the Meflias, poffibly before the happy Millen-
Vid. Uffer. An- nlum ' For as Abraham was born A. M. 2008, very nearly
naiad A.M. accordingly to this divif on : fo by the prefent Account Chrift
icoS. was born tn the beginning of A. M. 4001, juft after the com-
pletion of the two j ormer Periods. Which fo very ancient and re-
markable a Monument of the Jews before the Birth of Chrift,
ought to perfuade them that Jefus of Nazareth, who was born
at the punctual time of their old expectations, is the true Mef-
fias, by whom alone they can be fav'd.
XV. The Genealogy in St. Matthew is that of Jo~
fephy the Husband of the Virgin Mary -, and is
his Natural Pedigree from 'David, by his Son
Solomon.
That this is the Genealogy of Jofeph is granted by all,
Matt.;. 16. ar ,d i s exprefly afferted at the conclufion of it, Jacob begat
Jofeph, the husband of Mary , of whom was born Jefus
which is called Chrtfi. That this is a Natural Genealogy, and
not a bare Legal Succeffion, is thus prov'd.
1. The nature of a Genealogy among the Jews demon-
frrates this, which certainly was ever look'd upon not as a
bare Lift of Perfons fucceeding in the fame Office, but aRe-
gifter of Fathers and Sons deriv'd down by Generation in the
fame Line .
2. The generality of Perfons concern'd are allow'd by all
to have been truly Father and Son fucceffively; and whatiuf-
ficient Reafons there can be to fuppofe it otherwife in the
V a. reft, I cannot imagin. Abraham begat Jfaac, and Ifaac be-
gat Jacob, and Jacob begat Judah and his Brethren. Here
is undoubtedly a Catalogue of Fathers and Sons by defcent,
V. 12, 13. and no .manner of Succeffion to the fime Office. Jeconias
begat Salathiel, and Salathiel begat Zorobabel, and Zorobabel
begat Abiud. Why thcfe fhould not equally be efteem'd
Fathers
of the four Evangelijls. i c^
Fathers and Sons, when the cafe and words are the very
fame, I know not.
3 . The word here us'd all along "Eytm*s Begat, fignifies a
Natural Derivation, and can never be ftrain'd to imply a bare
fuccellion only : neitherdid ever any good Author ufe itin fo odd
an acceptation j and if we fhould in any other cafe find it fo
expounded, we fhould certainly efteem the Expofition not on-
ly falfe, but ridiculous.
4. The cafe of Jeconias is an evident inftance fufficientto
overturn fuch an Hypothecs; for his Succeflbr was his Uncle
Zedekias, and his Son was Salathiel, as the Old Teftament
informs us. Yet we fee 'tis not faid Jeconias begat Zedekias, iChron. in. 1
as it ought otherv/ife to have been ; but Jeconias begat Salathiel,zs
the plain import of words, and reafon of things did require.
Coroll. 1. Jeconias, whofe fuppos'd want of Children is the
only inftance in this Genealogy which can incline us to. believe it any
where a bare fucceffwn, did truly Beget Salathiel. This is not
only ajferted by St. Matthew, but is evident in the Old Tefta- iChr.iij. 17.
ment Hiftory. 'Tts true, God pronoune'd his doom thus by the ■
Prophet Jeremy, Write ye this man childlefs, or defolate,
But fure thofe who collect from hence that he had really no chil-
dren, never read the whole Period. Hear the words at large,
and believe Jeconias to have had no Children if you can. Is y er xxi - lg
this man Coniah a defpifed broken idol? Is he a veifel where- 2o,*2o.
in is no pleafure ? Wherefore are they caft out, he, and his
feed? and are caft into a land which they know not ? O
Earth, Earth, Earth, Hear the word of the Lord !
Thus faith the Lord, Write ye this man childlefs, a man that
fhall not profper in his days: fornomanof his y?^ mall pro f-
per fitting upon the throne of David, and ruling with royal
authority any more in Judah. So that 'tis hence evident that
tho here the Royal Power was for ever to go out of the Line of
Jeconias; and his Children were to be no comforts to him, as if
he were indeed depriv'd of them ; yet that undoubtedly he had
Children, and that they -were to be carry d into Captivity
flip).
Coroll. 2. Zorobabel was the true and proper Son of Sala-
thiel, . and not the Son of his Brother Pedaiah. 'Tis true, m
Y the ■
lyo AJhort <vienju of the Harmony
iOiron.iij. the Chronicles Jeconias is faid to Beget Salathiel and Pedaiah,
17,18,19. and Pedaiah to beget Zorobabel. Whence 'tis commonly fup-
pos'd that Salathiel dying without Children of his own; his Bro-
ther Pedaiah tool^ hts Wife, and raisd up Seed to him, and
that in this fence only Salathiel is faid to have begot Zoroba-
Ezraiij. 2. and be]^ Yet becaufe 1. Zorobabel/'; every where elfe in the Old
v.z.Nehfcm. ar j New Tefiamcnt Jlil'd the Son of Salathiel, and not of Re*
W^'x'xt & ' jdaiah : becaufe 2. Salathiel might have a Son of the fame name
with the Son of his Brother Pedaiah, as is very ufual: becaufe
z . no other inftance in this whole Genealogy can be JJjcwn, but
•what is a truly natural Generation : and becaufe 4. the Alex-
andrian MS. even in this place of the Chronicles, fays that not
Pedaiah, but Salathiel was the Father of Zorobabel, accord-
ing to all the other places wherein they are mention d: for all
thefe reafons I fay, it may ftill juftly be fuppos'd that the courfe
of natural Generation -was no more interrupted in this than in
the other fieps of the Genealogy before us, and fo that Zoroba-
bel was truly and properly the Son of Salathiel.
Coroll. 3. Since this is the only Genealogy of Jofeph extant,
as we Jhall fee hereafter ; and fincejofeph, by the exprefs words
of Scripture, as well as his Enrolment at Bethlehem, wasun-
Luk.ii.4. doubtedly of the houfe and linage of David, there can be no
juft ground to believe this any other than his Natural Pedigree
by the Line of Solomon from David ; as it appears to be at the
Jirft fi?ht to every unprejudicd Reader.
Coroll. 4. Since in this Natural Pedigree there is not one
certain infiance of any Legal Generation, (by the raifing up of
Seed to a Brother) we have no fufficient foundation to believe
Jofeph any otherwife begotten by Jacob, than every Son in the
whole Genealogy bejides, was begotten by the -preceding Per fin ;
and fo all the reafon in the world to affrm Jacob to have been
his proper and only Father by Natural Procreation.
Coroll. 5. Hence we may fee the main defiyn of this Gene-
Matt.i. 1. a tyy in tSt ' Matthew. 'Tis true, it is in a lower fence a Ge-
nealogy of Jefus, the Son of her who was the Wife of Jo-
feph : becauje it (l)ews the number of Generations from Abra-
ham to Jefus, and it pews that in a legal fence, where the Family
oftheMother was not confidefdat all, Jefus was the Son o/David;
and
of the four Evangelifls
l 7*
and it alfo JJieivs that all the Legal Right's of the eldejl Son of a
Family from David, was invefied in Jefus alfo. But then all
thefe rejpecTs do not bring it up to the nature of a true Gene-
alogy of Jefus, nor at all prove him the Son of David tn
that fence, in which the Scripture had promised, and the Jews
expelled the Meifias to be jo ; and therefore I cannot cjhem
that as the main dejign of this Genealogy. If we loo^ into
one jingle Verfe in St. John, we jhall fee the true reafons of this
and the other Genealogy of our Savior, correfpondmg to the
two great Characters of the true Meilias. In the dijpute the
Jews had one with another, whether Jefus was the true Mef-
lias or not, thofe who deny it, infijt upon the want, as they
imagin'd, of thofe two difiinguijJjing marks which both the Scrt-
pture and the Jews expectations requird. Hath not the Scri-J0h.vij.41.
pture faid that'Chrift coifieth of the feed of David, and out
of the town of Bethlehem, where David was? Whence we
fee that whoever claim'd to be the Meffias, mujl be able to
prove two things, i . That he was truly of the Seed of Da-
vid ; and i*. That he ivas really born at Bethlehem, the Ci-
ty of David. And both thefe Characters are own'd by all
Chriftians to be necejfary in this^cafe. Now, I fay, the two
Genealogies of our Savior were principally dejign d to demon-
flrate that Jefus of Nazareth had an undoubted claim to them
both : and 'tis a little firange that all Commentators jhould
refrain both the Genealogies to one of thefe Characters,
when thereby the other, which was equally necejfary to be fe-
cur'd, had no particular provijion made for it. That St-.
Luke'* Genealogy is a demonjlration of the latter Character,
viz. that Jefus" was the fon of David, we jhall jhew hereaf-
ter: and to prove that the fame Jefus was born at Bethlehem
is. I thinly, the main defign of St. Matthew in his Genealo-
gy. When our Savior firjl preach'd and wrought Miracles,
he was then above 3 o years old, and had liv'd jo long at
Nazareth in Galilee, that he was by the Jews univerfally ta- Matt. xxj. 1 r>
ken for a Galilean by Birth, as well as Habitation; as we J<> h > j.46,47.
find in fever al places of the Evangelical Hijlory. It was there- Mar - X1 v. 7°*
r rr r 1 r -j a • n u 1 Luk.xxn. to.
fore as necejfary that fome certain demonjtration Jhould be pro- '*
dtte'd that this Jefus of Nazareth in Galilee, was born at
Y 2 Bethlehem
! 7 2. A Jhort <vie<w of the Harmony
Bethlehem in Judea;' as that he dcnv'd his Pedigree from,
David. . And according as we JJjall find hereafter that St. Luke' s
Genealogy proves the latter, fo do's that before us in St. Mat-
thew the former Characler of the Melius. It was a thing
known by every body in the time of ChrifKf Aiinifiry that
there had been an Enrolment of the Jews, a little above 30
- years before: and that then every one had been obligd to go
to the places of their own Tribe and Family, and that accord-
ingly all thofe of the Tribe of Judah had gone to Judea, and
all thofe of the family of David, to the City of David, which
was Bethlehem. So that if it could be demonjirated that
Jofeph the Husband of the Virgin Mary, was of the Tribe
of Judah, and Family of David, there would then remain no
doubt of their having been at Bethlehem when Jefus was
bom ', fince his -Age, and the Delivery at that time, and pro-
bably the new-born Child himfelf were eajlly to be found in
the Public Records of that Enrolment there. So that at lafb.
a Genealogy of the Line of Jofeph was as proper and neceffa-
ry to prove this Characler ifiic of the Meffias, that JefuS was born at
Bethlehem; as a Genealogy of the Line of Mary, that he
was really the Son of Davicl. And that St. Matthew did
principally regard this, we may collecl from the nee effity there
was that the Meffias JJjould be born at Bethlehem, moft par-
ticularly taken notice of by him, and by no other of the Evan-
gelifts : which will deferve our careful conji deration. For as
foon as he had given an account of the Genealogy and Nativity
Matt. ij. 1, Sec. in hisfirfi Chapter , he begins thefecond thus ; Now when Jefus was
' born in Bethlehem of Judea, in the days of Herod the King,
behold there came wife-men from the eaft to Jerufalem : in-
quiring where the Meffias was to be born. IJpon which, the.
Sanhedrin meet, and agree that he was to be born in Bethle-
hem of Judea. For thus, fay they, It is written by the Pro^
phct, And thou. Bethlehem in the land of Judah art not the
leaffc among the Princes of Judah ; for out of thee fhall come
a Governor that fhall rule my people Ifrael. From whence it
appears that the great queflion with which St. Matthew wai.
coficern'Mt was not of what Linage, but in what place the
Meffias ,
• of the four Evangelifls. ■ 175
Meflias was to be born: and accordingly 'tis mofl reafonable
to looh^ upon that as the principal end of his Genealogy.
Coroll. 6. Here we may obferve the nature of this Genea-
logy in particular, viz. u4 divifion of the whole fpace between
Aoraham and Chrift into three great Periods. The firft from
Abraham to David, before the Regal Government. Tlje fe-
cond from David to the Babyionifn Captivity, under«r/?<? Re-
gal Government. The third fro'ti^ the Captivity to Chrift, af-
ter the Regal Government, till tm^Lays of the MeiTias.
Coroll. 7. Hence we may conjecture at the reafon.
of the omifiion of four Perfons in the fecond Period, viz.
Of Ahaziah, Joafh and Amaziah, after Joram • and of Je-
hoiakim after Jofiah. That thefe Perfons are omitted, the
Old Teftament Hiftory do's ajjure us: and Jince the firft o/iChron.iii.
thefe Periods had fourteen Perfons, and the laft p.ojjibly had al- 10, Sec-
fo juft fourteen Perfons, it pleas'd either the Evangelifl, (or
rather had pleas'd the Jews in that Genealogy from ivhence
St. Matthew tranferib'd his,) to leave out a few names in
the fecond Period, and fo to reduce every one of them for the
advantage of Adcmory, to the fame* equal number of fourteen
Generations,, which, Jince it made no alteration in the main de-
Jign, was not to be lookjd on as of any great confequence one
way or other.
Coroll. 8. The original complete number defigrid by thefe
three fourteens, if there had been no particular interruption of
them, was no more than 40 Generations. This Objervation,-
tho' very obvious, has been hitherto neglected', and caus'd great
difficulties to no purpofe. Thrice fourteen is q.2, if they -were
all feparate, and not join'd Jo that the laft of one Series were
the firft of the 'next. But thrice fourteen where each Series is
linked together in one common per/on, is but 40., as every one
muft acknowlege. Now that the fourteen Generations were de-
figrid here inclufively, fo that the laft of the one was alfo the.
firft of the ether, is certain from the firft Period, which is out
of dtjpute, and fo the meafure of the reft. From Abraham to Matt ; ,j^
David fourteen Generations, by including the two extremes :
From David to the carrying away into captivity fourteen ge-
nerations, Where it ought to be incluftve alfo ; for Dwidisex*.
Y 3 prefiy
*74
Afiort view of the Harmony
prefly the firfi of this, as well as the lafi of the former Series.
So that the number from Abraham to Chrift inclu/ively, muft
have been 40, if no particular interruption had happen d in the
cafe.
Coroll. 9. But Jince the Series from David is not to a Per-
fon, but an Epocha, the Captivity: and fo the lafi Perfon be-
fore, and the firfi Perfon afte*it are different, (on account of
liffion of him, in whofectme ithapperi d :) The complete num-
Bfr 'tis not in St. Matthew ft
the
her here defan'd, is 41.
vid to Jojfias, or Jeconias/ but to the Captivity (which -was
from Da-
viu 10 jujuas., or icujinasj vni iu luc v^jajju vilv [ivmirj w
chr.ml Prop. unc i er Jehoiakim , the Perfon omitted between them, as has be
prov'd elfewhere,) fourteen Generations : and 'tis not afterward
from Jolias, or Jeconias, but from the Captivity to Chrift
fourteen Generations. All which will be very plain from the
Table following.
1 Abraham
1
1 David
1 Jeconias
28
2 Ifaac
2
2 Solomon
15
2 Salathiel
29
3 Jacob
5
3 Rehoboam
\6
3 Zorobabel
3°
4 Judah
4
4 Abiah
*7
4 Abiud
3 1
5 Pharez
5
5 Afa-
18
5 Eliakim
3*
6 Ezron
6
6 Jehofaphat
19
6 Azor
•35
7 Aram
7
7 [or am
20
7 Sadoc
34
8 Aminadab
S
8 Ozias
21
8 Achim
35
5> Naafhon
9
9 jotham
22
9 Eliud
3*
10 Salmon
10
10 Ahaz
2 3
10 Eleazer
37
11 Bocz
ii
1 1 Ezekias
2 4
1 1 MattJhan
38
12 Obed
12
12 ManafTes
2 5
12 Jacob
39
13 Jefie
'3
1 3 Amon
16
i3jofeph-]Vlary
40
14 David
r 4
14 Joiias
2 -7
14 Jefus Chrift
4 1
Coroll. 10. There is therefore no want of any perfon in the
prefcnt Copies, nor the leaf occafion for any various Readings to
tnal^e up any defccl in them. Since this Genealogical Table ap-
pears the very fame in its numbers knd difpoftion that it was ori-
ginally defign'd for.
Coroll. 11. Nor is there any occafion for waking the former
Jfeconias, who is the Son or Grand-fan of Jofias, different from
him
of the four Evangelifts* . ijc
■ i - ..
him who is the Father of Saiathiel ', for confiderinir the two for-
mer Corollaries, this -will but perplex, inflead of clearing the
Genealogy.
CoroJl. 12. There is no need of receding from the propriety of
the Original, as to the time of the Birth of -Jeconias, l™ 1 s pi-
WKtw'tus Bx€vx£v&'. About the Captivity of Babylon. Forje-
conias and his Brethren mufl certainly be born about that time,
which was in the fourth year of their Father [ehoiakimV
Reign.
XVI. The Genealogy recorded by St. Luke, is that
of our Savior himfelf by the Bleflfed Virgin.
The Reafons of this Affertion follow.
i. Any real Genealogy of our Savior himfelf who was
born of a Virgin, muft needs be that of the fame Virgin
his Mother. Now fince St. Luke profeffes to give us the
Genealogy of Chrifl himfelf (Jefus himfelf was about ^o yearsLvk.u). s£.
of age when he began his miniftry, being, as. was fuppos'd, the
fin of Jofeph, of Heli, &c.) We have great reafon to believe
that it is by the Blefled Virgin, who was his only Parent in
this World. 'Tis true, there is a Genealogy in St. Matthew
relating to our Bleffed Savior, which is not by his Mother,
as we have feen above. But then, as we have there lhew'd,
that Genealogy was of another nature, and to another end.
Nay, what is peculiarly conliderable, at the concluiion of it-
it appears not to be the Genealogy of Jefus himfelf, in a
proper fence, but only of his Mother's Husband ; and foisno
Objection in the prefent cafe. St. Matthew's words are 3^- Matt. j. \6.
cob begat Jofeph the husband of Alary, «<P' fa of which Mary
was born Jefus, which is caUed Chrifl. So that nowithftand-
ing, for other good reafons confider'd already, St. Matthew
gives us a Genealogy of Jofeph, the only putative Father of
Chrifl-. yet St. Luke, who allures us that his is that of Chrifl
himfelf, muft be fuppos'd to mean the Genealogy of his
true Mother, z. Any other Pedigree of our Savior than that
by his Mother, would not have avail'd at all to the proor of
his being the Son of David, the true MeJJias. The Jews al-
ways,
I7 £ A Jhort view of the Harmony
ways, and with good reafon expected a Mejfias truly of the
Pofterity of David ; and if any one who pretended to that
Title, could not prove himfelf of that Family, he was whol-
ly to be rejected by them. Whence it is highly reafonable
to believe that thi-s Genealogy of our Savior was defign'd
to prove him the Son of David, and by confequence that his
true Mother was of the fame Family. Otherwife he had ex-
pos'd himfelf to the Contempt and Derillon of the Jews,
for proving fo laborioufly a point almoft wholly foreign to
his purpofe, and their expectations.
3. St. Luke is of all others the leafl: to be fufpected of wa-
ving the true and and natural Line of our Savior, becaufe
himfelf records the fulleft Declaration in the whole Bible,
of the neceflity of our Savior's derivation from the Loins of
David, in the moft proper and full fence imaginable. 'Tis
in St. Peters famous Sermon on the day of Pentecofi. The
kft.ij.30. words are, David being a prophet, knew that God had [-worn
with an oath to him, that of the fruit of his loins, according to
the flcflj, he would raife up Chrifi to fit on his throne. If we
duly confider fuch a Declaration as this, recorded by St.
Luke, 'tis hardly pofnble to fuppofe that himfelf mould omit
the real Pedigree by Mary, and only give us a fecond puta-
tive one by her Husband Jofeph.
4. The Jews in the frrft times of the Gofpel, never que-
ftron'd the truth of our Lord's being of the Tribe of Ju-
SeeHeb.vij, ^^ anc } Houfe of David: otherwife they would have urg'd
L *' the contrary as an invincible Argument againft his Pretenti-
ons to be their Meffias. Now if the Genealogy of oiir Sa-
vior himfelf was fo evident among the Jews, 'tis not to befuppof-
ed that it mould be wholly omitted by all the Evangelifts, and
yet two Genealogies or his reputed Father be fet down there fo
very particularly, as on the other fuppofition we find they are.
5. 'Tis allow'd by all that- the Pedigree of Heli in St.
Luke is dcriv'd from Nathan the Son of David ; and all
the difpute is whether Jofeph was the Son, crMary the
daughter of Hcli. Now none can be fo unexceptionable, ei-
ther Witnefles or Judges in this cafe, as the ancient Jews,
*JpeciaIIy if their TeiTimony be directly contrary to
their
0/ rfe four Evangelifls. jjj
their own Caufe, and Intereft. If Jty^ were the Son of
Heli, they might lay it very hard to us to prove that Jefus
was truly the Son of Davids as indeed they frequently do at
this day. But if Mary the true Mother of Jefus, was the
Daughter of Heli, they yield us the main point; for then we
can mew them every ftep of the defcent of Jefus from Da-
vid, nay, from Abraham and Adam alfo, extracted out of
their own Tables of Genealogy. Yet we mall prove that the
Authors of the Jerufalem Talmud, above 1200 years ago,
openly call Mary, the daughter of Heli, as a thing common-
ly known among them. The Paflage is this, Tranflated by
an unexceptionable Perfon. There is, fays Dr. Lightfoot, in Hor<e Heb. ia
the Jerufalem Talmud a difcourfe of a certain Perfon -who in /7/V Luc.iij.z3.
Sleep faw thepunifjment of the Damned. Among the refi he t faw
Mary the Daughter of Heli among the .Shades. Rabbi Lazar
Ben Jofah faith, That pe hung by the Glandules of her Breafls.
Rabbi Jcfah Bar Haninah, faith, That the great Bar of Hell-
Gates hung at her Ear, Which exactnefs of both names Ma-
ry the Daughter of Heli, and the bitter Reflections on her,
fo ufual with them towards the Mother of Jefus, make it
more than probable that the BlefTed Virgin is meant by them ;
and if fo, we have the cafe determin'd by the moit unexcep-
tionable WitnefTes or Judges in the world, and the Genea-
logy of St. Luke is undoubtedly prov'd to be that of the
Bleffed Virgin.
Coroll. 1. Hence we learn the meaning of St. Luke'j words,
which have hitherto occafiond all the difficulty in this matter.
'i»otjV> ? 'ha*, tS MotlJur, &c. viz,. That jefus himfelf was a-
bout 30 yearsofage when he began his Miniflry, being, aswas
fuppos'd, the fon of Jofeph, but indeed of Heli, of Matthat,
^ -ion nov 13 "i?y < 9 1 d^-jo 'by ma E3HO NOn
itynm NT* "i»n wjn p hdv i NV t f»a wto xn^n
nm*o j?»p cD^nun
Talmud Hierofol. Chagigah. Fol yj. 4.
Z &c.
I7 g A Jhort wiew of the Harmony
Ore. i. e. Tho' he was fuppos d the Son of Jofeph, yet was he
really (by his A/other, Heli'jr Daughter) the Son or Grandfon of
Heli, the Son of Matthat, ere. or elfe thus, being, aswasfup-
pos'd, the Son of Jofeph, 7vho was the Son of Heli (by the Mar-
riage of his Daughter) who was the Son of Matthat, &c. In
which Paraphrafes it mufi be own'd that the confirutlion of St.
Luke is not fo clear and natural as 'tis generally in other places,
and as St. Mathew'i is upon the like occafion. But that one of
them is his true fence, and that Mary was the Daughter, and
not Jofeph theSonofWzXx, lfballfhew in the following particulars.
i. I f jail prove that Jofeph was the Son of another, and not
of Heli. 2. That Mary was not only the Daughter of Heli,
but publicly known to be fo. 3. That very good reafons may be
given v;hy the name of Mary was omitted, tho' her Genealogy
was defcribed. 4. That the words will bear the fence here put
upon them. 1. Jofeph was the Son of another, and not of\\t-
Matt.j.16. li. This St. Matthew exprefly affures us of; Jacob begat Jo-
feph the husband of Mary, of whom was born Jefus which
is called Chrift. And as to the Legal Generation, whereon the
death of a Perfon without Children, the next of Kin was to
raife up Seed to his Brother or Relation, whereby a Perfon might
have two Fathers, the one Legal, and the other Natural, (which
is the only evafion here,) it can have no place in theprefent cafe.
For 'tis next to impoffible that Jacob, of the Family of Solo-
mon, pould be next of Kin to Eli, of the Family of Nathan,
after the interval and difiinclion of a thoufand years. So that
this Affertion of St. Matthew is decretory, and in a manner de-
monftrates the certainty of the prefent CoroUary. 2. Mary was
not only the Daughter of Heli, but publicity known to be fo.
This is a clear conference of the Quotation out of the Jerufa-
lem Talmud before, where we find above 400 years after our
Savior, an ownd and public Tradition among the Jews, that
the Blejfed Virgin Mary was the Daughter of Heli, according
to the prefent Expofition of the Tefiimony of St. Luke in the Ge-
nealogy before us. 3 . Very good Reafons may be given why the,
name of Mary was omitted, tho' her Genealogy was defcrib'd in
this place. For f nee the Jews never had the names of Women in
their Genealogies ; Jince St. Luke was to add no names to that
Gc~
of the four Evangelifls. i y o
Genealogical Table he tranfcrib'd ; and Jince whth St. Luke
■wrote 'twas iv ell known that the Mother of Jcfus was the Daugh-
ter of Heli, : >Tis not, on theft accounts very firange that her
name jhould be omitted, even where her Pedigree was defrib'd
by the Evangel if. 4. The words will bear the fence here put
upon them. For if our Savior be fupposd to be here call'd the
Son of Heli, as many believe, tho he was his Grandfon, in
firttlnefs of fpeech, this is fo ufual in Scripture, and in degrees
far more remote alfo, that it can be no mighty difficulty in the
prefent cafe. But if Jofeph be here fiil'd the Son of Heli,
when he was in reality but his Son-in-law ; this will not be
%vithout good authority in the phrafe of Scripture neither. For
as tn a Parallel cafe Daughters-in-law are fiil'd Daughters by
the word as properly denoting own Daughters, as the word be* Gen.xxxvij. ]
fore us denotes an own Son, fcveral times in the OldTefiament : IO - If-
fo in this peculiar cafe before us may Jofeph, the Son-in- Rut "J- ll * lx +
law of Heli, be properly enough fiil'd his Son by the Evangelift 1 *'
in the prefent Genealogy.
XVII. St. Luke's Genealogy by the Bleflfed Virgin.
is intirely different from St. Matthew's by Jo-
feph, from the days of T>avid.
That St. Luke's Genealogy is deriv'd from Nathan, and
St. Matthew's from Solomon, two different Sons of King Z>rf-Luk.iij. 31.
vid, is evident in their refpe&ive Gofpels, and is not quefti- Matt. j. 6, 7.
on'd by any. That thefe Families continu'd diftinct till the
BabylomfJo Captivity, is alike evident, and granted by all :
that therefore they then were not united, but did ftill con-
tinue diftinft, is what I am oblig'd to prove in this place ;
which I fhall do by the following Arguments.
1. There was no occafion for the union of thefe Families.
For fince the Meffiah was only promis'd to be of the Seed
of David, but not of Solomon-, and fince this promife wase-
qually fulfilled by his defcent from David by his Son Nathan,
as it would have been if he had defcended from him by his
Son of Solomon, there is no reafon to fuppofe that the
Z 2 Line
j 8 o A Jhort <view of the Harmony
Line of the blefTed Virgin, or the Pofterity of Nathan in St.
Luke, muft intermix with the Line of Jofeph, or the Pofte-
ritv of Solomon in St. Matthew, as they had regard to the
Genealogy of our Savior, with which alone we are at pre-
fent concern'd.
2. There is no way agreeably to the Laws and Cuftomsof
the Jews, by which thefe two Families could be united.
For as to the Union by the Legal method above-mention'd ;
the taking of the Widow of a Brother, or neareft Relation
to Wife, and railing up Seed to him, that can have no place at
all here : for at this diftance from David of 400 or 500 years*
a Perfon of one of thefe Families was fo far from being near-
eft of Kin to a Perfon of the other, that they were in reality
not a-kin at all. And then as to the ftill more weak Union
of the Families by the fucceffion of one in the Kingdom to
the other; this is leaft: of all to the purpofe : for befides,
that this bullnefs of fucceffion is wholly different from that
of Generation, and is no Union of Families at all ; befides
this, I fay, the Kingdom of Jttdah it felfwasdeftroy'd, and
the People carry'd into Captivity e'er there is any occafion
for this union by fucceffion. And I fuppofe, we have little
reafon to confider fucceffion to the Kingdom of Judah as a
foundation of Sonfhip, and Union of Families, when the
Kingdom of Jttdah it felf was extinct before.
3. The only pretence for this conjoining the two Lines
before us, is the likenefs of two fucceffive names in each Ge-
nealogy Salathiel and Zorobabel, and the fuppofition thence
arifing, that they were the fame Perfons. Now if it can
be made appear that the Salathiel and Zorobabel in St. Mat-
thew are no lefs than five Generations later than the Salathiel and
Zorobabel in St. Luke, and by con fequence wholly diftincT: from
them, it will be own'd that the very foundation of the diffi-
culty is remov'd, and the two Genealogies will appear to be
abfolutely diftincT: from the very days of David till thofe of
our Savior. Now this is fully prov'd by a famous Text in the
Prophecy of Zechariah, if it be taken in the fence that my
learned Friend Mr. Allin with great probability do's put up-
on it. This Prophet (peaking of the Repentance and La-
mentation
of the four Evangelifts. i 8 1
mentation of the Jews for the murder of their Mejfiah, at
their future Converfion, chufes to inftance particularly in fome
of the mod: remarkable Perfons of the Line by Nathan,
(whence the Mejfiah himfelf was to proceed) from the days
of David till his own time. And as 'tis very natural andfu-
table,defcribes theirMourning, who were the moft^iearly related
to the Mejfiah according to the Fleih, as the mod remarkable
and affecting of all others; and accordingly fpecifies four of
thofe his Progenitors, whofe names are in St. Luke's Genea-
logy, and that in the order wherein they are there founds
nay, andfoas to imply that the laft of thofe which he names,
was contemporary with himfelf alfo ; thereby giving us very
great light in fixing the times not of thofe Perfons only, but
alfo of all the reft in that whole Genealogy. The Prophets
words are thefe. / will four upon the houfe of David, and Zech.xij.io-
upon the inhabitants of Jerufalem the fpirit of grace and fup- '4-
plications, and they JJjall look^ upon me whom they have pierced^
and they Jhall mourn for him as one mourneth for his only fon,
and flail be in bitternefs for him as one that is in bitternejs
for his firfi-born. In that day flail there be a great mourn-
ing in Jerufalem, as the mourning of LTadadrimmon in the
valley of Megiddon. uinrd the land Jljall mourn, every family
apart. The family of the houfe of David apart, and their wives
apart i the family of the houfe of Nathan apart, and their
-wives apart , the family of the houfe of Levi apart, and their
•wives apart: the family of Shimei apart, and their wives a-
j>art : all the families that remain, every family apart, and their
•wives apart. What Families can thefe names David, Nathan,
Levi, Shimei poifibly refer to, as they are confin'd to the
houfe of David, and the inhabitants of Jerufalem , but to
thofe who were, the Progenitors of our Savior, and who are
all found diftinctly recorded in St. Lukes Genealogy ? Icon-,
fefs, I take it to be a clear cafe, and that thefe Families, and
no others, are here intended by the Prophet. And what is
the reafon that 'tis not faid the family of the houfe of Shimei y
as 'tis in all the reft, but only the family of Shimei, but be-
caufe this was fpoken in the time of Shimei, while hisChild - -
ren made only a fingle Family at home with him, and be-
Z 3 fore
A Jhort view of the Harmo?iy
fore they fpread into ieveral Houjholds, as the Pofterity of
all the tormer had already done. This feems fo fair and ra-
tional an E ".poiition of the difference of the Phrafes here
us'd, as muft extort the aflent of all who are fatisfy'd with
the former. Now this being fuppos'd, 'tis evident that Se-
Luk.iij. 16,17. m ei in the*fifth Generation alter St. Luke's Zorobabel, was
but contemporary with Zorobabel the Leader of the Jtws in
St. Matthew, O. E. D.
Coroll. 1. Here we may obferve the difference of the num-
ber of Generations in the Jeveral Periods before and after the
time of Semei in St. Luke\r Genealogy. From David to Se-
mei 3 in about 500 years , there are reckon d up 16 Generations.
But from Semei to Chrift in about 540 years there are no more
than fij teen. Now this difference in the numbers before and af-
ter the Jews Refioration to their own Land, (which is in a fome-
what left degree obfervable in St. Matthew'* Genealogy a/jo, if
the four Per fins omitted in his fecond Series be but added to
them) was cither owing to the different natures of the accounts
whereby the Lines were continud in the firft-born till the return
from Captivity, but no longer: or elf e to the differing ft ate of the
People of the Jews, during the main parts of thefe different Pe-
riods, whereby in the times of eafe and quiet, before the captivi-
ty they marry d much fooner than in the times of confujion and
dtfturbance after it, as is very likely, and very futable to thofe
different conditions they were in.
Coroll. 2. 'Tis probable that the laft Period in St. Matthew'*
Genealogy had really no more than thoje fourteen which are ex-
prefly named in it. For Jince there are but very few more Ge-
nerations in St. Luke in the fame Period of years, and Jince we
have no reafon to believe that St. Luke leaves out any Genera-
tions, (nay, by the number of Pcrjons ]rom David to Semei
compard with the number of years belonging to them are ficure,
that all that time not one is omitted by him.) Vpon thefe ac-
counts it feems reafonable to fuppofe that St. Matthew'* third as
well as hrft Period had juft fourteen Generations, and that on
this account only the four Supernumeraries in the fecond Period were
omitted by him, or rather by the Jewifh Writer of that Genea-
logical Table which he tranferib'd.
6 Coroll.
of the four Evangelifls. i § $
Coroll. 3. The likenefs of ^two names only, Father and iSW,Salathiel
^WZorobabel in two fuch long Genealogies, is but a poor argument
that they were the fame Per fons : efpecially vthtn all the Circumfiances
ay the Perfons before and after, and the time in which they liv'd were
fo different We find in the line of Eparaim, Jacob begat Jo-
feph : and in that of our Savior recorded by St. Matthew, Ja-
cob begat Jofeph the husband of Mary. Tetno one in the leaf ima-
gins them the fame, becaufe of the diverjity of the Perfons before
and after, and of the times in which they liv'd. If in two o-
therwife differing Generations in England, William the Son of
George Jhould appear with different Predecejfors and Succeffors,and
at a 100 years difiance in point of time, he would be looked upon as
very unreafonahle, who from the bare likenefs of two fucceffive
names fbould fuppofe them to be the fame Perfons. And they
feem to me almofl as unreafonahle here, who from the like Jimi-
litude of two names in St. Matthew/ and St. Luke's quite dif-
ferent Pedigrees of our Savior, againfi plain evidence to the contrary,
do fuppofe them the fame Perfons, and thereby raife groundlefs
difficulties in the Evangelical Hijiories. Let but any one view
the following Table of thefewPofierity o/Cain, and of Seth before
the Deluge, and fee how much greater refemblance of names
there was in that cafe (where yet no body is fo Childijh as to con-
clude them to be the fame Perfons) and he will fee the much
greater abfurdnefs in the cafe before us.
Sons of Cain. Sons of Seth. „
1 Enoch. 1 Enos Cfen.nr.and*,
2 Irad 2 Cainan
3 Mehujael 3 Malaleel
4 Methufael 4 Jared
5 Lamech 5 Enoch
6 Jabal 6 Mathufela
7 Jubal .7 Lamech
8 Tubal-Cain. 8 Noah
Coroll. 4. Since upon the whole it appears that all thofe
numerous and perplexing difficulties which have been fo much
&b jetted by the Jews ami- Infidels againfi the Genealogies of
St,
i 84
A JJjort view of the Harmony
St. Matthew and St. Luke compard together ; and by the mofl
learned Defenders of the Sacred JVritings have been really thought
Luk.iij. 2;. almofi inexplicable •, amount to little more than an unufual ex-
preffion in an unufual cafe, where the Progenitors of one who
had no Father on Earth were to be enumerated, we may hence
learn that even fuch difficulties in the Sacred Writings as flill
appear inexplicable to its, may in them fe Ives be very far from
being fo. Nay, many of thofe which have hitherto feenvd the
mofi uncapable of Solution, are fo far from being really fo-, that
frequently nothing but fome odd and ungrounded miflakes are the
occafions that there is any manner of difficulty about them. Thus
for infiance, if the Reader will pardon a very port digreffon.
.. , When St. Mark ajfures us that David eat the Shew-Bread in
* lJ ' z ' the days of Abiathar the High-Prieft, a mighty difficulty is
iSam.xxj. and raisd, as if this contradicled the Old Tefiament Hiftory ; where-
-xxij. as there is not, I thinly a fy liable there againfi it. Forfure A-
hi me lech might, as the head of a Courfe, be in attendance on
the Tabernacle when David came, and yet the High-Priefi,
whofe bufmefs did not require his attendance there, might be one
whofe name was Abiathar at the fame time. And this is the
lefs improper to be here obfervd, becaufe the occafion of this
miftahe is the fame with that which we have jufl been concerned ivith-
al, viz. Thefimilitude of the names of two fever al Per fons. The one of
the High-Priefi himfelf, and the other of a Son of that Priefi
who was then in attendance upon the Tabernacle,
XVIII. Our Savior was abient from Jerufalem the
intire fpace of two years and a half, from his fe-
cond Paflbver, till the Feaft of Tabernacles be-
fore his Death.
It has been by fome fuppps'd that our Savior was at jfc-
rufalem at all the 'Jewiflo Feafts during his Miniftry. But
tho' I will not deny that he might be at moft of the reft ;
yet that he was not there during the before-mention'd fpace
of two years and a half, the following Obfervations will
prove,
1. St.
of the four EvangeBJis
iSSj
I. St. John, who alone gives an account of all die Paflb- Vid.Prop.$.
vers and public Feafts of our Savior, and gives us the Hiftory of P rius -
what paft at the reft of them; fays not a word of his goin°-
to Jerufalem within the term above limited. His firftPafTo-
ver at Jerusalem, he defcribes in his fecond Chapter. At the
following Feaft of Weeks, he appears alfo by St. John to have
been in the neighborhood of Jerufalem, and to that Feaft
very probably he went; tho' becaufe it lafted but afingleday,
nothing extraordinary happcn'd,and fo ourSavior leaving it imme-
diately, no particular notice is taken of it by St. John. The
next Feaft, that of Tabernacles, was in all probability foon
after Chrifi's leaving Judea, and going for Galilee, in the
fourth Chapter. And becaufe Chrifi left Judea on purpofe
to avoid the defigns of the Phari/ees, 'tis not to be fuppos'd
that he would immediately ihroiv himfelf into their
hands at the Feaft following. The next Feaft was the fecond
PafTover of our Savior's Miniftry, when our Lord went up to
Jerufalem, as St. John allures us. The Hiftory of which
PafTover you have at large in the fifth Chapter of his Gof-
pel. The next PafTover, and theFeafts of Weeks, and of Ta-
bernacles both before and after it, were within the compafs
of the Hiftory of the three other Evangelifts, and fo St.
John, who only fupplies their defects, was not concerned with
them, unlefs our Savior had gone to Jerufalem to them. (For
then no account having been given of them by the reft, it
had been St. Johns Province to have interpos'd their Hifto-
ry.) So that even his filence in thefe Feafts is a very pro-
bable argument that our Savior was abfent at the fame times.
The fourth PafTover, as to the time of its approach, is men-
tion'd by St. John in the Miracle of the feeding of 5000 m
the Wildernefs, but without the leaft hint that our Savior
went up to it to Jerufalem-, atid the next Feaft, that of
Weeks is not mention'd at all by him in his Gofpel. So
that as far as appears from St. John,- who is our beft Guide
in this matter, Chrifi was never zt Jerufalem within the time
limited above, from his fecond PafTover to the Feaft of Ta-
bernacles before his death.
Aa i. The
i 8 6 A Jhort view of the Harmony
2. The reft of the Evangelifts fay not a fyllable of Chrif's
going up to Jerufalem within the time limited: nay, they
fairly imply the contrary as to thofe Feafts of which there are any
footftcps in their Gofpels. About the time of the third PafT-
over, we find him in their accounts, near the Sea of Galilee
Matt.ix. 0-17. a little before, and a little after that firfl fabbath after the fc-
Mar.ij. 13-22. con( ^ fay of the Paffover, when the Difciples^/«r^ the ears
MattJxi^o-M.' °f corn ' S° that in all probability our Savior and his Di-
Mar.'iij. 1-12. fciples were in Galilee, and near the Sea of Galilee all that
Luk. vj. 6-n. while. And about the time of the fourth Paffover, the
Scribes and Pharifees came down from Jerufalem as far as Ga~
Matt. xv. 1. like, to Examin and Confront him: which certainly, if he
had either lately been at Jerufalem at the Paffover, or was foon ex-
Mar, vij.i. pe&cd there, they need not have done.
3. This is farther evident by the particular Circumftances of
Chrift's leaving Jerufalem at the fecond Paffover, and afcend-
ing thither at the laft Feaft of Tabernacles, (the bounds be-
tween which I fuppofe him not to have been there.) At
the fecond Paffover our Savior was in very imminent danger
of his life, for healing on the Sabbath day, and calling himfelf
the Son of God : or in the Jews opinion, for Profanation of
Job. v. 16. the Sabbath, and for Blafphemy. St. John's words are, There-
fore did the Jews perfecute Jefus, and fought to flay him, becaufe he
V. 18. had done thefe things on the fabbath day. And afterwards, Therefore
the Jews fought the more to kill him, becaufe he not only had
broken the fabbath, but faid alfo that God was his father,
making himfelf equal with God. So that we fee, unlefs our
Savior would voluntarily expofe himfelf to the malice and cruel-
ty of the Jews before his Preaching was finifh'd, and the
time of his death determin'd by the Prophecies of the Old
Teftament was come, he mijft keep away from Jerufalem.
And that accordingly he did fo, St. John affurcs* us in the
Joh.vij. 1. beginning of his feventh Chapter in thefe words, After thefe
things Jefus walked in Galilee, for he would not walk^ in Jewry,
becaufe the Jews fought to kill him. And all this is mightily
confirm'd by the Circumftances of the laft Feaft of Taber-
nacles, when our Savior went thither again, both in St. John's
and St. Luke's Gofpels. From St. John 'tis plain that he had
ftaid
of the four Enjangelijls. i 87
ftaid To long in Galilee that his Relations wonder'd at it, and
advife him by all means not to live in fo private a corner of
the Land, but to mew himfelf at the public Feafts at Jeru-
falem. Now the Jews feaft of Tabernacles was at hand* His v. 3, 4.
Brethren therefore [aid unto him y depart hence, and go into Ju-
dea, that thy difciples there alfo may fee the works that thou
dofi. For there is no man that doth any thing in fecret, and
he himfelf feeketh to be known openly: If thou do t he fe things,
pew thy felf to the world. And when afterwards our Savior
went up to the Feaft, he did it not till the middle of it :
(probably that he might not give long time to his Enemies
for their contrivances againft him,) as the fame Evangel id in- v. 14.
forms us. And as to St. Luke, his account of it plainly im-
plies that before this Feaft his time was not come, and fo till
now he could not, with fafety, venture up to Jerufalem. His
words are, // came to pafs when the time was come that ^ Luk.ix-.fr.
jhould be received up , he ftedfajlly fet his face to go to
Jerufalem,viz,. to this laftFeaft of Tabernacles. 4. Which Pro-
portion is alfo ftill* farther confirm'd by what pafs'd between
the Jews and our Savior at this Feaft, with immediate re-
ference to the fecond Paffover two years and a half before.
As foon as our Savior appears, the difcourfe begins with di-
rect regard to the Miracle done there fo long fince, and to
the defign againft his life, which was form'd at the fame time.
Our Savior's words are, Why go ye about to kill me? The j h. vjj. 19.
people anfwered and faid, Thou hafi a devil; who goeth about 20,21.
to kill thee ? Jefus anfwered and faid unto them 3 I have done
one work, and ye all marvel / have made a man every V.23.
whit whole on thefabbath day. viz,, as all agree, the Man who
lay at the Pool of Bethefda, and was heal'd at the fecond Paff-
over. Then faid fome of them of Jerufalem, is not this he V. 25%
whom they feck^ to kill ? Then they fought to take him ; but y_ , 0<
no man laid hands on him, becaufe his hour was not yet
come. All which difcourfe is a molt pregnant evidence that
this was the very next time of his coming to Jerufalem af-
ter that Paffover, tv/o years and a half before ; as was to be
demonftrated.
A a i Corolh
3.7—10.
1 88 A jhort <vie>vu of the Harmony
Coroll. I. Our Savior therefore, as he afterward command-
ed his Apoffles not to Preach to the Gentiles //'// they were
rejetled by the Jews; fo himfelf did not begin his public Preach-
ing and confiant Miniftry in Galilee, till thofe of Jerufalem
and J (idea had rejected him, and fought his defirutlion.
Coroll. 2. We need not be furprizJd at the three for-
mer Evangelifis Jilence as to the feveral Pajfovers during our
Vid. Eufeb. in Savior's Mintflry. For Jince they chiefly begin -with his pub-
Prop. 7. pnus. fa p re aching in Galilee, fmce alfo it appears that our Savior
was not at any of the Jewifh Pajfovers all the time of their
Hifiories till the loft, whereat he fufferd, and Jince that
Pajfover is fufficiently evident in all the Evangelifls , we have
no reafon to wonder at the omiffion of the reft..
XIX. Altho' our Savior and the generality of the
Jews eat the Paflbver at the mod ufual time, the
Evening after the fourteenth day of Nifan ; yet
the Jewifh Sanhedrw, or at leait a great part of
them defer'd the eating their Paflbver till between
two and four a Clock the next morning.
That our Savior eat his Paflbver at the ufual time above
fpecify'd, is fo plain in three of the Evangelifts, that had it
not been for fome difficulties in the fourth of them, forwant
of the prefent Ohfervation, it would never have been doubt-
ed of by any. I will barely fet down the words of the E-
vangelifts to prove the former part of this Proposition : and
afterward more particularly give my reafons for the latter, in
which alone there is any confiderable difficulty. St. Mat-
Matt.xxvj. tjjew therefore in the firft place fays thus ,. Now
the firfi day of the feafl of unleavened bread, the difciples came
to Jefus, faying unto him, where wilt thou that we prepare
for thee to eat the Pajfover ? And he faid } Go into the city to
fitch a man, and fay unto him, the mafler faith, my time is
at hand, I will keep the Pajfover at thy houfe with my difci-
ples* And the difciples did as- Jefus had appointed them, and
they
of the Jour EvangeJifts. 185?
they made ready the Pajfover. Now when the even was come,
he fat down with the twelve. Stl Marl(% words are, And Mar. xir.
the fir -ft day of unleavened bread, when they killed the Pajfo- 12--17.
ver, his atfciples faid unto him, where wilt thou that we go
and prepare that thou mayfl eat the Pajfover ? And he fend-
eth forth two of his difciples and they made ready the Pajfo-
ver. And in the evening he cometh with the twelve, &c. St.
Luke's words are, Then came the day of unleavened Bread, when L u k # xx ij. 7. 8'
the Pajfover mufi be killed. And he fent Peter and John, fay- 13, (4, ij»
ing, go and prepare us the Pajfover that we may eat. And
they made ready the Pajfover. And ivhen the hour was come,
he fat down, and the twelve Apofiles with him. And he faid
unto them 3 with dejire I have defired to eat this Pajfover with
you before I fujfer, &c. So that 'tis abundantly evident that
Chrift eat the Paflover at the ufual time with the generality
of the Jews, the Evening after the fourteenth day of Ni~
fan. That the Sanhedrin, or at leaft a great part of them de-
fend the eating their Paflover till between two and four a,
clock in the morning, the following Arguments will demon-
ftrate,
1. By the original Precept of God to Mofes, 'twas as law-
ful to defer the eating of the Paflover till two a Clock in.
the Morning , as to eat it in the Evening. . For they were
only oblig'd to eat it between Sun-fetting and Sun-rifing, or
however, between the ending of day-light at night, and the
beginning of day-light in the morning. The words of the
Law are thefe, They pall eat the fie/Jj in that night. And y^Exod.xij.g*
fhall let nothing of it remain until the morning ■: and that V ' ' °*
which remaineth of it until the morning ye pall burn with
fire.
2. The Sanhedrin were too buify at the evening before to
have time for the eating of the Paflover. They had agreed
with Judas on Wednefdaj night to betray our Lord ;. and accord-
ingly 'tis faid, He fought opportunity to betray him in the ab- Lukxx |j ^
fince of the multitude. But miffing ot his purpofe on Thurfday
the Evening of the Paflover was come. So that now the
Sanhedrin muft either mind their bufinefs, and catch him that
aight, or elfe the next day the Multitudes would be fo nu-
A a 3 merous-
xcjo A jhort view of the Harmony
numerous, eipeciaJly horn Galilee (where our Savior had fo
long preach'd and wrought "Miracles; that they durftnotven-
ture then to apprehend him : and after the next day our Sa-
vior might be gone away from Jerufalem. So that all was to
be done this night, at the very time when they us'd to eat
the PafFover, or elfe they could not fecure our Savior this
Feaft. Accordingly, as we find, they lit in deep Confulta-
tation, Judas comes to them juft from the PafTover with our
Savior, and before it was over. They together adjuft all the
Circumftances of Time, and Place, and Perfons necelfary for
their purpofe. They provide a ftrong Guard of Soldiers and
others, to feize and fecure him : which accordingly they a-
clually do in a little time : and afterward proceed directly up-
on his Tryal and Condemnation among themfelves till the
Gallicinium, or about two a Clock in the morning. Where,
I pray, is the fpace for the eating of the Paflbver all this
while? All thefe things plainly imply the Sanhedrin in Coun-
cil at their public Chamber in the Temple, not every one with
their Families at home eating the Pajfover.
$. We are aflur'd by St. John that about two in the morn-
ing, when the Sanhedrin hadCondemn'd our Savior, and were
calling up Pilate the Roman Governor to make all things rea-
Joh. xviij. 28. dy for his Tryal, They themfelves went not into the judgment-
hall, left they fiiould be defil'd, but that they might eat the pajfo-
ver. Which words moit naturally imply that they took the
opportunity of this Interval before the day-break to go home
and eat the Paflbver, before any occafion of converfing with
the Heathen Romans, which they muit do in a little time,
(and which if they had firft done they durft not eat the PafTo-
ver till the next month) that fo afterward they might return
without fear or danger, when the Paflbver was over, to pro-
fecute their Accufation before Pilate.
4. This is alfo mightily confirm'd by the Occurrences and
Hiftory afterward. Now, as it is evident, the Sanhedrin dare
not enter into Pilate's Judgment-hall, or converfe with the Ro-
man Officers for fear of Defilement. About day-break we
find them making no fcruple of entring into this Hall, or con-
verfing with the Rowans; and in the whole procefs of our
Savior's
of the four Evangelifls. 1 5? 1
Savior's Tryal afterward not a fyllable of any fear of defile-
ment thereupon. What fhould be the reafon of this diffe-
rent condud? But that at firft they had not eaten of the
Paflover, but that they had done it afterward, and fo were
paft: any danger from fuch a defilement ?
5. This is alfo farther confirm'd by that fecond Meeting of
the whole Sanhedrin in the Temple about break of day, or
four a Clock afterward, which has hitherto appear'd fo un-
accountable. At two a Clock in the morning we leave the
Sanhedrin at the Pratorium, tho' not daring to enter it, for fear
of Defilement. At four a Clock we find them at the Tem-
ple, (far enough diftant) where, after Judas faw that they Matt - xxvi J- ?»
had Condemn'd Chrifl, he throws down the 50 pieces of Sil- 4 ' *'
ver before them. In a little time we find them again at the
Pratorium till they had gain'd their defign, and procur'd our
Savior's Condemnation by Pilate alfo. Whence came the
whole Body of the Sanhedrin to the Temple? In our Ac-
count 'tis eafy, viz,. About two a Clock they go home e-
very one to his own Family, and eat the Paffover. At four
a Clock they meet at the Temple, where was the ufual Cham-
ber for their fitting, and probably order their Members that
before were abfent to meet them alfo. At this Meeting they
all confirm the fentence of Condemnation againft Chrifl, and
fo return in a Body to the Pr&torium, to profecute the Charge
againft him before Pilate. But in the common Expositions
of thefe matters, this fecond Meeting at the Temple is plain-
ly unaccountable.
Coroll. 1. Our Savior was Cruciffd on the great day of the
Pajfover, the fifteenth day of Nifan. This is demonflrated from
the foregoing Propofition. For the Paffover was always eaten
by the Jews on the Night or Evening before this Day.
Coroll. 2. Hence we fee what is the meaning of thofe words
in St. John, relating to the day of our Savior's Crucifixion.
It was, fays he, n*&m<sb» W T\d%ot, The Preparation to that]°^ x ^' 1 ^
weekly Sabbath, which was peculiarly remarl^able, becaufe it fell
in the Pajfover weeh^, or on the great day of the Paffover. It
was Friday in Paffion weekj, ^Good-Friday, if I may fpeah^
in our Englifh jiile. This Expreffion tk*z?™<&» wef T\d%*, has
cam d
^$z AJhort njie<w of the Harmony
taus'd great difficulties, being commonly rendred the Prepara-
tion of the Paifover: as if n*&oxdm were an appellative, and
fignifyd a Preparation only. And from this word in St. John
fo underftood, many have believ'd that our Savior was Cruci-
fy d on the fourteenth of Nifan, or the Preparation^/^ Jewiih
Pafover , contrary to the moft exprefs Tefiimonies of all the o-
iher Evangelifls, as we have feen above. Now to clear this
matter, I fay, that this Phrafe can only [ignify here Good-
Friday, or the Preparation to the Jewiih Sabbath in PaiTo-
ver week ', becaufe the word nx&exJj* in the New Teftament
is a term of Art, or a word by ufe denoting nothing elfe but
the jixth day of the weekj, the confiant Preparation-day to the
Jewiih Sabbath; as may be demonftrated by a view of all the
places where it occurs. This word then is found five times
in the New Teflament , befides the Text before us in dif-
pute : and in every one of them it evidently fignifies the jixth
Jay of the weel^, and nothing elfe-, and fo ought to be ex-
pounded of the fame day in that place we are now upon.
Two of the five places are not only in this Evangelifl, but in
this very Chapter. The other three are ene in each of the o-
ther Evangelifl 's : which pall be all diftinflly confider'd. I. St.
John fays v. 31. The Jews 'therefore, becaufe it was the
n^«</^ that the bodies might not remain on the crofs on the
Sabbath day (for that Sabbath day was an high day) befought
Pilate that their legs might be broken, and that they might
be taken away. 2. He adds v. 42. There laid they Jefus
becaufe of the n«e?c*<^«> for the fepulchre was nigh at hand.
In both which Verfes no body will doubt that nxyi<™<sb* denotes
Friday, the day before the Jewiih Sabbath-, and thefe places
being in St. John himfelf are a fuffcient Expofition of the
h k.xxiij 54 fame word in the Vcrfe before us. 3. St. Luke ufe s the
word but once, and 'tis certainly in the fame fence. And
that day was the hx&okAk, and the fabbath drew on. 4. St.
Matr.xxvij.62. Matthew not only nfes the word in the fame fence, but what
is exceeding remarkable, implys that it was a word as much
fixt by ufe to the fixth day of the week^, as the word Sab-
bath 7ias to the feventh. The Sabbath it felf being by him
.eaJl'd the day after the n«g*oxdbn. Now the next day that
followed
of the four Evangelifls. . * j p $
followed the day of the preparation *?» n«o«9»^», the Chief-
Priefts and Pharifees came together unto Pilate, <$*c. Which
if that word did not conftantly denote the Jixth day of the
week, "were very ftrange and unaccountable. 5. And to con~
firm all the reft, St. Mark is not content with the bare ufe Mar.xv.4t,
of the ivord in the fame fence, but, as it were to prevent any
pofjible mijiake about it, tells us exprefly that it properly Jicr-
nifies the day before the fabbath ; Becaufe it was the prepara-
tion, that is, the day before the fabbath. 'e^« h nxganu&l, «
in nymSSanv. Than which nothing could be more exprefs to
our prefent purpofe.
XX. Our Savior was Crucify'd Afrtl 3. A. T. J,
4.74,6. which is A. 2). 33.
This Propofition is to be demonftrated by the certain
Characters of this year and day, occurring in the Evangelifts,
and compar'd with the ancient Hiftorians.
1 . Chrifi was Crucify'd under the Roman Emperor Tiberi-
us, and after his fixteenth year. The former part of this Af-
fertion is plain from the Roman Hiftorian Tacitus, who af-
fures us that t In the Reign of Tiberius Chrift was put to
death. And the latter part is evident from St. Luke, who af- Luk.iij.i.
furesusthat the very beginning of the Baptift'sM'miftxy was not
till the fifteenth year of Tiberius. And fince we have at leaft three
Paflbvers in our Savior's own Miniftry, exprefly mention'd by
St, John, which include two years fpacej 'tis certain \\1sSceFrop.9.
death could not poflibly happen till after the fixteenth of Tibe-
rius was over.
l. Chrifi was Crucify'd under Pontius Pilate the Roman
Governor of Judea. This Affertion is not only evident e-
very where in the Evangelical Accounts of his death ,♦ But
is alio affirm'd by the before-nam'd Roman Hiftorian, in the
1 Chriftus, Tiberio Tmperante, per procuratorem Pentium Pilatum fup-
'plicio affe&us eft. Tacit. Annul 1. 1 /. c. 44.
B b place
I5? 4 * A Jhort wie<w of the Harmony
place already quoted : where he afTerts that Chrifi was put to
death by Pontius Pilate the Procurator of Judea. And this
SeeMar. xv.8. muft have been, as before, two years at leaft after the begin-
ning of his Government on the fame account.
5. Chrifi was Crucify 'd at the leaft 48 years after the fini-
fhing of the Temple of Herod. This is a neceffary confe-
quence of what has been already prov'd, viz,. That Chrifi's
Frop. 10. & r & public PafTover was 46 years after the finiihing of the Tem-
ple, and thatattheleaft,his Miniftry lafted two years afterwards.
4. Chrifi was Crucify'd on the great day of the Jews
PafTover, the fifteenth day of the firffc month Ntfan. This
has been already fully prov'd under the fore-going Proportion.
5. Chrifi was Cruciry'd on Friday , or the 6th day of the week.
This is alfo fully prov'd under the fore-going Propofition, and
its Corollaries, and excepting Langius, was never that 1 know
of doubted of by any Chriftian.
Matt.xxvij.45-. <s. Chrifi was Crucify'd at the time of a Total and Mira-
Mar.xv.33. cu i ous Eclipfe of the Sun. This is alfo abundantly evident
Luk.xxnj.44, in ^ Evangelical Hiftorics.
Thefe are the fure *e*We*« or Charatlerifiics of cur Savior's
PafTion : and fince there is but one year to which they all can
belong ; if we can light of fuch a year which has every one
of thefe Characters , we have undoubtedly derrmin'd the
punctual time of the death of Chrifi. Let us confider them
all particularly.
1. The feventeenth year of Tiberius began Aug. 19.
A. P. J. 4743 3 which is A. D. 30. Tiberius dy'd March
16, A. P. J. 4750. which is A. D. 57, before the
Jewifio PafTover. So that this firft Character confines us with-
in fix years, from A. D. 31, till A. D. 35 inclufive.
SeeProp.S' 2. Pontius Pilate was Governor of Judea but ten years in
CW/. 3. ajj^ as Jofephus afTures us : nor could he enteron his Office foon-
er than the PafTover A. P. J. 4740. which is A. D. 27, as
to be fure he was out of his Office at the PafTover A. P. J.
4750. which is A.D. 37. Let us fuppofe him in his Office
at that former PafTover, and allow fomewhat above two years
for our Savior's Miniftry, after he was made Governor, and
then this fecond Character will confine us within [even years,
from A. D* 30, till A. D. 35, inclufive. 3. He-
of the four Evangelijls. 195
3. Herod's N««s or Temple was finifrYd at the fooneft in See Frop. 10.
the latter half of the nineteenth year of his Reign from the
flaughter of Antigonus, or between January and July-, A. P. J.
^696. To which add 48 years, and we lhall fee that we are
confin'd by this Character to fome PafTover after that A. P. J.
4743, which is A.D. 30. And (iince none have given above
two Pa /lovers more to our Saviors Miniftry afterwards, we
are hereby confin'd to three years from A. D. 31, till A. D.
33. inclufive.
4, and 5. Thefe two Characters are to be compard toge-
ther, and taken jointly : and if we find within the bounds a-
bove limited but one fingle year, in which the fifteenth day
of Nifan fell upon the fixth day of the week or Friday ; that
year for certain , and that alone muft be the year of our Sa-
vior's Paflion ; and that Friday, the fifteenth of Nifan, and
that alone the very day of our Savior's Crucifixion. Now
we fee that all the -fore-going Characters being allow'd, we
have at laft but three years to examin, which are A. D. 31,
32, 33. But becaufe that laft Character taken from the Jews
affirmation of the time from the finifhing of the Temple till
our Savior's firft public PafTover, is not generally own'd fo
Authentic as the reft, we will at prefent lay itafide, and take
in all the years which the other undoubted Characters do
confine us to : which therefore are thefe, A. D. 31, 32, 33,
34, 35, 36. And that we may be fure which of thefe years
affords us the fifteenth of Nifan on a Friday, and whether a-
ny more than one of them have the fame coincidence, Ifhall
fet down a Table of the New Moons for all the years be-
fore-mention'd, redued to the Meridian of Jerufalem, and
the Jhour from mid-night, r and fhall obferve withal on what
day of the week the firft and fifteenth days of Nifan did fall
upon every one of them: and this both on the Hypothefs that
each month began the Evening next after the New Moon,
which was the general rule in thofe days ; and on that other
Hypothefs that fometimes they did not begin it till the next
butoneihzr it. Tho' indeed there is no certain evidence that
this latter method was fo ancient as the times of our Savior.
Bbi A.
i?6
AJhort view of the Harmony
New Moon
Vid. Lamy.
1
March.
ift and 1 $th
ApparatPai'ti
•4.P.J-
A,T>)
D. H.
ol Nifan.
C.2. f. 2.
Tuefday or
4744
3 1
12,-— 1
Wednefday
Monday or
4745
3*
*9 2 3 °
Tuefday
Friday or
474*
33
lp 15 30
Saturday
Wednefdajot
4747
34
5> 5 5°
Thurfday
Tuefday or
4748
35
28 6 40
Wednefday
1 Sunday or
4749
30
1 6—18 40
Monday.
Whereas therefore we find by this Table that -^. D. 3 3 . has,
and no other could have the fifteenth day of Nifan on a Friday,
we may be fecure that we have rightly affignd the year and
day of our Savior's Paflion in the prefent Proportion.
Scholium. It muft here be obferv'd, that I fay nothing of
the delaying the month Nifan upon the latenefsof the Spring.,
and feveral other occaiions which the Jewifo Writers fpeak
of in aftertimes, no more than I do of the tranflation of
their Feafts from one day in the week to another, upon fome
trifling Reafons alledg'd by them alfo. And I take no notice
of thefe things, becaufe they all appear to me to be of a la-
ter date, and not to have been us'd in the times of our Sa-
vior. The Rules I here go by are the very fame that we
find in t Fhilo y in Jofephus, and in the other certain remains
io^Tji ;k»» {Jjovov T yiMov to {oriyiitg/.vov 2>lg.7rv%itjto% TptiiW **• "">» vzMvav at.
°Tav y> i07][Jbfg/vM Tyi^/AjdnuV} 'ivrav db'o, rod f3p, iecgAvoi), rod h , ^UTiugA-
*oS, kccI Sl&fjuireouvmv «,Xmi>m' hfylcr.c, rt t~c t Mg Games 'u v »(/.*&<; rjf
«wf ft,
Wm to ictQ/.vov ioyp/Sg/.vcv o
«A<©-
Tf^/Uft^
ft, il.cwu.yy.fic.
y&rci 7v fAtfynu&ivoy ioTjf^tQ/.vov » aXm. Hufeb. Hift. Ecclef. 1. 7. cult
Mira
of the four Evangelifts. i o j
of that and the foregoing Ages ; while the other, which
we meet with in the later Jewifo Authors, can by no means
prove any fuch Antiquity. What is raoft material here, is this
that fince the New Moon happen'd fo near to the night on
the nineteenth of March A. D. 33. as by no means to be
vifible till the Evening of the twentieth, it feems to follow
(if the Jewijlj method of beginning their months was from the
Moons <?««?, or appearance, and not from its conjunction) that
not the twentieth of March, but the twenty fir ft mould be
the firft day of the month of Nifan, and fo the PafTovcr, or
fifteenth day could not be Friday but Saturday., contrary to
what we have here fuppos'd. Now whether this obfervati-
on of the <P«k?s were then in ufe or not, it will come much
to the fame thing. For thofe * Jews who have the moft of
all retain'd their ancient Rules, without the Additions of
the Talmudical Doctors, do affure us that tho' the Moon be
not feen over night, yet if it be fo far from the Sun the af-
ter-noon following, as to be vifible fome time before night,
which would be the cafe here, that day after the New Moon
would (till be the firfl: of the month notwithstanding. The
want of the allowance for which Rule has been the caufe of
very great difficulties in the computation before us. Upon
the whole, if we either compyte the Paffover day by the
New Moons themfelves, as we have done here : or by the
Jewijh Calendar made ufe of fince the days of Hillel y in the
MiiK avvohxi iyv xM7M mx (r&Xww ttuv, Nto/Awta. Tbilo.
'Hovf/jviv'.ci <fi </!p%iTU] <puTjg{v ai&trra <p't[yi asXww nM®*. Idem, apud Set*
den De Anno Judaeorum c. 20. 8c Langium de Annis Ckrifti, 1, i.e. 9.
To) JV /w>sjv» rtS jrcw$Jx.cJ> 05 vios-ix.v 'xa.p v^t ymXStwj, kxI W itvvi; !?&•
iitclsw ym^oi Jvtr.v cvo[Atvz. Jojefh. Antiq. 1. 3. c. 10. Vid. Philon. de fepte-
nario, p. 1 174, 8c 1 189.
TtJ ai (Awl rouro) , <c%< nos-oi^axcuhy.xivv i^As^y, fjui&ovr<&' roS (rs^yvix-
>«/ mkXov yi'tiZS^ TsXyicKpscovs, ctyiTUj tk 3\$&ai>{i2/.%. Philo De Septenaio. p.
1190, 1191.
* Si Luna non videatur die trigefimo (ineunte,) 8c die trigefimo primo(in-
eunte) aperto die cum fole appareat, binis ternifve horisancc occafum (funmj
dies qui prxteriit Neomenia erit. Elms .,pud Selden. de Anno Judaico, .12.
B b 3 middle
19
A Jhort <vienjj of the Harmony
middle oi the iourth Century, which here agrees with the
former method alfo, or by its immediate preceding the Full
Moon, which happen'd the very fame evening, and which
Jofephus affures us was regarded alfo by the Jews : I fay which of
thefe methods foever we chufe, it will ftill appear that none
of the other years above-mention'd but that before us could
have its fifteenth of Ntfan on a Friday, which is abfolutely
neceffary upon the year of our Savior s Pallion. So that this
year and this only on all accounts muft have been that where-
on our Savior was put to death.
6. The only Teftimony in profane Antiquity of the ex-
traordinary Eclipfe at our Savior's Paflion, which is ftill ex-
tant, and truly a very remarkable one alfo, is that of Phlegon
Trallianus, which we have in Origen, and Eufebius, and the
Chronicon Alexandrinum: and which affures us that it was
the fame year we are now upon, and the fame hour of the
day that the Evangelifts mention. His t words are thefe,
'In the fourth year of the 2,02 d Olympiad there happen dan E-
l clipfe of the Sun the great efi that was ever known. So that at
* the Jixth hour of the day it was as dark^ as night : nay, tofuch
1 a degree that the Stars were vijible. And an Earthquake with-
1 al at the fame time threw down the greatefl part of the City
'Nicaea in Bithynia. Whi#h Jfurprizing and exprefs Tefti-
mony, confpiring in the fame year v/ith the fore-going Cha-
racters, feems to me fufficient for ever to eftablifh the truth
and certainty of the prefent Proportion.
Coroll. Hence we may demonflrate that Jefus of Nazareth
is the true MeHias. For by the famous feventy weeks Prophecy
of Daniel the Me (lias was to die this very year : and this year
no other Per fin that in the leafi pretended to be the Me (lias did
die but Jefus of Nazareth : therefore He, and He alone is the
«Atcv f^i^T'1 T iyvag/.G-idpav wfoTtyv. K«j »i/| u^cc <;' t 2 yi^tocci; iylvtb,
ur, x.cil cifs^as c* vgtuia tpatiirai, mur potTf (/Aym kx-jk Bfyvtav ytve[fy.(&' tk
jttMw N^-.--'<W y-xri? ^ctt?. Chron. Alexand. p. 5-20. Eufeb. Chron. ad An-
num Tiherii 1$. Syncell. Chronograph, p. 322, Orig. contra Cclf. 1. 2. p. 80.
Philopon. Dc Crearione. L 2. c. 21.
true
of the four Evangelijls. Y ^^
true Meffias. The Prophecy it J 'elf runs thus. Seventy weeks Dan.ix. 24,5c c .
are determined upon thy people, and upon thy holy city ■ to
finim the tranfgreffion, and to make an end of iins, and to
make reconciliation tor iniquity, and to bring in everlafting
righteoufnefs, and to feal up the vilion and prophecy, and to
anoint the raoft holy. Know therefore and underhand that
from the going forth of the commandment to reftcre, and to
build [erufalem unto the Meffiah the Prince fhail be feven
weeks, and threefcore and two weeks : the ftreet ihall be built
again, and the wall even in troublous times. And after thofe
threefcore and two weeks mall Meffiah be cut oif. In or-
der to tnderfland which famous Prophecy , we mufl premife ihat
thefe 70 weeks have an allujion to the 70 years of Captivity,
which were then upon the conclujion, and that withal thefe Pro-
phetic wee^s of years are accounted according to the moft ancient
flandard of 360 days to a year, as fully appears by St. John 5 .?
Explication of the flile of Daniel in his Revelation : (where A P°c-xj. 2, 3.
three years and a half are the very fame with 42 months and ^' 6 ' 1 ^ r
iz6o days.) We mufl alfo obferve that of all the commands of
the Kings of PerGzjor the folution of the Jews Captivity, none
of them are here concern 'd, but that in or after the month Ni-
fan in the twentieth year • oj r Artaxerxes Longimanus, given an
account of in the Bool^of Nehemiah. For then, and only then Nehem.ij. r,
all the Char abler s in the Prophecy were obfervd. For here the Ch ^p ij
City and its Streets as alfo its Walls , with their Gates, were rebuilt, Chap.iij.
and that in a ftrait or' times, or in troublous times, (in 52 days; Ch^p.vj. if.
while half were fore'd to be arm'd agatnfl their Enemies, and C ^ a P' v "
the other half labour din the Building.) Winch things being thus
prefupposd, the plain Paraphrafe of this Prophecy is this, uis 70
years or days are the determinate Period in the Divine Counfel
for the Babyloniih Captivity, at the end of which term the Jews
are to be reflord to their own Land : fo are 70 weeks of years
(70 times 7 years) the determinate Period in the fame Di-
vine Ceunfel for the Redemption by the Meilias. Afore particu-
larly, from the date of Artaxerxes'i Commi/fon to Nenemiah,
//'// the Redemption by the Me (lias, pall be 7 weeks of years,
and 6z weeks of years, (i. e. 69 weeks of years , 69 times
7 years) and immediately after thofe 69 weeks of years fliall
Meffias
2loo AJhort view of the Harrno?iy
Meiiks be cut off. Now 69 times 7 years , or 483 years
of 360 days a piece are qj6 Julian years and 21 days, which
Neh.ij.i.with Are to be dated about June 1. in t've twentieth year of Artaxerxes;
v.16. which is by the Mathematical Canon the 3 03d of NabonaGTar,
correfpondmg to the 4269th of the Julian Period. Add there-
fore 476 years and 21 days to 4269, and you have the end of
the fe years June 22. A. P. J. 4745. After the expiration of
which term, the very next Pajfover Jefus of Nazareth was put
to death-, as we have jufi now demonftrated. Who therefore dy'd
on that very year (the firfi of the joth weel^) which fo long be~
fore had been determin'd for the. death of the Meffias ; and by un-
deniable conference is the true Meffias. Q. E. D.
THE
lOI
T H £
HARMONY
OF THE
FOUR EVANGELISTS.
CHAP. I
From the Conception o£ John the Baptift till the Preparation
for the Birth of Chrift* containing the fpace of about
nine months> from September^ A.T.J.tyo^ till June 4710,
THis firfi Period contains only the firft Chapter of St. Luke'j Gofpel, re-
lating to the Conception and Birth of John the Baptift, the Fore-
runner of our Savior; which being plainly antecedent to any of the Hifloricc
in the other Evangelifts, no doubt can arife about its true place in the
Harmony. St. Luke'j Preface was naturally to begin the whole : but St.
John's about the Divinity of the A«'y®*> will come in better hereafter as an
Introduction to our Savior s Mini/try, at which he begins his Go/pel.
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. I.
§. TTiOrafmuchas many have
2/ taken in hand to fet
forth in order a declaration of
thofe things which are mofl
furely believed among us,
Cc 1 Ever*
The Harmony
ZOL
"Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johi
Chap. I.
i Even as they delivered them
unto us, which from the beginning
were eye-witnefles, and mini-
fters of the word ;
3 It feemed good to me alio,
having had perfect underftanding
of all things from the very firft, to
write unto thee in order, moft ex-
cellent Theophilus,
4 That thou mighteft know the
certainty of thofe things wherein
thou haft been in£ru£ted.
f fTpHere was in the days of He-
JL rod the king of Judea, a
certain prieft namedZacharias,of the
courfe of Abia . and his wife was
,of the daughters of Aaron, and
her name tons Elizabeth.
6 And they were both righteous
before God, walking in all the com- |
xriandments and ordinances of the
Lord, blamelefs.
7 And they had no child, he-
caufe that Elizabeth was barren,
and they both were now well ftrick- , , .,
enin years.
8 Anditcametopafs* th&white - • A JL'
he executed the priefts officcbefbre
God in the order of his courfe,
9 According to the cuftom of
the priefts office, his lot was to ■
.burn incenfe when he went into
the temple of the Lord.
io And the whole multitude o'f
jthe people were praying without,
at the time of incenfe.
ii. And there appeared unto
him an Angel of the Lord, (land-
ing on the right fide of die altar
of incenfe.
iz And when Zacharias faw
him, he was troubled, and fear fell
upc>nluni.
13 But
of the four Evangetife. io 3
Matthew, Mark* Luke*
Chap. I.
John.
1 3 But the angel faid unto him,
Fear not, Zacharias: for thy pray-
er is heard) and thy wife Eliza-
beth fhall bear thee a fon, and thou
fhalt caii -his name John.
14 And thou fhalt have joy and
gladnefs, and many fhall rejoice at
his birth.
if For he fhall be great in the
fight of the Lord, and fhall drink
neither wine nor ftrong drink ; and
he fhall: be filled with the holy
Ghofh even from his mothers
womb.
16 And, many of the children of
Ifrael fhall he turn to the Lord their
Cod.
17 And he fhall go before him in
the fpirit and power of Elias, to turn
the hearts of the fathers to the
children, and the difobedient to
the wifdom of the juft, to make
ready a people prepared for the
Lord.
18 And Zacharias faid unto the
angel, Whereby fhall I know this?
for I am an old man, and my wife
well ftricken in years.
ip And the angel anfwering faid
unto him, I |p Gabriel, thatftand
in the prefence of God: and am
fent to fpeak unto thee, and to
fhew thee thefe glad tidings.
20 And behold thou fhalt be
dumb, and not able to fpeak, un -
till the day that thefe things fhall
be pel-formed, becaufe thou be
lieveft not my words, which fhall
be fulfilled in their fcafon.
21 And the people waited for
Zacharias, and marvelled that he
tarried fo long in the temple.
22 And when he came out, he
Cc * c«uld
2.04 Th e Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johh.
Chap I.
could not fpeak unto them: and
they perceived that he had feen a
vi fion in the temple ; for he beckned
unto them, and remained fpeechlefi.
13 And it came to pafs, that at
fbon.as.the days of his miniftrati-
onwereaccomplifhed, he departed
to his own houfe.
24 And after thofe days his wife
Elizabeth conceived, and hid her
felf five months, faying,
2/ Thus hath the Lord dealt
with me in the days wherein he
looked on me, to take away my
reproach among men.
§.2. 26 And in the fixth month,
the angel Gabriel was fent from
God, unto a city of Galilee, nam-
ed Nazareth,
27 To a virgin efpoufed to a
man whofe name was Jofeph, of
the houfe of David} and the vir-
gins name was Mary.
28 And the angel came in unto
her, and laid, Hail thou that art
highly favoured, the Lord is with
thee: blefTedart thou among wo-
men.
29 And when (he law him, fhe
was troubled at his faying, and
caft in her mind what manner of
ialutation this fhould be.
30 And the angel faid unto her,
Fear not, Mary: for thou haft found
favour with God.
31 And behold, thou fhalt con-
ceive in thy womb, and bring forth
a fon, and fhalt call his name Jefus.
32 Hefhall be great, and fhall
be called the Son of the Higheft;
and the Lord. God fhall give unto
him the tjbrone of his father David.
33 And
of the four Evangelifls. 205
Matthiw. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. I.
33 And he fhall reign over the
houfe of Jacob for ever, and of his
kingdom there fliall be no end.
34. Then faid Mary unto the an-
gel, How fhall this be, feeing I
know not a man?
3f And the angel anfwered and
faid unto her, The holy Ghoft fhall
come upon thee, and the power of
the Higheft fhall overfhadow thee:
• therefore alfo that holy thing which
fhall be born of thee, fhall be called
the Son of God.
36 And behold, thy coufin Eli-
zabeth, fhe hath alfo conceived a
fon in her old age: and this is the
fixth month with her, who was
called barren. ^
37 For with God nothing fhall
be unpoffible.
38 And Mary faid, Behold the
handmaid of the Lord, be it unto
me according to thy word. And
the angel departed from her.
§. 3. 39 AndMaryarofeinthofe
days, and went into thehill-coun-
trey with hafte, into a city of Ju-
da,
40 And entred into the houfeof
Zacharias, and faluted Elizabeth.
41 And it came to pafs, that
when Elizabeth heard the falu-
tation of Mary, the babe leaped in
her womb : and Elizabeth was fill-
ed with the holy Ghoft.
4a And fhe fpake out with a loud
voice, and faid, BlefTed amhou a-
mong women, and Hefted is the
fruit of thy womb.
43 And whence is this to me,
that the mother of my Lord fhould
come to me ?
€c 3
44 *<
10 £ The Harmony
Matthew'. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. I.
44 For lo> aflbon as the voice
of thy falutation founded in mine
ears, the babe leaped in my womb
for joy.
45- And blefTed is fhe that be-
lieved : for there fhall be a perfor-
mance of thofe things which were
told her from the Lord.
46 And Mary faid, Myfoul doth
Biagnifie the Lord,
47 And my ipirit hath rejoiced
in God my Saviour.
48 For he hath regarded the low
eftate of his handmaiden: for be-
hold, from henceforth all genera^
tions mail call me bleiled.
49 For he that is mighty hath
done to me great things, and holy
is his name.
fo And his mercy is on them
that fear him, from generation to
generation.
$i He hath mewed ftrength
with his arm, he hath fcattered the
proud in the imagination of their
hearts.
5-2 He hath put down the migh-
ty from their feats, and exalted
them of low degree.
^3 He hath filled the hungry with
good things, and the rich he hath
lent empty away.
5-4 He hath holpen his fervant
Ifrael,in remembrance of his mercy,
55 Ashefpaketo our fathers, to
Abraham and to his feed for ever.
5-6 And Mary abode with her
about three months, and returned
to her own houfe.
§ 4. pj Now Elizabeths full time
came, that fhe mould be delivered j
and me brought forth a fon.
of the four Evangelifts.
2,07
Matt he w.
Mark.
Luke.
Chap. I.
John.
y8 And her neighbours, and her
coufins heard how the Lord had
fhewed great mercy upon her j and
they rejoyeed with her.
S9 And it came to pafs, that on
the eighth day they came to cir-
cumciie the child; and they called
him Zacharias, after the name of
his father.
6~o And his mother anfwered,
and raid, Not/*; but he (hall be
. called John.
61 And they iaid unto her,
There is none of thy kindred that
is called by this name.
62 And they made figns to his
father, how he would have him
called.
63 And he asked for a writing-
table, and wrote, faying, His name
is John. And they marvelled all.
64 And his mouth was opened
immediately, and his tonguetoofed,
and heipake, and praifed God.
6? And fear came on all that
dwelt round about them: and all
•thefe fayings were noifed abroad
throughout all the hill-countrey of
Judea.
66 And all they that had heard
them,- hid-tbem up in their hearts,
' faying, What manner of child fhall
this be? And the hand of the Lord
was with him.
67 And his father Zacharias was
filled with the holy Ghoft, and
prophefied, faying,
68 BleiTed be the Lord God of
Ifrael, for he hath vifited and re-
deemed his people,
69 And hath raiied up an horn
of ialvation for us, in the houfe of
lusiervant David;
70 A3
zo g The Harmony
Matthiv. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. I.
70 As he (pake by the mouth of
his holy Prophets, which have beea
fince the world began ;
71 Thatwefhouldbefaved from
our enemies, and from the hand of
all that hate us.
71 To perform the mercy $r«-
inifed to our fore-fathers, and to
remember his holy covenant:
73 The oath which he fware t*
our rather Abraham,
74 That he would grant unto
us, that we being delivered out of
the hands of our enemies, might
ferve him without fear,
jf In holinefs and righteoumefs
before him, all the days of our life.
76 And thou child (halt be called
the prophet of the Higheft: for
thou fhalt go before the face of the
Lord, to prepare his ways ;
77 To give knowledge of fal-
-vation unto his people, by the rc-
miflion of their fins,
78 Through the tender mercy
of our God ; whereby the day-fpring
from on high hath vifited us,
79 To give light to them that
fit in darknefs, and in the fhadow
of death, to guide our feet into the
way of peace.
80 And the child grew, and
waxed ftrong in fpirit, and was ia
■ the deferts till the day of bis (hew-
ing unto Ifrael.
of the four Evangelifis. "top
CHAP. II.
From the Preparation for the Birth of Chrift till the begin-
ning of John the BaptiJTs and our Savior's Miniftry : con-
taining the fpace of about 31 years, 4 months, from June
4710, till October 4741.
THis fecond Period contains only the two firfi Chapters of St. Matthew,
and the fecond Chapter of St. Luke'/ Go/pel. uind the Circumftances
of every Settion do fo naturally direcl us to their proper places, that no diffi-
culty can arife about their true order in this Harmony.
Matthew. Mark. Lvke.
Chap. I.
TH E Book of the generation of
Jefus Chrift, the fon of David,
the fon of Abraham.
2 Abraham begat Ifaac, and I-
faac begat Jacob, and Jacob begat
Judas and his brethren.
3 And Judas begat Phares and
Zara of Thamar, and Phares be-
gat Efrom, and Efrom begat Aram.
4 And Aram begat Aminadab,
and Aminadab begat Naaflbn, and
Naaflbn begat Salmon.
f And Salmon begat Booz of Ra-
chab, and Booz begat Obed of Ruth,
and Obed begat Jefle.
6 And Jefle begat David the king,
and David the king begat Solomon
of her that had been the toife of
Urias.
7 And Solomon begat Roboam,
and Roboam begat Abia, and Abia
begat Afa.
8 And Afa begat Jofaphat, and
Jofaphat begat Joram, and Joram
begat Ozias.
o And Ozias begat Joatham, and
John.
tod Joatham
2.IO
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. I.
Joatham begat Achaz, and Achaz
begat Ezekias. c '
10 And Ezekias begat Manafles,
and Manafles begat Amoa, and A-
mon begat Jofias. . •
ii And Jofias begat Jechoma*
and his brethren, about the time
they were carried away to Baby-
lon. ■ 'v
ii And after they were brought
to Babylon, Jcchonias begat Sala-
thiel, and Salathiel begat Zoroba-
'i 2 And Zorobabel begat Abiud,
and Abiud begat Eliakim, and Eh-
akirn begat Azor.
14 And Azor begat Sadoc, and
Sadoc begat Aehim, and Achim be-
gat Eliud.
if And Eliud begat Eleazar, and
Eleazar begat Matthan, and Mat-
than begat Jacob. ■
16 And Jacob begat Jofeph the
husband of Mary, of whom was
born lefus, who is called Chnlt.
i 7 So all the generations from
Abraham to David, are fourteen ge
aerations: and from David until
the carrying away into Babylon,
are fourteen generations: and from
the carrying away into Babylaa.
unto Chrift, are fourteen generati-
ons,
«.a. 18 Now the birth of Jefus
Chrift was on this wife: when as
his mother Mary was efpoufed to
fofeph, before they came together,
{he was found with child of the
holyGhoft.
19 Then Jofeph herhusband be-
ing a juft man, and not will-
ing to make her a publick example,
Mark. Luke; John.
■ III
of the four Evangelijfs.
21 1
Matthew.
M,
LtfKE.
JOHN.
Chap. I.
was minded toputher away privily.
20 But while hethought on thcfe
things, behold, the angel of the
Lord appeared unto him in a dream,
faying, Jofeph thou fon of David,
fear not to take unto thee Mary thy
wife: for that which is conceived
in her, is of the holyGhoft/
2 1 And fhe mall bring forth a
fon, and thou malt call his name
Jefus: for he mall fave his people
from their fins.
22 (Now all this was done, that
it might be fulfilled which wasipo-
ken of the Lord by the prophet,
faying,
23 Behold, a virgin mail be with
child, and mall bring forth a fon,
and they fhall call his name Emma-
nuel, which being interpreted, is,
God with us.)
24 Thenjofephbeingraiiedfrom
fleep, did as the angel of the Lord
had bidden him, and took mtohim
his wife:
§. 3. if And knew her net till
(he had brought forth hexfirft-born
fon j and he called his name Jefus.
Chap. II.
AND it came to pafs in thofe
days, that there went out
a decree from Cefar Auguftus,
that all' the world mould be taxed.
2 (And this taxing was firft made
when Cyrenius was governour of
Syria.)
3 And all went to be taxed, e-
very one into his own city.
4 And Jofeph alfo went up from
Dd t
Galilee,
2,ti ive narmimy ,
The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. II.
Galilee, out of the city of Naza-
reth, into Judea, unto the city of
David, which is called Bethlehem,
(becaufe he was of the houfe and
linage of David)
f To be taxed with Mary his e-
fpoufed wife, being great with
child.
6 And fo it was, that while they
were there, the days were accom-
plifhed that fhe fhould be delivered*
7 And fhe brought forth her firft-
born fon, and wrapped him in
fwadling clothes, and laid him in
a manger, becaufe there was- no
room for them in the inn.
§. 4. 8 And there were in the
fame country fhepherds abiding
in the field, keeping watch over
their flock by night,
9 And lo, the angel of the Lord
came upon them, and the glory of
the Lord fhone round about them ;
and they were fore afraid.
I o And the angel faid unto them,
Fear not : for behold, I bring you
good tidings of great joy, .which
jhall be to all people.
II For unto you is born this
day, in the city of David, . a Savi-
our, which is Chrift the Lord.
12 And this flail be a fign unto
you;," Ye fhall find the babe wrap-
ped in fwadling clothes, lying in a
manger.
1 3 And fuddenly there was with
the angel a multitude of the hea-
venly hoft praifing God, and fay-
ing,
14 Glory to God in the higheft,
and on earth peace, good will to-
wards men. -
of the four Evangelifts,
213
Matthew.
Mark.
Luke.
John.
Chap. IT.
Chap. IT.
IN born in Bethlehem of Ju-
dea, in the days of Herod the king,
behold, there came wife-men
from the eaft. to Jerufalem,
a Saying, where is he that is
born king of the Jews ? for we
have feen his ftar in the eaft, and
are come to worfhip him.
3 When Herod the king had
heard thefe things, he was troubled,
if And it came to pafs, as the
angels were gone away from them
into heaven, the fhepherds faid one
to another, Let us now go even
unto Bethlehem, and fee this thing
which is come to pafs, which the
Lord hath made known unto us.
1 6 And they came with hafte,
and found Mary and Jofeph, and
the babe lying in a manger,
1 7 And when they had feen it,
they made known abroad the fay-
ing, which was told them concern-
ing this child.
1 8 And all they that heard it,
wondred at thofe things which
were told them by the fhepherds.
19 But Mary kept all thefe things,
and pondered them in her heart.
10 And the fhepherds returned,
glorifying and praiiing God for all
the things that they had heard and
feen, as it was told unto them.
iL And when eight days wasac-
complifhed for the circumcifing of
the child, his name was called Je-
fus, which was £0 named of the
angel before he was conceived in
the womb.
Dd
and
H4
The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Lukz. JOKli*
Chap. II.
and all Jerufalem with him.
4 And when he had gathered all
the chief" Priefts and Scribes 'of the
people together, he demanded of
them where Chrift fhould be born.
e And they faid unto him, In
Bethlehem of Judea: for thus it it
written by the prophet ;
6 And thou Bethlehem in the land
of Juda, art not the leaft among
the princes of Juda: for out of thee
fhall come a Governour that mail
rule my people Ifrael.
7 Then Herod, when he had
privily called the wife-men, enqui-
red of them diligently what time
the ftar appeared.
8 And he fent them to Bethle-
hem, and faid, Go, and fearch di-
ligently for the young child, and
when ye have found him, bring me
word again, that I may come and
worftiip him alfo.
9 When they had heard the king,
they departed, and lo, the ftar which
they faw in the eaft, went before
them, till it came and flood over
where the young child was.
io When they faw the ftar, they
rejoiced with exceeding great joy.
1 1 And when they were come
into thehoufe, they law the young
child with Mary his mother, and fell
down and worfhipped him: and
when they had opened their trea-
sures, they prefented unto him gifts ;
gold, and frankincenfe, andmyrrhe.
1 1 And being warned of God
in a dream, that they lhould not re-
turn to Herod, they departed into
their own countrey another way.
§.6. 13 And when they were
of the four Evangelijfs. z 1 5
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. II.
departed, behold, the angel of the
Lord appearethtojofeph in a dream,
faying. Arife, and take the young
child, and hismother, and flee into
Egypt, and be thou there until I
bring thee word : for Herod will
feek the young child to deftroyhim.
14 When he arofe, he took the
young child and his mother by night,
and departed into Egypt:
1 f And was there until the death
of Herod : that it might be fulfill-
ed which was fpoken of the Lord
by the prophet, faying, Out of E-
gypt have I called my Son.
16 Then Herod, when hefaw
that he was mocked of the wife-
men, was exceeding wroth, and
fent forth, and flew all the children
that were in Bethlehem, and in all
the coafts thereof, from two year*
old and under, according to the
time which he had diligently en-
quired of the wife- men.
17 Then was fulfilled that which
was fpoken by Jeremy the prophet,
faying, '
18 In Rama was there a voice
heard, lamentation, and weeping,
and great mourning, Rachel weep-
ing/or her children, and would not
be comforted, becaufe they are not.
19 But when Herod was dead,
behold, an angel of the Lor J appear-
cth in a dream to Jofeph in Egypt,
20 Saying, Ariie, and take the
young child and his mother, and
go into the land of Ifrael: for they
are dead which fought the young
childs life.
xi And he arofe, and took the
young child and his mother, and
came into the land of Ifrael.
a2 But
Zl 6
The Harmony
Matthew-
Mark.
Luke.
John.
Chap. II.
22 But when he heard that Ar-
chelaus did reign in Judea, in the
room of his father Herod, he was
afraid to go thither: notwithftand-
ing,being warned of God in a dream,
he turned afi.de into the parts of Ga-
lilee:
§.7. 23 And he came and dwelt in
a city called Nazareth j that it might
be fulfilled which was fpoken by
the prophets, He ihall be called a
Nazarene.
Chap. II.
22 And when the days of her
purification according to the
law of Mofes, were accomplished,
they brought him to Jerufalem, to
prefent him to the Lord,
23 (As it is written in the law
of the Lord, Every male that open-
eth the womb (hall be called holy
to the Lord)
24 And to offer a facrifice ac-
cording to that which is laid in the
law of the Lord, A pair of turtle-
doves, or two young pigeons.
2j- And behold, there was a man
in Jerufalem, whofe name was Si-
meon ; and the fame man was juft
and devout, waiting for the confo-
lation of Ifrael: and the holy Ghofl:
was upon him.
2 6 And it was revealed unto him
by the holy Ghofl:, that he fhould
not fee death, before he had feen
the Lords Chrift.
27 And he came by the fpirit in-
to the temple : and when the pa-
rents brought in the child Jefus,to
do for him after the cuflom of the
law,
18 Then
of the four Evangelifls. £'*7
Matthew. Mark. Loke. John.
Qhap. II.
i3 Then took he him up in his
arms,and blefled God, and laid,
19 Lord, now letteft thou thy
fervant depart in peace, according
to thy word.
30 For mine eyes have feen thy
falvation:
3 1 Which thou haft prepared be-
fore the face of all people :
31 A light to lighten the Gen-
tiles, and the glory of thy people
Ifrael.
33 And Jofeph and his mother
marvelled at thofe things which
were fpoken of him.
3 4 And Simeon blefled them, and
faid unto Mary his mother, Behold>
this child is fet for the fell and ri-
fing again of many in Ifrael ; and
for a fign which fhall be fpoken a-
, gainft :
37 (Yea, a fword fhall pierce
through thy own foul alfo) that the
thoughts of many hearts may be re-
vealed.
36 And there was one Anna a
prophetefs, the daughter ofPhanu-
eL of the tribe of Afer ; fhe was of a
great age, and had lived with an hus-
band feven years from her virginity.
37 And fhe was a widow of a-
bout fourfcore and four years:
which departed not from the tem-
ple, but ferved Ced with raftings
and prayers night and day.
38 And fhe coming in that in-
ftant, gave thankslikewifeuntothe
Lord, and fpake of him to all them
that looked for redemption in Je-
rufalem. ■ .
3 9 And when they had perforin -
ed all things according to the law
of the Lord, they returned into Ga-
Ec Klee,
2,1 8 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Jokn.
Chap. IT.
iilee,. to their own city Nazareth.
§.8. 40 And the child grew, and
waxed ftrong in fpirit, filled with
wifdom ; and the grace of God was
upon him.
41 Now his parents went to Je-
rufalem every year at the feaft of
the pafibver.
42 And when he was twelve
years old, they went up to Jerufa-
lem, after the cuftom of the feaft.
43 And when they had fulfilled
the days, asthey returned, the child
Jefus tarried behind in Jerufalem r
and Jofeph and his mother knew
not of it.
44 But they fuppofing him to
have been in the company, went a
days journey} and they fought him
among their kinsfolk and acquain-
tance.
4j And when they found him
not, they turned back again to Je-
rufalem, feeking him.
46 And it came pafs, that after
three days, they found him in the
temple, fitting in the midft of the
do£tours, both hearing them, and
asking them queftions.
47 And all that heard him were
aftonifhed at his underftanding and
anfwers.
48 And when they faw him, they
were amazed : and his mother iaid
unto him, Son, why haft thou thus
dealt with us ? behold, thy father and
I have fought thee forrowing.
49 And he faid unto them, How
is it that ye fought me ? wift ye not
that I mult be about my fathers bu-
finefs?
5-0 And they underftood not the
faying
of the four Ewangelijls.
2.19
Matthew. Mar*. Luke. John.
Chap. II.
faying which he fpake unto them.
/i And he went down with
them, and came to Nazareth, and
was fubjeft unto them : but his mo-
ther kept all thefe fayings -in her
heart.
f i And Jefus increafed in wif-
dom and ftature, and in favour with
< God and man.
CHAP. III.
From the Beginning of John the Baptifts and our Saviors
Miniftry> till our Saviors firfi public Tajfover : containing
about fix months fpace, from October A. T>. 28, till April
AT>.i^.
THis third Period contains three branches. 1 . The account, by way of
digreffion, of the Preaching and Baptising of John the Baptift, till his
very Imprisonment', which Hifiory, tho' it reach farther than the bounds of
this Chapter yet was to be taken together ; and therefore becaufe the Bap-
tift began his Minijlry before our Savior began his, can have no fitter
place than that here ajfign'd, jufi before the commencing of our Savior's
own minifiry, a. St, Luke'* Genealogy of our Savior ; which having been
prov'd intirely different from St, Matthew'/ Genealogy of Jofeph ought
not to be confounded with it, nor torn from its own place here in the na-
tural Scries of St, Luke's Gofpel. 3. The account St. John gives us of
the firfi part of our Savior's Minifiry, dated jufi upon his own Call and
attendance, ' and continued till our Savior s firfi public Pajfover; which therefore
cannot but be in its true place in the Series of the Evangelical Hifiory.
Ee 4 Chap.
210
The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. III. Chap. I. Chap. HI.
§i.TNthofe days came >TpHE beginning of XTOW in the fif-
1 John the'Bapdft, X the Gofpel of J.e- ±\| teenth year of
preaching in the wil- fus Chrift the fon of the reign of Tiberius
dernefs of Judea, God, Cefar, Pontius Pilate
2 And faying, Re- 2 As it is written in being governour of Ju-
pcnt ye: for the king- the prophets, Behold, I dea,..and Herod being
dom of heaven is at fend my meffenger be- tetrarch of Galilee, and
hand. fore thy face, which his brother Philip te-
3 For this is he that fhall prepare thy way trarch of Iturea, and
wjs fpoken of by the before thee. of the region of Tra-
the prophet Efaias, fay- 3 The voice of one chonitis, and Lyfa, .
ing, The voice of one crying in the wilder- nias the tetrarch of A-
crying in the wilder- nefs, Prepare ye the bilene,
neis, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make 2 Annas and Caia-
wayofthc Lord, make his paths ftrait. phas being the high
his paths ftrait. 4 John did baptize priefts,thewordofGod
4 And the iamejohn in the wildernefs, and came unto John the fon
hid his raiment of ca- preach the baptifm of ofZacharias in the wil-
mels hair, and a lea- repentance, for the re- dernefs.
thern girdle about his million of fins. 3 And he came into*
loins ; arid his meat was S And t ^ ere went all the countrey about
: ocu(ls and wild hony. out unto him all the land Jordan, preaching the
5- Then went out to of judea, and they of baptifm of repentance
him Jerufalem, and all Jerusalem,, and were all for the remiffion of
judea, and all the re- baptized of him in the fins;
i^ion round about Jor- river of "Jordan, con- 4 As it is written in
d an felling their fins. the book of the words
6 And were baptized 6 And John was of Efaias the prophet,,
or him in Jordan, con- clothed with camels faying, The voice of
fe;Tmg their fins. hair, and with a girdle one crying in the wil-
7 But when he faw of a skin about his dernefs, prepare ye the
many of the Pharifees loins: and he did eat way of the Lord, make
and Sadduceescome to locufts and wild hony: his paths ftrait.
his Baptifm, he faid urn 7 And preached, fay- f Every valley {hall,
to them. O generation ing. There cometh one be filled, and every
of vipers, who hath mightier then I after mountain and hill fhall
warned you to free from me,thelatchetofwhofe be brought low; and
the wrath to come? fhooes I am notwor- the crooked fhall be
8 Bring forth there- thy to ftoop down and made ftraight, and the
fore fruits meet for re- unloofe. rough ways fhall be
pentance. 8 I indeed have bap- made fmooth:
9 And think not to tized you with water : 6 And all flcfli fhall
fay within your felves, but he fhall baptize you feethefalvationofGod.
of the four Evangelifls
in
Matthew.
Chap. III.
Mark.
Chap. I.
we have Abraham to with the holy Gh oft.
9ur father: for I fay
unto you, that God is
able of thefe ftones to
raife up children unto
Abraham.
io And now alfo
the ax is laid unto the
root of the trees : there-
fore every tree which
bringeth not forth good
fruit, is hewn down,
and caft into the fire.
1 1 I indeed baptize
you with water unto
repentance ; but he
that cometh after me
is mightier than T,
whofe fhoes I am not
worthy to bear : he
mall baptize you with
the holy Ghoft, and
with fire.
i i Whofe fan is in
his hand, and he will
throughly purge his
floor, and gather his
wheat into the garner:
but he will burn up the
chaff with unquench-
able fire.
Luke.
Chap. nr.
7 Then faid he to
the multitude that
came forth to be bap-
tized of him, O gene-
ration of vipers, who
hath warned you to
flee from the wrath to
come?
8 Bringforth there-
fore fruits worthy of
repentance, and begin
not to fay within your
felves, We have Abra-
ham to our father: for
I fay unto you, that
God is able of thefe
flones to raife up child-
ren unto Abraham.
o And now alfo the
ax is laid unto the root
of the trees: every
tree therefore which
bringeth not forth
good fruit, is hewn
down, and caft into
the fire.
i o And the people
asked him , faying,
Whatftiallwedothen?
1 1 He anfwercth
and faith unto them,
He that hath two coats,
let him impart to him
that hath none; and
he that hath meat, let
him do likewife.
i x Then came alfo
publicanes to be bap-
tized, and faid unto
him, Mafter, what fhall
we do ?
15 And he faid un-
to them,Exadt no more
Ee ?
John.
then
Zll
The Harmony
Matthew, Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. III.
then that which is appointed you.
1 4 And the ibuldiers likewife de-
manded of him, laying, And what
(hall we do ? And he faid unto them,
Do violence to no man, neither ac-
cufe*«yfaHly, and be content with
your wages.
i j" And as the people were in cx«
pe<5tation,and all men mufed in their
hearts of John, whether he were the
Chriftor not;
1 6 John anfwered, faying unto
them all, I indeed baptize you with
water; but one^ mightier than I
cometh, the latchet of whofe fhoes
I am not worthy to unloofe : he
fhall baptize you with the holy
Ghoft, and with fire.
1 7 Whofe fan is in his hand, and
he will throughly purge his floor,
and will gather the wheat into his
garner; but the chaff he will burn
with fire unquenchable.
1 8 And many other things in his
exhortation preached he unto the
people.
19 But Herod thetetrarch. being
reproved by him for Herodias his
brother Philips wife, and for all the
evils which Herod had done,
ao Added yet this above all, that
he fhut up John in prifbn.
§. 1. a 3 And Jefushimfelf began
to be about thirty years of age, being
(as was fuppofed) the fon of Jo-
feph, which was the fon of Heli,
24 Which was the/on of Matthat,
whkh was the fon of Levi, which
was the fon of Melchi, which was
the fin of Janna, which was the
fon of Jofeph,
if Which was the fon of Mat-
of the four EvangeUJis. 123
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. III.
tathias, which was the fon of A-
mos, which was the f on of Naum,
which was the [on of Efli, which
was the fon of Nagge,
26 Which was the fin of Maath,
which was the fin of Mattathias,
which was the fin of Semei, which
was the fin of Jofeph, which was
the fin of Juda,
27 Which was /^/o« of Joanna,
which was the fin of Rhefa, which
was the fon of Zorobabel, which
was the fon of Salathiel, which
was the fin of Neri,
28 Which was the fon of Mel-
chi, which was the fin of Addi,
which was the fin of Cofam, which
was the fon of Elmodam, which
was the fin of Er,
29 Which was the fon of Jofe,
which was the fon of Eliezer, which
was the fin of Jorim, which was
the fon of Matthat, which was the
fon of Levi,
30 Which was the fin of Sime-'
on, which was the fin of Juda,
which wo s the fon of Jofeph, which
was the fon of Jonan, which w. s
the fon of Eliakim,
5 1 Which was the fon of Melea,
which was the fon of Menan, which
was the fin of Mattatha, which was
the fon of Nathan, which was the
fin of David,
3 2 Which was the fin of Jefle,
which was the fon of Obed, which
was the fon of Booz, which was
the fon of Salmon, which was the
fin of Naaflbn.
33 Which was the fin of Ami-
nadab, which was the fon of Aram,
which was the fon ofEfrom, which
was the fon of Phares, which was
tit
:2.2 4 Th e Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. . Jonh.
Chap. III.
the /on of Juda,
34 Which was the/on of Jacob,
which was the fon of Ifaac, which
was the fon of Abraham, which
was the fon of Thara, which was*
the fon of Nachor,
3^ Which was the fon of Saruch,
which was the fon of Ragau, which
was the fon of Phaleg, which was
the fon of Heber, which was the
fon of Sala,
36 Which was the [on of Cai-
nan, which was the fon of Arphax-
ad, which was the fon of Sem,
which was the fon of Noe, which
was the fon of Lamech,
37 Which was the fon of Ma-
thufala, which was the fon of E-
noch, which was the fon of Jared,
which was the fon of Maleleel,
which was the fen of Cainan,
38 Which was the fon of Enos,
which was the fon of Seth, which
wssthefonof Adam, which was Chap. I:
thefoof God.
§. 3. TN the beginning
J. was the Word,
and the Word was
with God, and the
Word was God.
2 The fame was in
the beginning with
God.
3 All things were
made by him ; and
without him was not
any thing made that
was m;de.
4 In him was life,
;nd
of the four Evangelijls. 225
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John,
Chap. I,
and the life was the light of men.
f And the light fhineth in dark-
nefs, andthedarknefs comprehend-
ed it not.
6 There was a man fent from
God, whofe name was John.
7 The fame came for a witnefs,
to bear witnefs of the light, that
all men through him might believe.
8 He was not that light, but was
fent to bear witnefs of that light.
9 That was the true light, which
lighteth every man that cometh in-
to the world.
10 He was in the world, and
the world was made by him, and
the world knew him not.
1 1 He came unto his own, and
his own received him not.
iz But as many as received him,
to them gave he power to become
the fbns of God, even to them that
believe on his name.
13 Which were born, not of
blood, nor of the will of the flefh,
nor of the will of man, but of
God.
14 And the word was made flefh,
and dwelt among us (and we be-
held his glory, the glory as of the on-
( ly begotten of the Father) full of
grace and truth.
§.4. if John bare witnefs of
him, and cryed, faying, This was
he of whom I {pake, He that com-
eth after me, is preferred before
me: for he was before me.
16 And of his fulnefs have all
we received, and grace for grace.
17 For the law was given by
Mofes, but grace and truth came
by Jcfus Chrift.
Ff 18 N»
2,2.6 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. I.
1 8 No man hath Teen God at a-
ny time* the only begotten Son,
which is in the bofbm of his Fa-
ther, he hath declared him.
1 9 And this is the record of John,
when the Jews fent prieftsand Le-
vites from Jerufalem, to ask him,
Who art thou?
20 And heconfefled, and denied
not ; but confefled, I am not the
Chrift.
21 And they asked him, What
then? Art thou Elias ? And he faith,
I am not. Art thou that prophet?
And he anfwered, No.
12 Then faid they unto him,
Who art thou? that we may give
an anfwer to them that fent us :
what fayeft thou of thy felf ?
23 He faid, I am the voice of
one crying in the wildernefs,Make
ftraight the way of the Lord, as
faid the prophet Efaias.
24 And they which were fent,
were of the Pharifees.
if And they asked him, and faid
unto him, Why baptized thou then,
if thou be not that Chrift, nor E-
lias, neither that prophet?
26 John anfwered them, faying,
I baptize with water : but there
ftandeth one among you, whom ye
know not;
27 He it is who coming after
me, is preferred before me, whofe
(hoes latchet I am not worthy to
unloofe.
28 Thefe things were done in
Bethabara beyond Jordan, where
John was baptizing.
§. f. 19 The next day John
feeth Jefus coming unto him, and
faith,
of the four Evangelijls.
22.7
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. I.
faith, Behold the Lamb of God,
which taketh away the fin of the
world.
30 This is he of whom I faid,
After me cometh a man, which is
preferred before me; for he was
before me.
31 And I knew him not: but
that he mould be made manifefl to
Ifrael, therefore am I come bap-
tizing with water.
31 And John bare record, fay-
ing, I faw the Spirit defending
from heaven, like a dove, and it
abode upon him.
33 And I knew him not: but
9 he that fent m e to baptize with wa-
ter, the fame faid unto me, Upon
whom thou fhalt fee the Spirit de-
fending, and remaining on him,
thefame is he which baptizeth with
the holy Ghoft.
34 And I faw, and bare record
that this is the Son of God.
§.6. 3 ? Again the next day af-
ter, John flood, and two of his
difciplesj
36 And looking upon Jefus as
he walked, he faith, Behold the
Lamb of God.
37 And the two difciples heard
him fpeak, and they followed Te-
fiis. J
38 Then Jefus turned, and faw
them following, and faith unto
them, What feek ye? They faid
unto him, Rabbi, (which is to fay,
being interpreted, Matter) Where
dwelleft thou?
39 He faith unto them, Come
and fee. They came and faw where
he dwelt, and abode with him that
Ffi day:
2,2 8 The Harmony
Matthew. Maris. Luke. John.
Chap. I.
day: for it was about the tenth
hour.
40 One of the two which heard
]o\mf}eak, and followed him, was
Andrew, Simon Peters brother.
4 1 He firft findeth his own bro-
ther Simon, and faith unto him,
We have found the Meflias, which
is, being interpreted, the Chrift.
42 And he brought him to Je-
fus. And when Jefus beheld him,
he faid, Thou art Simon the fbn of
Jona : thou fhalt be called Cephas,
which is by interpretation, aftone.
43 The day following, Jefuj
would go forth into Galilee, and
findeth Philip, and faith unto him,
follow me. •
44 Now Philip was of Beth-
faida, the city of Andrew and Pe-
ter.
4f Philip findeth Nathanael, and
faith unto him. We have found
him of whom Mofes in the law,
and the prophets did write, Jefus
of Nazareth, the ion of Jofeph.
46 And Nathanael faid unto him,
Can there any good thing come
©ut of Nazareth? Philip faith unto
him, Come and fee.
47 Jefus faw Nathanael coming
to him, and faith of him, Behold
an Ifraelite indeed, in whom is no
guile.
48 Nathanael faith unto him,
whence knoweft thou me? Jefus
anfwered and faid unto him, Be-
fore that Philip called thee when
thou waft under, the fig-tree, I faw
thee.
49 Nathanael anfwered and faith
unto him, Rabbi, thou art the fbn
©f God, thou art the king of Ifrael.
j-o Jefus
of the four Evangelijls. 119
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. I.
fo Jefus anfwered and faid un-
to him, Becaufe I faid unto thee, I
faw thee under the fig-tree, believeft
thou ? thou Ihalt fee greater things
then thefe.
5-1 And he faith unto him, Veri-
ly, verily I iay unto you, Hereafter
you {hall fee heaven opened, and the
angeis of God afcending and de-
fending upon the Son oi man.
Chap. rr.
§.7. A ND the third day there
J\. was a marriage iii\Cana
of Galilee, and the mother of Je-
fus was there.
2 And both Jefus was called,
and his difciples, to the marriage.
3 And when they wanted wine,
the mother of Jelus faith unto him,
They have no wine.
4 Jefus faith unto her, Woman,
what have I to do with thee? mine
hour is not yet come.
f His mother faith unto thefer-
vants, whatfbever he faith unto you,
do it.
6 And there were fet there fix-
water- pots of ftone, after the man-
ner of the purifying of the Jews,
containing two or three firkins- a-
piece.
7 Jefus faith unto them, Fill'the
water-pots with water. And they
filled them up to the brim.
8 Andhefaithuntothem, Draw
out now, and bear unto thegover-
nour of the feaft. And they bear
it.
9 When the ruler of the feaft
had tafted the water that was made
wine, and knew not whence it
Ff * was,
230 The Harmony
Matthkva Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. II.
was, (but the fervants which drew
the water knew,) the governour of
the feaft called the bridegroom,
10 And faith unto him, every
man at the beginning doth fet forth
good wine ; and when men have
well drunk, then that which is
worfe : but 'hou haft kept the good
wine until now.
1 1 This beginning or miracles
did Jefiis in Cana of Galilee, and
manifefted forth his gloryj and his
defciples believed on him.
1 2 After this he went down to Ca-
pernaum, he, and his mother, and his
brethren, and his diftiples, and they
continued there not many days.
CHAP. IV.
From our Savior's firft public T off over > till his return into Ga-
lilee thro' Samaria : containing about four months fpace,
from April A. <Z>. 29. till Auguft the fame year.
^His fourth Period goes on with the firft part of our Saviors Miniftry
before the Jmprifonment of the Baptift, and being only in [St. John,
and by him immediately fab join d to the former fe&ion, is certainly in its
proper place in the prefent Harmony,
T
Chap. II.
§. 1. 13 And the Jews paflbver
was at hand, and Jeius went up to
Jerufalem,
14 And found in the temple thofe
that fold oxen, and {heep. and
doves, and the changers of money,
fitting:
iy And
of the four Evangelifts. 23 1
Matthew. Mark. Luke.
John.
Chap. IL
1/ And whm he had made a
fcourge of fmall cords, he drove
them out of the temple, and the
fheep, and the oxen ; and poured
out the changers money, and over-
threw the tables.
16 And faid unto them that fold
doves, Take thefe things hence ;
make not my Fathers houfe an houfe
of merchandife.
1 7 And his difciples remembred
thit it was written, The zeal of
thine houfe hath eaten me up.
18 Then anfwered the Jews,
and faid unto him, Whatfignfhew-
eft thou unto us, feeing that thou
doeft thefe things?
Jo Jefus anfwered and faid un-
to them, Deftroy this temple, and
in three days I will raife it up.
20 Then faid the Jews, Fourty
and fix years was this temple in
building, and wilt thou rear it up
in three days?
a 1 But he fpakc of the temple of
his body.
21 When therefore he was ri fen
from the dead, his difciples remem-
bred thathehadfaid this unto them:
and they believed the fcripture,and
the word which Jefus had faid.
2 3 Now when he was in Jeru-
falem at the paflbver, in the feaft-
day, many believed in his name,
when they faw the miracles wh'ch
he did.
24 But Jefus did not commit
himfelf unto them, becaufehe knew
all men,
if And needed not that any
ftiouldteftifyofman: for he knew
what wa« in man.
There
The Harmony
W
Matthew. \ Mark. Lvke. John.
Chap. III.
§. 2>-pHere was a man of the Pha-
J_ rifees, named Nicodemus,
a ruler of the Jews :
i The fame came to Jefus by
night, and faid unto him, Rabbi,
we know that thou art a teacher
come from God: for no man can
do thefe miracles that thou doeft,
except God be with him.
3 Jefus anfwered and faid unto
him, Verily verily I fay unto thee,
Except a man be born again, he
cannot fee the kingdom of God.
4 Nicodemus faith unto him,
How can a man be born when he
is old ? can he enter the fecond time
into his mothers womb, and be
born?
j Jefus anfwered, Verily verily
I fay unto thee, Except a man be
born of water and of the Spirit," he
cannot enter into the kingdom of
God.
6 That which is born of the
flefh, is flefh; and that which is
born of the Spirit, is fpirit.
7 Marvel not that I faid unto thee,
Ye muft be born again.
8 The wind bloweth where it
lifteth, and thou heareft the found
thereof, but canfl not tell whence it
cometh, and whither it goeth: fb
is every one that is born of the
Spirit.
9 Nicodemus anfwered and faid
unto him, How can thefe things be ?
i o Jefus anfwered and faid unto
him, Art thou a mafler of Ifrael,
and knoweft not thefe things?
1 1 Verily verily I fay unto thee,
We fpeak that we do know, and
teftify that we have fben; and ye
receive not our witnefs.
12 If
of the four EvangeUJls. z 3 3
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap III.
12 If I have told you earthly-
things, and ye believe not, how
fliall ye believe, if I tell you of hea-
venly things ?
13 And no man hath afcended
up to heaven, but he that came
down from heaven, even the Son
of man which is in heaven.
14 And as Mofes lifted up the
ferpent in the wildernefs, even fo
muft the Son of man be lifted up:
if That whofoever believeth in
him, mould not perifh, but have
everlafting life.
16 For God fo loved the world,
that he gave his only begotten Son,
that whofoever believeth in him,
mould not perifh, but have ever-
lafting life.
17 For God fentnothis Son into
the world to condemn the world j
but that the world through him
might be faved.
18 He that believeth on him, is
not condemned: but he that believ-
eth not, is condemned already, be-
caufe he hath not believed in the
name of the only begotten Son of
God.
19 And this is tte condemnati-
on, thatlight is comeinto the world,
and men loved darknefs rather then
light, becaufe their deeds were e-
vil.
20 For every one that doeth e-
vil, hateth the light, neither com-
eth to the light, lefthis deeds fhould
be reproved.
1 1 But he that doeth truth, com-
eth to the light, that his deeds may
be made manifeft, that they are
wrought in God.
^g §.3.12 After
2,^4 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. III.
§.3. 21 After thefe things came
Jefusand his difciples into the land of
Judea, and there he tarried with
them, and baptized.
23 And John alfowas baptizing
in Enon, near to Salim, becauie
there was much water there : and
they came, and were baptized.
24 For John was not yet call in-
to prifon.
2? Then there arofe a queftion
between fome of Johns difciples and
the Jews about purifying.
26 And they came unto John,
and faid unto him, Rabbi, he that
was with thee beyond Jordan, to
whom thou bareft witnefs, behold,
the fame baptizeth, and all men
come to him.
27 John anfwered and faid, A
man can receive nothing, except it
be given him from heaven.
28 Ye your felves bear me wit-
nefs, that I faid, IamnottheChrift,
but that I am fent before him.
29 He that hath the bride, is the
bridegroom: but the friend of the
bridegroom, which ftandeth and
heareth him, rejoiceth greatly be-
caufe of the bridegrooms voice :
this my joy therefore is fulfilled.
30 He mud increafe, but I mufi
decreafe.
3 1 He that cometh from above,
is above all; he that is of the
earth, is earthly, and fpeaketh of
the earth : he that cometh from hea-
ven, is above all.
32 And what he hath feen and
heard, that he teftifieth; and no
man receiveth his teflimony.
33 He that hath received his te-
flimony, hath fet to his feal, that
God
of the four EvangeliJIs. 2.35
Matthew, Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. III.
. God is true.
34 For he whom God hath fent,
fpeaketh the words of God : for
God giveth not the Spirit by rriea-
fure unto him.
3f The father loveth the Son,
and hath given all things into his
hand.
36 He that believcth on the Son,
hath everlafting life: and he that
believeth not the Son, mall not fee
life; but the wrath of God abid-
eth on him.
CHAP. V.
From our Savior's return into Galilee thro * Samaria> till hisfe-
cond Taffover : containing about eight months fpace, from
Auguft A. T>. 29. till April A. T>. 30.
THis fifth Period comprehends two principal Branches. The firfi is the
dtfcourfe with the Woman of Samaria near Sychar; with the enfuinv
occurrences in Samaria : together with Chrift'j return into Galilee ; His re-
ception there •, and his fecond Miracle there alfo. Which Branch does fo im-
mediately connetl with what went before, that no doubt will be made about
its true Order. The fecond Branch comprehends the Baptifm, Fafiing and
Temptations of our Savior recorded by St. Matthew, St. Mark, and St.
Luke, and therefore omitted by St. John. The reafon why I place this
branch here contrary to all the other Writers of Harmonies, is this. J have
already few n that our Lord's Baptifm, Fafiwg and Temptations, the Impri-
fonment 0/ John the Baptifr, and the commencing of Chrifr.' s public Preach-
ing in Galilee do all follow one another immediately. I have alfo provd
that this Imprtfonment of the Baptift istobeinterposd between the fourth and
fifth Chapters of St. John'* Gofpel 3 the latter of which begins with this fe-
cond PaJJover : which Obftrvations being premis'd, I fay that the natural pLice
of the Branch before us, is between the former return to Galilee and the fe-
Gg 2, cond
Z 2 6 The Harmony
cond Pafover, becauje I. When our Saviour came to be baptized, it was
out of Galilee, and from Nazareth* as St. Matthew and St. Mark afure
us. Now we never find that he fiaid any conjiderable time in Galilee from
the very beginning of his Miniftry till this time. But now he had been fo
kindly receivd there, and the time for his ft ay is fo considerable in the pre fen t
Harmony, that it naturally allows of the prefent circumftance, which doe snot
appear of any other time whatfoever. So that till we are afurd that our
Savior at fome other time before this liv'd in Galilee, we muft be allow' d
to place this his journey from thence to Jordan at the time here fpecifyd, and
no other. z. 'Tis certain that the Baptift was not in Prifon at the return
of Chrift into Galilee, in St. John'* fourth Chapter, and highly probable
that he was in Prifon, at his fifth Chapter, the Hiftory of the fecond Pafover.
'Ttsalfo certain from St. Luke, that when Chrift came to Nazareth next
after the Baptift\f Imprisonment , he had already been a Reader formerly for
fome confiderable time in that Synagogue. 'Tis alfo evident that this fecond
Pafover tho after John'* Imprifonment, yet was before the return into Ga-
lilee from which the other Evanqelifts date their Accounts of our Saviors
Miniftry ; becaufe otherwife weffould have had the Hiftory of it not in St,
Tohn, but in the others. All which circumftances do perfetlly agree with
the prefent Order of thefe Hiftories, but with no other iffhatfoever . 3 . Our
Savior at his Temptations was in the Defart of Judea, and on the pinacle
of the Temple of Jerufalem, and therefore ready to afcend to the Jewifti
Pafover, according to the Account before us. But if we alter this Series,
and fuppofe our Savior coming up out of Galilee to Jerufalem long after-
wards, we ft) all imagin a journey without any manner of foundation-, nay,
and this within the compafs of the Annals of St. Matthew, St. Mark, and
St. Luke, without the leaf hint of any fuch thing in any of their Hiftories.
Vpon the whole, Jince we leave Chrift in Judea at the conclufton of his Tem-
ptations, aboutthetime of the Baptift' J Imprifonment in three of the Evange-
lifts -, and a little after, we find him in St. John, going to the Pafover to
Terufalem when the Baptift was already in Prifon, and alfo find that foon
after that Imprifonment he returned into Galilee, and began his public Preach-
ing there ; we may juftly gather that the prefent Series, and no other, is a-
qreeable to all thefe Accounts of the Evangelifts before us.
When
of the four Evangelijls.
2-37
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. IV.
§• i.TTTHen therefore the Lord
VV knew how the Fhari-
fees had heard that Jefus made and
baptized more difciples then John,
2 (Though Jefus himfelf baptiz-
ed not, but his difciples)
3 He left Judea, and departed
again into Galilee.
4 And he muft needs go through
Samaria.
$■ Then corneth he to a city of
Samaria, which is called Sychar,
near to the parcel of ground that
Jacob gave to his fon Jofeph.
6 Now Jacobs well was there.
Jefus therefore being wearied with
his journey, fat thus on the well:
and it was about the fixth hour.
7 There cometh a woman of
Samaria to draw water: Jefus faith
unto her, Give me to drink.
8 For his difciples were gone a-
way unto the city to buy meat.
9 Then faith the woman of Sa-
maria unto him, How is it that
thou being a Jew, askeft drink of
me, which am a woman of Sama-
. ria? for the Jews have no dealings
with the Samaritanes.
10 Jefus anfwered and faid un-
to her, If thou kneweft the gift of
God, and who it is that fiith to
thee, Give me to drink ; thou
wouldeft have asked of him, and
he would have given thee living
water.
1 1 The woman faith unto him,
Sir, thou haft nothing to draw with,
and the well is deep: from whence
then haft thou that living water?
12 Art thou greater then our fa-
ther Jacob, whichgaveus the well,
and drank thereof himfelf, and his
Gg 3 children.
2,38 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. IV.
children, and his cartel?
1 3 . Jefus anfwered and faid un-
to her, Whofoever drinketh of this
water {hall thirft again :
14 But whofoever drinketh of
the water that I fhall give him,
fhall never thirft: but the water
that I fhall give him, (hall be in
him a well of water fpringing up
into everlafting life.
15- The woman faith unto him,
Sir, give methis water, that I thirft
not, neither come hither to draw.
16 Jefus faith unto her, Go,
call thy husband, and come hither.
17 The woman anfwered and
faid, I have no husband. Jefus
faid unto her, Thou haft well faid,
I have no husband :
18 For thou haft had five huf-
bands, and he whom thou now haft
is not thy husband : in that faidft
thou truly.
19 The woman faith unto him,
Sir, I perceive that thou art a pro-
phet.
20 Our fathers worfhipped in
this mountain ; and ye fay, that in
Jerufalem is the place where men
ought to worfhip.
2 1 Jefus faith unto her, Woman,
believe me, the hour cometh when
ye fhall neither in this mountain*
nor yet at Jerufalem worfhip the
Father.
22 Ye worfhip ye know not
what: we know what we worfhip:
for falvation is of the Jews.
23 But the hour cometh, and
now is, when the true worfhip-
pers fhall worfhip the Father in fpi-
rit and in truth: for the Father
fecketh fuch to worfhip him.
24 God
of the four Evangelijls. 23 9
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. IV.
24 God is a Spirit, and they that
woriiiip him, muft worfhip/?/>« in
fpint and in truth.
if The woman faith unto him,
I know that Meffias cometJi, which
is called Chrift: when he is come,
he will tell us all things.
26 Jeius faith unto her, I that
fpeak unto thee, am he.
27 And upon this came his di-
fciples, and marvelled that he talk-
ed with the woman : yet no man
faid, What feekeftrhou? or, Why
talkeft thou with her?
§.2.28 The woman then left her
water-pot, and went hsr way into
the city, and faith to the men,
29 Come, fee a man which told
me all things that ever I did : is
not this the Chrift?
30 Then they went out of the
city, and came unto him.
31 In the mean while his di-
fciples prayed him, faying, Mafter,
eat.
32 But he faid unto them, I have
meat to eat that ye know not of.
33 Therefore faid the difciples
one to another, Hath any man
brought him ought to eat?
34 Jefus faith unto them, My
meat is to do the will of him that
fent me, and to finifh his work.
35* Say not ye, there are yet four
months, and then cometh harveft ?
behold, I fay unto you , Lift up
your eyes, and look on the fields j
tor they are white already to har-
veft.
36 And he that re:.petb receiv-
eth wages, and gathercth fruit un-
to life eternal: that bo:h he that
foweth
x^.q The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. IV.
fovveth, and he that reapeth, may
rejoice together.
37 And herein is that faying true,
Onefoweth, and another reapeth.
38 I fent you to reap that where-
on ye beftowed no labour: other
men laboured, and ye are entred in-
to their labours.
39 And many of the Samart-
tanes of that city believed on him,
for the faying of the woman, which
teftified, He told me all that ever
I did.
40 So when the Samaritanes
were come unto him, they be-
fought him that he would tarry
with them: and he abode there
two days.
41 And many more believed,
becaufe of his own word:
41 And faid unto the woman,
Nowwebelieve, not becaufe of thy
faying: for we have heard him
our felves, and know that this is in-
deed the Chrift, the Saviour of the
world.
§. 3. 43 Now after two days he
departed thence, and went into Ga-
lilee:
44 For Jefus himfelf teftified,
that a prophet hath no honour in
his own countrey.
45* Then when he was come in-
to Galilee, the Galileans received
him, having feen all the things that
he did at Jerufalem at the feaft:
for they alfb went unto the feaft.
46 So Jefus came again into Ca-
na of Galilee, where he made the
water wine. And there was a cer-
tain noble man, whofe fon was
fick at Capernaum.
47 When
of the four Evangelijls. 241
Matthew, Mark. Lvke John.
Chap. IV.
47 When he heard that Jefus was
come out of Judea into Galilee, he
went unto him, and befbught him.
that he would comeNiown, and
heal his fon : for he was at the
point of death.
48 Then faid Jefus unto him,
Except ye fee iignt and wonders,
ye will not believe.
49 The noble man faith unto
him, Sir, come down ere my child
die. '
f o Jefus faith unto him, Go thy
wayj thy fon liveth. And the
man believed the word that Jefus
had fpoken unto him, and he went
his way.
y i And as he was now going
down, his fervants met him, and
told him, faying, Thy fon liveth.
fi Then enquired he of them
the hour, when he began to amend :
and they faid unto him, Yefterday
at the leventh hour the fever left
him.
S 3 So the father knew that it
tens at the fame hour, in the which
Jefus faid unto him, Thy fon liveth j
and himfelf believed, and his whole
houfe.
5-4 This is again the fccond mi-
racle that Jefus did, when he was
"come out of Judea into Galilee.
H *» 13 Then
14 2 -
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. III.
Mark.
Chap. I.
§ 4. 13 Then com- 9 And it came to
eth Jefus from Galilee pais in thofe days, that
to Jordan unto John, Jefus came from Na-
to be baptized of him. zareth of Galilee, and
14 But John for- was baptized of John
bad him, laying, I in Jordan,
have need to be bap- 1 o Andftraightway
tized of thee, and coming up out of the
comeft. thou to me ? water, hefawthehea-
1/ And Jefu$ an- vens opened, and the
fwering.faid unto him, Spirit like a dove de-
Suffer it to be fo now . fcending upon him.
for thus it becometh 1 1 And there came
us to fulfil all righte- a voice from heaven,
oufnefs. Thenhefuf- faying, Thou art my
fered him. beloved (on, in whom
16 And Jefus when I am well pleafed.
he was baptized, went
up ftraitway out of the
water: and lo, the
heavens were opened
unto him, and hefaw
the Spirit of God de-
fcending like a dove,
and lighting upon
him.
17 And lo, a voice
from heaven, faying,
This is my beloved
Son, in whom I am
well pleafed.
Chap. IV.
§. y.^TpHen was Je-
_L fus led up of
the fpirit into the wil-
dernefs, to be tempt-
ed of the devil.
2 And when he had
fafted fourty days and
fourty nights, he was
afterwards an hungred.
Luke.
Chap. III.
ii Now when all
the people were bap-
tized, it came to pais*
that Jefus alfo being
baptized, and praying,
the heaven was' open-
ed:
22 And the holy
Ghofl: defcended in a
bodily fliape like a dove
upon him, and a voice
came from heaven,
which faid, Thou art
my beloved Son, in
thee I am well pleafed.
John.
11 And immediate-
ly the fpirit driveth
him into the wilder-
nefs.
13 And he was
there in thewildernefs
fourty days tempted of
Satan, and was with
the wild beafts, and
Chap. IV.
AND Jefus being
ful of the holy
Ghoft, returned from
Jordan, and was led by
the fpirit into thewil-
dernefs,
2 Being fourty days
tempted of the devil}
and in thofe d%s he
of the four Evangelijls
M3
Matthew.
Chap. IV.
Mark.
Chap. I.
Luke.
Chap. IV.
3 And when the the angels
tempter came to him, unto him.
he faid, If thou be the
Son of God, com-
mand that thefe ftones
be made bread.
4 But he anfwered
and faid It is written,
Man fhall not live by
bread alone, but by e-
very word that pro-
ceedeth out of the
mouth of God.
3 Again, the devil
taketh him up into an
exceeding high moun-
tain, and fhewcth him
all the kingdoms of
the world, and the
glory of them :
9 And faith uato
him, All thefe things
will I give thee, if
thou willt fall down
and worfhip me.
io Then faith Je-
fus unto him, Get thee
hence Satan: for it is
written, Thou (halt
worlhip the Lord thy
God, and him only
{halt thou ferve.
f Then?' the devil
taketh him up into the
holy city, and fetteth
him on a pinacleofthe
temple,
6 And .faith unto
him, If thou be the Son
of God, caft thy felf
down: for it is writ-
ten, He fhall give his
angels charge concern-
minifired did eat nothing .- and
when they were end-
ed, he afterward hun -
gred.
3 And the devil faid
unto him, If thou be
the Son of God, com-
mand this ftone that
it be made bread.
4 And Jefus an-
fwered him, faying, It
is written, That man
fhall not live by bread
alone, but by every
Word of God.
? And the devil ta-
king him up into an
high mountain, (hew-
ed unto him all the
the kingdoms of the
world in a moment of
time.
6 And the devil faid
tmto him, All this pow-
er will I give thee,
and the glory of them ;
for that is delivered
untorne,and to whom-
foever I will I give it.
. 7 If thou there-
fore wilt worfhip me,
all (hall be thine.
8 And Jefus an-
fwered, and faid unto
him, Get thee behind
me, Satan : for it is
written, Thou (halt
worfhip the Lord thy
God, and him only
(halt thou ferve.
9 And he brought
him to Jerufalem, and
fct him on a pinaclc
Hh i
John.
thorn
244
The Harynony
Matthew.
Chap. IV.
ing thee, and in their,
hands they {hall bear
thee up, left at any
time thou dafh thy
foot againft a ftone.
7 Jefus faid unto
him,It is written again,
Thou (halt not tempt
the Lord thy God.
ii Then the devil
leaveth him, and be-
hold, angels came and
miniftred unto him.
Mari
Luke.
Chap. IV.
of the temple, and
laid unto him, If thou
be the Son of God,
caft thy felf down
from hence.
i o For it is written,
He {hill give his angels
charge over thee, to
keep thee.
ii And in their
hands they {hall bear
thee up, left at any
time thou dafh thy
foot againft a ftone.
iz And Jefus an-
fwering, faid unto him,
It is faid, Thou {halt
not tempt the Lord
thy God.
13 And when the
devil had ended all the
temptation, he depart-
ed from him for afca-
fon.
John.
of the four Euangelijh. 245
CHAP. VI.
From Chrift'sficondT affover till his third: containing the fpacc
of one year, from April A. T). 30. till April A. ^.31.
THis Jixth Period befides the occurrences at the fecond Pajfover record-,
ed by St. John, comprehends almofi the whole courfe of our Savior s
firfi public Preaching in Galilee while he was alone in that Office
there, before the Election of the twelve Apoflles. The Order is plain from
the agreement of St. Mark and St. Luke at prefent, and from that of St.
Matthew alfo, when his Gofpel is refio-rd to its original Order, as we have
above demonftrated.
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. V.
§. 1. A Fter this there was a feaft
JLx. of the Jews, and Jefus
went up to Jeruialem.
2 Now there is at Jerufalem by
the {heep-market a pool, which is
called in the Hebrew tongue, Be<
thefda, having five porches.
3 In thefe lay a great multitude
of impotent folk, of blind, halt,
withered, waiting for the moving
of the water.
4 For an angel went down at a
certain leafon into the pool, and
troubled the water : whofoever then
firft after the troubling of the wa-
ter ftepped in, was made whole of
whatfoever difeafe he had.
f And a certain man was there,
which had an infirmity thirty and
eight years ,
6 When Jefus faw him lie, and
knew that he had been now a long
time in that cafe, he faith unto
him, Wilt thou be made whole ?
7 The impotent man anfwered
him> Sir, I have no man, when the
Hh 3 water
2,46 The Harmony
Matthew, Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. V
water is troubled, to put me into
the pool, but while I am coming,
another fteppeth down before me
8 Jefus faith unto him, Rile,
take up thy bed and walk.
9 And immediaely the man was
made whole, and took up his bed,
and walked : and on the fame day
was the Sabbath.
10 The Jews therefore faid un-
to him that was cured, It is the
fabbath-day; it is not lawful for
thee to carry thy bed.
i 1 He anfwered them, He that
made me whole, the fame faid un-
to me, Take up thy bed and walk.
tz Then asked they him, What
man is that which faid unto
thee, Take up thy bed and walk ?
13 And he that was healed,
wift .not who it was : for Jefus had
conveyed himfelf away, a multi-
tude being in that place.
14 Afterward Jefus findeth him
in the temple, and faid unto him,
Behold, Thou art made whole: 'fin
no more, left a worfe thing come
unto thee.
if The man departed, and told
the Jews that it was Jefus which
had made him whole.
16 And therefore did the Jews
perfecute Jefus, and fought to flay
him, becaufe he had done thefe
things on the fabbath-day.
17 But Jefus anfwered them,
My father worketh hitherto, and 1
work.
18 Therefore the Jews fought
the more to kill him, becauie he
not only had broken the fabbath,
but faid alfo, that God was his fa-
ther, making himfelf equal with
God.
of the four Evangelifls. 247
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. V.
Gol
19 Then anfwered Jefus, and
faid unto them, Verily verily I fay
unto you, The Son can do nothing
of himfelf. but what he feeth the
Father do : for what things foever
he doeth, thefe alio doeth the Son
likewise.
20 For the Father loveth the
Son^ and iheweth him all things
that himfelf doeth: and he wiil
fhew him greater works than thefe,
that ye may marvel.
21 For as the Father raifeth
up the dead, and quickneth them :
even fo the Son quickneth whom
he will.
22 For the Father judgeth no
man; but hath committed all judg-
ment unto the Son:
2 j That all men mould honour
the Son, even as they honour the
Father. He that honourethnot the
Son, honoureth not the Father
which hath fent him.
24 Verily verily I fay unto you,
He that heareth my word, and be-
lieveth on him that fent me, hath
everlafting life, and fhall not come
into condemnation j but is pafled
from death unto life.
if Verily verily I fay unto you.,
The hour is coming, and now is,
when the dead fhall hear the voice
of the Son of God : and they that
hear fhall live.
26 For as the Father hath life in
himfelf i fo hath he given to
the Son to have life in himfelf}
27 And hath given him autho-
rity to execute judgment alfo, be-
caufe he is the Son of man.
28 Marvel not at this : for the
hour
i4 8 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. V.
is coming, in the which all that
are in the graves (hall hear hi*
voice,
29 And fhall come forth, they
that have done good, unto the re-
furre&ion of lite, and they that
have done evil, unto the refurre- '
&ion of damnation.
30 I can of mine own felf do
nothing: as I hear, I judge: and
my judgment isjuft ; becaufelfeek
not mine own will, but the will
of the father which hath fent me.
3 1 If I bear witnefs of my felf,
my witnefs is not true.
31 There is another that beareth
witnefs of me, and I know that
the witnefs which he witnefleth of
me, is true.
3 3 Ye fent unto John, and he
bare witnefs unto the truth.
34 But 1 receive not teftimony
from man : but thefe things I fay,
that ye might be faved.
If He was a burning and a min-
ing light : and ye were willing for
a feafon to rejoice in his light.
36 But I have greater witnefs
then that of John: for the works
which the Father hath given mc
to finifh, the lame works that I do,
bear witnefs of me, that the fa-
ther hath fent me.
37 And the Father himfelf
which hath fent me, hath born wit-
nefs of me. Ye have neither
heard his voice at any time, nor
feen his fhape.
38 And ye have not his worda-
biding in you : for whom he hath
fent, him ye believe not.
39 Search the fcriptures, for in
them ye think ye have eternal life,
and
of the four Evangelifis. 2.45*
Matthew. Mark, Luke. John.
Chap. V.
and they are they which teftifie of
me.
40 And ye will not come to me,
that ye might have life.
41 I receive not honour from
men.
41 But I know you, thatyehave
not the love of God in you.
43 I am come in my fathers name,
and ye receive me not : if another
fhall come in his own name, him
ye will receive.
44 How can ye believe, which
receive honour one of another,
and feek not the honour that com-
eth from God only ?
45- Do not think that I will ac-
cufe you to the Father: there is one
that accufeth you, even Mofcs, in
whom ye truft.
46 For had ye believed Mofes,
ye would have believed me: for he
wrote of me.
47 But if ye believe not his
writings, how fhall ye believe my
words?
Chap. IV. Chap. I. Chap. IV.
%.i. n Now when 14 Now after that 14 Andjefusreturn-
Jefus had heard that John was put in pri- ed in the power of the
John was caft into pri- fon, Jefus came into ipirit into Galilee : and
ion, he departed into Galilee, preaching the there went out a fame
Galilee. gofpel of the kingdom of him through all the
1 3 And leaving Na- of God, region round about.
zareth, he came and 1 y And faying, The 1 j- And he taught
dwelt in Capernaum, time is fulfilled, and in their fynagogues,
which is upon the fea- the kingdom of God being glorified of all.
coaftt in the bordersof is at hand: repent ye 16 And he came to
Zabulon and Neptha- and believe the goipel. Nazareth, where he
lim: had been brought up:
14 That it might be and, as hiscuftom was,
fulfilled which was fpo- he went into the fyna-
ken by E&ias the pro- gogue on the fabbath-
li phet
250
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap, IV.
phct, faying,
if The land of Zabulon, and
the land of Nephthalim, by the
way of the fe.i beyond Jordan,
Galilee of the Gentiles:
16 The people which fat in
darknefs, faw great light : and to
them which fat in the region and
fhadow of death, light is fprung
up.
77 From that time Jefus began
to preach, and to fay, Repent, for
the kingdom of heaven is at hand.
Mark. Luke.
Ghap. IV.
day, and flood up for to read.
17 And there was delivered un-
to him the book of the prophet E-
faias: and when he had opened the
book, he found the place where it
was written,
18 The fpirit of the Lord is up-
on me, becaufe he hath anointed
me to preach the gofpel to the
poor, he hath fent me to heal the
broken-hearted, to preach deliver-
ance to the captives, and recover-
ing of light to the blind, to fet at
liberty them that are bruited.
19 To preach the acceptable year
of the Lord.
20 And he clofed the book, and
he gave it again to the minifter,
and fat down : and the eyes of all
them that were in the fynagogue
were fallen ed on him.
2 1 And he began, to fay unto
them, This day is this fcripture ful-
filled in your ears.
22 And all bare him witnefs,
and wondred at the gracious words
which proceeded out of his mouth.
And they laid, Is not this Jofephs
fon?
2 3 And he faid unto them, Ye
will furely fay unto me this pro-
verb, Phyfician, heal thy felt": what-
foever we have heard done in Ca-
pernaum, do alfb here in thy coun-
trey.
24 And he faid, Verily I fay un-
to you, No prophet is accepted in
his own countrey.
if But I tell you of a. truth,
Many widows were in Ifrael in the
days of Elias, when the heaven-
was fhut up three years and fix
monthsj when great famine was
John.
through
of the four EvangeBJis*
*5*
Matthew,
Mark.
Chap. IV.
§. 3. 18 And Jefus
walking by the fea of
Galilee, faw two bre-
thren, Simon, c lied
Peter, and Andrew his
brother, calling a net
into the fea : (for they
were fifhers J
19 And he faith un-
to them, Follow me,
and I will make you
fifhers of men.
20 And they ftraight.-
way left their nets and
followed him.
21 And going on
from thence, he faw
other two brethren,
James the J "on of Ze-
bedee, and John his
brother, inafhipwith
Zebedee their father,
Chap. I,
16 Now as he walk-
ed by the fea of Gali-
lee, he faw Simon, and
Andrew his brother,
carting a net into the
fea: (for they were
fifhers)
17 And Jefus faid
unto them, Come ye
after me, and I will
make you to become
fifhers of men :
1 8 And ftraight-
way they forfook then-
nets and followed him.
19 And when he
had gone a little fur-
ther thence, he faw
James the [on of Zebe-
dee, and John his bro-
ther, who alfowerein
the fhip mending their
Luke.
Chap. IV.
throughout all the land:
26 But unto none of them was
Elias fent, fave unto Sarepta, a ci-
ty of Sidon, unto a woman that
was a widow.
27 And many lepers were in If-
rael in the time of Elifeus the pro-
phet : and none of them was clean-
Ted, faving Naaman the Syrian.
2 8 And all they in the fynagogue,
when they heard thefe things, were
filled with wrath,
29 And rofe up, and thruft him
out of the city, and led him unto
the brow of the hill (whereon their
city was built) that they might cart
him down headlong.
30 But he paffng through the
mids of them, went his way:
31 And came down to Caper-
naum, a city of Galilee, and taught
them on the fabbath-days.
••
John.
Ii 2
mending
151 ihe Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. IV. Chap. I. Chap. IV.
mending their nets: nets. . — •
and he called them. 20 And ftraightway
22 And they im- he called them: and
mediately left their they left their father
fhip, and their father, Zebedee in the fhip
and followed him. with the hired fervants,
Chap. VIII. and went after him.
§.4. 14 And when 21 And they went 32 And they were
Jefus was come into into Capernaum, and aftonifhed at his do-
Peters houfe, he faw ftraightway on the cftrine: for his word
his wives mother laid, fabbath-day he entred was with power,
and fickof a fever : into the fynagogue, 23 And in the fyna-
i_f And he touched and taught. gogue there was a man
her hand, and the fe- 21 And they were which had a fpirit of
ver left her: and fhe aftonifhed at his do- an unclean devil, and
arofeandminiftredun- <£trinc: for he taught cried out with a loud
t j them. them as one that had voice,
16 When the even authority, and. not as 34 Saying, Let us
was come,they brought the fcribes. alone; wkt hive we
unto him many that 23 And there was to do with thee, thou
were pofleiTed with de- in their fynagogue a Jefus of Nazareth? art
vils : and he caft out man with an unclean thou come to deftroy
the fpirits with his fpirit, and he cried out, us? I know thee who
word, and healed all 24 Saying, Let us thou art ; the holy one
that were fick: alone, what have we of God.
17 That it might to do with thee, thou 3? And Jefus re-
be fulfilled which was Jefus of Nazareth? art buked him, faying,
fpoken by Efaias the thou come to deftroy Hold thy peace, and
prophet, faying, Him- us? I know thee who come out of him. And
ielf took our infirmi- thou art, the holy One when then the devil
ties, and bare wfick- of God. had thrown him in the
neffes. 25- And Jefus re- mids, he came out of
buked him, faying, him, and hurt him
Hold thy peace, and not.
come out of him. 36 And they were
26 And when the all amazed, and fpake
unclean fpirit had torn among themfelves,fay-
him, and cried with a ing. What a word is
loifH%oice, he came this? for with autho-
out of him. rity and power he
27 And they were commandeth the un-
all ama7ed, infomuch clean fpirits, and they
that they qucflioncd a- come out.
mo»g
of the for Ez> angel i]h.
M3
Matthew.
Mark.
Chap. I:
mong themfelves, fay-
ing, What thing is
this? what new do-
ctrine is this ? for with
authority commandeth
he even the unclean
ipirits, and they do o-
obey him.
28 And immediate-
ly his fame fpread a-
broad throughout all
the region roundabout
Galilee.
29 And forthwith
when they were come
out of the fynagogue,
they entred into the
houfe of Simon and
Andrew, with James
and John.
30 But Simons
wives mother lay fick
of a fever, and anon
they tell him of her.
31 And he came
and took her by the
hand, and lift her up;
and immediately the
fever left her, and (he
miniff red unto them.
32 And at even
when the fun did fet,
they bro.ight unto him
all that were difeaied,
and them that were
poflefled with devils.
3 3 And all the city
was gathered together
at the door.
34 And he healed
many that were lick
of divers difeafes, and
call out many devils,
Luke.
Chap. IV.
37 And the fame of
him went out into e-
very place of the coun-
trey round about.
38 Andhcarofeotit
of the fynagogue, and
entred into Simons
houfe : and Simons
wives mother was ta-
ken with a great fever :
and they beibught him
for her.
3 9 And he Mood o-
ver her, and rebuked
the fever, and it left
her. And immediate-
ly fhe arofe, arid mi-
niftred unto them.
40 Now when the
fun was fetting, all
they that had any iick
with divers difeafes,
brought them unto
him: and he laid his
hands on every one of
them, and healed rhem.
41 And devils alfb
came out of many,
crying out, and fay-
ing, Thou art Chnft
the fon of God. And
he rebuking them, fuf-
f-*red them not to ipeak:
for they knew that he
was Chrift,
4?. And when it
was lay, he departed,
and -»vent iato a de-
fert place : and the
people fought him,
and came un:o him,
and flayed him, that
h- fhould not depart
H 3
John.
and
254
The Harrnofiy
Matthew.
Mark.
Chap. I.
end fuffered not the
devils to fpeak, becaufe
they knew him.
35- And in the morn-
ing, rifing up a great
while before day, he
went out, and depart-
ed into a folitary place,
and there prayed.
36 And Simon, and
they that were with
him, followed after
him.
37 And when they
had found him, they
faid unto him, All men
feek for thee.
38 And he faid un-
to them, Let us go in-
to the next towns»
that I may preach there
alfo : for therefore came
I forth.
39 And he preach-
ed in their fynagogues
throughout all Galilee,
and caft out devils.
Luke.
Chap. IV.
from them.
43 And he faid un-
to them, I mu ft preach
the kingdom of God
to other cities alfo:
for therefore am I
fent,
44 And he preach-
ed in the fynagogues
of Galilee.
Chap. V.
§. f . A N D it came
J\. to pafs, that
as the people preffed
upon him to hear the
word of God, heftood
by the lake of Gen-
nefarerh,
2 And faw two
fhips ftanding by the
lake: but the ■ fisher-
men were gone out of
them, and were warn-
ing their nets.
3 And he cntred in-
to one of the fhips,
which was Simons,
John.
and
of the four Evangelijfs. 2.5 5
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. V.
and prayed him that he would
thruft out a little from the land:
and he fat down, and taught the
people out of the {hip.
4 Now when he had left fpeak-
ing, he laiJ unto Si r<on, Lanch
out linto the deep , and let down
your nets for a draught.
f And Simon anfweringfaid un-
to him, Mafter, we have toiled all
the night, and have taken nothing:
neverthelefs at thy word I will let
down the net.
6 And when they had this done,
they enclofed a great multitude
of fifties; and their net brake.
7 And they beckened unto their
partners, which were in the other
(hip, that they ftiould come and
help them. And they came, and
filled both the fhips, fo that they
began to fink.
8 When Simon Peter faw it, he
fell down at Jefus knees, faying,
Depart from me, for I am a finful
man, O Lord.
9 For he was aftonifhed, and
all that were with him, at the
draught of the fifties which they
had taken :
10 And fo -aits alfb James and
John the fbns of Zebedee, which
were partners with Simon. And
Jefus faid unto Simon, Fear not ;
from henceforth thou ftialt catch
men.
1 1 And when they had b rough t
their fhips to land, they forfook all,
and followed him.
1 Acid
z 5 6
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. VIII.
§. 6. a And behold,
there came a leper and
worfhipped him, fay-
ing, Lord, if thou wilt,
thou canft make me
clean.
3 Andjefus put forth
his hand and touched
him, laying, I will,
be thou clean. And
immediately his lepro-
fie was cleanfed.
4 And Jefus faith
unto him, See thou tell
no man, but go thy
way, fhew thy lelf to
the prieft, and offer
the gift that Mofes
commanded, for a te-
ftimony unto them.
Mark.
Chap. I.
Luke.
Chap. V.
40 And there came 1 1 And it came to pafs,
a leper to him, be- when he was in a cer-
feeching him, and tain city, behold, a man
kneeling down to him, full of leprofie: who
and faying unto him,
If thou wilt,thou canft
make me clean.
41 And Jcfus mov-
ed with compaffion,
put forth his hand, and
touched him, and faith
feeing Jefus, fell on his
face , and befought
him, faying, Lord, if
thou wilt, thou canft
make me clean.
13 And he put forth
his hand, and touched
unto him, I will, be him, faying, I will ;
thou clean. be thou clean. And
42 And aflbonashe immediately the lepro-
had fpoken, immedi- fie departed from him.
ately the leprofie de- 14 And he charged
parted from him, and him to tell no man :
he was cleanfed. but go and fhew thy
43 And he ftraight- felf to the prieft, and
way charged him, and offer for thy cleanfing,
forthwith fent him a- according as Mofes
■way; commanded, for a te-
44 And faith unto ftimony unto them,
him, See thou fay no- 1^ But fb much the
thing to any man : but more went there a
go thy way, fhew thy fame abroad of him .
ielf to the prieft, and and great multitudes
offer for thy cleanfing came together to hear,
thofe things which and to be healed by
Mofes commanded for him of their infirmi-
ateftimony unto them. ties.
4^ But he went out, 16 And he with-
and began to publifh drew himfelf into the
it much, and to blaze wildemefs, and pray-
abroad the matter, in- ed.
fomuch , that Jefus
could no more openly
enter into the city,
but but was without
in defert places: and
they came to him from
every quarter.
John.
S$ Aai
of the four Evangelijls.
M7
Matthew.
Chap. IX.
§ 7.2Andbehold,fhey
brought to him a man
fick of the palfie, ly-
ing on a bed: and Je-
fus feeing their faith,
faid to the fick of the
palfie, Son, be of good
cheer, thy fins be for-
given thee.
3 And behold, cer-
tain of the Scribes
faid within them-
felves , This man
blafphemeth.
4 And Jefus know-
ing their thoughts,
laid, Wherefore think
ye evil in your hearts?
5- For whether is
eaher to fay, Thy fins
be forgiven thee? or
to fay, Arife and walk ?
6 But that ye may
know that the Son of
man hath power on
earth to forgive fins,
Cthen faith he to the
fick of the palfie) A-
rife, take up! thy bed,
and go unto thine
houfe.
7 And he arofe,
and departed to his
houfe.
8 But when the
multitude faw it, they
marvelled, and glori-
fied God, which had
given fuch power un-
to men.
Mark.
Chap. II.
AND again he en-
trcd into Caper-
naum, after fome days,
and it was noifed that
he was in the houfe.
2 And ftraightway
many were gathered
together, infomuch
that there was no room
to receive them, no
not fo much as about
the door : and he
preached the word un-
to them.
2 And they come
unto him, bringing
one fick of the palfie,
which was born of
four.
4 And when they
could not come nigh
unto him for the prefs,
they uncovered the
roof where he was:
and when they had
broken it up, they let
down the bed where-
in the fick of the pal-
fie lay.
_$• When Jefus faw
their faith, he faid un-
to the fick of the pal-
fie, Son, thy fins be for-
given thee.
6 But there were
certain of the fcribcs
fitting there, and rea-
foning in their hearts,
7 Why doth this
man thus fpeak hlaf-
phemies? who can for-
give fins but Cod on-
ly?
Luke.
Chap. V.
1 7 And it came to
pafs on a certain day
as he was teaching,
that there were Phari-
fees and do&ours of
the law fitting by,
which were come out
of every town of Ga-
lilee, and Judea, and
Jerufalem : and the
power ot the Lord
was pre/cm to heal
them.
iS And behold,
men brought; in a bed
a man which was tak-
en with a palfie : and
they fought means to
bring him in, and to
lay him before him.
19 And when they
could not find by what
way they might bring
him in, becaufeofthc
multitude, they went
upon the houie top,
and let him down
through the tiling with
his couch, into the
midfl before Jefus.
20 And when he
faw their faith, he faid
unto him, Man, thy
fins are forgiven thee.
21 And the Scribes
and the Pharifees be-
gan to reafon, faying,
Who is this which
fpeaketh blafphemies ?
Who can forgive fins
but God alone?
22 But when Je-
fus perceived their
Kk
Johni
S Ani
- II
M
M ATTHEW.
The Harmony
Mark.
Chap. II.
Luke.
John.
Chap. V
8 And immediate- thoughts, he anfwer-
!y when Jeiiis per- ing, faid unfo them,
ceivedinhis fpirir,that What reafon ye in
that they fo reafoned your hearts,
within themfelves, he 23 Whether is ea-
faid unto them, Why fier to fay, Thy fins
reafon ye thefe things
in your hearts ?
9 Whether is it ca-
fier to fay to the lick
be forgiven thee, or
to fay, Rife up and
walk? .
24 But that ye may
of the pa'lfie, Thy fins know that the Son of
be forgiven thee: or man hath power upon
to fay, Arife, and take earth to forgive iins 5
up thy bed and walk? (he faid unto the' fick
20 But that ye may of the paliie,) I fay
know that the Son of unto thee. Arife, and
man hath power on take up thy couch, and
earth to forgive fins, go into thine houfe.
(he faith to the fick 25- And immediate-
of the palfie.j ly he rofe up before
it I fay unto thee, them, and took up that
Arife, and take up whereon he lay, and
thy bed, and go thy departed to his own
way into thine houfe. houfe, glorifying God.
12 And immediate- 26 And they were
ly he arofe, took up amazed, and they glo-
the bed , and went rifled God, and were
forth before them all, filled with fear, fay-
infomuch that they ing, We have feen
were all amazed, and firange things to day.
glorified God, faying,
Chap. IX. We never faw it on
this fafhion.
%.%. 9 And as Je- 13 And he went 27 And after thefe
fus pafled forth from forth again by thefea- things he went forth,
thence, he faw a man fide, and all the mul- and faw a publican
named Matthew, fit- titude reforted unto named Levi, fitting at
ting at the receit of him,, and he taught the receit of cuftom:
cuRora; and he faith them. and he faid unto him,
unto him, Follow me. 14 And as he paf- Follow me.
And he arofe, andfol- fed by, he faw Levi 28 And he left all,
lowed him. the f on of Alpheusfit- rofe up, and followed
iq And it came to ting at the receit of him.
pafc
of the four EwangeUjis
MP
Matthew.
Chap. IX.
pnfs, as Jefus fat at
meat in the houfe, be-
hold many publicans,
and linners came, and
fat down with him
and his difciples.
ii A nd when the
Pharifees few it, they
faid unto his difciples,
Why eateth your ma-
fter with Publicans
and finners?
i x But when Jefus
heard that, he faid un-
to them, They that be
" whole need not a phy-
fician, but they that
are fick.
13 But go ye and
learn what that mean-
^th, I will have mer-
cy, and not facrifice:
for I am cot come to
call the righteous, but
finners to repentance.
14 Then came to
him the difciples of
John, faying, Why do
we and the Pharifees
raft oft, but thy di-
fciples faft not?
1 j-AndJefus faid un-
to them,Can the child-
ren of the bride- cham-
ber mourn, as long as
the bridegroom is with
them? tut the days
will come when the
bride-groom fhall be
taken from them, and
then (hall they faft.
16 No msnputteth
a piece of new cloth
•Mark.
Chap. II.
Luke.
Chap. V.
JOHI
ao And Levi made
him a great feaft in his
own houfe : and there
was a great company
of publicans, and of
others that fat down
with them.
30 But their Scribes
andPharifees murmur-
cuftom, and faid un-
to him, Follow me.
And he arofe, and fol-
lowed him.
1 f And it came to
pafs, that as Jefus fat
at meat in his houfe,
many publicanes and
finners, fat alfo toge-
ther with Jefus and ed againft his difciples,
hisdifiples: for there faying, Why do ye eat
were many, and they and drink with pub-
followed him. licans and finners ?
1 6 And when the 3 1 And Jefus an-
Scribes and Pharifees fwering, faid unto
faw him eat with pub- them, They that are
licans and finners, they whole need not a Phy-
faid unto his difciples, fician, but they that
How is it that he eat- are fick.
eth and drinketh with 3 % I came not to
publicans and finners ? call the righteous, but
17 When Jefus heard finners to repentance.
it, he faith unto them, 33 And they faid
They that are whole, unto him, Whydo'the
have no need of the difciples of John fad
Phyfician,but they that often, and make pray-
arefick: I came not ers, and likewife the
to call the righteous, difciples of the Phari-
but finners to repen- fees; but thine eat and
tance. drink ?
18 And the difci- 34 And he faid un-
ples of John, and of to them, Can remake
the Pharifees ufed to the children of the
faft; and they come bride-chamber faft,
and fay unto him, Why while the bridegroom
do the - difciples of fe w ith them ?
John, and of the Pha- 3 j- But the days will
rifees faft, but thydi- come, when the bride-
fciples faft not? groom fhall be taken
19 And Jefus faid away from them, and
unto them, Can the then (hall they faft in
children of the bride- thofe days.
chamber faft, while 36 Andhefpakeal-
Kk a
unto
z6o
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. IX.
unto an old garment:
for that which is put
in to fill it up, takcth
from the garment, and
the rent is made
worfe.
j 7 Neither do men
put new wine into
old bottles: elfe the
bottles break, and the
wine runneth out, and
the bottles perifh. but
they put new wine in-
to new bottles, and
both are preferved.
Mark.
Chip. II.
the bridegroom is with
them ? as long as they
have the bridegroom
with them, they can-
not fart.
20 But the days will
come, when the bride-
groom fhall be taken
away from them, and
then fhall they fall in
thofe days.
11 No man alfo
feweth a piece of new
cloth on an old gar-
ment: elfe the new
piece that filled it up,
taketh away from the
old, and the rent is
made worfe.
xx And no man
putteth new wine in ■
to old bottles, elfe the
new wine doth burft
the bottles, and the
wine is fpilled, and
the bottles will be
marred : but new
•wine muft be put into
lew bottles
Luke.
Chap. V.
fo a parable unto them ,
Noman putteth apiece
of a new garment up-
on an old: if other-
wife, then both the
new maketh a rent,
and the piece that was
taken out of the new,
agreeth not with the
old.
37 And no man put-
teth new wine into
old bottles; elfe the
new wine will burft
the bottles and be fpil-
led, and the bottles
fhall perifh.
38 But new wine
rauft be put into new
bottles; and both are
preferred.
39 No man alfb ha-
ving drunk oldwiw?,
ftraitway defireth
new: for he faith, The
old is better.
John.
CHAP.
of the four EvangeliJIs. 16 1
CHAP. VII.
From Chrifts third Ta/Jover till the Election of the twelve
Apoftles: containing about two months fpace, from April
A. T>. 31. till June the lame year.
T
Here is no more reafon to doubt of the order of the SeElions of this
Period than of thofe of the foregoing.
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XII. Chap. II. Chap. VI.
§. 1. A T that time zj And it came to A ND it came to
A Jefus went pafs, that he went A pafs on the fe-
on the fabbath-day through the corn-fields cond fabbath after the
through the corn, and on the fabbath-day, firft, that he went
his difciples were an and his difciples began through the corn-
hungred, and began as they went, to pluck fields: and his difci-
to pluck the ears of the ears of corn. pies plucked the ears
corn, and to eat. 24 And the Phari- of corn, and did cat,
2 But when the fees laid unto him, Be- rubbing them in their
Pharifees faw it, they hold* why do they on hands.
faid unto him, Be- the fabbath-day that 2 And certain of
hold, thy difciples do which is not lawful ? the Pharifees faid unto
that which is not law- 2y And he faid un- them, Why do ye that
ful to Jo upon the fab- to them, Have ye ne- which is not lawful to
bath-day. ver real what David do on the fabbata-
3 But he faid unto did, when he had need, days?
them, Have ye not read and was an hungred, 3. Andjefusanfwer-
what David did when he, and they that were ing them, faid, Have ye
he was an hungred, with him? not read fo much as
and they that were 26 How he went this, .what David did, '
with him, into the houfe of God when himfelf was an
4 How he entred in the days of Abia- hungred, and they
into the houfe of God, thar the high prieft, which were witlv
and did eat the fhew- and did eat the fhew- him ;
bread, which was not bread, which is not 4. How he went in-
lawful for him to eat, lawful to eat, but for to the houfe of God,
neither for them the priefts, and gave and did take .and eat
which were with him, alfo to them which the mew-bread, and
but only for the priefts? were with him ? gave alfo to them that
Kk 3 pOt
Z 6 2, The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Ljke, John.
Chap. XII. Chap. lit Chap. VI.
$ Or have ye not 27 Andhefaid unto were with him, which
read in the law, how them, The fibbath was is not lawful to eat
that on the fabbath- made for man, and but for the priefts a-
days the priefts in the not man for the fab- lone?
temple profane the bath: f And he faid un-
fabbath, and are blame- 28 Therefore the to them, That the Son
lefs? Son of man is Lord of man is Lord alio
6 But I fay unto alio of the fabbath. of the fabbath.
you, that in thisp^ace
is one greater then the
temple.
7 Bat if ye had
known what this
meaneth, I will hive
mercy and not facri-
fice, ye would not
have condemned the
guiltlefs.
8 For the Son of
man is Lord even of
the fabbath-day.
§. 2. 9 And when AND he cntred a- 6 And it came to
he was departed x\ gain into the fyn- pafs alfo on another
thence, he went into agogue, and there was iabbath, thatheentred
their fynagogue. a man there which into the fynagogue and
10 And behold, had a withered hand, taught: and there was
there was a man which 2 And they watch- a man whofe right
had his hand wither- ed him, whether he hand was withered.
ed : and they asked would heal him on the 7 And the Scribes
him, faying, Is it law- fabbath-day, that they and Pfuriiees watch-
ful to heal on the fab- might accufe him. ed him, whether he
bath-days? that they 5 And he faith un- would heal on the fab-
might accufe him. to the man which had bath-day : that they
1 1 And he faidun- the withered hand, ' might find an accufa-
to them, What man Stand for h. tion againft him.
fhall there be among 4 And he faith unto 8 But he knew
you, that fhall have them, Is it lawful to their thoughts, and
one fheep , and if it do good on the fab- faid to the man which
fall into a pit on the bath days, or to do ha i the withered hand, '
fabbath-day, will he evil'? to lave life, or Rife up , and ftand
not lay hold on it, and t:> kill?' but they held -forth in the mids. And
life it out. their peace. he arofc ] and flood
12 How
of the four Evangelzjh.
165
Matthe w.
Chap. XII.
M A R K.
Chap. III.
n How much then f And when he had
is a man better then a looked round about
fheep ? wherefore it is on them with anger,
■lawful to do well on being, grieved for the
the fabbath-days. hardnefs of their
1 3 Then faith he hearts, he faith unto
to the man , Stretch the man, Stretch forth
forth thine hand : and thine hand. And he
he ftretched it forth; ftretched it out : and
and it was reftored his hind was reffored
whole, like as the other whole as the other.
14 Then the Pha- 6 And the Pharifecs
rifees went out, and went forth, and ftrait-
held a counfel againft way took counfel with
him, how they might the Herodians againft
deftroy him. him, how they might
tj- But when Jefus deftroy him.
knew it, he with- 7 But Jefus with-
drew himfelf from drew himfelf with
thence: and great mul- his difciples to the fea:
titudes followed him, and a great multitude
and he healed f hem all, from Galilee followed
16 And charged him, and from Judea.
them, that they fhould 8 And from Jeru-
not make him known: falem, and from Idu-
17 That it might mea, and from beyond
be fulfilled which was Jordan , and they a-
fpoken by Efaias the bout Tyre and Sidon,
prophet, faying, a great multitude,
18 Behold, myfer- when they had heard
vant whom I have what great things he
chofen, my beloved in did, came unto him.
whom my foul is well 9 And he fpake to
pleafed: I will put my his difciples, that a
fpirit upon him, and fmall fhip fhould wait
he fhall fhew judg- on him, becaufeofthe
nient to the Gentiles, multitude, left: they
19 He fhall not fhonld throng him.
ftrive, nor cry, nei- 10 For he had healed
ther fhall any man many, infomuch that
hear his voice in the they prefled upon him
ftreets. for to touch him, as
10 A bruifed reed many as had plagues,.
L u K E.-
Chap. VI.
forth.
9 Then fiid Jefus-
unto them, I will ask
you oni thing, Is ic
lawful on thefabbath-
dates to Jo good, or
to do evil? tofa/elife
or to deftroy it ?
I o And looking
round .about upon them
all,he faid unto the man,
Stretch forth thy hand.
And he did fb : and
his hand was reftored
whole as the other.
II And they were
filled with madnefs;
and communed one
with another what
they might do to Je-
fus.
J OI1N.
fliall
264 Th e Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XII. Chap. III.
fhall he not break, and n And unclean
moking flax fhall he fpirits , when they
not quench, till he faw him, fell down
fend forth judgment before him, and cried,
unto victory. faying, Thou art the
zi And in his name Son of God.
fhall the Gentiles truft. ia And he ftraitly
charged them, that
Chap. IV. they fhould not make
him known.
13 And Jefuswent
about all Gaiilee,teach-
ing in their fynago-
gues, and preaching
the goipel of the king-
dom, and healing all
manner of ficknefs,
and all manner of
difeafe among the
people.
24 And his' fame
went throughout all
Syria :and they brought
unto him all fick peo-
ple that were taken
with divers difeafes,
and torments, and
thofe which were pof-
feiled with devils, and
thofe which were lu-
natick, and thofe that
had the palfie; and he
healed them.
2/ And there fol-
lowed him great mul-
titudes of people, from
Galilee, and fromDe-
capolis, and from Je-
rufalem, and from Ju-
dea, and from beyond
Jordan.
CHAP.
of the four EvangeUfls. z6 5
CHAP. VIIL
From the Election of the twelve Apoftles till their Miffion
upon the death of John the Baptift: containing about fix
months fpace, from June A. T>. 31. iiWDec ember the fame
year.
THere is the fame reafon to reft fatisffd in the order of the feftions
of this Period, as of thofe of either of the foregoim. —
JOKK,
Matthew. Mark. Luke.
Chap. V. Chap. III. Chap. VI.
§. 1. \ N D feeing 13 And he goeth ix And it came to
XI the muiti- up into a mountain, pafs in thofe days, that
tudes, he went up in- and calleth unto him he went out into a
to a mountain : and whom he would : and mountain to pray, and
when he was fet, his they came unto him. continued all night in
difciples came unto 14 And he ordain- prayer to God. °
him. ed twelve, that he 13 And when it was
might fend them forth day, he called unto
Chap. VIII. to preach: him his difciples : and
\f And to have of them he chofe
WHEN he was power to heal ficknef- twelve, whom alfo he
come down fes, and to caft out named Apoftles:
from the mountain, devils. 1 4 Simon (whom he
great multitudes fol- 16 An.l Simon he alfo named Peter; and
lowed him. furnameu Peter. Andrew his brother,
17 And James the James ana John, Phi-
fon of Zebedte, and lip and Bartholomew,
John the brother of i? Matriiew and
James (and he fur- Thomas, James the
named thorn Boaner- fon of Alpheus, and
ges, which is, The Simon called Zeiotes,
for.s o^ thunder) ,6 Ami Judas the
if] And Andrew , brother of James, and
and Philip, and Bar- Jud-s Ifcariot. which
tholomew, and Mat- alfo w;s the traitor,
thew, and Thomas, i 7 And he came
and James the fon of down with them, and
L1 Alpheus,
z66
The Harmony
Mark.
Chap. III.
Luke.
John.
Chap. VI.
Chap. V.
§. a. 2 And he o-
pened his mouth, and
taught them, faying,
3 Blefled are the
poor in fpirit: for
theirs is the kingdom
of heaven.
4 Blefled are they
that mourn : for they
fhal be comforted.
f Blefled are the
meek: for they fhall
inherit the earth.
6 Blefled are they
which do hunger and
thirft after righteouf-
neis: for they fhallbe
filled.
7 Blefled are the
merciful : for they
lhall obtain mercy.
„ 8 Blefled are the
Alpheus, and Thad- flood in the plain, and
deus, and Simon the the company of his
Canaanitc, difciples, and a great
19 And Judas If- multitude of people
cariot, which aifo be- out of all Judea and
trayed him. Jerufdem, and from
the fea coaft of Tyre
and Sidon , which
came to hear him, and
to be healed of their
difeafes;
18 And they that
were vexed with un-
clean fpirits : and they
were healed.
19 And the whole
multitude fought to
touch him : for there
went vertue out of him,
and healed them all.
20 And he lifted
up his eyes on his di-
fciples, and faid, Blef-
fed be ye poor: for
yours is the kingdom
of God.
a c Blefled are ye
that hunger now: for
ye fhallbe filled. Blef-
led are ye that weep
now : for ye fhall
laugh.
zi Blefled are ye
when men fhall fepa-
rate you from their
company, and fhall re-
proach you, and caft
out your name as-evil,
for the Son of mans
fake.
23 Rejoice ye ia
that day, and leap for
pure
of the four Evangelijts.
z6 7
Matthew. Mark.
Chap. V.
pure in heart: for they (hall fee
God.
9 Blefled are the peace-makers :
for they (hall be called the children
of God.
10 Blefled are they which are
perfecuted for righteoufnefs fake:
for theirs is the kingdom of hea-
ven.
1 1 Blefled are ye when men {hall
revile you, and perfecute you, and
fhall fay all manner of evil againft
you falfely for my fake.
12 Rejoice, and be exceeding
glad : for great is your reward in
heaven: for fo perfecuted they the
prophets which were before you.
1 1 Ye are the fait of the earth :
but if the fait have loft his favour,
wherewith (hall it be falted ? it is
thenceforth good for nothing, but
to be caft out, and to be troden un-
der foot of men.
14 Ye arc thclight of the world.
A city that is fet on an hill, can-
not be hid.
1 f Neither do men light a candle,
and put it under a bufhel: but on
a candleftick, and it gi veth light un-
to all that are in the houfe.
16 Let your light fb (nine before
men, that they may fee your good
works, and glorify your father
which is in heaven.
17 Think not that I am come
to deftroy the law or the prophets.
I am not come to deftroy, but to
fulfil.
1 8 For verily I fay unto you, Till
heaven and earth pafs, one jot or
one tittle (hall in no wife pafs from
the law, till all be fulfilled.
19 Whofoever therefore (hall
Luke.
Chap. VI.
John.
joy : for behold, your reward is great
in heaven : for in the like manner did
their fathers unto the prophets.
24 But wo unto you that ar«
rich : for ye have received your
confolation.
25* Wo unto you that are full :
for ye fhall hunger. Wo unto you
that laugh now: for ye fhall mourn
and weep.
26 Wo unto you when all men
fhall fpeak well of you : for fo did
their fathers to the falfe prophets.
27 But I fay unto you which
hear, Love your enemies, do good
to them which hate you :
28 Blefs them that curfe you,
and pray for them which defpite-
fully ufe you.
29 And unto him that fmiteth
thee on the one cheek, offer alfo
the other : and him that taketh a-
way thy cloke , forbid not to
take thy coat alfo.
30 Give co every man that ask-
eth of thee; and of him that tak-
eth away thy goods, ask them not
again.
3 1 And as yc would that men
(hould do to you, do ye alfo to
them likewife.
32 For if ye love them which
love you, what thank have ye? for
finners alfo love thofe that love
them.
3 3 And if ye do good to them
which do good to you, what thank
have ye ? for finners alfo do even
the fame.
34 And if ye lend to them of
whom ye hope to receive, what
thank have ye? for finners alfo \
lend to finners, to receive as much
LI a
breafc
16%
The Harmony
Matthew. Mark.
Chap. V.
break one of thefe leaft command-
men: s, and fhuli teach men io, he
(hall be called the leaft in the king-
dom of heaven : but whoioever
fhall do, and teach them, the fame
(hull be calied great in the kingdom
of he.ven.
20 J or I fay unto you, that ex-
cept your righteoulhefs fhall exceed
the rightecufnejs of the Scribes
and Pharifees . ye frail in no
cafe enter into the kingdom of
heaven.
21 Ye have heard, that it was
faid by them of old time, Thou
{halt not kill: and whofoever fhall
kill, fhall be in danger of the judg-
ment.
22 But I fay unto you, That
whofoever is angry with his bro-
ther without a caufe, fhall be in
danger of the judgment: and who-
foever fhall fay to his brother, Raca,
fhall be in danger of the council:
but whofoever fhall fay, Thou fool,
{hall be in danger of hell-fire.
23 Therefore, if thou bring thy
gift to the altar, and there remem-
breft that thy brother hath ought a-
gainft thee *
24 Leave there thy gift before
the altar, and go thy way, firft be
reconciled to thy brother, and then
come and offer thy gift.
25- Agree with thine adverfary
quickly, whilft thou art in the way
with him : left at any time the ad-
verfary deliver thee to the judge,
and the judge deliver thee to the
officer, and thou be caftintoprifon.
26 Verily I fay unto thee, thou
ihalt by no means come out thence,
lill thou haft paid the uttermoft
Luke.
Chap. VI.
John.
again.
35- But love ye your enemies,
and do good, and lend, hoping for
nothing again: and your reward -
fhall be great, and ye fhall be the
chil Jren of the Higheft : for he is
kind unto the unthankful, and to
the evil.
36 Be ye therefore merciful, as
your Father alio is merciful.
37 J uc ig e not > " nt * y e ff ja ll n o f
be judged : condemn not, and ye
fhall not be condemned : forgive,
and ye fhall be forgiven :
38 Give, and it fhall be given
unto you ; good meafure, preffed
down, and fhaken together, and
running over, fhall men give into
your bofom. For wiih the fame
meafure that ye mete withal, it
fhall be meafiued to you again.
39 And he fpake a parable unto
them, Can the blind lead the blind?
mall they not both fall into the
. ditch?
40 The difcfple is not above his
mafter: but eveiy one that is per-
fect fhall be 2S his mafter.
41 And why beholdeft thou the
mote that is in thy brothers eye,
but perceived: not the beam that is
in thine own eye?
42 Either how canft thou fayto
thy brother, Brother, let me pull
out the mote that is in thine eye,
when thou thy felf beholdeft not
the beam that is in thine own eye ?
Thou hypocrite, caft out firft the
beam out of thine own eye , and
then fhalt thou fee clearly to pull
out the mote that is in thy brothers
eye.
43 For a good tree bringeth not
farthing.
of the jour Evangelist
269
Matthew.
Chap. V.
farthing.
27 Ye have heard that it was faid
by them of old time, Thou fhalt
not commit adultery.
48 But I fay unto you, That
whoioever looketh on a woman
to luft after her, hath committed
adultery with her already in his
heart.
29 And if thy right eye offend
thee, pluck it out, ;,nJ c^ft it front
thee : for it is profitable for thee that
one of thy members mould perifh,
and not that thy whole body mould
be call into hell.
30 .And it' thy right hand offend
thee, cut it off, and caft it from
thee: tor it is profitable for thee
that one of thy members mould
perifh, and not that thy whole bo-
dy mould be caft into hell.
31 It hath been faid, Whofoe-
ver fhall put away his wife, let him
give her a writing of divorcement.
32 But I fay unto you, that
whofoever fhall put away his wife,
faving for the caufe of fornication,
caufeth her to commit adultery:
and whofoever {hail marry her that
is divorced, committeth adultery.
3 3 Again, ye have heard that it
hath been (aid by them of old time,
Thou fhalt not forfwear thy felf,
but fh-lt perform unto the Lord
thine oaths.
34 But I fay unto you, Swear not
at all , neither by heaven , for it is
Gods throne:
3f Nor by 'he earth, for it is
his footftool: neither by Jerufalem,
for it is the city of the great king.
36 Neither fhalt thou fwear by
thy head, becaufe thou canft not
Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VL
forth corrupt fruit: neither doHi a
corrupt tree oring forth good fruit.
44 For every tree is known by
his own fr.ut: tor or thorns men
do not ga> her figs, nor of a bram-
ble-bufh g^th.r ^ticy grapes.
4y Agood mm oat of the good
treafureof his heart, t ringethiorth
that which is good : and an evil man
out of the evil tfeafure of his heart,
bringeth forth th t which is evil:
for of the abundance of the heart
his mouth fpeaketh.
46 And why call ye me Lord,
Lord, and do not the things which
I fay?
47 Whoioever cometh to me,
andheareth my fayings, anddoeth
them, I will fhew you to whom
he is like.
48 He is like a man which built
an houfe, and digged deep, and
laid the foundation upon a rock:
and when the floudarofe, theftream
beat vehemently upon that houie,
and could not ihake it: for it was
founded upon a rock.
49 But he that heareth anddoeth
not, is like a man that without a
foundation built an houfe upon the
earth, againft which the ft ream did
beat vehemently, and immediately
it fell, and the ruin of that houfe
was great.
LI
make.-
zjo The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. V.
make one hair white or black.
3 7 But let your communication
be, Yea, yea; Nay, nay: fbrwhat-
foever it more then thefe, coraeth
of evil.
38 Ye have heard that it hath
been laid, An eye for an eye, and
a tooth for a tooth.
39 But I fay unto you, that ye
refift not evil: but whofoever fhall
fmite thee on thy right cheek, turn
to him the other alfb.
40 And if any will fue thee at
the law, and take away thy coat,
let him have thy cloke alfb.
41 And whofoever fliall compel
thee to go a mile, go with him
twain.
41 Give to him that asketh thee,
and from him that would borrow
of thee, turn not thou away.
43 Ye have heard that it hath
been faid, Thou fhalt love thy
neighbour, and hate thine enemy.
44 But I fay unto you, Love
your enemies, blefs them that curfe
you, and do good to them that hate
you, and pray for them which de-
fpitefully ufe you, and perfecute
you.
45- That ye may be the children
of your Father which is in heaven ;
for he maketh his fun to rife on the
evil and on the good, and fendeth
rain on the juft and on theunjufr.
46 For if ye love them which love
you, what reward have ye? do not
even the Publicans the fame?
47 And if ye falute your bre-
thren only, What do you more then
others ? do not even the Publicans
fo?
48 Bfi ye therefore perfedt, even
of the four E<vangeUJls. 27 1
Matthew. Mark. Luke* John.
Chap. V.
as your Father which is in heaven
is perfect.
Chap. VI.
TAke heed that ye do not your
alms before men, to be feen
of them: otherwife ye have no re-
ward of your father which is in
heaven,
2 Therefore, when thou doft:
thine alms, do not found a trumpet
before thee, as the hypocrites do,
in the fynagogues, and in the ftreets,
that they may have glory of men.
Verily I fay unto you, they have
their reward.
3 But when thou doft alms, let
not thy left hand know what thy
right hand doth:
4 That thine alms may be in
fecret: and thy Father which feeth
in fecret, himfelf fhall reward thee
openly.
f And when thou prayeflr, thou
flult not beas the hypocrites are : for
they love to pray Handing in the
fynagogues, and in the corners of
the Itreets, that rhey may be feen-
of men. Verily, I fay unto you>
they h-ve their rew-rd.
6 But thou, when thou prayeft,
enter into thy cloiet, and when
thou haft (hut thy door, pray to thy
Father which is in fecret, and thy
Father which feeth in fecret, fhall
rew id thee openly.
7 But when ye pray, ufenot
vain repetitions, as the heathen do:
for they think that they (hall be
heard for their much fpe king.
8 Be not ye therefore like unto
them : for your Father knoweth
what
*7*
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. VI.
what things ye have need of, be-
fore ye ask him.
9 After this manner therefore
pray ye : Our Father which art in
heaven, Hallowed be thy Name.
10 Thy kingdom come. Thy
will be done in earth as ids in hea-
ven.
1 1 Give us this day our daily
bread.
12 And forgive us our debts,
as we forgive our debters.
12 And lead us not into temp-
tation, but deliver us from evil :
For thine is the kingdom, and the
power, and the glory, for ever.
Amen.
14 For, if ye forgive men their
trefpaffes, your heavenly Father
will alfo forgive you.
if But if ye forgive not men
their trefpaffes, nether will your
Father forgive your trefpaffes.
16 Moreover, when ye faft, be
not as the hypocrites, of a fad coun-
tenance: for they disfigure their
faces, that they may appear unto
men to faft. Verily I fay unto you,
they have their reward.
17 But thou, when thou fafteft,
anoint thine head, and warn thy
face :
18 That thou appear not unto
men to faft, but unto thy Father
which is in fecret: and thy Father
which feeth in fecret, ftUl reward
thee openly.
19 Lay not up for your felves
treafures upon e.ith, where the
moth and ruft doth corrupt, and
where thieves break through and
ileal.
, zo But lay up for your felves
Mark.
Luke.
John.
of the four Evangelijls. 2.73
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chcp. VI.
treafurcs in heaven, wlicrc nei-
ther moth nor ruff doth corrupt,
and where thieves do not break
through nor (teal.
2 1 For where your freafure is,
there will your heart be alio.
22 The light of the body is the
eye : if therefore thir.e eye be fingle,
thy whole body fhall be full of
light.
23 But if thine eye be evil, thy
whole LoJy fhall ^e foil of d.rk-
nefs. If thereiore the light that is
in thee be d rknefs, how great is
that darknefs?
24 No man can ferve two ma-
tters: tor either he will hate the
one, and love the other; or elie he
will hold to the one, and defpife
the other. Ye cannot ferve God
and mammon.
if Therefore I fay unto you,
Take no thought for your life,
what ye fhall eat, or what ye fhall
drink ; nor yet for your body,
what ye fh.ll put on. Is not the
life more then meat, and the body
then raiment ?
26 Behold the fowls of the airi
for they low not, neither do they
reap, nor gather into barns ; yet
your heavenly Father feedeththem.
Are ye not much better then
they ?
27 Which of you by taking
thought can add one cubit unto his
ftature?
28 And why take ye thought
for raiment ? Ccniider the lilies of
the field how they grow ; they
toil not, neither do they fpin.
29 And yet I fay unto you, that
<ven Solomon in all his glory, was
Mm x ' n* 1
' , The Harmony
Mark. Luke. John.
Matthew.
Chap. VI.
not arayed like one of
thefe.
30 Wherefore if God io
cloath the grafs of the field,
which to day is, and tomor- _
row is caft into the oven,
(hall he not much more clothe
you, O ye of little faith?
31 Therefore take no
thought, faying, What lhall
we eat , or what lhall we
drink ? or wherewithal lhall
we be cloathed.
3Z (For after all thefe
things do the Gentiles feek)
for your heavenly Father
knoweth that ye have need
of all thefe things.
33 But feek ye firft
the kingdom of God, and
his righteoufnefs , and all
thefe things lhall be added
unto you.
34 Take therefore no
thought for the morrow :
for the morrow lhall take
thought for the things of it
felf: fufficient unto the day
w the evil thereof.
Chap. VII.
JUdge not, that ye be not
judged.
2 For with what judg-
ment ye judge, ye lhall be
judged : and with what
meafure ye mete, it lhall be
meafured to you agnin.
3 And why beholdeft thou
the mote that is in thy bro-
thers eye, but v.onlidereft
not the beam that is in thine ^ Qp
own eye?
of the four Evangelifls. 2.75
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VII.
4 Or how wilt thou fay to
thy brother, Let me pull out
the mote out of thine eye;
and behold, a beam is in
thine own eye ?
$■ Thou hypocrite , nrft
call: out the beam out of
thine own eye; and then
fhalt thou fee clearly to caft
out the mote out of thy bro-
thers eye.
6 Give not that which is
holy unto the dogs, neither
call ye your pearls before
fwine , left they trample
them under their feet , and
turn again and rent you.
7 Ask, and it fhall be gi-
ven you . feek, and ye fhall
find : knock, and it fhall be
opened unto you.
8 For every one that ask-
eth, receiveth : and he that
feeketh, findeth : and to him
that knocketh, it fhall be o-
pened.
9 Or what man is there
of you, whom if his fon
ask bread, will he give him a
none?
10 Or if he ask a 'fifh,
will he give him a ferpent?
11 If ye then being evil,
know how to give good gifts
unto your children, how
much more fhall your Father
which is in heaven give good
things to them that ask him ?
i2 Therefore all things
whatibever ye would
that men fhould do to
you , do yc even fo to
Mm a tkesn;
%-j6 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VII. •
them: for this is the law
and the prophets.
13 Enter ye in at the
flrait gate; for wide is the
gate, and broad is the way
that leadeth to deftru&ion,
and many there be which go
in thereat :
14 Becaufe ftraight is the
gate, and narrow is the
way which leadeth unto
life, and few there be that
find it.
if Beware of falfe pro-
phets . which come to
you in fheeps clothing, but
inwardly they are ravening
wolves.
16 Ye fhall know them
by their fruits : Do men
gather grapes of thorns, or
figs of thirties?
17 Even Co every good
tree bringeth fonh good
fruit: but a corrupt tree
bringeth forth evil fruit.
18 A good tree cannot
bring forth evil fruit: neither
can a corrupt tree bring forth,
good fruit.
19 Every tree that bring-
eth not torth good fruit,
is hewn down and caft in-
to the fire.
20 Wherefore by their
fruits ye fhall know them.
a 1 Not every one that
faith unto me , Lord ,.
Lord, fhall enter into the
kingdom of heaven , but
he that doth the will of
my Father which is in hea-
ven. 4
22 Many
of the four Evangelifts. 277
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VII.
it Many will fay unto
me in that day, Lord, Lord,
have we not prophefied in
thy name ? and in thy name
have caft out devils? and in
thy name done many won-
derful works?
2 3 And then will I pro-
fefs unto them , I never
knew you : depart from me
ye that work iniquity.
24 Therefore, whofoever
heareth the fe layings of mine,
and doth rhem, I will liken
him unto a wile man which
' built his houfe upon a rock :
2_f And the rain defend-
ed, and the flouds came, and
the winds blew, andbeat up-
on that houfe ; and it fell
not, for it was founded up-
on a rock.
26 And every one that
heareth thefe dyings of mine,
and doth them not, fhall be
likened unto a foolifh man
which built his houfe upon
the fand :
27 And the rain defend-
ed, and the flouds came, and
the winds blew, and beat up-
on that houfe ; and it fell,
and great was the fall of it.
28 And it came to pafs
when Jefus had ended thefe
fayings, the people were a-
ftoniihed at his do&rine. g^
29 For he taught them
as one having authority,
and not as the Scribes.
Mm 3. §• 3- f And
* 7 8
The Harmofiy
Matthew.
Chap. VIII.
§. 3. f And when
Jefus was entred into
Capernaum , there
came unto him a cen-
turion , befeeching
him,
6 Andfaying.Lord,
my fervant lyeth at
home fick of the pal-
iie , grievoufly tor-
mented.
7 And Jefus faith
unto him, I will come
and heal him.
8 The centurion
anfwered and faid ,
Lord, I am not wor-
thy that thou fhouldeft
come under my roof;
but fpeak the word
only, and my fervant
ihall be healed
9 For I am a man
under authority, hav-
ing fouldiers under
me : and I fay to this
man, Go, and he
goeth: and to another,
Come , and he cofn-
eth: and to my fer-
vant, Do this, and he
doeth it.
10 ' When Jefus
heard it, he marvel-
led, and faid to them
that followed, Verily
I fay unto you, I have
not found fo great
faith, no not inlfrael.
1 1 And I fay unto
you, that many fhall
come from theeaft and
weft, and lhall fit
Mark.
Chap. III.
19 — And they
went into an 1 houfe.
ao And the multi-
tude cometh together
again , fo that they
could not fo much as
eat bread.
. 21 And when his
friends heard of it, they
faid, He isbelidehim-
felf.
Luke.
Chap. VII.
NOW when he
had ended all his
fayings in the audience
ol the people, he en-
tred into Capernaum.
2 And a certain cen-
turions fervant, who
was dear nnto him,
was lick, and ready
to die.
2 And when he
heard of Jefus, hefent
unto him the elders
of the Jews, befeech-
ing him that he would
come and heal his fer-
vant.
4 And when they
came to Jefus, they
belbught him inftant-
ly, faying, That he
was worthy for whom
he fhuuld do this.
f For he loveth our
nation, and he hath
built us a fyna b ogue.
6 Then Jefus w.nt
with them. And when
he was now not far
from the houfe, the
centurion fent friends
to him, faying unto
him, Lord, trouble
not thy felf, for I am
not worthy that thou
fhouldeft enter under
my roof.
7 Wherefore nei-
ther thought I my felf
worthy to come unto
thee : but iay in a word,
and my fervant lhall be
healed.
John.
down
of the four Evangelifts.
1J9
Matthew.
Chap. VIII.
down with Abraham,
and Ifaac, and Jacob,
in the kingdom of
heaven.
12 But the child-
ren of the kingdom
fhall be caft out into
outer darknefs: there
fhall be weeping and
gnafhing of teeth.
13 And Jefus {aid
unto the centurion,
Go thy way, and as
thou haft believed, Co
be it done unto thee .
And his iervant was
healed in the felf
fame hour.
Mark.
Luke.
Chap. VII.
8 For I alfo am a
man fet under autho-
rity, having under
me fouldiers; and I
lay unto one, Go,
and he goeth : and to
another, Come, and
he cometh : and to my
Iervant, Do this, and
he doeth it.
9 When Jefus
heard thefe things, he
marvelled at him, and
turned him about, and
faid unto the people
that followed him, I
lay unto you, I have
not found fb great
faith, no, not in Iftael.
10 And they that
were fent, returning
to the houfe, found
the fervant whole that
had been fick.
John.
§.4. 11 And it
came to pafs the day
after, that he went
into a city calledNain j
and many of his di-
Iciples went with
him, and much peo-
pie.
• 12 Now when he
came nigh to the gate
of the city, behold,
there was a dead man
carried out, the only
Ion of his mother,
and fhe was a widow:
and much people of
the city was with her.
13 And when the
Lord
ZSO
The Harmony
Matthew.
Mar;
Lu KE.
John.
Chap. XL
§.5-. 1 Now when John had
heard in the prifon the works of
chrift, he lent two of his difciples.
2 And faid unto him, Art thou
he that fhould come, or do we look
for another?
4 Jelus anfwered and faid unto
them, Go and fhew John again
thofe things which ye do hear
and fee :
j- The blind receive their fight,
and the lame walk, the lepers are
cleanfed, and the deaf hear, the
dead are raifed up, and the poor
have the gofpel preached to them.
6 And blefled is he whomever
mall not be offended u\ me.
7 And as they departed, Jefi'S
began to fay unto the multitudes
concerning John, What went ye
out into the wildernefs to fee? a
Teed ihaken with the wind?
Chap. VII.
Lo rd faw her, he had companion
on her, and faid unto her, Weep
not.
14 And he came and touched the
biere, (and they that bare him Hood
ftill) and he laid, Young man, I
lay unto thee, Arife.
1 f And he that was dead, fat
up, and began to fpek : and he
delivered him to his mother.
1 6 ;1 n j there came a tear on dl :
and they glorified God, laying, That
a great piophet is nfen up among
us; and, Tuat God hath vifued his
people.
1 7 And this rumor of him went
forth throughout all Judea, and
throughout all the region round a-
bout.
18 And the difciples of John
Ihewed him of all thefe things.
19 And John calling unto him
two of his difciples, lent them un-
to Jelus, faying, Art thou he that
Ihould come, or look we for ano-
ther?
20 When the men were come
unto him, they faid, John Baptift
hath fent us unto thee, faying, Art
thou he that fhould come, or look
we tor another ?
21 And in ffrt fame hour hecu-
red many oi their infirmities, and
plagues, and of evil ipirits, and to
many that were blind he gave
fight.
22 Then Jefus anfwering, faid
unto them, Go your way and tell
John what things ye have feenand
heard, how that that the blind lee,
the lame walk, the lepers are deanf-
of the four Evangelijls.
2.81
. A T T H E W.
Mark.
• Luke.
John.
Chap. XI.
8 But what went ye out for to
fee? A man clothed in foft raiment?
behold, they that wear foft cloth-
ing, are in kings houfes-.
9 But what went ye out. for to
fee? A prophet? yea, I fay unro
youi and more then a prophet.
10 For this is he of whom it is
written, Behold, I fend my mef-
fenger bebre thy face, which flu.ll
prepare thy way before thee.
1 1 Verily I fay unto you, among
them that are born of women,
there hath not rifen a greater then
John the Baptiit: notwithstanding,
he that is leaft in the kingdom of
heaven, is greater then he.
1 2 And from the days of John
the Baptifh until now, the king-
dom of heaven fiiffcrcth violence,
and the violent take it by force.
1 3 For all the prophets, and the
law, prophefied until John.
14 And if ye will receive it, this
is Eltas, which was for to come.
15- He that hath ears to hear, let
him hear.
16 But whereunto fhall I liken
this generation ? It is like unto child-
ren fitting in the markets, and cal-
ling unto their fellows,
17 And faying, We have piped
unto you, and ye have not danced :
we have mourned unto you, and
ye have not lamented.
io For John came neither eating
nor drinking, and they fay, He
hath a devil.
19 The fon of man came eating
and drinking, and they fay, Behold,
a man gluttonous, and a wine-bib-
ber, a friend of Publicans and iin-
ners : but wifdom is juftifkd of her
children.
Chap. VII.
ed, the deaf hear, the d« td arc
railed, to the poor the go J]
preached.
23 And bleffed is he whofbever
(hall not be offended in me.
24 An. I when the meflengers of
John were departed, he began to
ipeak unto the people concerning
John, What went ye out into the
wilderriefs for to fee? a reed fha-
ken with the wind?
25- But what went ye out for to
fee? A man clothed in loft raiment ?
behold, they which are gorgeoufly
apparelled, and live delicately, are
in kings courts.
26 But what went ye out for to
fee? A prophet? Yea, I fay unto
you, and much more then a pro-
phet.
27 This is he of whom it is
written, Behold I fend my meflen-
ger before thy face, which fhall
prepare thy way before thee.
28 For I fay unto you, Among
thofe that are born of women, there
is not a greater prophet than John
the Baptift : but he that is leaft. in
the kingdom of God, is greater
then he.
29 And all the people that heard
him, and the publicanes juftified
God, being baptized with the bap-
tifm of John.
30 But the Pharifees and law-
yers rejected the cotinfel of Goda-
gainfi: themfelves, being not bap-
tized of him.
3 1 And the Lord faid, Where-
unto then fhall I liken the men of
this generation ? and to what are
they like ?
3 1 They are like unto children
Nn fitting
z8z
The Harmony
Matthew.
Mark*
Chap. XI.
§. 6. 20 Then began he to upbraid
the cities wherein moft of his migh-
ty works were done , becaufe they
repented not.
21 Wo ur:to thee Chorszin.wo
unto thee Bethfaida: for if the
mighty works which were done in
you,had been done inTyre andSidon,
they would have repented long a-
go in fackcloth and afhes.
zz But I lay unto you, It fhall
be more tolerable for Tyre and Si-
don at the day of judgment, then
for you.
23 And thou Capernaum, which
art exalted unto heaven , fhalt be
brought down to hell: for if the
might works which have been done
in thee, had been done in Sodom,
it would have remained until this
da y- , .
24 But I fay unto you, that it
fhall be more tolerable for the land
Luke.
Chap. VII.
John.
fitting in the market-place , and
calling one to another, and faying,
We have piped unto you , and ye
have not danced: we have mourn-
ed to you, and ye have not
wept.
33 For John the Baptift came
neither eating bread, nor drinking
wine; and ye lay, He hah a De-
vil.
34 The Son of man is come eat-
ing and drinking; and ye fay, Be-
hold a gluttonous man, and a
wine-bibber, a friend of publicanes
and linners.
IS But wifdom is juftified of all
her children.
of
of the four Evangelijls.
2.83
Matthew.
Chap. XI.
Mark.
Luke.
John
of Sodom, in the day of judgment,
then for thee.
if At that time Jefus anfwered
and faid, I thank thee, O Father,
Lord of heaven and earth, becaufe
thou haft hid thefe things from the
wife and prudent, and haft reveal-
ed them unto babes.
26 Even fo Father, for fo it feem-
ed good in thy fight.
27 All things are delivered unto
me of my Father: and no man
knoweth the Son but the Father,
neither knoweth any mantheFather,
fave the Son, and he to whomfoe-
ver the Son will reveal him.
28 Come unto me all ye that la-
bour, and are heavy laden, and I
will give you reft.
29 Take my yoke upon you, and
learn of me, for I am meek and
lowly in heart : and ye {hall find
reft unto your fouls.
30 For my yoke /Veafie, and my
burden is light.
Chap. VII.
§.7. 36 And one of the Pha-
rifees delired him that he would
eat with him. And he went into
the Pharifee's houfe, and fat down
to meat.
37 And behold, a woman in the
city which was a {inner, when flic
knew that Jefus {at at meat in the
Pharifees houfe, brought an alaba-
fter-boxof ointment,
38 And flood at his feet behind
him weeping, and began to walh
his feet withjtears, and did wipe
them with the hairs of her head,
and kiffed his feet, and anointed
them will the ointment.
39 Now when the Pharifee
Nn a
whick
2,84 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VII.
which had bidden him, faw it, he
fpake within himfelf, faying, This
man, if he were a prophet, would
have known who and what man-
ner of woman this is that touched
him for fhe is a finner.
40 And Jefus anfwering, faid
unto him, Simon, I have fome-
what to fay unto thee. And he
faith, Mafter, fay on.
41 There was a certain credi-
tour, which had two debters : the
one ought five hundred pence, and
the the other fifty.
42 And when they had nothing
to pay, he frankly forgave them
both. Tell me therefore, which of
them will love him moft ;
43 Simon anfwered and faid, I
fuppofe that he to whom he forgave
moft. And he faid unto him,Thou
haft rightly judged.
44 And he turned to the woman,
and faid unto Simon, Seeft thou
this woman?Ientred into thinehoufe,
thou gaveft me no water for my
feet : but fhe hath warned my feet
with tears, and wiped them with, the
hairs of her head.
45- Thou gaveft me no kifs : but
this woman, flnce the time I came
in, hath not ceafed to kifs my feet.
46 Mine head with oyl thou didft
not anoint: but this woman hath
anointed my feet with ointment.
47 Wherefore I fay unto thee,
Her fins which are many, are for-
given j for fhe loved much : but to
whom little is forgiven, the fame
loveth little.
48 And he faid unto her , Thy
fins are forgiven.
49 And they that fat at meat
with
of the four Evangelijfs. 285
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VII.
with him, began to
fay within themfelves,
Who is this that for-
giveth fins alfo?
fo And he faid to
the woman , Thy
faith hath faved thee*
go in peace.
Chap. XII. Chap. III. Chap. VIII.
§. 8. 22 Then was 22 And the fcribes AND it came to
brought unto him one which; came down XTL pafs afterward,
pofleffed with a devil, from Jerufalem, faid, that he wentthrough-
blind and dumb: and He hath Beelzebub, out every city and
he healed him, info- and by the prince of village preaching, and
that the blind and the devils cafteth he fhewing the glad tid-
dumb both fpake and out devils. ings of the kingdom
law. 23 And he called of God: and the
2 3 And all the peo- them unto him, and twelve were with himj
pie were amazed, and faid unto them in pa- 2 And certain wo-
faid, Is not this the rabies, How can Sa- men which had been
fon of David ? tan caft out Satan? healed of evil fpirits
24 But when the 24 And if a king- and infirmities, Mary
Pharifees heard it, they dom be divided a- called Magdalene, out
faid, This fellow doth gain flit felfrth it king- of whom went fe-
not caft out devils, but dom cannot ftand. ven devils. ♦
by Beelzebub the if And if a houfe 3 And Joanna the
prince of the devils, be divided againft it wife of Chuza Herods
if And Jefus knew felf, that houfe can- fteward, andSufanna,
their thoughts, and not ftand. and m ny others,
faid unto them , E- 26 And if Satan which miniftred unto
very kingdom divided rife up againft him. him of their fubftance.
againft it lelf , is felf, and be divided,
brought to defblation: he cannot ftand, but
and every city or houfe h >th an end.
divided againtt ic ielf, 27 No man can en-
fhall not ftand. ter into a ftrong mans
16 And if Satan ho.ife, and fpoil his
caft out Satan, he is goods, except he will
divided againft him- firlt bind the ftrong
felf j how then fhall m m, and then he
his kingdom ftand ? will fpoil his houfe.
Nn 3 z.7 And.
z§6
The Harmony
Matthew.
Mark.
Luke.
John.
Chap. XII.
27 And it I by
Beelzebub caft out de-
vils, by whom do your
children caft them
out? therefore they
fhall be your judges.
28 But if I caft out
devils by the Spirit of
God, then the krag-
of God is come unto
you.
29 Or elfe,how can
one enter into a ftrong
mans houfe, and ipoil
his goods, except he
firft bind the ftrong
man ? and then,, he
will fpoil his houfe.
30 He that is not
with me is againft
me , and he that ga-
thereth not with me,
fcattereth abroad.
31 Wherefore I fay
unto you, All man-
ner of lin and blaf^*
phemy null be forgi-
ven unto men: but
the blafpliemy againft
the holy Ghoft fhall
not be forgiven unto
men.
32 Andwhofoever
fpeaketh a word a-
gainft theSonofman,
it {hall be forgiven
him: but whofoever
fpeaketh againft the
holy Ghoft, it fhall
not be forgiven him,
neither in this world,
neither in the world
to come.
Chap. III.
28 Verily I fay un-
to you, All fins mall
be forgiven unto the
fons of men, and
blafphemies, where-
with foever they fhall
blafpheme.
29 But he that {hall
blafpheme againft the
holy Ghoft, hath ne-
ver fbrgivenefs, but
is in danger of eter-
nal damnation:
30 Becaufe they
faid, He hath an un-
clean fpirit.
33 Eithet
of the four Evangelijis.
**7
Matthe w.
Mark.
Luke.
J oh
Chap. XII.
3 2 Either make the
tree good, and his
fruit good; or clfe
make the tree corrupt,
and his fruit corrupt .
for the tree is known
by his fruit.
34. O generation of
vipers, how can ye,
being evil , fpeak
good things? for out
of the abundance of
the heart ihe mouth
fpeuketh.
35- A good man
out of the good trea-
fure of h:s heart,
bringeth forth good
things: and an evil
man out of the evil
treafure , bringeth
forth evil things.
36 But I uy unto
you, That every idle
word th -t men mall
fpeak, they fhali give
account thereof in the
day of judgment.
37 For by thy
words thou malt be
juftified , and by thy
words thou fhalt be
condemned.
Chap. III.
Chap. VIII.
§.9. 38 Then cer-
tain of the Scribes,
and of the Pharifees
anfwered , faying >
Matter, we would fee
a hgn rrom thee.
39 Bui he anfwer-
ed and laid to them,
An evil and adulte-
3 1 There came
then his brethren and
his mother, and ftand-
ing without, fent un-
to him, calling him.
3 1 And the multi-
tude fat about him,
and they faid unto
him , Behold , thy
19 Then came to
him his mother and
his brethren , and
could not come at
him for the prefs.
20 And it was told
him by certain, which
faid, Thy mother and
thy brethren Hand
Tons
2 gg The Harmony
Matthew.
Mark. ' Luke. John.
Chap. XII. Chap. III. Chap. VIII.
rous
1UB generation- feck- mother, and thy bre- without.defiringto'fce
eth after a fign, and thren without feek thee.
.i-..rt..iir„firml* for thee. 2i Andheaniw^r.
there (hall no iign be for thee. 21 Andheaniw:r-
Piventoit, but the 23 Andhea*fwer- ed, and faid unto them,
ficra of the prophet ed them, faying, Who My mother and my
jo nas is my morher, or my brethren :
40 For as Jonas brethren? which hear the word
was three days and 24 And he looked of God, and do it.
three nights in the round about on them
whales belly : fo ihall which fat about him,
the fon of man be and faid, Behold my
three days and three mother, and my bre-
nights in the heart of thren.
the earth. 35- For whofoever
41 The men of mall do the will of
Nineveh ihall rife in God, the fame is my
judgment with this brother, and my filler,
generation, and mail and mother,
condemn it, becaufe
they repented at the
preaching of Jonas,
and behold, a great-
er then Jonas is here.
42 The queen of
the fouth lhall rife up
in the judgment with
this generation , and
lhall condemn it : tor
fiie came from theut-
termoft parts of the
earth to hear the wif-
dom of Solomon, and
behold, a greater then
Solon -on if here.
43 When the un-
clean fpiiit is gone
out of a man , he
walketh through dry
places, fceking reft,
and findeth none.
44 Then he faith,
I will return into my
Jioufc from whence
I came
of the four Evangelijls.
28?
M'atthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap XII.
I came out; and when he is come,
he findeth it empty, fwept, and
garnifhed.
45- Then goeth he , and taketh
with himfelf feven other fpirits
more wicked then himfelf, and they
enter in and dwell there : and the
laft ftate of that man is worfethcn
the firft. Even fo fball it be alfo
unto this wicked generation.
46 While he yet talked to the
people, behold, his mother and his
brethren flood without, dcliring to
fpeak with him.
47 Then one faid unto him, Be-
hold, thy mother and thy brethren
(land without, defiring to fpeak
with thee.
48 But he anfwered and faid
unto him that told him , Who is
my mother ? and who are my bre-
thren?
49 And he flretched forth his
hand towards his difciples, and faid,
Behold my mother , and my bre-
thren.
5-0 Forwhofoever mail do the
will of my Father which is in hea-
ven, the fame is my brother, and
fifter, and mother.
Chap. XIII. Chap. IV. Chap. VIII.
§. io.>-pHE fame A N© he began to 4 And when muck
J_ day went A teach by the fea- people were gathered
Jefusoutof thehoufe, fide: and there was together, and were
and fat by the fea-fide. gathered unto him a come to him out of
2 And great mul- great multitude, fo every city, he fpake
titudes were gathered that he entred into a by a parable :
together unto him, fo fhip , and fat in the f A fbwer went
that he went into a fea, and the whole out to Sow his feed:
fhip, and fat, and the multitude was by the and as he fowed,
whole multitude flood fea on the land. fome fell by the way
on the fhore. Oo 5 An4
zpo The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIII. Chap. IV. Chap. VIII.
3 And he fpake l And he taught fide, and it was trod-
many things unto them many things by en down,and the fowls
them in parables, fay- parables, and faid un- of the air devoured it.
ing, Behold, a fower to them in his do- 6 And fome fell up-
went forth to fow. ftrine, on a rock, and aflbon
4 And when he 3 Hearken , Be- as it was sprung up,
fbwed , fome feeds hold, there went out it withered away ,
fell by the ways fide, a fower to fow: becaufe it lacked moi-
and the fowls came 4 And it came to fture.
and devoured them pafsashefowed,fome 7 And fome fell a-
op. fell by the way-lide, mong thorns, and the
f Some fell upon and the fowls of the thorns fprang up with
ftony places, where air came and devour- it, and choked it.
they had not much ed it up. 8 And other fell on
earth: and forthwith f And fome fell on good ground, and
they fprung up , be- ftony ground, where lprang up, and bare
caufe they had no it had not much earth, fruit an hundred-fold,
deepnefs of earth: and immediately it And when he had faid
6 And when the fprang up, becaufe it thefe things, he cried,
fun was up, they were had no depth of earth. He that hath ears to
fcorched, and becaufe 6 But when the fun heare, let him hear,
they had not root, was up, it was fcorch- 9 And his difciplcs
they withered away, ed, and becaufe it had asked him, faying,
7 And fome fell a- no root, it withered What might this pa-
mong thorns: and the away. rablebe?
thorns fprung up and 7 And fome fell 10 And he faid.
choked them. among thorns , and Unto you it is given
8 But other fell in- the thorns grew up, to know the myfte-
to good ground, and and choked it, and it ries of the kingdom
brought forth fruit, yielded no fruit. of God: but to 'o-
ibme an hundred- fold, 8 And other fell on thers in parables j that
feme fixt-y-fold, -fome good ground, and did feeing they might not
thirty-fold.^ yield fruit that fprang foe, and hearing they
9 Who hath ears up, and increafed, and might not under -
to hear, let hirn hear, brought forth fome ftand.
10 And the difci- thirty, fome fixty, 11 Now the para-
ples came, and faid and fomean hundred, ble is this: The feed
unto him, Whyfpeak- 9 And he faid un- is the word of God.
eft thou unto them to them, He that hath 11 Thofe by the
in parables? ears to hear, let him way-fide , are they
1 1 He anfwered hear. that hear ; then com-
and faid unto them, ic And when he eth the devil , and
Becaufe it is given un- was alone, they that taketh away the word
of the four Evangeliffs.
2-5? i
Matthew.
Chap. XIII.
Mark.
Chap. IV.
Luke.
Chap. VIII.
•:o you to know the
myfteries of the king-
dom of heaven, but to
them it is not given.
1 2 For wholbever
hath, to him mail be
given, and he fhall
have more abundance :
but whofoever hath
were about him with out of thc*ir hearts,
the twelve, asked of left they ftiould be-
him the parable. iicve and be faved.
1 1 And he faid un- 1 3 They on the
to them, Unto you it rock, are they, which
is given to know the when they hear, re-
myftery of the king- ceive the word with
domofGod: butun- joy; and thefe have
to them that are with- no root, which for a
not from him fhall be out, all thefe things while believe, and in
taken away , even are done in parables : time of temptation
that he hath. 12 That feeing they fall away.
1 2 Therefore fpeak may fee, and not 14 And that which
I to them in parables: perceive, a'nd hearing fell ameng thorns, are
becaufe they feeing, they may hear , and they, which when
fee not : and hearing, not underitand j left they have heard, go
they hear not, neither at any time they forth, and are chok- .
do they underftand, fhould be converted, ed with cares and
14 And in them is and their fins fhould riches, and pleafures
fulfilled the prophecy be forgiven them. of this life, and bring
of Efaias, which faith, 13 And he faid un- no fruit to perfection,
to them-, Know ye if But that on the
not this parable ? and good ground, are they
how then will you which in an honeft
know all parables? and good heart, ha-
14 The lower low- ving heard the word,
eth the word. keep it, and bring
\f And thefe are forth fruit with pa-
grofs, and their ears they by the way-fide, tience.
are dull of hearing, where the word is 16 No man when
and their eyes have fown, but when they he hath lighted a can-
they clofed ; left at any have heard, Satan die, covereth it with
time they fhould fee cometh immediately, a veffel, or putteth it
with their eyes , and and taketh away the under a bed: but fet-
hear with their ears, word that was fown teth it on a candle-
and fhould underftand in their hearts. ftick, that they which
with their heart, and \6 And thefe are enter in may fee the
fhould be converted, they likewife which light,
and I fhould heal them, are fown on ftony 17 For nothing is
16 But blefled are ground, who when fecret, that fhall not
your eyes , for they they have heard the be made manifeft :
fee; and your ears, word •', immediately neither any thing hid,
for they hear. receive it with glad ■ that fhall not be
Oo 2
By hearing ye fhall
hear, and fhall not un-
derftand: and feeing
ye fhall fee, and fhall
not perceive.
1/ For this peo-
ples heart is waxed
John.
37 For
2-9 i The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke.
Chap. XIII. Chap. IV. Chap. VIII.
i 7 For verily I fay nefs. known, and come a-
unto you, that many i 7 And have no broad,
prophets and righte- root in themfelves, iS Take heed
ous men have de- and fo endure but for therefore how ye hear:
fired to fee thofe a time : afterward for whofoever hath,
things which ye fee, when affliction or per- to him mall be given ;
and have not feen fecution arifeth for and whofoever hath
them: and to hear the words fake, im- not, from him fhall
thofe things which ye mediately they are be taken even that
hear, and have not offended. which he feemeth to
heard them. ^ And thefe are have.
18 Hear ye there- they which are fown
fore the parable of the among thorns: fuch
fower. as hear the word.
w i io And the cares
Ski J W ° T t the deccitfutaefi of
the kingdom, andun- • .„ „ , . , „
derftandeth it not, "fe „
then comeththe wick- f-^ *"f £
ed one, and catched " n S' n ' ^ * c
word, and it becom-
JOHN.
away that which was
fown in his heart:
this is he which re-
eth unfruitful.
20 And thefe are
they which are fown
ceived feed by the { , , r ,
(.j y on good ground, iuch
ay-fide.
as hear the word, and
io But he that re- receive it, and bring,
ceived the feed into forth fruit, fome
flony places, the fame thirty-fold, fome fix-
is he that heareth the ty, andfomeanhund-
word, and anon with red.
;oyreceivethit: Xl Andhefaidun-
2i Yet hath he not to them, Is a candle,
root in himfelf, but brought to be put un-
dureth for a while: der a bumel, or under
for when tribula- a bed? and not to be
tion or perfecution a- fet on a candleftick?
nfeth becaufe of the zz For there is no-
word, by and by he thing hid which fhall
is offended. not be manifefh nei-
2 2 He alfo that re- ther was any thing
ceived feed among the kept fecret, 'but that
thorns, is he that it fhould come abroad.
fcearet
*eth
of the four Evangelifts.
*5>3
Matthew.
Chap. XIII.
heareth the word :
and the cares of this
world, and the de-
ceitfulnefs of riches
choke the word: and
he becometh unfruit-
ful.
23 But he that re
Mark.
Chap. IV.
23 If any man
have ears to hear, let
him hear.
24 And he faid un-
to them , Take heed
what you hear: with
what meafure ye
mete, it mall be mea-
ceived feed into the fured to you: andun-
the good ground, is to you that hear, fhall
he that heareth the
word ,, and under-
fhndeth»>, whichial-
£0 beareth fruit, and
more be given.
if For he that
hath, to him fhall be
given : and he that
bringeth forth fbme hath not, from him
an hundred-fold, fbme fhall be taken even
fixty, fome thirty. that which he hath.
24 And another 16 And he faid,
parable put he forth So is the kingdom of
unto them , faying, God , as if a man
The kingdom of hea-
ven is likened unto a
man which fowed
good feed in his field
fhould caft feed into
the ground:
27 And fhould
fleep, and rife night
but while men flept, and day, and the feed
his enemy came fhould fpring and
and fowed tares a- grow up, he know-
mong the wheat, and eth not how.
went his way. 28 For the earth
26 But when the bringeth forth fruit
blade was fprung up, of her felf, firft the
and brought forth blade, then the ear, af-
fruit, then appeared that the full corn in
the tares alfo. the ear.
27 So the fervants 29 But when the
of the houfholder fruit is brought forth,
came and faid unto immediately he put-
him,Sir, lidftthounot teth in the fickle, be-
fow good feed in thy caufe the harveft is
field? from whence come.
then hath it tares? 30 And he faid,
28 He faid unto Whereunto fhall we
them , An enemy liken the kingdom of
Luke.
John.
Oo j.
hath
25>4 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johj«.
Chap. XIII. Chap. VI.
.hath done this. The God ? or with what
fervants faid unto companion fhall we
him, Wilt thou then compare it ?
that we go and ga- 51 It //like a grain
ther them up ? of muftard - feed ,
29 But he faid, which when it is
Nay ■, left while ye fown in the earth, is
gather up the tares, lefs then all the feeds
ye root up alfo the that be in the earth,
wheat with them. 3 j But when it is
30 Let both grow fown, it growethup,
together until rhe har- and becometh greater
veft j and in the time then all herbs, and
of harveft I will fay ftiooteth out great
to the reapers , Ga- branches, fo that the
ther ye together fnft fowls of the air may
the tares, and bind lodge under the fha-
them in bundles to dow of it.
burn them: but ga- 33 And with ma-
ther the wheat into ny fuch parables fpake
my barn. he the word unto
3 1 Another para- rhem, as they were
ble put he forth unto able to hear it.
them, faying, The 34 But without a
kingdom of heaven parable fpake he not
is like to a grain of unto them: and when
muftard-feed, which they were alone, he
a man took and fow- expounded all things
cd in his field. to his difciples.
32 Which is the
leaft of all feeds : but
when it is grown, it
is the greateft among
herbs, and becometh
a tree : £0 that the
birds of the air come
and lodge in the
branches thereof.
33 Another para-
ble fpake he unto
them, The kingdom
of heaven is like unto
leaven, which a wo-
of the four EvangeUJis. 195
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIII.
man took and hid in three mea-
fures of meal, till the whole
was leavened.
34 Allthefe things fpake Jefus
unto the multitude in parables, and
without a parable fpake he not
unto them.
3J- That it might be fulfilled
which was fpoken by the prophet,
faying, I will open my mouth in
parables, I will utter things which
have been kept fecret from the
foundation of the world.
36 Then Jefus fent the multi-
tude away, and went into the houfe;
and his difciples came unto him,
laying, Declare unto us the para-
ble of the tares of the field.
3 7 He anfwered and faid unto
them, He that foweth the good
feed, is the fon of man:
38 The field is the world: the
good feed are the children of the
kingdom: but the tares are the
children of the wicked one:
39 The enemy that fo wed them,
is the devil: the harveft is the end
of the world : and the reapers are
the angels.
40 As therefore the tares are ga-
thered ;.nd burnt in the fire; fo fhall
it be in the end of this world.
41 The fon of man fhall fend
forth his angels, and they fhall ga-
ther out of his kingdom all things
that oftend , and them which do
iniquity :
42 And fhall caft them into a
furnace of fire: there fhall bewail-
ing and gnafhing of teeth.
43 Then fhall the righteous
fhine forth as the iun, in the king-
dom of their Father. Who hath
*5><> The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIII.
cars to hear, let him hear.
44 Again, the kingdom of hea-
ven is like unto treafure hid in a
field: the which when a man hath
found, hehidcth, and for joy there-
of goeth and felleth all that he hath,
and buyeth that field.
4y Again, the kingdom of hea-
ven is like unto a merchant-man,
ieeking goodly pearls :
46 Who when he had found one
pearl of great price, he went and
Ibid all that he had, and bought it.
47 Again, the kingdom of hea-
ven is like unto a net that was caft:
into the fea, and gathered of eve-
ry kind.
48 Which, when it was full,
they drew to more, and fat down,
and gathered the good into veflels,
but caft the bad away.
49 So ihall it be at the end of
the world: the angels fhall come
forth, and fever the wicked from
among the juft;
j-o And mail caft them into the
furnace of fire : there fhall be wail-
ing and gnafhing of teeth.
f 1 Jelus faith unto them, Have
ye undcrftood all thefe things ? they
Iky unto him, Yea, Lord. I
j-z Then faid he unto them,
Therefore every fcribe which is in-
ftructed unto the kingdom of hea-
ven, is like unto a man that is an
houfholder, which bringeth forth
out of his treafure things new and
old. *
fl And it came to pafs, that
when Jefus had fimfhed thefe para-
bles, he departed thence.
18 Now
of the four EvarigeUjis.
i?7
Matthew.
Chap. VIII.
§. 12. 18 Now
when Jefus faw great
multitudes about him,
he gave command-
ment to depart unto
the other fide.
23 And when he
was entred into a
fhip, his difciples fol-
lowed him.
24 And behold ,
there arofe a great
tempeftin thefea, in-
fomuch that the fhip
was covered with the
waves: but he was a-
fleep.
zf And his difci-
ples came to him, and
awoke him, faying ,
Lord, fave us : we
perilh.
26 And he faith
unto them, Why are
}re fearful , O ye of
ittle faith ? Then he
arofe and rebuked the
winds and thefea, and
there was a great
calm.
27 But the men
marvelled , faying ,
What manner of man
is this, that even the
winds and the fea
obey him?
Mark.
Chap. IV.
2f And the fame
day when the even
was come, he faith
unto them , Let us
pais over unto the o-
ther fide.
36 And when they
had fent away the
multitude, they took
him even as he was
in the fhip, and there
were alfo with him
other little fhips. -
37 And there arofe
a great frorm of wind,
and the waves beat
into the fhip, fo that
it was now full.
38 And he was in
the hinder part of the
fhip, afleep on a pil-
low: and they awake
him, and fay unto
him, Mafter, careft
thou not that we pe-
rilh?
39 And he arofe,
andrebuked the wind,
and faid unto the fea,
Peace, be ftill : and
the wind ceafed, and
there was a great
calm.
40 And he faid un-
to them, Why are ye
fo fearful? how is it
that you have no faith ?
41 And they fear-
ed exceedingly, and
faid one to another,
What manner of man
is this, that even the
Luke.
Chap. VIII.
22 Now it came
to pafs on a certain
day, that he went in-
to a fhip with his di-
fciples: andhefaid un-
to them,Letus go over
unto the other fide of
the lake. And they
lanched forth.
23 But as they
failed, he fell afleep:
and there came down
a frorm or" wind on
the lake, and they
were filled with water,
and were in jeopardy.
24 And they came
to him, and awoke
him, faying, Mafter,
mafter, we perifh.
Then he arofe, and
rebuked the wind,
and the raging of the
water: and they ceaf-
ed* and there was a
calm.
25- And he faid un-
to them , Where is
your faith? And they
being afraid,wondred,
faying one to another,
What manner of man
is this ? for he com-
mandeth even the
winds and water, and
they obey him.
John.
P?
25>8
The Harmony
Matthew.
' Chap. VIII.
§.15. 28 And
when he was come
to the other fide, into
the countrey of the
Gergefenes, there met
him two poiTeffed
with devils, coming
out of the tombs, ex-
ceeding fierce , fo
that no man might
pafs by that way.
29 And behold ,
they cryed out, fay-
ing , What have we
to do with thee, Jefus,
rhou ion of God ? art
thou come hither to
torment us before the
time?
30 And there was
a good way off from
them, an herd of
manyfwine, feeding.
31 So the devils
befought him, faying,
if thou cafl: us out,
fuffer us to go away
into the heard of
fwine.
32 And he faid un-
to them, Go. And
when they were come
out, they went into
the herd of fwine:
and behold, the whole
herd of fwine ran
violently down a ftecp
place into the fea,
Mark.
Chap. IV.
wind and the fea obey
him?
Luke.
John.
Chap. V.
AND they came
over unto the
other fide of the fea,
into the countrey of
the Gadarenes.
2 And when he
was come out of the
fhip , immediately
there met him out of
the tombs, a man
with an unclean fpi-
rit,
3 Who had his
dwelling among the
tombs , and no man
could bind him , no
not with chains :
4 Becaufe that he
had been often bound
with f-ttcrs and
chiins, and the chains
had been plucked a-
funder by him , and
the fetters broken in
pieces: neither could
any man tame him.
f And always night
and day , he was in
the mountains , and
in the torn! s, crying,
and cutting himfelf
with ftones.
6 But when he
faw Jefus afar off, he
ran and worfhipped
him,
7 And he cried
with a loud voice, and
Chap. VIII:
26 And they ar-
rived at the countrey
of the Gadarenes ,
which is over againft
Galilee.
27 And when he
went forth to land,
there met him out of
the city , a certain
man which had devils a
long time,and ware no
clothes, neither abode
in any houfe, but in
the tombs.
28 When he faw
Jefus, he cried out,
and fell down before
him, 2nd with aloud
voice faid, What have
Ito do with theejefus,
thou Son of God moft
high? I befeech thee
torment me not.
29 (For he had
commanded the un-
clean fpirit to come
out of the man. For
oftentimes it had
caught him: and he
was kept bound with
chains, and in fetters ;
and he brake the
bands, and was dri-
ven of the devil into
the wildernefs)
30 AndJ^fus'asked
him, faying, What is
thy name? And he
and
of the four Evangelijis. %^
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk.
Chap. VIII. Chap. V. Chap. VIII.
and perifhcd in the £ud, What have I to faid, Legion : becaufe
waters. do with thee, Jefus, many devils were cn-
33 And they that thou Son of themoft tred into him.
kept them fled, and high God? I adjure 31 And they be-
went their ways into thee by God, that thou fought him that he
the city, and told eve- torment me not. would not command
ry thing, and what 8 (For hefaidunto them to go out into
was befallen to the him, Come out of the deep,
poflefled of the devils, the man, thou un- 31 And there was
34 And behold , clean fpirit) there nn herd of ma-
the whole city came 9 And he asked ny fwine feeding on
out to meet Jefus; him , What is thy the mountain: and
and when they faw name? And he an- they befought him
him, they befought fwered, faying, My that he would fuffer
him that he would name /'} Legion : for them to enter into
depart out of their we are many. them. And he fuf-
coafts. 10 And he befought fered them.
him much that he 33 Then went the
would not fend them devils out of the man,
away out of the coun- and entred into the
trey. fwine: and the herd
11 Now there was ran violently down
there nigh unto the a fteep place into the
mountains , a great lake, and were chok-
herd of fwine feed- ed
ing. 34 When they that
12 And all the de- fed them faw what
vilsbefoughthim, fay- was done, they fled,
ing, Send us into the and went and told it
fwine, that we may in the city and in the
enter into them. countrey.
13 And forthwith 3 j Then they went
Jefus gave them leave, out to fee what was
And the unclean fpirits done; and came to
went out, and entred Jefus, and found the
into the fwine, and man out of whom
the herd ran violently the devils were de-
down a fteep place in- parted, fitting at the
to the fea, (they were feet of Jefus, clothed,
about two thoufand) and in his right mind :
and were choked in and they were afraid,
the fea. 3 6 They alio which
14 And they that faw it, told them by
Pp » foe
300
The Harmony
Matthew.
Mark.
Chap. V.
fed the fwine fled,
and told it in the city,
and in the countrey.
And they went out
to fee what it was
that was done.
if And they come
to Jefus, and lee him
that was poffefled
with the devil, and
had the legion, fitting,
and clothed, and in
his right mind, and
they were afraid.
16 And they that
faw it, told' them
how it befel to him
that was pofleflcd
with the devil, and
alfo concerning the
fwine.
17 And they be-
gan to pray him to de-
part out of their
coalts.
18 And when he
was come into the
fliip, he that had been
poflefled wirh the de-
vil, prayed him that
he might be with him.
19 Howbeit, Jefus
fuffered him not, but
iaith unto him, Go
home to thy friends,
and tell chejn how
great things the Lord
hath done for thee,
and hath hau compaf-
iien on thee.
to And he depart-
ed, and began to pub-
lish in Dccapoliss
Luke.
Chap. VIII.
what means he that
was pofleffed of the
devils was healed.
37 Then the whole
multitude of the coun-
trey of the Gadarenes
round about, befought
him to depart from
them ; .for they were
taken with great fear :
and he went up into
the lhip, and return-
ed back again.
38 Now the man
out of whom the de-
vils were departed,
befought him that he
might be with him :
but Jefus fent him
away, faying,
39 Return to thine
own houfe, and {hew
how great things
God h~th done unto
thee And he went
his way, and publifh-
ed throughout the
whole city, how great
things Jefus had done
unto him.
John.
of the four EvangeKJls.
Matthew.
Mark.
Chap. V.
how great things Je-
fus had done for him :
and all men did mar-
vel.
Luke.
3°
John
Chap. IX.
§. 14. A NDheen-
J\ tred into
a (hip, and paired o-
ver, and came into
his own city.
Chap. VIII.
79 And a certain
fcribe came, and laid
unto him, Matter, I
will follow thee whi-
ther foe ver thou goeft.
20 And Jefus faith
unto him, The foxes
have holes , and the .
birds of the air have
nefls ; but the fon of
man hath not where
to lay his head.
2 1 And another of
his difcipks faid unto
him, Lord, fuffer me
firft to go and bury
my Father.
22 But Jefus faid
unto him, Follow me a
and let the dead bury
their dead.
PP 3
iS While
joz The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. IX. Chap. V. Chap. VIII.
§.15-. 1 S While he 2 1 And when Je- 40 And it came to
fpake thcfe things un- fus was patted over a- pafs, that when Jefus
to them, behold, gain by fhip unto the was returned, the peo-
there came a certain other fide, muchpeo- pie gladly received
ruler and worfhipped pie gathered unto him, him: for they were
him , faying , My and he was nigh unto all waiting for him.
daughter is even now the fea. 4 1 And behold,
dead, but come and 22 And behold , there came a man
lay thy hand upon there comcth one of named Jairus, and he
her, and fhe (hall live, the rulers of thefyna- was a ruler of the fyna-
19 And Jefus arofe, gogue , Jairus by gogue : and he fell
and followed him, and name, and when he down at Jefus feet,
fo did his difciples. law him, he fell at and befought him that
20 (And behold, a his feet, he would come into
woman which was 23 And belought his houfe:
difeafed with an iffue him greatly, faying, 42 For he had one
of blood twelve years, My little daughter only daughter, about
came behind him , lieth at the point of twelve years of age,
and touched the hem death , I fmy thee and (he lay a dying,
of his garment. come and lay thy (But as he went, the
21 For fhe faid with- hands on her that fhe people thronged him.
inherfelf, If I may maybe healed, and 43 And a woman
but touch his garment, fhe fhall live. having an iflue of
I fhall be whole. 24 And Jefus went blood twelve years,
22 But Jefus turn- with him, and much which had fpent all
ed him about , and people followed him, her living upon phy-
when he faw her, he and thronged him. ficians, neither could
faid, Daughter, be of 2y And a certain be healed of any,
good comfort ; thy woman which had an 44 Came behind
faith hath made thee iffue of blood twelve him, and touched the
whole. And the wo- years, border of his garment:
man was made whole 26 And had fuffer- and immediately 'her
from that hour.) ed many things of iffue of blood ftanch-
23 And when Je- many phyficians, and ed.
fus came into the ru- had fpent all that fhe 4j- And Jefus faid,
lers houfe, and faw had, and was nothing Who touched me?
the minftrels and the bettered, but rather When all denied, Pe-
people making a noife, grew worfe, ter, and they that
24 He faid unto 27 When ihe had were with him, faid,
them, Give place, for heard of jefus, came Mafter, the multitude
the maid is not dead, in the prefs behind, throng thee, andprefs
but flecpeth. And and touched his gar- thee, and fayefr thou,
they laughed him to ment. Who touched me ?
fcorn. 2 f But
of the four Evangehfls. 303
Matthew. Mark. • Luke. John.
Chap. IX. 'Chap. V. Chap. VIII.
ij- But when the 28 For fhe faid, If 46 And Jefus faid,
people were put forth, I may touch but his Some body hath
he went in, and took clothes , I {hall be touched me : for 1
her by the hand, and whole. perceive that vertue
the maid arofe. 29 And ftraight- is gone out of me.
26 And the fame way the fountain of 47 And when the
hereof went aboad in- her blood was dried woman faw that fhe
to all that land. up: and fhe felt in was not hid, fhe came
her body that (he trembling, and falling
was healed of that down before him,
plague. fhe declared unto him
30 And Jefus im- before all the people,
mediately knowing for what caufe fhe had
in himfelf, that ver- touched him, and how
tue had gone out of fhe was healed im-
him, turned him a- mediately.
bout in theprefs, and 48 And he faid un-
laid, Who touched to her, Daughter, be
my clothes? of good comfort :
3 1 And his difci- thy faith hath made
pies faid unto him, thee whole ; go in
Thou feefl: the multi- peace)
tude thronging thee, 49 While he yet
and fayeft thou, Who fpake, there cometh
touched me? one from the ruler of
32 And he looked the fynagogues houfe,
round about to fee her faying to him, Thy
that had done this daughter is deadj
thing. trouble not the Ma-
33 But the wo- fter.
man fearing and trem- fo But when Je-
bling, knowing what fus heard it, he an-
was done in her, came fwered him, faying,
and fell down before Fear not: believe on-
him, and told him all ly, and fhe fhall be
the truth. made whole.
34 And he faid fi And when he
unto her, Daughter, came into the houfe.he
thy fa'th hath made furfered no man to go
thee wholej go in in,favePererandJamcs,
peace, and be whole and John, and the
of thy plague. father and the mother
51" While he yet of the maiden.
5-1 And
304 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark.- Luke. John,
Chap. V. Chap. III.
{pake, there came 5-1 And all wept,
from the ruler of the and bewailed her : but
fynagogues konfe, cer- he faid, Weep not ;
tain which faid, Thy (he is not dead , but
daughter is dead , fleepeth.
Why troubleft thou 5-3 And they laugh-
the Matter any fur- edhimtofcorn,know-
ther? ing that {he was dead.
36 Aflbon as Jefus $-3 And he put
heard the word that them all out, and took
was fpoken, he faith her by the hand, and
unto the ruler of the called, faying, Maid,
fynagogue, Be not a- arife.
fraid, only believe. j-^- And her fpirit
37 And he fufter- came again, and me a-
ed no man to follow rofeftraightway: and
him, fave Peter, and hecommandedtogive
James, and John the her meat.
brother of James. f 6 And her parents
38 And he cometh were aftonifhed: but
to the houfe of the he charged them that
ruler of the fynagogue, they {hould tell no
and feeth the tumult, man what was done,
and them that wept
and wailed greatly.
39 And when he
was come in, he
faith unto them, Why
make ye this ado, and
weep? the damfel is
not dead, but fleep-
eth.
40 And they laugh-
ed him to fcorn : but
when he had put them
all out, he taketh the
father and the mother
of the damfel, and
them that were with
him, and entreth in
where the damfel was
lying.
41 And he took
of the four Evangelifts.
305
M A T T H E VT.
Mark.
Chap. V.
the damfel by the
hand, and faid unto
her, Talitha cumi ,
which is, being inter-
preted, Damfel (I fay
unto thee ) arife.
42 And ftraight-
waythe damfel arofe,
and walked; for (he
was of the age of
twelve years : and
they were aftonifhed
with a great aftonilh-
ment.
43 And he charged
them ftraitly, that no
man mould know it :
and commanded that
fomething fliould be
given her to eat.
Chap. IX.
§ id; 17 And when
Jefus departed thence,
two blind men fol-
lowed him , crying ,
and faying, Thou fon
of David, have mercy
on us.
28 And when he
was come into the
houfe, the blind men
came to him : and Je-
fus faith unto them,
Believe ye that I am
able to do this ? they
faid unto him, Yea,
Lord.
29 Then touched
he their eyes, faying,
According to your
faith, be it unto you.
30 And their eyet
Luke.
J ohm.
<U
30(>
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. IX.
were opened, andje-
fus ftraitly charged
them, faying, See that
no man know it.
31 But they, when
they were departed,
ipread abroad his fame
in all that country.
3 i As they went out,
behold , they brought
to him a dumb man
poflefled with a de-
vil.
33 And when the
devil was call out, the
dumb fpake: and the
multitudes marvelled,
faying, It was never
£0 feen in Ifrael.
34 But the Phari-
fees faid, He cafteth
out the devils through
the prince of the de-
vils.
Chap. XIII.
§ 17. j-4 And when
he was come into his
own countrey , he
taught them in their
fynagogue, infomuch
that they were afto-
niflied , and faid ,
Whence hath this man
this wifdom, and thefe
mighty works ?
jf Is not this the
carpenters fbn ? is not
his mother called Ma-
ry? and his brethren,
James, and Jofes, and
Simony and Judas?
Mark.
Luke.
John.
Chap. VI.
AND he went out
from thence, and
came into his own
countrey, and his di-
fciples follow him.
2 And when the
fabbath- day was come,
he began to teach in
the fynagogue : and
many hearing him 9
were aftonifhed , fay-
ing , From whence
hath this man thefe
things? and what wif-
dom is this which is
given unto him , that
?6 And
of the four Evangelifts. 307
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIII. Chap. VI.
?6 And his lifters, even fuch mighty
are they not all with works are wrought
us ? whence then hath by his hands ?
this man all thefe 3 Is not this the
things ? carpenter, the fon of
S7 And they were Mary, the brother of
offended in him. But J-imes, and Jofes, and
Jefus faid unto them, of Juda, and Simon ?
A prophet is not with- and are not his fitters
out honour, lave in here with us? And
his owncountrey,and they were offended at
in his own houfe. him.
5*8 ^nd he did not 4 But Jefus faid un-
many mighty works to them, A prophet is
there, becaufe of their not without honour,
uabelief. but in his own coun-
trey, and among his
own kin, and in bis
own houfe.
f And he could
there do no mighty
work, fave that he
laid his hands upon a
few fide folk , and
healed them.
6 And he marvel-
led becaufe of their
unbelief.
Qqa CHAP-
8 The Harmony
CHAP. IX.
From the Mijjlon of the twelve Apoftles, till our Saviour's
fourth Taff over : containing about four months fpacej from
"December A. T>. 31. till April A. <D. 32.
THE Settionsof this Period are undoubtedly in their true Order ; All of
them being according to the agreeing Series of three of the Evangelifts,
andfome of them according to that of all four.
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. IX* Chap. VI. Chap. IX.
§ 1. 55- And Jefus 6 — And he went fTpHen he called his
went about all the ci- round about the villa- JL twelve difciples
ties and villages,teach- ges, teaching. together, and gave
ing in their fyna- 7 And he calleth them power and au-
gogues, and preach- unto him the twelve, thority over all devils,
ing the gofpel of the and began to fend and to cure difeafes.
kingdom, and healing them forth by two 2 And he fent them
every licknefs , and and two, and gave to preach the king-
every difeafe among them power over un- dom of God , and to
the people. clean fpirits, heal the lick.
36 But when he 8 And commanded 3 And he faid un-
faw the multitudes, he them that they fhould to them, Take no-
was moved with com- take nothing for their thing for your jour-
paffion on them, be- journey, fave a fUff ney, neither ftaves,
caufe they fainted, and only: no fcrip , no nor fcrip , neither
were fcattered abroad, bread , no money in bread, neither money;
as fr.eep having no their purfe : neither have two coats
berd. 9 But be (hod with apiece.
37 Then faith he fanduls : and not put 4 And whatfoever
unto his difciples, the on two coats. . houfe ye enter into ,
harvefc truly is plente- 1 o And he faid un- there abide,and thence
ous, but the labourers to them. In what place d< part.
nre few. fbever ye ence- into -,- And whofoever
38 Pray ye there- an houfe, there abide "11 not receive you,
fore the Lord o: the till ye depart from that when you go out of
harvefl , that he will place. that city, fhake off the
fend forth labourers 11 And whoever very dufl: from your
into his harveft. fhall aoi >u, feet for a teftimony
And
-
of the four Evangelijls. l°9
Matthew. Mark. Luke. J ohn -
Chap. X. Chap. VI. Chap. IX.
AND when he had nor hear you, when againft them,
called unto him ye depart thence,lhake 6 And they depart-
his twelve difciples , orfthe duft under your ed and went through
he gave them power feet, for a teftimony the towns, preaching
agetmfl unclean lpirits, again ft them. Verily thegofpel, and heal-
to caft them out, and I lay unto you, itfhall ing everywhere.
to heal all manner of be more tolerable for
iicknefs, and all man- Sodom and Gomor-
ner of difeafe. rha in the day of judg-
z Now the names ment, then for that
of the twelve apoftles city,
are thefe ; The firft, 1 2 And they went
Simon , who is called out, and preached that
Peter, and Andrew his men fhould repent,
brother, James the fan 13 And they caft
of Zcbedee, and John out many devils, and
his brother, anointed withoyl ma-
3 Philip, and Bar- ny that were lick, and
tholomew , Thomas , healed them.
and Matthew the Pub-
lican, James thefonoi
Alpheus, and Lebbe-
us, whofe furname
wasThaddeus,
4 Simon theCana-
anite, and Judas Ifca-
riot, who alfo betray-
ed him.
5- Thefe twelve Je-
fus fent forth, and
commanded them ,
faying, Go not into
the way of the Gen-
tiles, and into any city
of the Samaritans en-
ter ye not.
6 But go rather to
the loft fheep of the
heufe of Ifrael.
7 And as yc go,
preach, faying, The
kingdom of heaven is
at hand.
Q. q 3 8 Heal
3io
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. X.
8 Heal the Tick, cleanfe the le.
pers, raife the dead, caft out devils :
freely ye have received, freely give.
9 Provide neither gold, nor iil-
ver, nor brafs in your purfes j
10 Nor fcrip for your journey,
neither two coats, neither Ihoes,
nor yet ftaves : ( for the workman
is worthy of his meat. )
1 1 And into whatfoever city or
town ye fhall enter, enquire who
in it is worthy, and there abide till
ye go thence.
i z And when ye come into an
houfe, falute it.
1 3 And if the hoftfe be worthy,
let your peace come upon it : but
if it be not worthy, let your peace
return to you.
14 And whofoever (hall not re-
ceive you , nor hear your words :
when ye depart out of that houfe,
or city, (hake off the duft of your
feet.
if Verily I fay unto you, It fhall
be more tolerable for the land of
Sodom and Gomorrha , in the day
of judgment, then for that city.
16 Behold , I fend you forth as
fheep in the midfl: of wolves : be
ye therefore wife as ferpents, and
harmlefs as doves.
17 But beware of men, for they
will delive'r you up to the councils,
and they will fcourge you in their
fynagogues.
18 And ye fhall be brought be-
fore governors and kings for my
fake, for a teftimony againft them
and the Gentiles.
19 But when they deliver you
up , take no thought how or what
ye fhall fpeak, for it fhall be given
Mark.
Luki
John.
you
of the four Evangelifts. 3 1 1
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. x.
you in that fame hour what ye fhall
ipeak.
20 For it is not ye that fpeak,
but the Spirit of your Father which
fpeaketh in you.
ii And the brother (hall deliver
up the brother to death, and the fa-
ther the child : and the children
fhall rife up againft their parents,
and caufe them to be put to death.
22 And ye fhall be hated of all
men for my names fake : but he
that endureth to the end , fhall be
iaved.
23 But when they perfecute you
in this city, flee into another; for
verily I fay unto you , ye fhall not
have gone over the cities of Ifrael
till the fbn of man be come.
24 The difciple is not above his
mailer, nor the fervant above his
lord.
2y It is enough for the difciple
that he be as his mafter, and the
fervant as his lord : if they have
called the mafter of thehoufe Beel-
zebub, how much more Jhall they
call them of his houfhold?
26 Fear them not therefore; for
there is nothing covered, that fhall
not be revealed ; and hid, that fhall
not be known.
27 What I tell you in darknefs ,
that fpeak ye in light: and what ye
hear in the ear, that preach ye up-
on the houfe-tops.
28 And fear not them which kill
the body, but are not able to kill
the foul: but rather fear him which
is able to deftroy both foul and bo-
dy in hell.
29 Are not two fparrows fold
for a farthing ? and one of them
ihall
I z
The Harmony
Matthew. Mark.* Luke. John.
Chap. X.
I i -
(hall not fall on the ground with-
out your Father.
30 But the very hairs of your
head are all numbred. N
3 1 Fear ye not therefore, ye are
of more value then many lpar-
rows.
31 Whofoever therefore fhall
confefs me before men, him will I
confefs alio before my Father which
is in heaven.
33 But whofoever (hall deny me
before men , him will I alfo deny
before my Father which is in hea-
ven.
34 Think not that I am come to
fend peace on earth : I came not to
fend peace, but a fword.
3 f For I am come to fet a man
at variance againft his father, and
the daughter againft her mother,
and the daughter in law againft her
mother in law.
36 And a mans foes Jhall be they
of his own houfhold.
37 He that loveth father or mo-
ther more then me, is not worthy
of me : and he that loveth fon or
daughter more then me, is not wor-
thy of me.
38 And he that taketh not his
crofs, and followeth after me, is
not worthy of me.
39 He that finciethhis life (hall
lofe it : and he that lofeth his life
for my fake, fhall find it.
40 He that receiyeth yon , re-
eeiveth me : and he that receiveth
me, receiveth him that fent me.
41 He that receiveth a prophet,
in the name of a prophet, fh-11 re-
ceive a prophets reward ; and he
that receiveth a righteous man, in
of the four Evangelifts. 3 1 3
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John,
Chap. X.
the name of a righte-
ous man, (hall receive
a righteous mans re-
ward.
42 Andwhofoever
{hall give to drink un-
to one of thefe little
ones, a cup of cold
water only, in the
name of a difciple,
Verily I fay unto you,
he (hall in no wife
lofe his reward.
Chap. XT.
AN D it came to
pafs, whenjefus
had made an end of
of commanding his
twelve difciples, he
departed thence to
teach and to preach in
their cities.
Chap. XIV. Chap. VI. Chap. IX.
§ 2. AT that time 14 And king He- 7 Now Herod the
XjL Herod . the rod heard of him, (for tetrarch heard of all
Tetrarch heard of the his name was fpread that was done by him :
fame of Jefus, abroad) and he faid, and he w,2s perplexed,
2 And laid unto That John- the Baptift becauiethatitwasfaid
his fervants, This is was rifen from the offome, that John was
John the Baptift, he dead, and therefore rifen from the dead:
is rifen from the dead, mighty works do 8 And of fome ,
and therefore mighty fhew forth themfelves that Elias had appear-
works do fhew forth in him. ed: and of others,that
themfelves in him. \j Others faid, one of the old pro-
2 For Herod had That it is Elias. And phets was rifen a-
laid hold on John, and others faid, That it is gain,
bound him, and put a prophet, or as one 9 And Herod faid,
him in prifon for He- of the prophets. John have I beheaded :
rodiasfake, his bro- 16 But when He- but who is this of
R r
3*4
7he Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. XIV.
ther Philips wife.
4 For 5 onn ^ a 'd
unto him , It is not
lawful for thee to
have her.
$ And when he
would have put him
to death, he feared the
multitude , becaufe
they counted him as
a prophet.
6 But when He-
rods birthdiy was
kept, the daughter of
Herodias danced be-
fore them , and plea-
fed Herod.
7 Whereupon he
promifed with an
oath, to give her what-
foever fhe would ask.
8 And {he, being
before inftrufted of
Jier mother, (aid, Give
me here John Baptifts
head in a charger.
o And the king was
forry: nevenhelefs for
the oaths fake, and
them which fat with
him at meit, he com-
manded it to be given
her.
10 And'hefentand
beheaded John in the
prifon.
ii And his head
was brought in a
charger, and given to
the damfel : and fhe
brought it to her mo-
ther.
iz And his difci-
Mark.
Chap. VI.
Luke.
Chap. IX.
John.
rod heard thereof, he whom I hear fuch
faid, It is John whom things ? and he deii-
I beheaded, he is ri- red to fee him.
fen from the dead.
17 For Herod him-
felf had lent forth, and
laid hold upon John,
and bound him in pri-
fon for Herodias fake,
his brother Philips
wife; for he had mar-
ried her.
18 For John had
faid unto Herod, It is
not lawful for thee to
h-ve thy brothers
wife.
19 Therefore He-
rodias had a quarrel
againfl: him.anJ would
have killed him, but.
fhe could not.
20 For Herod fear-
ed John, knowing that
he was ajuft m^nand
an holy, and obferved
him , and when he
heard him, lie did ma-
ny things, and heard
him gladly.
21 And when a
convenient day was
come, that Herod on
his birth- day made a
ibpper to his lords,
high captains, and
chief citates of Gali-
lee :
22 And when the
daughter of the faid
Herodias cane in, and
danced, and plealed
Herod, and them that
pies
of the four Evangeli/is. 3 1 5
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIV. Chap. VI.
pies came, and took Tat with him, the king
up the body, and bu- &id unto the damfel,
ried it, and went and Ask of mewhatfoever
told Jefus. thou wilt, and I will
give it thee.
23 And he fware
unto her, Whatfbever
thou fhalt ask of me,
I will give it thee, un-
to the half of my
kingdom.
24 And Che went
forth, and {aid unto
her mother, What {hall
I ask ? And flie faid,
the head of John the
Baptift.
if And Ihe came
in ftraightway with
hafte unto the king,
and asked, faying, I
will that thou give
me by and by in a
charger, the head of
John the Baptift.
26 And the king
was exceeding for-
rowful, yet for his
oaths fake, and for
their fakes which fat
with him, he would
not rejedt her.
27 And immedi-
ately the king fent aa
executioner, and com-
manded his head to be
brought: and he went
and beheaded him in
the prifbn,
28 And brought his
head in a charger,
and gave it to the
damfel: andthedam-
Rr x $ 2 , 13 When
3 1 6 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VI.
fel gave it to her mo-
ther.
29 And when his
difciples heard of it,
they came and took
up his corps, and laid
Chap. XIV. it in a tomb. Chap. IX.
§5. ijWhenJefus 20 And the apoftles ro Andtheapoftles
heard «///, he dcpar- gathered themfelves wh en they were re-
ted thence by ihip in- together unto Jefus, turned, told him all
to a defert pace, a- and told him all things, that they had done.
part : and when the both what they had And he took them,
people had heard done, and what they and went afide pri-
thereof, they followed I had taught. vate l y in to a defert
him on toot out of 2l And he faid un- p ] a<:e , belonging to
the cities. tothem,Comeyeyour the city called Beth-
14 And Jelus went felves apart into a de- faida
forth, and law a great fert place , and reft a , / A nd the people
multitude, and was while: for there were when they knew it
moved with compaf- many coming and go- followed him :■ arid he
hon toward them and ing, and they had no received them, and
he healed their fick. leifure fo much as to fpake unto them of
eat « the kingdom of God,
52 And they de- an d healed them that
parted into a defert had need of healing.
place by fhip private-
ly.
2 2 And the people
iaw them departing,
and many knew him,
and ran afoot thither,
out of all cities, and
outwent them, and
came together unto
him.
34 Andjefus,when
he came out, faw
much people, and was
moved with compaf-
fion toward them, be-
caufe they were as
ftieep not having a
§4» if And
of the four Evangelijis
3i7
Matthew.
Chap. XIV.
§4. if And when
it was evening, his
difciples came to him,
faying , This is a de-
fert place, and the
time is now pafc; fend
the multitude away,
that they may go into
the villages, and buy
themfelves victuals.
16 But Jefus laid
unto them, They need
not depart, give ye
them to eat.
17 And they fay
unto him , we have
here but fiye loaves
and two fifhes. •
1 8 He laid , Bring
them hither to me.
19 And he com-
manded the multitude
to fit down on the
grafs, and took the
five loaves, and the
two fifhes , and look-
ing up to heaven, he
blefled, andbrake,and
gave the loaves to his
difciples, and the di-
fciples to the multi-
tude.
20 And they did all
cat, and were rilled :
and they took up of
the fragments that re-
mained, twelve baf-
kets full.
a 1 And they that
Mark.
Chap. VI.
fhepherd : and he be-
gan to teach them
many things.
3/ And when the
day was now far fpent,
his difciples came un-
to him, and laid, This
is a defert place, and
now the time is far
patted :
36 .Send them a-
way, that they may
go into the countrey
round about, and in-
to the villages, and
buy themfelves bread:
for they have nothing
to eat.
37 He anfwered
and 4aid unto them,
Give ye them to eat.
And they" fay unto
him, fhall we go and
buy two hundred pe-
ny- worth of bread,
and gi/e them to eat?
38 He faith unto
them , How many
loaves have ye ? go
and fee. And when
they knew, they fay,
Five, and two fifhes.
39 And he com-
manded them to make
all fit down by com,
panies upon the green
grafs.
40 And they fat
down in ranks by
hundreds, and by fif-
ties.
41 And when he
Luke.
Chap. IX.
12 And when the
day began to wear
away, then came the
twelve and faid unto
him, Send the multi-
tude away, that they
may go into the towns
and countrey round
about, and lodge, and
get victuals : tor we
are here in a defert
place.
1 3 But he faid un-
to them, Give ye them
to eat. And they faid,
We have no more
but five loaves and
two fifhes i except we
fhould go and buy
meat for all this peo-
ple.
14 For they were
about five thoufand
men. And he faid to
his difciples, Make
them fit down by fif-
ties in a company.
if And they did
fo, and made them
all fit down.
16 Then he took
the five loaves and the
two fifh s, and look-
ing up to heaven, he
blelledthem,and brake,
and gave to the dilci-
plcs to fet before the
multitude.
17 And they did
Rr 3
John.
Chap. VI.
AFter thefe things
Jefus went over
the fea of Galilee,
which is the fea of Ti-
berias.
2 And a great mul-
titude followed him,
becaufe they faw his
miracles which he did
on them that were
difeafed.
3 And Jefus went
up into a mountain,
and there he fat with
his difciples.
4 And thepattover,
a fea ft of the Jews was
nigh.
f When Jefus then
lift up his eyes, and
faw a great company
come unto him, he
faith unto Philip,
Whence fhall we buy
bread that thefe may
eat ?
6 (And this he faid
to prove him : for he
himfelf knew what
he would do. )
7 Philip anfwered
him , Two hundred
penny-worth of bread
is not iufficient for
them , that every one
of them may take a
little.
8 One of his difci-
ples, Andrew, Simon
had
3 i8
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. XIV.
had eaten were about
five thoufand men, be-
fide.women and chil-
dren. .
x 2 And ftr-ight-
way Jefus conftrained
his diiciples to get in-
to a {hip , and to go
before him unto the
other fide;, while he
fent the multitudes a-
way.
2 I And when he
had fent the multi-
tudes away, he went
up into a mountain
apart to pray : and
when the evening was
come, he was there a-
ione.
M A K K.
Chap. VI.
had t.ken the five
loaves and the two
fifties , he looked up
to heaven, and blefied,
and brake the loaves,
and gave them to his
diiciples to fet before
them ; and the two
fifties divided he a-
mong them all.
41 And they did all
eat, :nd were filled.
45 And they took '
up tweh e baskets full
of the fragments, and
of the fifhefc.
44 And they that
did eat of thcToaves,
were about five thou-
sand men.
4 j- And ftraightway
he conftrained his di-
fciples to get into the
fhip, and to go to the
other fide before unto
Bethfaida , while he
lent away the people.
46 And when he
had fent them away,
he departed into a
mountain to pray.
Luke.
Chap. IX.
J O HN.
Chap. VI.
faith
eat, and were all filled : Peters brother
an J I h'_Tc was taken unto him ,
up ol fragments that 9 There is a lad
remained to them :
twelve baskets.
here, which hath five
barley, loaves, and two
fmall fifties: but what
are they among fo ma-
ny ?
I o And Jefus laid,
Make the men fit
down. Now there
w..s much grafi in the
place. So the men fat
down, in number a-
bout five thoufand.
I I Ana Jelus took
the loaves, and when
he had given thanks,
he diltributed to the
diiciples, and the di-
fciples to them that
■•were fet down ; and
likewife of the fifhes,
as much as they would.
1 2 When they were
filled, he faid unto his
diiciples, Gather up
the fragments that re-
main, that nothing be
loft.
1 3 Therefore they
gathered them toge-
ther, and filled twelve
baskets with the frag-
ments of the five bar-
ley-loaves , which re-
mained over and a-
bovc, unto them that
had eaten.
14Th.cn thofe men,
when they had feen
the miracle that Jefus
did, faid, This is of a
truth that prophet
§J. 24$Ut
of the four Evangelijls,
5 1 *
M a t t u k vr.
Mark.
Luke.
Chap. XIV.
§f. 24 But the fhip
was now in the mid ft
.oftheiea, toiled with
waves : for the wind
was contrary.
z? And in the fourth
watch of the night,
Jefus went unto them
walking on the fea
26 And when the
difciples faw him
walking on the fea,
they were troubled,
faying, It is a fpirit;
and they cryed out for
fear.
27 But ftia'ghtway
Jefus ip^ke untothem,
faying, Be of good
cheer , it is I, be not
afraid.
28 And Peter r.n-
fw-ivd him and laid,
Lord, if it be thou,
bid me come unto
thee on the water.
29 And he faid,
Come. And when Pe-
Chap. VI.
47 And when even
was come, the fhip
w-s in the midft of
the fea, and he alone
on the land.
48 And he faw
them toiling in row-
ing : (for the wind
was contrary unto
them) and about the
fourth watch of the
night he cometh unto
them , walking upon
the fea, and would
have pafled by them.
49 But when they
faw him walking up-
on the fea, th^y iup-
poied it had been a
ipirit, and cried out.
fo (For they all law
him, and were tiou-
bled ) And immedi-
ately he talked with
them, and faith unto
them, Be of good
cheer, it is I, be not
afraid.
John.
Chap. VI.
that mould come in-
to the world.
1 f When Jefus there-
fore perceived that
they would come and
take him by force, to
make him a king, he
departed again into a
mountain himfelf a-
lone.
1 5 And when even
was now come, his
difciples went down
unto the fea,
17 And entred in-
to a fhip, and went
over the fea toward
Capernaum : and it
was now dark, and
Jefus was not come
to them.
18 An J the fea a-
rofe, by reaibn of a
great wind that blew.
19 So when they
had rowed about five
and twenty, or thirty
furlongs, they fee Je»
fus walking on the
fea, an.l drawing nigh
unto the fhip : and
they were afraid.
20 Buthe faith un-
to them, It is L be not
afraid.
2 1 Then they wil-
lingly received him
into the fhip: and im-
mediately the fhip was
at the land whither
they went.
3 2o The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIV. Chap. VI.
fccr was come down j-i And he went
ost of the Ihip , he up unto them into the
walked on the water, fhip, and the wind
to go to Jefus. ccaled: and they were
30 But when he fore amazed in them-
faw the wind boi- felyes beyond mea-
itrous, he was afraid : fure, and wondred.
and beginning to link, fi For tiey confi-
ne cryed, faying, Lord dered not the miracle
fave me. of the loaves, for their
31 And immediate- heart was hardened,
ly Jefus lbretc hed forth 5- 3 And when they
his hand , and caught had paffeu over, they
hirrt , and faid unto came into the land of
him, O thou of little Gennelaret, and drew
faith, wherefore didlt to the fhore.
thou doubt? 5"4 And when they
32 And when they were come out of the
were come into the fhip, ftraightway they
Ihip, the wind ceafed. knew him,
33 Then they that j-^- Arid ran through
were in the {hip, came that whole region
and worfhipped him , round about, and be-
faying,Ofatruththou gan to carry about in
art the Son of God. beds thole that were
34 And when they lick, where they heard
were gone over, they he was.
came into the land of $6 Andwhitherfb-
Gennefaret. ever he entred, into
35- And when the villages, or cities, or
men of that place had countrey, they laid
knowledge of him , the lick in the ifreets,
they fent out into all andbefought him that
that country round a- they might touch, if
bout, and brought un- it were but the border
to him all that were of his garment: and
difeaied, as many as touched
36 And hefought him , were made
him, that they might whole,
only touch the hem of
his garment : and -j.s
many as touched were
made perfectly whole.
§6. zzThe
of the four Evangelijls. 321
Matthevt. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VI.
% 6. 1 1 The day following, when
the ^people which ftood on the
other fide of the fea, faw that there
was none other boat there, fave
that one whereinto his difciples
were entred , and that Jefus went
not with his difciples into the boat,
but that his difciples were gone a-
way alone ■
23 (Howbeit there came other
boats from Tiberias, nigh unto the
place where they did eat bread, af>
that the Lord had given thanks.)
14 When the people therefore
faw that Jefus was not there, nei-
ther his difciples, they alfo took
fhipping, and came to Capernaum,
feeking for Jefus.
if And when they had found
him on the other fide of the fea,
they laid unto him , Rabbi , when
cameft thou hither?
26 Jefus anfwered them and faid,
Verily verily I fay unto you, Ye
feek me, not becaufe ye faw the
miracles , but becaufe ye did eat of
the loaves, and were filled.
27 Labour not for the meat
which perifheth, but for that meat
which endureth unto everlafting
life, which the Son of man fhall
give unto you : for him hath God
the Father fealed.
28 Then faid they unto him,
What fhall we do , that we might
work the works of God ?
29 Jefus anfwered and faid un-
to them, This is the work of God,
that ye believe on him whom he
hath fent.
30 They faid therefore unto
him, What fign fheweft thou then,
that we may fee, and believe thee?
S f what
3zz The Harmony
Matthew* Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VI.
what doft thou work ?
• 31 Our fathers did eat manna
in the defert; as it is written, He
gave them bread from heaven to
eat.
3 2 Then Jefus faid unto them,
Verily verily I fay unto you, Mofes
gave you not that bread from hea-
ven j but my Father giveth you the
true bread from heaven.
3 3 For the bread of God is he
which cometh down from heaven,
and giveth life unto the world.
34 Then faid they unto him ,
Lord, evermore give us this bread.
3f And Jefus faid unto them, I
am the bread of life : he that co-
meth to me, (hall never hunger 5
and he that believeth on me , lhall
never thirft.
36 But I faid unto you, that ye
alfo have feen me, and believe cot.
37 All rhat the Father giveth
me , lhall come to me ; and him
that cometh to me , I will in no
wife caft out.
38 For I came down from hea-
ven, not to do mine own will,
but the will of him that fcnt me.
39 And this is the Fathers will
which hath fcnt me , that of all
which he hath given me, I fhould
lofe nothing, but {hould rciie it up
again at the laft day.
40 And this is the will of him
that fent me, that everyone which
fecth the Son, and believeth on
him, may have cverlafting life: and
I will raife him up at the laft day.
41 The Jews then murmured at
. him, becaufe he faid, I am the
bread which came down from hea-
ven.
42 And
of the four Evangelifts. 3 1 5
Matthew.. Mark. Luke. Jo hi;.
Chap. VI.
41 And they faid, Is not thisjc-
fus the ion of Jofeph, whole father
and mother we know ? how is it
then that he faith , I came down
from heaven ?
4} Jefus therefore anfwered 3nd
faid unto them , Murmure not a-
mong your felves.
44 No man can come to me,
except the Father which hath fent
me , draw him : and I will raiie
him up at the laft day.
4 j- It is written in the prophets,
And they fhall be all taught of God.
Every man therefore that hath
heard, and hath learned of the Fa-
ther, cometh unto me.
> 46 Not that any man hath feen.
the Father, fave he which is of
God, he hath feen the Father.
47 Verily verily I fay unto you,
He that believeth on me hath ever-
lafting life.
48 I am that bread of life.
/ 49 Your fathers did eat manna .
in the wildernefs, and are dead.
5-0 This is the bread which co-
meth down from heaven, that a
man may eat thereof and not die.
f 1 I am the living bread, which
came down from heaven : if any
man eat of this bread, he fhall live
for ever : and the bread that I will
give, is my ftefh, which I will give
for the life of the world.
fi The Jews therefore ftrove a-
mongft themfelves, faying, How
can this man give us his flemto eat?
5-3 Then Jefus faid uoto them,
Verily verily I fay unto you, Except
ye eat the fleih of the Son of man,
and drink his blood, ye' have no
life in you,
S f i f4 Whofo
3*4
The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. [John.
Chap. VH
54, Whofo eateth my flefh, and
drinketh my blood, hath eternal
life, and I will raife him up at the
laft day.
jy For my flefh is meat indeed,
and my blood is drink indeed.
y6 He that eateth my flefh, and
drinketh my blood, dwelleth in
me, and I in him.
j7 As the living Father hath
fent me, and I live by the Father:
fo, he that eateth me, even he fhall
live by me.
5-8 This is that bread which
came down from heaven : not as
your fathers did eat manna, and
are dead : he that eateth of this
bread, fhall live for ever.
yo Thefe things faid he in the
fynagogue, as he taught in Caper-
naum.
60 Many therefore of his difci-
ples, when they had heard this, faid,
This is an hard faying 1 , who can
hear it ?
6 1 When Jefus knew in himfelf,
that his difciples murmured at it,
he faid unto them, Doth this offend
you ?
6x What and if ye fhall fee the
fon of man afcend up where he
was before ?
63 It is the fpirit that quicknefh,
the flefh profiteth nothing : the
words that I fpeak unto you, they
are fpirit, and they are life.
64 But there are fome of you
that believe not. For Jefus knew
from the beginning, who they were
that believed not, and who fhould
betray him.
6f And he faid , Therefore faid
I unto you, that no man can come
unto
of the four Evangelifts. 3 z $
Matthew. Mark. Luke.
John.
Chap. VI.
unto me, except it were given un-
to him of my Father.
66 From that time many of his
difciples went back, and walked
no more with him.
6y Then faid Jefus unto the
twelve, Will ye alio go away?
68 Then Simon Peter anfwercd
him, Lord, to whom fhall we go ?
thou haft the words of eternal
life.
©9 And we believe, andarefure
that thou art that Chrift the Son of
the living God.
70 Jefus anfwered them , Have
not I chofen you twelve, and one
of you is a devil ?
71 He fpake of Judas Ifcariot
thefon of Simon : for he it was that
fhould betray him, being one of
the twelve.
sf i ;har
3 1£ The Harmony
CHAP. X.
From out* Saviour's fourth Tajfover till his Transfiguration :
containing about five months lpacc, from April A. C D. 32.
till September the fame year.
THis Period, and all its Sections, Jmceeding diretlly according to the Or-
der of thofe Evangelifis -which are here concern 'd, is certainly in the true
Order of Time.
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XV. Chap. VII.
§ i.*Tp Hen came to >npHen came toge-
X Jefus fcribes X ther unto him
and pharifees, which the pharifees, and ccr-
were of Jerufalem, tain of the fcribes,
faying, which came from Je-
2 Why do thy dU rufalem.
fciples tranfgrefs the 2 And when they
tradition of the el- faw lbme of his di-
ders ? for they wafh fciples eat bread with
not their hands when defiled (that is to fay,
they eat bread. withunwafnen)hands,
3 But he anfwercd they found fault,
and laid unto them , 3 For the Pharifees,
Why do you alfotranf- and all the Jews , ex-
grefs the command- cept they warn their
ment of God by your hands oft , eat not ,
tradition ? holding the tradition
4 For God com- of the ciders.
■manded, faying, Ho- 4 And when thy
nour thy father and come from the mar-
mother: and, He that ket, except they waft),
curfeth father or mo- they eat no^. Andma-
ther, let him die the ny other things there
death. be, which they have
f Butyefay, Who- received to hold, as
foever ftull fay to his the waihing of cups
father or his mother, and pots, bralen v ti-
lt is a gift by what- fels, and of tables.
foefrr
of the four Evangelijls. 3 2.7
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XV. Chap. VII.
foever thou might'eft f Then the Phari-
be profited by me, rifees and fcribes ask-
6 And honour not ed him , Why walk
his father or his mo- not thy difciples ae-
ther , he /hall be free, cording to the tradi-
Thus have ye made tion of the elders, but
the commandment of eat bread with unwa-
God of none effed fhen hands ?
by your tradition. 6 Heanfweredand
7 Ye hypocrites, faid unto them , Well
well did Eiaias pro- hathEfaiasprophefied
phefie of you, faying, of you hypocrites, as
8 This people draw- it is written, This peo-
eth nigh unto me with pie honoureth me
their mouth , and ho- with their lips , but
noureth me with their their heart is tar from
lips : but their heart me.
is far from me. 7 Howbeit, in vain
9 But in vain they do they worihip me,
do worihip me, teach- teaching for doctrines
ing for doEhines the the commandments of
commandments of men.
men. 8 For laying afide
io And he called the commandment of
the multitude, and God, ye hold the tra-
faid unto them, Hear dition of men, as the
and underftand. walking of pots and
ii Not that which cups: and many other
goeth into the mouth fuchlike things ye do.
defileth a man : but 9 And he laid unto
that which cometh them, Full well ye
out of the mouth, this rejeel: the command-
defileth a man. ment of God, that ye
12 Then came his may keep your own
difciples, and faid un- tradition.
to him, Knoweftthou 10 For Mofes faid,
that the Pharifees were Honour thy father and
offended after they thy mother : and ,
heard this faying? Whofb curfeth father
13 Butheanfwer- or mother, let him
ed and faid , Every die the death.
plant which my hea- 11 But ye fay, If a
venly father hath not man fhall fay to his
planted 3
3 1 8 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. ' John.
Chap. XV; Chap. VII.
planted, {hall be root- father or mother, It is
ed up. Corban, that is to fay,
14 Let them alone: a gift, by whatfoever
they be blind leaders thou mighteft be pro-
of the blind. And if fited by me : he Jhall
the blind lead the be free.
blind, both (hall fall 12 And ye fuffer
into the ditch. him no more to do
15- Thenanfwered ought for his father
Peter, and faid unto or his mother:
him, Declare unto us 13 Making the word
this parable. of God of none ef-
16 And Jefus faid, feci through your tra-
Are ye alfo yet with- dition, which ye have
out underftanding? delivered: and many
17 Do not ye yet fuch like things do ye.
tmderftand, that what- 14 And when he
foever entreth in at had called all the peo-
the mouth , goeth in- pie unto him, he faid
to the belly , and is unto them , Hearken
caft out into the unto me every one of
draught ? you, and underftand.
18 But thofe things iy There is no-
which proceed out of thing from without a
the mouth, come forth man that entring into
from the heart , and him can defile him :
they defile the man. but the things which
19 For out of the come out of him, thofe
heart proceed evil are they that defile the
thoughts, murders, a- man.
dulteries, fornications, 16 If any man have
thefts, falfe witnefs , ears to hear, let him
blafphemies. hear.
20 Thefe are the 17 And when he
things which defile a was entred into the
man : but to eat with houfe from the peo-
unwafhen hands defi- pie, his difciples ask-
leth not a man. ed him concerning the
parable.
! 8 And he faith un-
to them , Are ye fo
without underftand-
ing alfo ? Do ye not
perceive,
of the four Ewangelifis. 3 29
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VII.
perceive, that whatfb-
ever thing from with-
out entreth into the
man, it cannot defile
him,
19 Becaufe it en-
treth not into his heart,
but into the belly, and
goeth out into the
draught, purging all
meats?
20 And he faid,
That which cometh
out of the man, that
defileth the man.
1 1 For from with-
in , out of the heart
of men, proceed evil
thoughts, adulteries,
fornications, murders,
22 Thefts, cove-
toufnefs, wickednels,
deceit, lafcivioulhefs,
an evil eye , blaiphe-
my, pride, foolifh-
nefs .
23 All thefe evil
things come from
within, and defile the
Chap. XV. man.
§2. 21 Then Jefus 24 And from thence
went thence, and de- he arofe, and went
parted into the coafts into the borders of
of Tyre and Sidon. Tyre and Sidon , and
22 And behold, a entered into an houfe,
woman of Canaan and would have no
came out of the fame man know it; but he
coafts, and cryed un- could not be hid.
to him, faying, Have 25* For a certain
mercyonme,OLord, woman whofe young „
thou ion of David ; daughter had an un-
my daughter is grie- clean fpirit, heard of
T t vouiUr
3 3 o The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XV. Chap. VII.
voufly vexed with a him, and came and
devil. fell at his feet :
23 Butheanfwer- 26 (The woman
ed her not a word, was a Greek, a Syro-
And his difciples came phenician by nation)
andbefoughthim,fay- and fhe befought him
ing , Send her away, that he would caft
for fhe cryeth after us. forth the devil out of
24 But he anfwer- her daughter.
ed and faid, I am not 27 But Jefus faid
ient, but unto the loft unto her, Let the chil-
flieep of the houfe of drenfirft be filled: for
Ifrael. it is not meet to take
2y Then came (he the childrens bread ,
and worshipped him, and to caft it unto the
faying, Lord, help me. dogs.
'26 But he anfwer- 28 And fheanfwer-
ed and faid , It is not ed and laid unto him,
meet to take the chil- Yes Lord : yet the
drens bread, and to dogs under the table
caft it to dogs. eat of the childrens
27 And flie faid, crumbs.
Truth Lord: yet the 29 /-nd hefaidun-
dogs cat of the crumbs to her , For this fay-
which fall from their ing, go thy way, the
mafters table. devil is gone out of
28 Then Jefus an- thy daughter.
fwered and laid unto 20 And when fhe
her, O woman, great was come to her
it thy faith : be it un- houfe, fhe found the
to thee even as thou devil gone out, and
wilt. And her daugh- her daughter laid up-
ter was made whole on the bed.
from that very hour.
§ 5. 29 And Jefus 31 And again, de-
departed from thence, parting from thecoafts
and came nigh unto of Tyre and Sidon, he
the fea of Galilee, and c me unto the fea of
went up into a moun- Galilee , through the
tain , aud fat down midft of the coafts of ■
there. Decapolis.
2 c And great mul- 32 And they bring
of the four Ewngelijts. 3 3 1
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XV. Chap. VII.
titudes came unto unto him one that was
him , having with deaf, and had an im-
them thofe that were pediment in his fpeech:
lame, blind, dumb, and they befecth him
maimed , and many to put his hand upon
others, and cad them him.
down at Jefus feet,and 33 And he took
he healed them .: him afide from the
31 Infomuch that multitude, and put his
the multitude won- fingers into his ears,
dred when they faw and he fpit, and touch-
thedumb tofpeak,the ed his tongue,
maimed to be whole, 34 Andlookingup
the lame to walk, and to heaven, he fighed,
the blind to fee: and and faith unto him,
they glorified the God Ephphatha, that is, Be
of Ifrael. opened.
3 j- And ftraight way
his ears were opened,
and the firing of his
tongue was loofed,
and he fpake plain.
36 And he charged
them that they fhould
tell no man : but the
more he charged
them, £0 much the
more a great deal they
publifhed it,
37 And were be-
yond meafure afto-
nifhed, faying, He hath
done all things well :
he maketh both the
deaf to hear, and the
dumb to fpeak.
T t 2 $4; 3iTh«
332- The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XV. Chap. VIII.
§4. 31 Then Jefus TN thofe days the
called hisdifciplesun- J. multitude being
to him , and faid , I very great, and having
have companion on nothing to eat, Jefus
the multitude, becaufe called his difciples un-
they continue with to him , and faith un-
me now three days , to them ,
and have nothing to 2 I have compafli-
eat : and I will not on on the multitude,
fend them away faft- becaufe they have now
ing, left they faint in been with me three
the way. days , and have no-
3 3 And his difci- thing to eat :
pies fay unto him, 2 And if I fend
Whence fhould we them away fafting to
have fo much bread their own houfes, they
in the wildernefs, as will faint by the way:
to fill fo great a mul- for divers of them
titude? came from far.
34 And Jefus faith 4 And his difciples
unto them, How ma- anfweredhim, From
ny loaves have ye ? whence can a man fa-
and they faid, Seven, tisfie thefe men with
and a few little fifties, bread here in the wil-
3J* And he com- dernefs?
manded the multi- $ And he asked
rude to fit down on them, how many
the ground. loaves have ye ? And
36 And he took the they faid, fey en.
feven loaves, and the 6 And he com-
fifhesjand gave thanks, manded the people to
and brake them , and fit down . on the
gave to his difciples , ground : and he took
and the difciples to the feven loaves, and
the multitude. gave thanks,and brake,
37 And they did and gave to his difci-
all eat, and were filled : pies to fet before them :
and they took up of and they did fet them
the broken meat that before the people,
was left , feven b:.f- 7 And they had a
kets full. few fmall fifties: and
33 And they that he blciled, and corn-
did cat, were four manded to fet them
of the four Evangelifls. 3 3 3
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XV. Chap. VIII.
thoufand men, befide alfo before them.
women and children. 8 So they did eat,
39 And he lent a- and were filled : and .
way the multitude, they took up of the
and took fhip, and broken meat that was
came into the coafts left- feven baskets.
of Magdala. 9 And they that had
eaten were about four
thousand; aadhefent
them away.
1 o And itraightway
he entred into a fhip
with his difciples, and
came into the parts of
Chap. XVI. Dalmanutha.
§5-.^T<HE Pharifees n And the Phari-
_L alfo with the fees came forth, and
Sadducees, came, and began to queftion with
tempting, defired him him , feekirg of him
that he would (hew a fign from heaven,
them a fign from hea- tempting him.
ven. 1 2, And he fighed
2 Heanfweredand deeply in his fpirit,
faid unto them, When and faith , Why doth
it is evening, ye lay, this generation feek
it will be fair weather, after a fign ? verily I
for the sky is red. fay unto you, There
2 And in the morn- fhall no fign be given
ing, *>w/7/&?foulwea- to this generation,
ther to day : for the t 2 And he left
sky is red and low- them, and entring hi-
ring. Oyehypocrites, to the fhip again, de-
yecan difcern vheface parted to the other
of the sky, but can ye fide.
not difcern the figns 14 Now the di/ci-
of the times? pies had forgotten to
4 A wicked and take bread,neither had
adulterous generation they in the fhip with
feeketh after a fign, them more then one.
and there fhall no (ign loaf,
be given unto it, but ij And he charged
the fign of the pro- them, faying, Take
Tt 3 - ; phct
2 2 4 The Harmony
Matthew.. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVI. Chap. VIII.
phct Jonas. And he heed', beware of the
left them, and depart- leaven of the Phari-
e( j # fees, and of the leaven
5- And when his di- of Herod.
fciples were come to 16 And they rea-
the other fide, they foned among them-
had forgotten to take felves , faying , It is
k reac ), becaufe we have no
6 Then Jefus faid bread,
unto them, Take heed, 17 AndwhenJefus
and beware of the lea- knew it, he faith un-
ven of the Pharifees, to them, Why reafon
and of the Sadducees. ye, becaufe ye have no
7 And they reafon- bread? perceive ye not
ed among themfelves, yet, neither under-
faying , It is becaufe ftand ? have ye your
we have taken no heart yet hardened ?
bread. 18 Having eyes, fee
8 Which when Je- ye not ? and having
fus perceived, he laid ears, heir ye not? and
unto them, O ye of do ye not remember?
little faith, why rea- 19 When I brake
ion ye among your the five loaves among
felves, becaufe ye have five thoufand, how
brought no bread ? many baskets full of
9 Do ye not yet fragments took ye up?
underftand , neither They fay unto him ,
remember the five Twelve.
loaves of the five io And when the
thoufand , and how feven among four
many baskets ye took thoufand, how many
. u p ? baskets full of frag-
10 Neither the fe- ments took ye up?
ven loaves of the four And they faid, Seven,
thoufand, and how 21 And he faid un-
many baskets ye took to them , How is it
U p ? that ye do not under-
1 1 How is it that ftand ?
ye do not underftand,
that I fpake it not to
you concerning bread,
that ye fhould beware
of the leaven of the
of the four Eqjangelifts
335
Matthew.
Chap. XVI.
Pharifees, and of the
Sadducees ?
1 2 Then under-
stood they how that
he bad them not be-
ware of the leaven of
bread, but of the do-
ctrine of the Phari-
fees, and of the Sad-
ducees.
Mark.
Chap. VIII.
§6. 22 And he co-
meth to Bethfaida, and
they bring a blind
man unto him, and
befought him to touch
him.
2 s And he took the
blind man by the hand,
and led him out of the
town ; and when he
had fpit on his eyes ,
and put his hands up-
on him, he asked him
if he faw ought.
24 And he looked
up, andfaid, I fee men
as trees, walking.
2_f After that, he
put bis hands again
upon his eyes, and
made him look up:
and he was* reftored,
and faw every man
clearly.
26 Andhefenthim
away to his houfe, fay-
ing, Neither go into
the town, nor tell it
to any in the town,
Luke,
J OHN.
7. 13 When
3 3 6 ' The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John*
Chap. XVI. Chap. VIII. Chap. IX.
§7. ^Whenjefus 27 And Jefus went 18 And it came to
came into the Coafts out, and his Ufciples, pafs as he was alone
o! Cefarea Philippine into the towns of Ce- praying, his difciples
asked his difciples, farea Philippi: and by were with him: and
laying, Whom do men the way he asked his he asked them, fay-,
fay, that I, the fon of diiciples, faving unto ing, Whom fay the
man> am ? them, Whom do men people that I am ?
14 And they faid, fay that I am? 19 They anfwer-
Some fay that thou 28 And they an. ing,faid, John the Bap-
art John the Baptift, fwered, John the Bap- tift: butfomey^y,Eli-
fome Elias, and others tift: but fome fay, as; and others/ay, that
Teremias , or one of Elias 5 and others, One one of the old pro-
the prophets. of the prophets. phets is rifen again.
ij- He faith unto 29 And he faith un- 20 He faid unto
them, But whom lay to them , But whom them, But whom fay
ye that I am? fay ye that I am ? And yeth.t I am? Peter
1 6 And Simon Pe- Peter anfwered and anfwering, faid, The
ter anfwered and faid, faith unto him, Thou Chrift of God.
Thou art Chrift the art the Chrift. 2 1 And he ftraitly
Son of the living God. 30 And he charged charged them and
1 7 And Jelus an- them that they fhould commanded them to
fwered and laid unto tell no man of him. tell no man that thing,
him, BlefTed art thou 31 And he began 22 S.ying, the fon
Simon Bar-jona : for to teach them, that the of man muft fufter
flefh and blood hath Son of man muft fuf- many tilings , and be
not revealed it unto fer many things, and rejected ot the elders,
thee, but my father be rejected of the el- and chief priefts, and
which is in heaven. ders, and of the chief fcribes, and be llain ,
18 And I fay alio priefts and fcribes, and and be railed the third
unto thee, that thou be killed, and after day.
art Peter, and upon three days rife again. 23 And he faid to
this rock I will build 3 2 And he ip.ike them all , If any man
my church : and the that faying openly, will come after me,
gates of hell fhall not And Peter took him, let him deny himielf,
prevail againft it. and began to rebuke and take up his crofs
19 And Twill give him. daily, and follow me.
untd thee the keys of 23 But when he 24 For whofoever
the kingdom of hea- had turned about, and will fave his life, fhail
yen: and wh-tfoever looked on his difci- lofe it : but whofoever
thou fhalt bind on pics, he rebuked Peter, will lofe his life for
earth, fhall be bound faying,. Get thee be- my fake, the fame fhall
in heaven: ajidwhat- hind me, Satan: for fave it.
Soever thou link loofe thou fa voureft not the i$ For what is a
of the four Evangelifts
337
Matthew.
Chap. XVI.
be
on earth , (hall
loofed in heaven.
20 Then charged
he his dikiples that
they fhould tell no
man that he was Je-
fus the Chrift.
21 From that time
forth began Jefus to
(hew unto his difci-
ples, how that he mull
go unto Jerufalem,and
luffer many things of
the elders, and chief
priefts, and fcribes,and
be killed, and be rai-
fed again the third day.
2 2 Then Peter took
him, and began to re-
buke him, laying, Be
it far from thee, Lord :
this mall not be unto
thee.
23 But he turned,
and laid unto Peter,
Get thee behind me,
Satan, thou art an of-
fence unto me : for
thou favoureft not the
things that be of God,
but thofe that be of
men.
24 Then faid Je-
fus unto his difciples,
If any man will come
after me, let him de-
ny himfelf, and take
up his crofs, and fol-
low me.
if For whofoever
will fave his life, {hall
lofe it : and whofo-
ever will lofe his life
M ARK.
Chap. VIII.
things that be of God,
but the things that be
of men.
34 And when he
had called the people
unto him, with his di-
fciples alfo, he faid
unto j them, Whofoe-
ver will come after
me, let him deny him-
felf, and take up his
crofs, and follow me.
3j- For whofoever
will lave his life, {hall
lofe it } but whofoe-
ver {hall lofe his life
for my fake and the
gofpels, the fame {hall
fave it.
36 For what {hall
it profit a man, if he
{hall gain the whole
world, and lofe his
own foul ?
37 Or what {hall a
man give in exchange
for his foul?
3 8Whofoever there-
fore {hall be alhamed
of me, and of my
words, in this adul-
terous and finful ge-
neration, of him alfo
{hall the Son of man
be aftiamed when he
cometh in the glory of
his Father, with the
holy angels.
Chap. IX.
N D he faid un-"
to them, Verily
Luke.
Chap. IX.
man advantaged , if
he gain the whole
world, and lo£c him-
felf, or be call: away ?
26 For whofoever
{hall be alhamed of me
and of my words, of
him {hall the Son of
man be alhamed,when
he {hall come in his
own glory and in his
Fathers, and of the
holy angels.
27 But I tell you
of a truth , there bo
fome {landing here
which Ihall not taftc
of death, till they fee
the kingdom of God.
John.
A
V v
(*■
2 2 8 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVI. Chap. IX.
for my fake, fhall find I fay unto you, that
it. there be fbme of them
26" For what lis a that ftand here, which
man profited, if he fhall not tad: of death,
fhall gain the whole till they have feen the
world, and lofe his kingdom of God come
own foul ? or what with power.
mail a man give in
exchange for his foul?
27 For the Son of
man fhall come in the
glory of his Father,
with his angels ; and
then he fhall reward
every man according
to his works.
28 Verily I % un-
to you, Therebcibme
ftandinghere, which
fhall not tafte of death,
till they fee the Son of
man coming in his
kingdom.
■
of the four Evangelifts.
5 35>
CHAP. XL
From our Saviour's Transfiguration^ till the Feaft of Taberna-
cles following : containing about a months fpace •, from
September A.T>. 32. till October the fame year.
THE Order of the Settions of this Period has no more difficulty than >
the foregoing.
Matthew.
Chap. XVII.
§ 1. AND after fix
.Tl. days, Jefus ta-
keth Peter, James, and
John his brother, and
bringeth them up in-
to an high mountain
apart ,
2 And was tranf-
figured before them ,
and his face did fhine
as the fun, and his rai-
ment was white as
the light.
3 And behold, there
appeared unto them
Mofes and Elias talk-
ing with him.
4 Then anfwered
Peter, and faid unto
Jefus, Lord, it is good
for us to be here : if"
thou wilt, let us make
here three tabernacles ;
one for thee, and one
for Mofes, and one for
Elias.
f While he yet
ipake, behold, a bright
Mark.
Chap. IX.
2 And after fix days,
Jefus taketh with him,
Peter, and James, and
John,andleadeth them
up into an high moun-
tain apart by them-
felves : and he was
transfigured before
them.
3 And his raiment
became mining, ex-
ceeding white as
fnow ; fb as no fuller
on earth can white
them.
4 And there ap-
peared unto them Eli-
as, with Mofes : and.
they were talking with
Jefus.
? And Peter an-
fwered and faid to Je-
fus, Mafter, it is good
for us to be here : and
let us make three ta-
bernacles ; one for
chee, and one for Mo-
fes, and one for Elias,
Luke.
Chap. IX.
28 And it came to
pafs about an eight
days after thefe fay-
ings, he took Peter,
and John, and James,
and went up into a
mountain to pray.
a 9 And as he pray-
ed, the fafhion of his
countenance was al-
tered, and his raiment
tons white and glitter-
ing.
30 And behold,
there talked with him
two men, which were
Mofes and Elias.
3 r Who appeared
in glory, and fpake of
his deceafe which he
mould accomplifh at
Jerufalem.
32 Bat Peter, and
they that were with
him, were heavy with
fleep: and when they
were awake, they faw
his glory, and the two
V v 2
J O H K.
cloud
34°
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. XVII.
Mark.
Chap. IX.
Luke.
Chap. IX.
cloud overfhadowed 6 For he will: not men that flood with
them : and behold , a what to fay, for they him.
voice out of the cloud were fore afraid. 33 And it came to
which faid, This is my 7 And there was a pafs, as they departed
beloved Son, in whom cloud that overfha- from him , Peter faid
I am well pleafed ; dowed them : and a unto Jefus> Matter, it
hear ye him. voice came out of the is good for us to be
6 And when the di- cloud, faying, This is here} and let us make
fciples heard it, they my beloved Son: hear three tabernacles, one
fell on their face, and him. for thee, and one for
were fore afraid. 8 And fuddenly Mofes, and one for
7 And Jefus came when they had looked Elias : not knowing
and touched them,and round about, they faw what he faid.
faid, Arife, and be not no man any more, 34 While he thus
afraid. fave Jefus only with fpake, there came a
8 And when they themfelves. cloud ,. and overfba-
had lift up their eyes, 9, And as they came dowed them: and
they faw no man, fave down from the moun- they feared as they
jefus only. tain, he charged them entred into the cloud.
9 And as they came that they fhould tell 35- And there came
down from the moun- no man what things a voice out of the
tain , Jefus charged they had feen, till the cloud, faying, This is
diem, faying, Tell the Son of man were ri- my beloved Son, hear
vifion to no man, un- fen. from the dead. him.
til the fon of man be 10 And they kept 36 And when the
rifen again from the that faying with them- voice was paft, Jefus
dead. felves,queftioningone was found alone: and
10 And his difci- with another what the they kept it clofe, and
pies asked him, faying, riling from the dead told no man in thofe
Why then fay the fhould mean. days any of thofe
icribes, that Elias mufl 11 And they asked things which they had
firfl come? him, faying, Why % feen.
1 1 And Jefus an- the fcribes that Elias
fwered and faid unto mufl firfl come ?
them, Elias truly fhall 12 Andheanfwer-
firftcome, andreflore ed and told them, Eli-
all things: as verily coraeth firfl,
12 But 1 fay un- and refloreth all
to you , that Elias is things, and how it is
come already, and written of the Son of
they knew him not, man, that he mufl fuf-
but have done unto fer many things, and
him whatfocver they be ,fct at nought.
John.
lifted;
of the four E^uangelijls.
Matthew.
Chap. XVII.
lifted,': likewife fhall
alfo the Son of man
fuffer of them.
13 Then the difci-
ples underftood that
he fpake unto them of
John the Baptift.
Mark.
Chap. IX.
13 But I lay unto
you , that Elias is in-
deed come, and they
have done unto him
whatfoever they lift-
ed, as it is written of
him.
Luke.
Chap. IX.
Jb H N.
§ z. 14 And when
they were come to the
multitude, there came
to him a certain man,
kneeling down to
him, and faying,
if Lord, have mer-
cy on my fon, for he
is lunatick, and fore
vexed : for oft-times
he falleth into the fire,
and oft into the wa-
ter.
16 And I brought
him to thy difciples,
and they could not
cure him.
1 7 Then Jefus an-
fwered and faid, O
faithlefs and perverfe
generation, how long
fhall I be with you?
how long fhall I fuf-
fer you ? bring him
hither to me.
18 And Jefus re-
buked the devil, and
he departed out of
him : and the child
was cured from that
very hour.
19 Then came the
difciples to Jefus a-
part, and faid, Why
14 And when he
came to bis difciples,
he faw a great multi-
tude about them, and
the fcribes queftion-
ingwith them.
if And ftraightway
all the people, when
they beheld him, were
greatly amazed, and
running to him, falu-
ted him.
16 And he asked
the fcribes, Whatque-
ftion ye with them ?
1 7 And one of the
multitude anfwered
and faid, Mafter, I
have brought unto
thee my fon, which
hath a dumb fpirit:
18 And wherefoe-
ver he taketh him, he
teareth him 5 and he
fometh, andgnafheth
with his teeth, and pi-
neth away: and I fpake
to thy difciples, that
they fhould caft him
out, and they could
not.
19 He anfwered
him, and faith, O
faithlefs generation ,
37 And it 'came to.
pails, that on the next
day, when they were
come down from the
hill, much people met
him.
3.8 And behold , »<
man of the company
cryed out, faying, Ma-
fter, I befeech thee
look upon my fon,.
for he is mine only
child.
39 Andlo, a. fpirit
taketh him, and he
fuddenly crieth out,
and it teareth him that
he fometh again, and
bruifing him , hardly,
departeth from him.
40 And I befbught
thy difciples to caft :
him out, and they
could not.
41 And Jefus an-
fwering, faid, O faith-
lefs and perverfe ge-
neration, how long;
fhall I be with you,
and fuffer you ? Bring ;
thy fon hither.
42 And as he was
yet a coming, the de-
vil threw him down,
V v 3
242, 1h' e Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVII. " Chap. IX. Chap. IX.
could not we caft him how long fhall I be and tare him: andje-
out? with you? how long fus rebuked the un-
20 And Jefus find fhall I fuffer you ? clean fpirit, -and heal-
unto them, Becaufe^of bring him unto me. ed the child, and de-
your unbelief: for ve- 20 And they brought livered him again to
rily I fay unto you, If him unto him : and his father.
ye have faith as a grain when he faw him, 43 And they were
of muftard-feed , ye ftraightway the fpirit all amazed at the
fhall fay unto this tare him, and he feh mighty power of
mountain, Remove on the ground, and God: But while they
hence unto yonder wallowed, fomfirig. wondved every one at
place , and it fhall re- 21 Arid he asked all things which Jefus
move ; and nothing his father, How long did, he faid unto his
fhall be unpoflible un- is it ago fince this difciples, '
to you. came unto him? And 44 Let thefe fay-
2 1 Howbeit this ^ e &id> Of a child. ings fink down into
kind goeth not out, ai And oft-times your ears: for the Son
but by prayer and fait- it hath caft him into of man fhall be deli-
ing, the fire, and into the vered into the hands
22 And while they waters to acftroy him: of men.
abode in Galilee, Je- but if thou canft do 47 But they under-
fus faid unto them, anything, have com- flood not this faying,
The Son of man fhall P a ^on on us , and and it was hid from
be betrayed into the help us. them, that they per-
hands of men. 2 3 Jefus faid unto ceived it not : and they
23 And they fhall h'" 1 » ^ cll ° 11 canft feared to ask him of
kill him, and the third believe, all things are that faying. ; '
day he fliall be raifed po'hble to hirn that
again : and they were belrevcth.
exceeding forry.- 2 4 And ftraightway
the father of the child
cried out , and faid
with tears, Lord, I
believe 5 help thou
mine unbelief.
25- When Jefus faw
that the people came
running together, he
rebuked the foul fpi-
rit, faying unto him,
Thou dumb and deaf
fpirit , I charge thee ,
*jome out of him, and
enter
of the four EvangeBJls. 343
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. IX.
enter no more into him.
26 And the fpirit cried, and rent
him fore , and came out of him ;
, and he was as one dead, infbmuch
that many faid, He is dead.
27 But Jefus took him by the
hand , and lifted him up , and he
arofe.
28 And when he was come into
the houfe, his difciples asked him
privately, Why could not we caft
him out?
29 And he faid unto them, This
kind can come forth by nothing,
but by prayer and fading.
20 And they departed thence,
and pafTed through Galilee j and he
would not that any man fhould
know it.
3 1 For he taught his difciples,
and faid unto them, The Son of
man is delivered into the hands of
men, and they fhall kill him; and
after that he is killed, he fhall rife
the third day.
32 But they underftood not that
faying, and ; were afraid t© ask
him.
344 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVII.
§ 3. 24 And when they were
come to Capernaum , they that re-
ceived tribute-money , came to Pe-
ter, and laid, Doth n«t your Matter
pay tribute?
25- He faith, Yes. And when he
-was come into the houfe, Jefus pre-
vented him, faying, What thinkeft
thou, Simon ? of whom do the kings
of the earth take cuftom or tribute?
of their own children, or of ftran-
gers ?
26 Peter faith unto him, Of Gran-
gers. Jefus faith unto him, Then
are the children free.
27 Notwithstanding, left we
fhould offend them, go thou to the
fea, and caft an hook, and take up
the fifh that firfb cometh up : and
when thou haft opened his mouth,
thou fhalt find a piece of money:
that take , and give unto them for
me and thee.
Chap. XVIII. Chap. IX. Chap. IX.
$4. AT the fame 3 3 And he came to 46 Then there a-
J\ time came Capernaum , and be- rofe a reafoning a-
the difciples unto Je- ing in the houfe, he mong them, which of
fus, faying, Who is the asked them, What was them fhould be great-
.greateft in the king- it that ye difputed a- eft.
dom of heaven? mong your felves , by . 47 And Jefus per-
2 And Jefus called the way ? ceiving the thought
a little child unto him, 34 But they held of their heart, took a
and fet him in the their peace: for by the child, and fet him by
midft of them, way they had difputed him.
3 And faid, Verily among them [elves , 48 And faid unto-
I fay unto you, Except who Jhould be the them,Whofoever fhall
ye be converted , and greateft. receive this child in
become as little chil- 35- And he fat down my name, receiveth
dren, ye fhall not en- and called the twelve, me : and whofbever
ter into the kingdom and faith unto them, fhall receive me, re-
ef heaven. If any man deftre to ceiveth him that fent
4 Whofc
of the fonv Evangelijts. 345
Matthew. Mv - Luke. John.
Chap. XVIII. Chap. T X. Chap. XL
4Whofoeverthere- be firfc, the fame fhall me : for he that is leaft
fore {hall humble him- be ; I id fer- among you all, the
felf as this little child, vant of all. faifie lhall be great.
the fame is greateft in 36 And he took a 49 And John an-
the kingdom of hea- child , and fee him in fwered and laid, Ma-
ven. the midft of them: fter, we fawonecaft-
f And whofo (hall and when he had ta- ing out devils in thy
receive one fuch little ken him in his arms, name; and we forbad
child in my name, re- he laid unto them , him , becaufe he, fol-
ceiveth me. 37 Whomever (hall loweth not with us.
6 But whofo (hall receive one of fuch fo And Jefus faid
offend one of thefe children in my name, unto him, Forbid him
little ones which be- receiveth me: and not: for he that is not
lieve in me, it were whofoever (hall re- againft us, is for us.
better for him that a ceive me , receiveth
milftone were hanged not me, but him that
about his neck, and fent me.
that he were drown- 58 And John an-
ed in the depth of the fwered him , faying ,
fea. Mafkr, we faw one
7 Wo unto the carting out devils in
world becaufe of of- thy name, and he fol-
fences : for it muft loweth not us ; and
needs be that offences we forbad him , be-
come: but wo to that caufe he followeth
man by whom the of- not us.
fence cometh. 39 But Jefus faid,
8 Wherefore if thy forbid him not : for
hand or thy foot of- there is no man which
fend thee, cut them fhall do a miracle in
off, and caft them from my name, that can
thee : it is better for lightly fpeak evil of
thee to enter into life me.
halt or maimed , ra- 40 For he that is
ther then having two not sgainft us , is on
hands, or two feet, to our part.
be caft into everlaft- 41 For whofoever
ing fire. fhall give you a cup
9 And if thine eye of water to drink, in
offend thee, pluck it my name, becaufe ye
out, and caft/'? from belong to Chrift, ve-
thee : it is better for rily I fay unto you, he
thee to enter into life fhall not lofe his re-
34<J
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chapr .XVIII.
Mark*
Chap. IX.
Luke.
John.
with one eye , rather ward.
then having two eyes 4» And whofoever
to be caft into hell-
fire.
lhall offend one of
thefe little ones that
believe in me, it is
better for him, that a
milftone were hanged
about his neck, and
he were caft into the
fea.
43 And if thy hand
offend thee, cut it off:
it is better for thee to
enter into life maim-
ed, then having two
hands, to go into hell,
into the fire that ne-
ver lhall be ,uenched:
44 Where *their
worm dieth not, and
the fire is not quench-
ed.
4f And if thy foot
offend thee, cut it off ;
it is better for thee to
enter halt into life,
then having two feet,
to be caft into hell, in-
to the fire that never
lhall be quenched :
46 Where their
worm dicth not, and
the fire is not quench-
ed.
47 And if thine eye
offend thee, plurk it
oat : it is better for
thee to enter into the
kingdom of Goivv th
one eye, then having
two eyes to be caft
into hell- fire:
48 Where their
of the four E^uangelijts.
347
Matthew.
Chap. XVIII.
§ f. io Take heed
that ye defpife not one
of thefe little ones; for
I fay unto you, that in
heaven their angels do
always behold the face
of my Father which is
in heaven.
1 1 For the Son of
man is come to fave
that which was loft.
ii How think ye?
if a man have an hun-
dred fheep, and one of
them be gone aftray,
doth he not leave the
ninety and nine, and
goeth into the moun-
tains, and feeketh that
which is gone a-
ftray ?
13 And if fd be
that he find it , verily
I fay unto you, he re-
joyceth more of that
Jheep,ihen of the nine-
ty and nine which
went not aftray.
Mark.
Chap. IX.
worm dicth not, and
the fire is not quench-
ed.
49 For every one
(hall be falted with
fire, and every facri-
fice fhall be falted with
fait.
fo Salt h good :
but if the fait have
loft his faltnefs.where-
with will ye feafbn
it ? I lave fait in your
felves, and have peace
one with another.
Luke.
John.
X x a
t4 Even
2^8 The Harmony
" Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVIII.
14 Even fo it 'is not the will of
your Father which is in heaven,
that one of thefe little ones fhould
perifli.
if Moreover, if thy brother (hall ^
irefpafs againft thee, go and tell
him his fault between thee and him
alone : if he fhall hear thee , thou
haft gained thy brother.
16 But if he will not hear thee,
then take with thee one or two
more, that in the mouth of two or
three witnefles every word may be
eftablifhed.
17 And if he fhall negleft to
hear them, tell it unto the church :
but if he neglect to hear the church,
let him be unto thee as an heathen
man, and a publicane.
18 Verily I fay unto you,what-
foever ye fhall bind on earth, fhall
be bound in heaven : and whatfo-
ever ye fhall loofe on earth, fhall
be loofed in heaven.
19 Again I fay unto you, that if
two of you fhall agree on earth, as
touching any thing that they fhall
ask, it fhall be done for them of my
hither which is in heaven.
20 For where two or three
are gathered together in my name,
there am I in the mid ft of them.
2 1 Then came Peter to him, and
faid, Lord, how oft fhall my bro-
ther fin againft me, and I forgive
him? till feven times?
ai Jefus faith unto him , I fay
not unto thee, Until feven times :
but, until feventy times feven.
25 Therefore is the kingdom of
heaven likened unto a certain king
which would take account of his
feryants.
24 And
of the four Evangelijls. 3 49
Matthew. Mark. Luke.- John.
Chap. XVIII.
24 And when he had begun to
reckon, one was brought unto him
which ought him ten thoufand ta-
lents.
z? But forafmuch as he had not
to pay, his lord commanded him
to be fold, and his wife and chil-
dren, and all that he had, and pay-
ment to be made.
z6 The fervant therefore fell
down , and worfhipped him , fay-
ing, Lord, have patience with me ,
and I will pay thee all.
27 Then the lord of that fer-
vant was moved with compaffion ,
and loofed him, and forgave him
the debt.
28 But the fame fervant went out,
and found one of his fellow-fer-
vants, which ought him an hun-
dred pence : and he laid hands on
him , and took him by the throat ,
faying, Pay me that thou owed.
29 AnJ his fellow-fervant fell
down at his feet, and befoughthim,
faying, Have patience with me, and
I will pay thee all.
30 And he would not : but went
and caft him into prifon, till he
fhould pay the debt.
3 1 So when his fellow-fervants
faw what was done, they were very
forry, and came and told unto their
lord all that was done.
22 Then his lord, after that he
had called him , fail unto him , O
thou wicked fervant, I forgave thee
all that debt, becaufe thou defiredfl:
me :
33 Shculdeft not thou alfo have
had companion on thy fellow-fer-
vant, even as I had pity on thee ?
24 And his lord was wroth, and
- 50 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVIII.
delivered htm to the tormentors,
till he mould pay all that was due
unto him.
35- So likewife mail my hea-
venly Father do alfo unto you , it
ye from your hearts forgive not
every one his brother their tref-
pafles.
Chap. XIX. Chap. X.
AN D it came to pafs, that when A N D he arofe from
Jefus had finifhed thefe fay- J\ thence, and com-
ings, he departed from Galilee, and eth into the coafts of
came into the coafts of Judea, be- Judea, by the farther
yond Jordan : fide of Jordan : and
2 And great multitudes follow- the people refort un-
ed him, and he healed them there, to him again ; and as
he was wont, he
taught them again.
c h a r;
of the four Evangelijis; 3 5 1
CHAP. XII.
From the Feaft of Tabernacles till the Feaft of 'Dedication fol-
lowing : containing the ipace of two months and ten days,
from OcJober A. C D. 32 > till ^December the fame year.
THat this Period and its particular Sections are in their proper Places, will
be eafily granted, if we can but prove that the Journey to Jerufalem,
recorded in the latter part of the ninth Chapter of St. Luke, is the fame with
that in the beginning of the feventh Chapter of St. John, to the Feaft of Taber-
nacles, upon which the Series both here and afterward does principally depend.
Now that it is the very fame , will be provd by the following -Arguments*
(i.J We have already provd ', that this Journey to Jerufalem, in St. John,
was the very firft which our Saviour took thither within the compafs of the
Annals of the other Three Evange lifts ; and fince this is the firft which we find
in any of them , it will naturally appear to be one and the fame Journey.
(1.) This Journey in St. John was after a very long ab fence from Jerufalem,
as we have alrtady prov d ; and St. Luke'* Words upon the Journey men-
tion d by him, imply no lefs alfo, Jefus knowing that the Days were fulfilled
that he ihould be received up, he ftedfaftly fet his face to go to Jerufalem $
Intimating, that he now at laft fet his face to go into thofe Dangers at Jeru-
falem, on account of the Completion of the Time for his Death and Afumption 3
which till that time was compleated, he had hitherto avoided by a long Abfence
from that City. (3 .) -After this Journey we have both in St. Luke and St. John
an -Account of Chrift's going up to Jerufalem twice, and no more; which, be-
canfe they will naturally be allow d to correfpond to^ one another, do as natu-
rally permit us to allow thofe before us to correfpond to each other in the fame
Evange lifts. (^.) This Journey in St. Luke could neither be before nor after
that in St. John to the Feaft of Tabernacles ; and therefore was the very fame ;
It could not be before ; for Chrift was abfent from Jerufalem for Two years
and. an half be. ore this Feaft, as we have already demonftrated. It could not
be alter; fur then we have not fuffic tent room for the two other Journeys fuc-
ceeding this in the fame Go/pel. For as to the Journey at the raiftng of Laza- .
rus, it was not f<? Jerufalem, but to Bethany : Nay, fo far was our Saviour
352, The Harmony
from going thence to Jerufalem at this time, that he was obligd for his fafety
to retire out of the reach of the Sanhedrin unto the City Ephraim, near Hazor
in Galilee, as we pall fee hereafter,
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VII.
§ t. A Fter thefe things , Jefus
J\. walked in Galilee: foi he
would not walk in Jewry, becaufe
the Jews fought to kill him.
2 Now the Jews feaft of taber-
nacles was at hand.
3 His brethren therefore faid un-
to him, Depart hence , and go into
Judea, becaufe thy difciples alio may
fee the works that thou doeft.
4 For there is no man that doeth
any thing in fecret, and he himfelf
feeketh to be known openly : If
thou do thefe things, mew thyfelf
to the world.
$ For neither did his brethren
believe in him.
6 Then Jefus faid unto them, My
time is not yet come: but your time
is alway ready.
7 The world cannot hate you ;
but me it hateth, becaufe I teftifyof
it, that the works thereof are evil.
8 Go ye up unto this feaft: I go
not up yet unto this feaft , for my
time is not yet full come.
9 When he had faid thef: words
unto them, he abode JIM in Galilee.
io But when his brethren were
gone up, then went he alfo up un-
to the feaft, not openly, but as it
were in fecret.
§2. j-iAnd
of the four Evangelijfs. 3 5 3
v Matthev. Mark. Luke.
Ghap. IX.
John.
§ 2. ft And it came to pafs, when
the time was come that he fhould
be received up, he ftedfaflly fet his
face to go to Jerufalem,
fx And fent meflengers before
his face : and they went , and en-
tred into a village of the Samari-
tanes to make ready for him.
fl And they did not receive him,
becaufe his face was as though he
would go to Jerufalem.
5-4 And when his difciples James
and John faw this, they faid, Lord,
wilt thou that we command fire
to come down from heaven , and
confume them , even as Elias
did?
ff But he turned , and rebuked
them, and faid, Ye know not what
manner of fpirit ye are of.
f6 For the Son of man is not
come to deftroy mens lives , but to
Cave them. And they went to ano-
ther village.
fj And it came to pafs that as
they went in the way, afcertain
man faid unto him, Lord, I will
follow thee whitherfbever thou
goefr.
f8 And Jefus faid unto him.Foxes
have holes, and birds of the air have
nefts , but the Son of man hath not
where to lay his head.
5*9 And he faid unto another,
Follow me: but he faid, Lord, fuf-
fer me firft to go and bury my fa-
ther.
60 Jefus faid unto him, Let the
dead bury their dead ; but go
thou and preach the kingdom of
61 And another alfo faid, Lord,
I will follow thee : but let me firft
354 The Harmony
Matthe^ Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. IX.
go bid them farewel
which are at home at
my houfe.
62 And Jefus faid
unto him, No man ha-
ving put his hand to
the plough, and look-
ing back, is fit for the Chap. VII.
kingdom of God.
§3. 11 Then the
Jews fought him at
the feuft, and faid,
"Where is he?
12 And there was
much murmuring a-
mong the people con-
cerning him: forfome
laid, He is a good man :
others faid, Nay; but
he deceiveth the peo-
ple.
ijHowbeit,noman
fpake openly of him,
•
■
( LioJ , rn':;
'
for fear of the Jews.
14 Now about the
midft of the feaft, Je-
fus went up into the
temple, anJ taught.
1 f And the Jews
marvelled , faying ±
How knoweth this
man letters , having
never leurned ?
16 Jefus 1 nfwered
them, an! (kid, My
dodtrine is not min?,
but his that fentaie.
17 It any man will
do his will, he (hall
know of the doctrine,
whether it be of Go.l.
or whether I ipe^k of
myielf.
18 He
Matthew..
of the four Evangelifis.
Mark.
,L U K E.
3 5 5"
John.
Chap. VII.
i
18 He that fpcaketli of himfelf,
fceketli his own glory : but he 1 tut
feeketh his gloi y that lent him, the
fume is true , and no unnghtcoui-
neis is in him.
19 Did not Mofes give you the
law, andyet none of you kecpeth the
law ? why go ye about to kill mc?
20 The people anfwered and faid,
Thou hall: a devil : whogoeth about
to kill thee ?
2 1 Jrfus pnfwered and faid unto
them , I have done one work , and
ye all marvel.
22 Mofes therefore gave unto
you circumcihon, ( not becaufe it is
of Mofes , but of the fathers ) and
ye on the fabbath-day circumcife a
man.
23 If a man on the fabbath-day
receive circumcihon , that the law
of Mofes fliould not be broken j are
ye angry at me, becaufe I have made
a man every whit whole on the
fabbath-day?
24 Judge not according to the
appearance, but judge righteous
judgment.
zf Then faid fome of them of
JerufJem , Is not this he whom
they feek to kill?
26 But lo, he fpeaketh boldly,
and they fay nothingunto him: do
the rulers know indeed that this is
the very Chrilt ?
27 Howbeit we know this man
whence he is : but when Chrift
cometh, no man knoweth whence
he is.
28 Then cried Jefus in the tem-
ple as he taught, faying, Ye both
know me, and ye know whence I
am : and I am not come of my felf,
Y y x bur
3 5 6 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VII.
but he that fent me is true, whom
ye know not.
29 But I know him , for I am
from him, and he hath fent me.
30 Then they fought to take him :
but no man laid hands on him, be-
caufehis hour was not yet come.
3 1 And many of the people be-
lieved on him, and faid, When
Chrifl cometh. will he do more mi-
racles then thefe which this man
hath done ?
§ 4. 3 1 The Pharifees heard that
the people murmured iuch things
concerning him : and the Pharifees,
and the chief priefts fent officers to
take him.
3 3 Then faid Jefus unto them,
Yet a little while am I with you ,
and then I go unto him that fent
me.
34 Ye (hall feek me, and fhall
not find me : and where I am, thi-
ther ye cannot come.
35- Then faid the Jews among
themfelves, Whither will he go,
that we fhall not find him ? will he
go unto the difperfed among the
Gentiles, and teach the Gentiles?
3 6 What manner of faying is this
thit he faid, Ye fhall feek me, and
fhall not find me : and where I am,
thither ye cannot come?
3 7 In the laft day, that great day
of the feaft, Jefiis flood and cried,
faying, If any man thirft , let him
come unto me, and drink.
38 He that believeth on me, as
the fcripture hath faid , out of his
belly fhall flow rivers of living wa-
ter.
39 (But this fpakehe of the Spi-
rit,
of the four Evangelifis. 5 57
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VII.
rit, which they that believe on him,
ihould receive : for the holy Ghoft
was not yet given, becaufe that Je-
fus was not yet glorified)
40 Many of the people there-
fore, when they heard this faying,
faid, Of a truth this is the prophet.
4 1 Others Grid, This is the Chrift.
But fome faid , Shall Chrift come
out of Galilee ?
42 H-th not the fcripture faid,
That Chrift cometh of the feed of
David, and out of the town of Beth-
lehem, where David was?
45 So there was a divifion- a-
mong the people becaufe of him.
44 .And fome of them would
have taken him ; but no man laid
hands on him.
4jr Then came the officers to the
chief priefts and Pharifees ; and they
faid unto them, Why have ye not
brought him ?
46 The officers anfwered , Ne-
ver man fpake like this man.
47 Then anfwered them the Pha-
rifees, are ye alfo deceived ?
48 Have any of the Rulers, or
of the Pharifees believed on him?
49 But this people who know-
ethnot the law are curfed.
5-0 Nicodemus faith unto them,
( he that came to Je-fus by night, be-
ing one of them)
f\ Doth our law judge any man
before it hear him, and know what
he doeth?
5*2 They anfwered, and faid un-
to him , Art thou alfo of Galilee ?
Search, and look: for out of Gali-
lee arifeth no prophet.
^■5 And every man went unto his
own houfe.
Y. y 3 §j% Jefus
358 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VIII.
§ f. TEfus went unto the mount of
J Olives :
i And early in the morning he
came again into the ten pic, and all
the people came unto him ; and he
fat down, and taugiv iheni.
3 And the Scrit es and Pharifees
brought unto him .. wok an taken
in adultery; ;.nd when they had fee
her in the midft ,
4 They lay unto him, Maficr, this
woman w s taken in adultery, in
the very act.
f Now Moles in the law com-
manded us, thai inch fhould be
ftoned : but what taycir thou ?
6 This they 'aid, tempting him,
that they might havetoaccule him.
But Jefus ftooped down, and with
his finger wrote on the ground as
though he heard them not.
7 So when they continued ask-
ing him, he lift up himfelf, and faid
unto them , He that is without fin
among you, lethimfirftcafta ftone
at her
8 And again he ftooped down,
and wrote on the groun 1.
9 And they which hea^d it, be-
ing convicted by their ow --onf.i-
ence, went out one by one, ec n-
ning at the eldeft, eien unto tht ft :
and Jefus was left alone, and i.e
woman flanding in the midft.
10 When Jefus had li't up him-
felf, and faw none but the woman",
he faid unto her, Woman , where
are thofe thine accufers ? hath no
man condemned thee ?
11 ShefaiJ,No man, Lord. And
Jefus faid unto her, Neither do I
condemn thee: go, and fin no
more.
iz The
of the four Evangelifls
159
Matthew. Mark.
. ■
■
I
[O
■
~io no'-:
Luke.
.'
.
d l\
■ '
-
■
-
I
-<
John.
Chap. VIII.
ii Then fpake Jefus again unto
them, faying. I am the light of the
world : he that followeth me, fhall
not walk in darknefs, but mall have
the light of life.
1 3 The Pharifees therefore faid
unto him , Thou beareft record of
thy felf ; thy record is not true.
14 Jefus anfwcred and faid un-
to them, Though I bear record of
my ielf, yet my record is true: for
I know whence I came, and whi-
ther I go ; but ye cannot tell whence
I come, and whither I go.
iy Ye judge after the flelh, I
judge no man.
16 And yet if I judge, my judg-
ment is true : for I am not alone,
but I and the Father that fent me.
17 It is alio written in your law,
that the teftimony of two men is
true.
1 8 I am one that bear witnefs of
my lelf, and the Father that fent
me, bearcth witnefs of me.
tq Then faid they unto him.
Where is thy Father? Jefus anfwer-
ed, Ye neither know me, nor my Fa-
ther: if ye had known mcyefhould
have known my Father alio.
20 Theft words fpake Jefus in
the trefuryrs he taught in the tem-
ple: .n.l no man laid hands on him,
for his hour was n:t yet come.
21 Then faid Jefus again unto
them , T go my way, and ye fhall
feek me, ;.nd frail die in your iins;
whither I go, ye cannot corre.
22 Then faid the Jews, wiil he
kill himlelf? beeaufe hekkh, Whi-
I go, ye cannot come.
23 And he laid unto them, Ye
aie from beneath, lam from above :
ye
^co The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VIIT.
ye are of this world , I am not of
this world.
14 I faid therefore unto you, that
ye lhall die in your fins : for if ye
believe not that lam he, ye (hall die
in your fins.
%f Then faid they unto him, Who
art thou ? And Jefus faith unto them,
Even the fame that I faid unto you
from the beginning.
. z6 I have many things to fay, and
to judge of you: but he that fent
me, is true ; and I lpeak to the world
thofe things which I have heard of
him.
17 They underftood not that he
Ipake to them of the Father.
28 Then faid Jefus unto them,
When ye have lift up the Son of
man, tben {hall ye know that I am
he, and that I do nothing of my
{elf; but as my Father hath taught
me, I fpeak thefe things.
19 And he that fent me, is with
me : the Father hath not left me a-
lone : for I do always thofe things
that pleafe him.
30 As he ipake thefe words, ma-
ny believed on him.
3 1 Then faid Jefus to thofe Jewi
which believed on him , If ye con-
tinue in my word , then are ye my
difciples indeed;
$6. 31 And ye fliall know the
truth, and the truth lhall make you
free.
33 They anfwered him , We be
Abrahams feed, and were never in
bondage to any man : how fayeft
thou, Ye (hall be made free ?
34 Jefus anfwered them, Verily
verily I fay unto you , Whofoever
of the four Evangelijh. 361
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VIII.
committeth fin, is the fervant of
fin.
35- And the fervant abiJeth not
in the houic for ever: but the Son
abideth ever.
36 If the Son therefore fhall
make you free, ye {lull be free in-
deed.
37 I know that ye are Abrahams
feed; but ye leek to kill me, becaufe
my word hath no place in you.
38 I fpeak that which I have
feen with my Father : and ye do
that which ye have feen with your
father.
39 They anfwered and faid un-
to him, Abraham is our father. Je-
fus faith unto them , If ye were A-
brahams children, ye would do the
works of Abraham.
40 But now ye feek to kill me,
a man that hath told you the truth,
which I have heard of God: this did
not Abraham.
41 Ye do the deeds of your fa-
ther. Then faid they to him, We
be not born of fornication , we have
one Father, even God.
41 Jefus faid unto them, if God
were your Father, ye would love
me : for I proceeded forth, and came
from God, neither came I of my
felf, but he fent me.
43 Whydoyenotunderfhndmy
fpeech ? even becaufe ye cannot hear
my word.
44 Ye are of your father the de-
vil, and the lufts of your father ye
will do : he was a murderer from
the beginning, and abode not in the
truth, becaufe there is no truth in
him. When he fpeaketh a lye, he
fpeaketh of his own : for he is a
^ z liar,
$6i The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. ■
Chap. VIII.
liar, and the father of it.
4f And becaufe I tell you the
truth, ye believe me not.
46 Which of you convincethmc
of fin? And if 1 fay the truth, why
do ye not believe me ?
47 He that is of God, heareth.'
Gods words : ye therefore hear
them not, becaufe ye are not of
God.
48 Then anfwered the Jews, and
faid unto him, Say we not well, that
thou art a Samaritan , and haft a
devil ?
49 Jefus anfwered, I have not a
devil i but I honour my Father, and
ye do dishonour me.
5-0 And I feek not mine own
glory: there'is one that feeketh and
judgeth.
$■1 Verily verily I fay unto you,
If a man keep my faying , he fhall
never fee death.
5-2 Then faid the Jews unto him,
Now we know that thou haft a de-
vil. Abraham is dead, and the pro-
phets ; and thou fayeft , If a man
keep my faying, he fhall never tafte
of death*.
j-3 Art thou greater then our fa-
ther Abraham, which is dead ? and
the prophets are dead : whom ma-
keftthou thyfelf?
5-4 Jefus anfwered , If I honour
my felf, my honour is nothing, it
is my Father that honoureth me, of
whom ye fay, that he is your God:
ff Yet ye have not known
him j but 1 know him : and if I
fhould fay, I know him not, I fhall
be a liar like unto you: but I know
him, and keep his faying.
5-6 Your father Abraham rejoy-
ced
of the four Evangelip. 363
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. VIIT.
ced to fee my day : and he faw it,
and was glad.
f7 Then faid the Jews unto him,
Thou art not yet fifty years old, snd
haft thou feen Abraham?
j-8 Jefus faid unto them, Veriljr
verily I fay unto you, Before Abra-
ham was, I am.
5-9 Then took they up ftones to
caft at him: but Jefus hid himfelf,
and went out of the temple, going
through the midft of them, and fo
pa fled by.
Chap. IX.
§ 7. A N D as Jefus pafled by, he
J\ faw a man which was blind
from his birth.
2 And his difciples asked him,
faying, Mafter, who did fin, this
man , or his parents , that he was
born blind ?
3 Jefus anfwered, Neither hath
this man finned, nor his parents:
but that the works of God (hould
be made manifeft in him.
4 I muft work the works of him
that fent me, while it is day : the
night cometh when no man can
work.
j As long as I am in the world,
I am the light of the world.
6 When he had thus fpoken, he
fpat on the ground, and made clay
of the fpittle, and he anointed the
eyes of the blind man with the
clay,
7 And faid unto him , Go wafh
in the pool of Siloam (which is by
interpretation, Sent.) He went his
way therefore, and wafhed, and
came feeing,
Z z z 8 The.
3^4 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. IX.
S The neighbours therefore, and
they which before had feen him,
that he was blind, faid, Is not this
he that fat and begged ?
9 Some faid, This is he : others
faid, He is like him : but he faid, I
am be.
i o Therefore faid they unto him ,
How were thine eyes opened ?
1 1 He anfwered and faid. A man
that is called Jefus, made clay, and
anointed mine eyes , and faid unto
me, Go to the pool of Siloam, and
wafh : and I went and wafhed, and
I received fight.
12 Then faid they unto him,
Where is he ? He faid, I know not.
i j They brought to the Pharifees
him that aforetime was blind.
14 And it was the fabbath-day
when Jefus made the clay , and
opened his eyes.
if Then again the Pharifees alfb
asked him how he had received his
light. He faid unro them , He put
clay upon mine eyes, and I wafhed,
and do lee.
16 Therefore faid fome of the
Pharifees, This man is not of God,
becaufe he keepeth not the fabbath-
day. Others faid, How can a man
that is a finner , do fuch miracles ?
And there was a diviiion among
them.
17 They fay unto the blind man
again, what fayeft thou of him,
that he hath opened thine eyes? He
faid, He is a prophet.
18 But the Jews did not believe
concerning him , that he had been
blind , and received his fight, until
they called the parents or him that
had received his fight.
19 And
of the four EwangeliJIs. 3 6 5
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. IX.
1 9 And they asked them, faying,
Is this your fbn , who ye fay was
born blind ? how then doth he now
fee?
20 His parents anfwered them
and faid, We know that this is our
ion, and that he was born blind .
21 But by what means he now
feeth, we know not ; or who hath
opened his eyes, we know not : he
is of age, ask him, he fhallfpeak
for himfelf.
22 Thefe words fpake his pa-
rents, becaufe they feared the Jews :
for the Jews had agreed already, that
if any man did confefs that he was
Chrift, he mould be put out of the
fynagogue.
22 Therefore faid his parents,
He is of age, ask him.
24 Then again called they the
man that was blind , and faid unto
him, Give God the praife : we know
that this man is a ilnner.
25- He anfwered and faid, Whe-
ther he be a finner or no , I know
not : one thing I know, rhat where-
as 'I was blind, now I fee.
26 Then faid they to him again,
What did he to thee? how opened.
he thine eyes ?
27 He anfwered them, I have
told you already, and ye did not-
. hear : wherefore would ye hear it
again ? will ye alio be his difci-
files ?
28 Then they reviled him, and
iaid, Thou art his difciple; but we
are Mofes diiciples.
29 We know that God fpake un-
. to Mofes : as for this fellow , wc
know not from whence he is.
20 The man anfwered and faid
z z 3 unto,
2,66
The Harmony
Matthew.
Mar k.
L'JKE-
Chap. X.
John.
Chap. IX.
unto them* Why, herein is a mar-
vellous thing, that ye know nof
from whence he is, and^ye* he hath
opened mine eyes.
31 Now we know that God
hearcth not Tinners: but if any man
be a worfhippei of God, anddoeth
his will, him he heareth.
32 Since the world began was
it not heard that any man opened
the eyes of one that was born blind.
3 3 If this man were not of God,
he could do nothing.
34 They anfwered and faid un-
to him, Thou waft altogether born
in iins, and doft thou teach us ?
And they caft him out.
§8. A Fter
thefe
things, the
Lord appointed other
feventyalfo, and fent
them two and two
before his face into
every city, and place,
whither he himfelf
would come.
x Therefore faid he
unto them, The har-
veft truly is great, but
the labourers are few :
pray ye therefore the
Lord of the harveft,
that he would fend
forth labourers into
his harveft.
3 Go your ways:
behold I fend you
forth as lambs among
wolves.
4 Carry neither
purfe, nor fcrip , nor
ftioes
of the four Evangelifls. 3 c 7
1 ■ — 1.
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. X.
(hoes . and falute no man by the
way.
f And into whatfbever houfe ye
enter, firft fay, Peace be to this houfe.
6 And if the ion of peace be
there, your peace fhall reft upon it :
if not, it (hall turn to you again.
7 And in the fame houfe remain,
eating and drinking fuch things as
they give : for the labourer is wor-
thy of his hire. Go not from houfe
to houfe.
8 And into whatfbever city ye
enter, and they receive you, eat
fuch things as are fet before you.
9 And heal the fick that are
therein, and fay unto them, The
kingdom of God is come nigh unto
you.
I o But into whatfoever city ye
enter, and they receive you not, go
your ways out into the ftreets of
the fame, and fay,
I I Even the very duft of your
city which cleaveth on us, we do
wipe off againft you : notwithftand-
ing be ye fureof this, that the king-
dom of God is come nigh unto
you.
1 2 But I fay unto you , that it
fhall be more tolerable in that day
for Sodom, then for that city.
1 3 Wo unto thee Chorazin, wo
unto thee Bet.hfaida : for if the
mighty works had been done in
Tyre and Sidon ,. which have been
done in you, they had a great while
ago repented, litting m lackcloth
and afhes.
14 But it fhall be more tolerable
for Tyre and Sidon at the judgment,
then for you.
iS And thou Capernaum, which
3 68 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johi
Chap. X.
art exalted to heaven, (halt be thruft
down to hell.
1 6 He that heareth you, hcareth
me: and he that defpifeth you, de-
fpifeth me : and he that defpifeth
me, defpifeth him that fcnt me.
§9. 17 And the feventy returned
again with joy, faying, Lord, even
the devils are fubjeft unto us through
thy name.
18 And he faid unto them, I
beheld Satan as lightning fall from
heaven.
19 Behold, I give unto you
power to tread on ferpents and fcor-
pions, and over all the power of the
enemy ; and nothing mail by any
means hurt you.
20 Notwithftanding in this re-
joyce not, that the fpirits are fub-
. je£t unto you : but rather rejoyce,
becaufe your names are written in
heaven.
2 1 In that hour Jefus rejoyced
' in fpirit, and faid, I thank thee, O
Father, Lord of heaven and earth ,
that thou haft hid thefe things from
the wife and prudent, and haft re-
vealed them unto babes : even fb
Father, for fo it feemed good in thy
fight.
22 All things are delivered to
me of my Father : and no man
knoweth who the Son is , but the
Father ; and who the Father is, but
the Son, and he to whom the Son
will reveal him.
2 3 And he turned him unto his
difciples, and faid privately, Blef-
fed are the eyes which fee the things
that ye fee.
24 For I tell you, that many
prophets
of the four Evangelifts. $69
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk,
Chap. X.
prophets and kings have defired to
fee thofc things which ye fee , and
have not feen them ; and to hear
thofe things which ye hear, and
have not heard them.
$ 1 0. if And behold, a certain
lawyer flood up, and tempted him,
faying, Mafter, what fhall I do to
inherit eternal life?
26 He did unto him, What is
written in the law ? "how rcadeft
thou ?
27 And he anfwering, faid, Thou
lhalt love the Lord thy God with all
thy heart, and with all thy foul, and
with all thy ftrength, and with all
thy mind j and thy neighbour as
thy felf.
28 And he did unto him, Thou
haft anfwered right : this do, and
thou (halt live.
29 But he willing to juftifie him-
ielf, faid untojefus, And who k
my neighbour ?
30 Andjefiis anfwering, faid, A
certain man went down from Je-
rufalem to Jericho, and fell among
thieves which ftripped him of his
raiment, and wounded him, and
departed, leaving him half-dead.
31 And by chance there came
down a certain prieft that way j
and when he faw him, he pafled
by on the other fide.
32 And likewifea Levite,when
he was at the place, came and look-
ed on him, and pafled by on the
other fide.
33 But a certain Samaritan , as
he journeyed, came where he was :
and when he faw him, he had com-
panion on him,
A a a ?4 An4
37° Th e Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. X.
34 And went to him, and bound
up his wounds, pouring in oyl and
wine, and fet him on his own
beaft, and brought him to an inn,
and took care of him.
35* And on the morrow when he
departed, he took out two pence,
and gave them to the hoft, and
faid unto him, Take care of him $
and whatiiever thou fpendeft more,
when I come again I will repay
thee.
36 Which now of thefe three,
thinkeft thou, was neighbour unto
him that fell among the thieves ?
37 And he faid, He that fhewed
mercy on him. Then faid Jefiis
unto him, Go, and do thou like-
wife.
§ ir. 38 Now it came to pafs,
as they went, that he entred into
a certain village: and a certain wo-
man named Martha, received him
into her houfe.
39 And fhe had a fitter called
Mary, which alfo fat at Jefus feet,
and heard his word.
40 But Martha was cumbred a-
bout much ferving, and came to
him, and faid, Lord, doft thou not
care that my lifter hath left me to
ferve alone ? bid her therefore that
fhe help me.
. 4 1 And Jefiis anfwered, and faid
unto her, Martha, Martha, thou art
careful, and troubled about many
things:
4z But one thing is needful. And
Mary hath chofen that good part, .
which fhallnot be taken away from
her.
§ 12; And
of the four EvangeUjls. 371
Matthew. Mark. Lore. John.
Chap. XT.
§ 12. AND it came to pafs, that
Xjl as he was praying in a
certain place: when he ceafed, one
of his difciples faid unto him, Lord,
teach us to pray, as John alfo taught
his difciples.
2 And he faid unto them, When
ye pray, fay, Our Father which art
in heaven, Hallowed be thy name.
Thy kingdom come. Thy will be
done, as in heaven, fo in earth.
3 Give us day by day our daily
bread.
4 And forgive us our fins ; for
we alfo forgive every one that is
indebted to us. And lead us not into
temptation, but deliver us from evil.
f And he faid unto them, Which
of you mail have a friend, and fhall
go unto him at midnight , and fay
unto him , Friend , lend me three
loaves;
6 For a friend of mine in his
journey is come to me, and I hare
nothing to fet before him:
7 And he from within fhall an-
fwer and fay, Trouble me not: the
door is now {hut, and my children
are with me in bed ; I cannot rife
and give thee.
8 I fay unto you, Though he will
not rife and give him, becaufe he is
his friend : yet becaufe of his im-
portunity, he will rife and give him
as many as he needeth.
9 And I fay unto you, Ask, and
it fhall be given you : feek, and ye
fhall find : knock, and it fhall be
opened unto you.
1 o For every one that asketh, re-
ceiveth: and he that feeketh, find-
eth : and to him that knocketh* it
fhall be opened.
A a a e it tf
3 7 * 1%e Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke.
Chap. XI.
John.
i i If a fon {hall ask bread of
say of you that is a father, will he
give him a ftone? or if he ask a fifli,
will he for a fifh give him a fer-
pent ?
12 Or if he fhall ask an egg,
will he offer him a fcorpion ?
13 If ye then, being evil, know
how to give good gifts unto your
children : how much more (hall
your heavenly Father give the holy
Spirit to them that ask him?
§13. 14 And he was calling out
a devil, and it was dumb. And it
came to paft , when the devil was
gone out, the dumb fpake : and
the people wondred.
15- But fome of them faid, He
cafteth out devils through Beelze-
bub, the chief of the devils.
16 And others tempting him,
fought of him afign from heaven.
T7 But he knowing their thoughts,
faid unto them, Every kingdom di-
vided againft it felf , is brought to
defolation : and a houfe divided a-
gainffa houfe, falleth.
18 If Satan alfo be divided a-
gainft himfelf, how fhall his king-
dom (land ? becaufe ye fay that I
caff out devils through Beelzebub.
19 And if I by Beelzebub caff
out devils, by whom do your fons
caff them out? therefore fhall they
be your judges;
20 But if I with the finger of
God caff out devils, no doubt the
kingdom of God is come upon you.
2 1 When a ftrong man armed
keepeth his palace, his goods are in
peace.
22 But when a ftronger then he
fhall
■ MV- ■ "* ■ '1
I ■ ■ M l J 1 ii I ■ ■ ■»»— ■— « »— » i II
of r#* /oar EvangeUjis. 3 7 3
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XI.
{hall come upon him, and over-
come him, he taketh from him all
his armour wherein he trufted, and
divideth his fpoils.
23 He that is not with me, is a-
gainft me : and he that gathereth
not with me, fcattereth.
24 When the unclean fpirit is
gone out of a man, he walketh
through dry places , feeking reft :
and finding none , he faith , I will
return unto my houfe whence I
came out.
z? And when he cometh, he
findeth it fwept and garnifhed.
26 Then goeth he, and taketh
to him ieven other fpirits more
wicked then himfelf, and they en-
ter in , and dwell there: and the laft
ftate of that man is worfe then the
firfc
27 And it came to pafs as he
/pake thefe things, a certain wo-
man of the company lift up her
voice, and faid unto him, Blefled is
the womb that bare thee, and the
paps which thou haft fucked.
28 But he faid, Yea, rather blefl
fed are they that hear the, word of
God and keep it.
29 And when the people were
gathered thick together, he began
to fay, This is an evil generation :
they feek a fign, and there fhall no
fign be given it, but the fign of Jo-
nas the prophet.
30 For as Jonas was a fign unto
the Ninevites, fo fhall alfo the Son
of man be to this generation.
3 1 The queen of the fouth fhall
rife up in the judgment with the
men of this generation , and con-
demn them : f or.fhe came from the
A a a 3 utter..
The Harmony
Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XI.
uttermoft parts of the earth, to hear
the wifdom of Solomon ; and be-
hold, a greater then Solomon is
here.
3 1 The men of Nineve fhall rife
up in the judgment with this gene-
ration, and (hall condemn it : for
they repented at the preaching of
Jonas ; and behold, a greater then
Jonas is here.
33 No man when he hath light-
ed a candle , putteth it in a fecret
place , neither under a bufhel ; but
on a candlcftick , that they which
come in may fee the light.
34 The light of the body is the
eye : therefore when thine eye is
fingle, thy whole body alio is full
of light : but when thine eye is evil,
thy body alfo is full of darknefs.
35- Take heed therefore, that the
light which is in thee be not dark-
nefs.
36 If thy whole body therefore
be full of light, having no part
dark, the whole fhall be full of
light, as when the bright fhining of
a candle doth give thee light.
§ 14. 37 And as he fpake, a cer-
tain Pharifee befbught him to dine
with him : and he went in and fat
down to meat.
38 And when the T?harifee faw
it, he marvelled that he had not
firft wafhed before dinner.
39 And the Lord faid unto him,
Now do ye Pharifees make clean
the outfide of the cup and the plat-
ter: but your inward part is full of
ravening and wickednefs.
40 Ye fools, did not he that
• made that which is without, make
that
of the four Evangelijls.
375
Matthew. Mark. Luke.
Chap. XI.
that which is within alfo ?
4 1 But rather give alms of fuch
things as you have: and behold, all
things are clean unto you.
42 But wo unto you Pharifees:
ye tithe mint and rue and all man-
ner of herbs, and pafs over judg-
ment and the love of God : thefe
ought ye to hare done, and not to
leave the other undone.
45 Wo unto you Pharifees : for
ye love the uppermoft feats in the
fynagogues, and greetings in the
markets.
44 Wo unto you, Scribes and
Pharifees, Hypocrites: for ye are as
graves which appear not, and the
men that walk over them, are not
aware of them.
4jr Then anfwered one of the
lawyers, and faid unto him, Matter,
thus faying, thou reproacheft us alfb.
46 And he faid, Wo unto you
alfb ye lawyers : for ye lade men
with burdens grievous- to be born,
and ye your felves touch not the
burdens with one of your fingers.
47 Wo unto you : for ye build
the fepulchres of the prophets, and
your fathers killed them.
48 Truly ye bear witnefs that yc
allow the deeds of your fathers-:
for they indeed killed them, and ye
build their fepulchres.
49 Therefore alfb faid the wif.
dom of God, I will fend them pro.
phets and apoflles, and fome of them-
they fhall flay and persecute :
fo That the blood of all the pro-
phets, which was fhed from the
foundation of the world, may be.
required of this generation ;
f\ From the blood of Abel unto
John.
the
2 7 C The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XI.
the blood-of Zacharias, which pe-
rilled between the altar and the
temple : verily I fay unto you , it
{hail be required of this generation.
5-2 Wo unto you lawyers: roi ye
have taken away -he key of know-
ledge : ye entrea noc 111 your ielves,
and them that were enuring in, ye
hindred.
f 3 And as he {aid thefe things
unto them, theScribesandthePha-
rifees began to urge him vehement-
ly, and to provoke him to {peak of
many things.
$•4 Laying wait for him, and
.feeking to catch fomething out of
his mouth, that they might accufe
Jhinu
Chap. XII.
§ if. TN the mean time, when
JL there were gathered toge-
ther an innumerable multitude of
people, infomuch that they trode
■one upon another , he began to {ay
unto his difciples firft of all , Be-
ware ye of the leaven of the Pha-
rifees, which is hypocrifie.
% For there is nothing covered,
that fhall not be revealed ; neither
.hid, that {hall not be known.
3 Therefore whatlbever ye have
fpoken in darknefs , {hall be heard
in the light : and that which ye have
fpoken in the ear in clofets, fhall be
proclaimed upon the houfe-tops.
4 And I fay unto you my friends,
JBe not afraid of them that kill the
body, and after that, have no more
that they can do.
f But I will forewarn you whom
you fhall fear : Fear him, which af-
ter
of the four Evangelifts. 377
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XII.
ter he hath killed , hath power to
call into hell; yea, I fay unto you,
tear him.
6 Are not five fparrows fold for
two farthings, and not one of them
is forgotten before God ?
7 But even the very hairs of your
head are all numbred. Fear not
therefore : ye are of more value then
many fparrows.
8 Alio I fay unto you , whofo-
ever fhall confefs me before men,
him fiull the Son of man alio con-
fefs before the angels of God.
9 But he that denieth me before
men, fhall be denied before the an-
gels of God.
I o And whofoever fhall fpeak a
word againft the Son of man, it
fhall be forgiven him : but unto
him that blafphemeth againft the
holyGhoft, it fhall not be forgiven.
II And when they bring you
unto the fynagogues, and unto ma.
giftrates, and powers, take ye no
thought how or what thing ye fhall
anfwer, or what ye fhall fay :
1 1 For the holy Ghoft fhall teach
you in the fame hour what ye
ought to fay.
1 3 And one of the company faid
unto him, Mafter, fpeak to my bro-
ther, that he divide the inheritance
with me.
14 And he faid unto him, Man,
who made me a Judge , or a divi-
der over you ?
iy And he faid unto them, Take
heed, and beware of covetoufhefs :
for a mans life coniifteth not in the
abundance of the things which he
poueffeth.
i(J And he fpake a parable un-
B bb
4
. 11 I I — '
3-78 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XII.
to them, faying, The ground of a
certain rich man brought forth plen-
tifully.
17 And he thought within him-
felf , faying , What fhall I do, be-
caufe I have no room where to be-
ftow my fruits ?
18 And he faid, this will I do :
I will pull down my barns and
build greater : and there will I be-
ftow all my fruits and my goods.
19 And I will fay to my foul,
Soul, thou haft much goods laid up
for many years ; take thine eafe ,
eat, drink, and be merry.
zo But God faid unto him, Thou
fool, this night thy foul fhall be re-
ouired of thee : then whofe fhall
rhofe things be which thou haft pro-
vided ?
2 1 So is he that layeth up trea-
sure for himfelf, and is not rich to-
wards God.
2 a And he faid unto his difci-
ples, Therefore I fay unto you, Take
no thought for your life, what ye
fhall eat j neither for the body, what
ye fhall put on.
22 The life is more then meat,
and the body is more then rai-
ment.
24 Confider the ravens : for they
neither fow nor reap ; which nei-
ther have ftore-houfe nor barn; and
God feedcth them : How much
more a re ye better then the fowls ?
2f And which of you with ta-
king thought can add to his ftature
one cubit?
26 If ye then be not able to do
that thing which is leaft, why take
ye thought for the reft ?
17 Confider the lilies how they
grow;
of the four E<vangelijls. 3 7 9
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XII.
» grow: They toyl not, they fpin
not : and yet I fay unto you , that
Solomon in all his glory, was not
arayed like one of thefe.
28 If then God fo clothe the
grafs, which is to day in the field,
and to morrow is cafl: into the oven
how much more will he clothe you,
O ye of little faith ?
29 And feek not ye what ye
fhall eat , or what ye (hall drink ,
neither be ye of doubtful mind.
30 For all thefe things do the
nations of the world feek after :
and your Father knoweth that ye
have need of thefe things.
3 1 But rather feek ye the king-
dom of God , and all thefe things
(hall be added unto you.
32 Fear not, little flock ; for it
is your Fathers good pleafure to
give you the kingdom.
33 Sell that ye have, and give
alms : provide your felves bags
which wax not old , a treafure in
the heavens that faileth not, where
no thief approacheth, neither moth
corrupteth.
34 For where your treafure is,
there will your heart be alfo.
35- Let your loyns be girded a-
bout, and your lights burning ;
36 And ye your felves like unto
men that wait for their lord, when
he will return from the wedding,
that when he cometh, and knock-
eth , they may open unto him im-
mediately.
37 Bleffed are thofe fervants,
whom the lord when he cometh
fhall find watching : verily, I fay
unto you, that he fhall gird him-
felf , and make them to fit down
B b b 2 t°
2 go The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XII.
to meat, and will come forth and
ferve them.
38 And if he fhall come in the
fecond watch, or come in the third
watch, and find them lb, blefled are
thofe fervants .
39 And this know, that if the
good-man of the houfe had known
what hour the thief would come,
he would have watched , and not
have fuffered his houfe to be bro-
ken through.
40 Be ye therefore ready alfo:
for the Son of man cometh at an
hour when ye think not.
41 Then Peter faid unto him,
Lord, fpeakeft thou this parable un-
to us, or even to all ?
42 And the Lord faid, who then
is that faithful and wife fleward,
whom his lord fhall make ruler over
his houfhold, to give them their
portion of meat in due feafon ? _
43 BlefTed is that fer van t, whom
his lord when he cometh fhall find
fo doing.
44 Of a truth I fay unto you,
that he will make him ruler over
all that he hath.
45- But and if that fervant fay in
his heart, My lord delayeth his com-
ing 5 and fhall begin to beat the
men-fervants, and maidens, and to
eat and drink, and to be drunken:
46 The lord of that fervant will
come in a day when he looketh not
for him, and at an hour when he is
•not aware, and will cut him in Hin-
der, and will appoint him his por-
tion with the unbelievers.
47 And that fervant which knew
his lords will, and prepared not
him/elf, neither did according to
of the four Evangelijts. 3 S 1
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XII.
his will, fhall be beaten with many
pipes.
48 But he that knew not, and
did commit things worthy ot ftripes,
fhall be beaten with few firipes.
For unto whomsoever much is gi-
ven, of him lhail be much required :
and to whom men have committed
much, of him they will ask the
more.
49 I am come to fend fire on the
earth, and what will I, if it be al-
ready kindled ?
5-0 But I have a baptiim to be
baptized with, and how am I ftrait-
ned till it be accomplished I
f x Suppofe ye that I am come
to give peace on earth ? I tell you,
Nay j but rather diviiion.
f% For from henceforth there
ihall be five in one houfe divided,
three againft two, and two againft
three.
f 3 The father fhall be divided a-
gainft the fon , and the fon againft:
the father : the mother againft the
daughter, and the daughter againft
the mother : the mother in law a-
gainft her daughter in law, and the
daughter in law againft her mother
in law.
/4 And he faid alio to the peo-
ple, When ye fee a cloud rife out
of the weft, ftraightway ye fay,
there cometh a fhowre j and fo
it is.
ff And when ye fee the fouth-
wind blow , ye fay, There will be
heat; and it cometh to pafs.
f6 Ye hypocrites, ye can difccrn
the face of the skie, and of the
earth : but how is it, that, ye do not
difcern this time ? ^
B ;b b 3 n yea'
3 8 z The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XII.
$7 Yea, and why even of your
felves judge ye not what is right ?"
5-8 When thou gocft with thine
adverfary to the magtftrate, as thou
art in the way, give diligence that
thou mayeft be delivered from him;
left he hale thee to the judge , and
the judge deliver thee to the officer,
and the officer caft thee into prifon.
5-9 I tell thee, thou (halt not de-
part thence , till thou haft paid the
very laft mite.
Chap. XIII.
§ 16. fT«Here were prefent at that
X feafbn, fome that told
him of the Galileans, whofe blood
Pilate had mingled with their fa-
crifices.
2 And Jefus anfwering, faid un-
to them, Suppofe ye that thefe Ga-
lileans were tinners above all the
Galileans, becaufe they fufrered fuch ^
things?
3 I tell you, Nay : but except ye *
repent, ye fhall all likewife perifh.
4 Or thofe eighteen, upan whom
the towre in Siloam fell, and flew
them , think ye that they were fin-
ners above all men that dwelt in
Jerufalem ?
? I tell you, Nay: but except ye
iepent, ye fhall all likewife pe-
rifh.
6 He fpake alfo this parable: A
certain man had a fig-tree planted
in his vineyard , and he came and
fought fruit thereon, and found
none.
7 Then faid he unto the drefler
of his vineyard, Behold, thefe'three
years I come feeking fruit on this
fig-
■•i""^ ■ ■ ■ ^^»™««n««Bs s
of the four Evangelijls. 3 8 3
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIII.
fig-tree, and find none: cut it down,
why cumbreth it the ground ?
8 And he anfwering , faid unto
him, Lord, let it alone this year al-
io, till I fhall dig about it, and dung
it :
9 And if it bear fruit, well: and
if not, then after that thou lhalt cut
it down.
§ 1 7, 10 And he was teaching in
one of the fynagogues on the fab-
bath.
1 1 And behold, there was a wo-
t man which had a fpirit of infirmity
eighteen years, and was bowed to-
gether, and could in no wife lift
up herfelf.
1 2 And when Jefus faw her, he
called her to him, and faid unto
her, Woman, thou art looled from
thine infirmity.
1 3 And he laid his hands on her :
and immediately fhe was made
ftraight, and glorified God.
14 And the ruler of the fyna-
gogue anfwered with indignation,
becaufe that Jefus had healed on the
labbath-day, and faid unto the peo-
ple, There are fix days in which
men ought to work : in them there-
fore come and be healed , and not
on the fabbath-day.
1 f The Lord then anfwered him,
and faid, Thou hypocrite, doth not
each one of you on the fabbathloofe
his ox or his afs from the flail, and
lead him. away to watering?
16 And ought not this woman
being a daughter of Abraham, whom
Satan hath bound, !o thefe eighteen
years, be loofed from this bond on
the fabbath-day ?;
17 And
384 T^ e Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIII.
ry And when he had faid thefe
things, all his adverfaries were a-
fhamed : and all the people rejoy-
ced for all the glorious things that
were done by him.
18 Then laid he, Unto what is
the kingdom of God like ? and
whereunto (hall I referable it?
19 It is like a grain of mufrard-
feed , which a man took, and call
into his garden, and it grew, and
waxed a great tree : and the fowls
of the air lodged in the branches
of it.
20 And again he faid, Whereunto
fhall I liken the kingdom of God?
a 1 It is like leaven, which a wo-
man took and hid in three meafures
of meal, till the whole was lea-
vened.
ai And he went through the ci-
ties and villages, teaching and jour-
nying towards Jerusalem.
CHAP.
of the four Evangelijls. 385
CHAP. XIII.
From the Feaft of dedication-, till the Death of Lazarus :
containing about Two months fpace, from 'December A.D.
3 2 . till February A.T). 33.
THE Order of mofl of the Sections of this Period will be eafy enough, if
we obferve but one things which has not hitherto > I thinly, been taken
notice of by any-, viz. That our Saviour fent the Blind Man to the Fool of
Siloam, as he went from the Feaft of Tabernacles : But that he did not after-
ward light on him, and difcourfe him till the Feaft of Dedication following.
That this is a true Obfervation, I fhall fjew from thefe Arguments, (i .) The
.Accidents and Events which intervene between the jtnding this Blind Man to
the Pool of Siloam, and our Saviour s difcourfe with him afterwards, mufi take
up a conjiderable time ; nap perhaps not much lefs than the whole Interval be-
tween the two Feafls here mentioned. The Blind Alan is fent to the Pool of
Siloam. He Waflies therein -, recovers his Sight. His Neighbours are inform d
of it. They are divided about him : Some fay he was the Perfon that had been
Blind ; others cannot believe it. He afjures 'em he is the fame Perfon. The
Sanhedrin hear of it. He is conven'd before them firfi without his Parents,
and then with them. After fever al Examinations, and a legal Procefs, they
Excommunicate him. After this, how long we know not-, our Saviour hears
of his Excommunication., and lights on him again : Informs him that he is the
Meffias., and receives Adoration from him accordingly. Could all thefe Ac-
cidents belong to the fame time at the Feaft of Tabernacles ? Ifuppofe not : Efpe-
cially confidering , (i.) The great hafte with which our Saviour was leaving
Jerufalem, when he fent the Blind Man to Waft) in the Pool of Siloam. He had
juft then ef aped Stoning ; and as he was patting away in hafte from his Ad-
verfaries, he fends the Blind Man away to the Pool. Can we imagin any thinv
elfe, but that he directly went on his way, and left Jerufalem forthwith ? Nay,
(l.) Our Saviour feems to have been fo far from flaying there till all the
forementiond Events were over, that he appears to be gone before the return of
the Blind Man from the Pool; for otherwife He, upon the recovery of his Sight,
would have return d, and enquird for him that curd him ; of which we have
not a fy liable in the Hiflory, but rather the contrary. (<\.) This is alfo con-
firm 'd by the way of the mention of the Feafl of Dedication, immediately upon
C c c our
3 8 6 The Harmony
our Lord's difcourfe with this A4an, and with thofe who thereupon argued againfi
him : And it was the Feaft of Dedication at Jerufalem, and it was Winter ;
and Jefus walked in the Temple in Solomon's Cloifters, &c. Where we have
not a word of any Journey /<? Jerufalem undertaken after the Difc our fes fore-
going ■> but rather an intimation, that Jefus was then, and might have been for
fome time at Jerufalem, agreeably to the Series of the prefent Harmony. That
the reft of thtsFeriod, containing chiefly part of the i^th, all the \/\th, iph, -
1 6th, and part of the ijth Chapters of St. Luke, is in its right place, beyond
Jordan, but not in Judea ; and after the Feaft of Dedication, but not before
it, is plain from the Conclufion of the i$th Chapter, where our Saviour is bid
to be zone* left Herod jloould kill him-, which is a certain Jign that he was now
not in Judea, under Pilate' j Jurifditlion, but in Peraea, beyond Jordan, un-
der that of Herod. Where alfo our Saviour, fpeakjng of Jerufalem, fays ex-
prefsly, They (hall not fee me till they (hall fay, Blefledbe he thatcometh
m the Name of the Lord ; i. e. not till my Triumphal Entry into Jerufalem;,
five days before my Paffwn. Which is a like evident Token that this was not be-
fore, but after ?/# Feaft of Dedication, as 'tis here placd in the prefent Har-
mony. And it muft be obferv'd withal, that the Branches of this Section are fo
frequently mifplac d hitherto in the Harmonies of the Evangelifts, that even that
Great Man,Bifoop Richardfon himfelfby whom the true Order of the Evangelifts
has been much better ftated, than by any other whomfoever, and to whom we have
been principally obltgd in this Harmony, was miftaken alfo, and thereby very
much perplex d in this part of our Saviour's Hiftorj.
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. IX.
§ \> 3i" Jefus heard that they had
caft him out ■■> and when he had
found him, he faid unto him, Doft
thou believe on the Son of God ?
36 He anfwered and faid, Who
is he, Lord, that! might believe on
him?
37 And Jefus faid unto him,Thou
haft both feen him, and it is he that
talketh with thee.
38 And he faid, Lord, I believe.
And he worfhipped him.
39 And
of the four Evafigelifls. 3 87
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Joht*.
Chap. IX.
39 And Jefus Cud, For judgment
I am come into this world : that
they which Tee not, might fee ; and
that they which fee, might be made
blind.
40 And fotne of the Pharifees
which were with him heard thefe
words, and faid unto him, Are we
blind alio ?
41 Jefus faid unto them, If ye
were blind, ye fhould have no fin :
but now ye fay, We fee s therefore
your fin remaineth.
X.
§ 2."T7"Erily verily I fay unto you,
V He that entreth not by the
door into the fheepfold , but climb-
eth up fome other way, the fame is
a thief and a robber.
2 But he that entreth in by the
door, is the fhepherd of the fheep.
3 To him the porter openeth;
and the fheep hear his voice : and
he calleth his own fheep by name,
and leadeth them out.
4 And when he putteth forth his
own fheep , he goeth before them ,
and the fheep follow him : for they
know his voice.
f And a ftranger will they not
follow, but will flee from him : for
they know not the voice of Gran-
gers.
6 This parable fpake Jefus unto
them : but they underftood not what
things they were which he fpake
unto them.
7 Then faid Jefus unto them a-
gain, Verily verily I fay unto you,
I am the door of the fheep.
$ All that ever came before me,
C c c z are
388 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. X.
are thieves and robbers : but the
fheep did not hear them.
9 I am the door : by me if any
man enter in, he (hall be faved, and
fhall go in and out, and find pa-
fture.
10 The thief cometh not, but
for to Meal, and to kill, and to de-
ftroy : I am come that they might
have life, and that they might have
it more abundantly.
1 1 I am the good fhepherd : the
good fhepherd giveth his life for the
fheep.
1 2 But he that is an hireling, and
not the fhepherd , whole own the
iheep are not, feeth the wolf com-
ing, and lea veth the fheep,and flceth ;
and the wolf catcheth them , and
fcattereth the fheep.
1 3 The hireling fleeth , becaufe
he is an hireling, and careth not for
the fheep.
14 I am the good fhepherd, and
know my ftjep, and am known of
mine.
if As the Father knoweth me,
even fb know I the Father : and I
lay down my life for the fheep.
1 6 And other fheep I have, which
are not of this fold . them alfo I
mufl bring, and they fhall hear my
voice j and there fhall be one fold,
and one fhepherd.
17 Therefore doth my Father
love me, becaufe I lay down my
life, that I might take it again.
18 No man taketh it from me,
but 1 lay it down of my felf: I have
power to lay it down , and I have
power to take it again. This com-
mandment have I received of my
Father.
19 There
of the four Evangelijls. $%5>
Matthew* Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. X.
19 There was a divifion there-
fore again among the Jews for thefc
fayings.
20 And many of them faid, He
hath a devil, and is mad ; why hear
ye him?
2 1 Others faid, Thefe are not the
words of him that hath a devil :
Can a devil open the eyes of the
blind ?
§3. 22 And it was at Jerufalem
the feaft of the dedication, and it
was winter.
2 3 And Jefus walked in the tem-
ple in Solomons porch.
24 Then came the Jews round
about him, and faid unto him, How
long doft thou make us to doubt?
If thou be the Chrift, tell us plainly.
if Jefus anfwered them, I told
you, and ye believed not : the works
that I do in my Fathers name, they
bear witnefs of me.
26 But ye believe not ; becaufe
ye are not of my fheep , as 1 faid
unto you.
27 My iheep hear my voice, and
I know them, and they follow
me.
28 And I give unto them eternal
life, and they {hall never perifh, nei-
ther mail any pluck them out of my
hand.
29 My father which gave them
me, is greater then all : and none
is able to pluck them out of my Fa-
thers hand.
30 I and my Father are one.
3 1 Then the Jews took up ftones
again to flone him.
32 Jefus anfwered them, Many
good works have I fhewed you from 1
C c c 3 my
35>o The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. L«ke. John.
Chap. X.
my Father j for which of thofe
works do ye ftone me ?
3 3 The Jews anfwered him, fay-
ing, For a good work we ftone thee
not j but for blafphemy.and becaufe
that thou, being a man, makeft thy
felfGod.
34 Jefus anfwered them , Is it
not written in your law, I faid, Ye
are gods ?
$y If he called them gods, unto
whom the word of God came, and
the fcripture cannot be broken :
36 Say ye of him whom the Fa-
ther hath fan&ified , and fent into
the world, Thou blafphemeft j be-
caufe I faid, I am the Son of God?
37 If I do not the works of my
Father, believe me not.
38 But if I do, though ye be-
lieve not me , believe the works :
that ye may know and believe that
the Father is in me, and I in him.
39 Therefore they fought again
to take him : but he elcaped out of
their hand,
40 And went away again be-
yond Jordan, into the place where
Chap. XIII. John at firft baptized j and there he
abode.
^ 4. 23 Then faid
one unto him , Lord,
are there few that be
faved ? And he faid
unto them,
34 Strive to enter
in at the ftrait gate :
for many, I fay unto
you, will feek to en-
ter in , and mail not
be able.
25- When once the
mafter of the houfe is
rifen
of the four Evangelijls. $91
Matthew. MaHk. Luke. John.
Chap. XIII.
rifen up, and hath (hut to. the door,
and ye begin to ftand without, and
to knock at the door, faying, Lord*
Lord , open unto us ; and he fhali.
anfwer, and fay unto you, I know
you not whence you are :
a 6 Then (hall ye begin to fay,
We have eaten and drunk in thy
prefence , and thou haft taught in
our ftreets.
27 But he ihall lay, I tell you, I
know you not whence you are ; de-
part from me all ye workers of ini-
quity.
a 8 There (hall be weeping and
gnaftung of teeth, when ye (hall fee
Abraham, and Iiaac, and Jacob, and
all the prophets in the kingdom of
Cod, and you your J r elves thruftout.
29 And they (ball come from the
eaft, and from the weft, and from
the north, and from thefouth, and
(hall fit down in the kingdom of
God.
30 And behold, there are laft
which (hall be firft, and there are
iirft which (ball be laft.
3 1 The fame day there came cer-
tain of the Pharifees , faying unto
him, Get thee out, and depart hence :
for Herod will kill thee.
1% And lie faid unto them, Go
ye and tell that fox, Behold, I caft
out devils, and I do cures to day
and to morrow, and the third day
I (ball be perfected.
33 Neverthelefs, Imuftwalkto
day and to morrow, and the day
following : for it cannot be that a
prophet perifti out of Jerufalem.
34 O Jerufalemjeruialem, which
killeft the prophets, and ftoneft them
*hat are fent unto thee : how often
would
3 5? z The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIII.
Would I have gathered thy children
together , as a hen doth gather her
brood under her wings, and ye
-would not ?
35- Behold, your houfe is left un-
to you defolate: and verily I fay
•unto you , ye fhall not fee me, un-
til the time when ye fhall fay, Blef-
fed is he that cometh in the name
of the T.orH
Chap. XIV.
§ f ■ A ^ ^ ll came to P a ^' as nc
A went into the houfe of one
of the chief Pharifees to eat bread
on the iabbath-day, that they watch-
ed biro.
2 And behold , there was a cer-
tain man before him which had the
dropfie.
3 And Jefus anfwering, fpake
unto the Lawyers and Pharifees, fay-
' ing, Is it lawful to heal on the fab-
bath-day?
4 And they held their peace. And
he took him and healed him , and
let him go :
f And anfwered them , laying.
Which of you fhall have an afs or
an ox fallen into a pit, and will not
ftraightway pull him out on the
fabbath-day ?
6 And they could not anfwer
him again to thefe things.
7 And he put forth a parable to
thofe which were bidden, when he
marked how they chofe out the
chief rooms 5 faying unto them,
8 When thou art bidden of any
man to a wedding, fit not down in
the highefl room : left a more ho-
nourable man then thou be bidden
of him } 9 And
of the four Evangelifts. 32$
Matthews Mark. Luke.
Chap. XIV.
JOHK,
9 And he that bade thee and him,
come and fay to thee, Give this man
place ; and thou begin with fliame
to take the loweft room.
i o But when thou art bidden, go
and fit down in the loweft room *
that when he that bade thee cometh,
he may fay unto thee, Friend, go up
higher : then fhalt thou have wor-
ship >in the prefence of them that fit
at meat with thee.
ii Forwhofoeverexaitethhira-
felf, fhall be abafed ; and he that
humbleth himfelf, fhall be exalted.
12 Thenfaid he alfo.to him that
bade him, When thou makeft a din-
ner or a fupper, call not thy friends.
nor thy brethren, neither thy kinf-
men, nor thy rich neighbours; left
they alfb bid thee again , and a re-
jcpmpenfe be made thee.
1 2 But when thou makeft a feaft,
call the poor, the maimed, the lame,
the blind :
14 And thou fhalt be blefTed ; for
they cannot recompenfe thee : for
thou fhalt be recompenfed at the re-
furre&ion of the jufh •
if And when one of them that
fat at meat with him , heard thefc
things, he faid unto him, BlefTed it
he that fhall eat bread in the king-
dom of God.
1 6 Then faid he unto him, A cer-
tain man made a great fupper, and
bade many:
17 Andfenthisfervantatfupper-
time, to fay to them that were bid-
den, Come, for all things are now
ready.
18 And they all with otxconfent
began to make excufe. The firft
faid unto him, I have bought a piece
Ddd of
3 5? 4 "7k e Harmony
- ... . ■ j. »i — .."- ' " ■ " " • ' '
Matthew.. Mark, Luke. John.
Cbap. XIV.
of ground, and I muft needs go and
fee it : I pray thee have me excu-
fed.
1 9 And another faid, I have bought
five yoke of oxen, and I go to prove
them : I pray thee have me excufed.
20 And another faid, I have mar-
ried a wife, and therefore I cannot
come.
zi So that fervant came, and
•jhewed his lord thefe things. Then
the matter of the houfe being an-
gry, faid to his fervant, Go out
quickly into the ftreets and lanes of
the city, and bring in hither the poor,
and the maimed, and the halt, and
the blind.
ii And the fervant faid, Lord, it
U done as thou haft commanded,
and yet there is room.
/ .23. And the lord faid unto the fer-
vant, Go out into the high-ways and
hedges, and compel them to come
in, that my houfe may -be filled.
. 24 Fori fay unto you, that none
of thofe men which were bidden,
ihall tafte of my fupper.
•
§ 6. 25- And there went great mul-
titudes with him : and he turned ,
and faid unto them,
26 If any man come to me, and
hate not his father, and mother, and
wife, and children, and brethren ,
and fi'-ers, yea, and his own life
alfo, he cannot be my difciple.
27 And whofoever doth not bear
his crofs, and come after me, can-
not be my difciple.
28 For whic h of you intending
to build atowre, fitteth not down
firft, and counteth the coft, whe-
ther he hxvzfnffkient to finifh it ?
2p Left
of the fomEwtofigeUJli
35>5
Matthew
Mark.
Luke.
Chap. XIV.
o to Left haply after "he hath laid
the-f undation* and is not able to
firiifh it, all that bdiold'ir, begin to
mock him, "'
3-0 Saying, this- man began to
build, and was not able to finilh.
3 1 Or what king going to make
war againft another king , fitted)
not d6wn firft, and confulteth whe-
ther he be able with ten thoufand
to meet him that cometh againft
him with twenty thoufond ?
32 Orelfe, while the other is
yet a great way off, he fendeth an
ambaflage, and defireth conditions
of peace.
3 3 So likewife, whomever he be
of you , that forfaketh not all that
he hath, he cannot be my difciple.
34 Salt & good : but if the fait
have loft hisiavour, wherewith fhall
it be feafbned ?
35- It is neither fit for the land,
nor yet for the dunghil ; but men
caft it out. He that hath ears to
hear, let him hear.
Chap. XV.
§ 7. *TiHen drew near unto him
_L all the publicans and tin-
ners for to hear him.
2 And the Pharifees and Scribes
murmured, faying, This man recei-
veth finners, and eateth with them.
3 And he fpake this parable unto
them, faying,
4 What man of you having an
hundred fheep, if he lofe one of
them, doth not leave the ninety and
nine in the wildernefs, and go after
that which is loft, until he find it?
D d d 7.
John.
j- And
^ 9 6 ^ e Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XV.
f And when he hath, found it, he
layeth/Vonhisfhoulders, rejoycingi
6 And when he cometh home,
he calleth together his friends and
neighbours, faying unto them, Re-
joyce with me, for I have found my
iheep which was loft.
7 I fay unto you , that likewife
joy fhall be in heaven over one fin-
ner that repenteth, more then over
ninety and nine juft perfons, which
need no repentance.
8 Either what woman having ten
pieces of filver, if fhe lofe one piece,
doth not light a candle, and fweep
the houfe , and feek diligently till
fhe find it ?
9 And when fhe hath found //,
fhe calleth her friends and ^neigh-
bours together, faying,Rejoyce with
me, for Ihave found the piece which
I had loft.
io Likewifel fay unto you.There
is joy in the prefence of the angels of
God, over one finner that repenteth.
1 1 Aud he laid , A certain man
had two fbns :
i x And the younger of them faid
to his father , Father, give me the
portion of goods that falleth to me.
And he divided unto them his living.
1 3 And not many days after, the
younger fon gathered all together,
and took his journey into a far
countrey, and there wafted his fub-
ftance with riotous living.
14 And when he had fpent all,
there arofe a. mighty famine in that
land i and he began to be in want.
1 j- Andhewentandjoynedhim-
felf to a citizen of that countrey j
and he fent him into the fields to
feed fwine.
of the four Eyangelijls. 35>7
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XV.
16 And he would fain have filled
his belly with the husks that the
* {wine did eat : and no man gave
unto him.
17 And when he came to him-
felf, he fiid, How many hired fer-
vants of my fathers have bread e-
nough and to fpare, and I perifh
with hunger ?
18 I will arife, and go to my fa-
• ther, and will iayunro him, Father,
I have finned againft heaven, and
before thee,
19 And am no more worthy to
be called thy Ion: make me as one
of thy hired fervants.
20 And he arofe, and came to
his- father. But when he was yet a
great way off, his father faw him ,
and had companion, and ran, and
fell on his neek , and kifled him.
ai And die fon faid unto him,
Father, I have finned againft heaven s
and in thy fight, and am no more
worthy to be called thy fon.
a a But the father faid to his fer-
vants, Bring forth thebeft robe, and
put it on him , and put a ring on
feis hand, and fhoes on Bis feet.
23 And bring hither the fatted
calf, and kill it, and let us eat and
be merry.
24 For this my fon was dead, and
is alive again j he was loft , and is
found. And they began to be merry.
z? Now his elder fon was in the
field : and as he came and drew
nigh to the houfe, he heard mufick
and dancing.
26 And he called oneof the fer-
vants, and asked what thefe things
meant.
27 And he faid unto him, Thy
D d d 3 brethev'
3 <> 8 , The Harmony
Matthew, Mark. ... L'jke.
Chap. XV.
brother is come y and thy father
hath killed; the fatted calf, becaufe
he hath received him fafejarid found.
28 And he was angry, and would
. not go in : therefore came his fa-
, ther out, and intreated him.
29 And he anfwering, faid to
his father, Lo, thefe many years do
I ferve thee, neither tranfgrefled I
,. at any time ,thy commandment,
.and yet thou never gaveft me a kid,
that I might make merry with my
iricnoU ; '
30 But afloon as, this thy fon
was come , which hath devoured
thy living with harlots, thou haft
■killed for him the. fatted calf.
3 1 And he fay unto him , Son,
thou art ever with me, and all that
Ihaye is thine. •
32 It was meet th*t we fhould
make merry, and be glad: for this
thy brother was dead , and is a-
.', live again j and -was loft, and is
Chap. XVI.
§ 8. AN D he faid alfo unto his
XX difa'ples, There was a cer-
tain rich man which had a fteward ;
and the fame was accufed unto him
that he had wafVd his goods.
2 Arid he called him , and faid
unto him, Kow is it that I hear this
of thee ? give an account of thy
fteward (hip : for thou mayeft be no
longer fteward.
3 Then the fteward laid within
himfelf , What (hall I do ? for my.
lord taketh away from me the ftew-
ardlhip : I cannot dig, to beg I am
aihamedl
Jo HS,
4 I am
of the four E<vangelijis. 3 ^ $
Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVI.
4 I am reiblved what to do, that
when I am put out of the fteward-
fhip, they may receive me into their
houfes.
f So he called every one of his
lords debters unto him, and {aid un-
. to the firft, How much owefl thou
unto my lord ?
6 And he (aid?, An hundred mea-
sures of oyl. And he faid unto him,
Take thy bill, and lit down quickly,
and write fifty.
7 Then iaid he to another, And
how much oweft thou? And he
faid, Aniiundred meafures of wheat.
And he iaid unto him,' Take thy bill,
and write fourfcore.
8 And the lord commended the
unjuft. fteward, becaufe he had done
wiiely : for the children of this
world are in their generation wifer
then the children of light,
9 And I lay unro you , Make to
your felves friends of the mammon
of unrighteoufnefs g that when ye
fail, they may receive you into ever-
iafUng habitations.
loHethatistaithfulin that which
is leafr, is faithful alfo in much : and
he that is unjuft in the leaft, is un-
juft alio in much.
1 1 If therefore ye have not been
faithful in the unrighteous mam-
mon, who will commit to your
truft the true riches ?
12 And if ye have not been faith-
ful in that which is another mans,
who fliall give you that which is
your own ?
13 No fervant can ferve two
matters: for either he will hate the
one, and love the other; orelfe he
will hold to the one, and defpife
the
400 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVI.
the other. Ye cannot ierve God
and mammon.
»4 And the Pharifces alio who
were covetous, heard all thci'e
things : and they derided him.
ij* And he faid unto them, Ye
are they which juftifie your felves
before men j but God knoweth
your hearts : for that which is
highly efteemed amongft men , is
abomination in the light of God.
16 The law and the prophets
were until John : iince that time
the kingdom of God is preached,
and every man preireth into it.
17 And it is eafier for heaven
and earth to pais, then one tittle of
the law to fail.
18 Whoibever putteth away his
wife, and marrieth another, com-
mitteth adultery : and whoibever
marrieth her that is put away from
her husband, committeth adultery.
§ 0. 19 There was a certain rich
man, which was clothed in purple
and fine linen , and fared fumptu-
ouily every day.
20 And there was a certain beg-
gar named Lazarus, which was laid
at his gate, full of ibres,
21 And defiring to be fed with
the crumbs which fell from the rich
mans table : moreover, the dogs
came and licked his fores.
22 And it came to pafs that the
begger died, and was carried by the
angels into Abrahams bofom : the
rich man alio died, and was buried.
25 And in hell he lift up his eyes,
being in torments , and feeth Abra-
ham afar off, and Lazarus in his
bofom, 2 ' 4 And
m — — — I I,
of the four Evangelijts. 40 1
Matthew. Ma^k. Luke. Johk.
Chap. XVI.
24 And he cried and faid, Father
Abraham, have mercy on me, and
fend Lazarus that he may dip the
tip of his finger in water and cool
my tongue ; for I am tormented in
this flame.
if But Abraham faid, Son, re-
member that thou in thy life-time
receivedft thy good things, and like-
wife Lazarus evil things: but now
he is comforted , and thou art tor-
mented.
26 And befides all this, between
us and you there is a great gulf
fixed : £6 that they which would
pafs from hence to you, cannot,-
neither can they pafs to us , that
mould come from thence.
27 Then he faid » I pray thee
therefore father, that thou wouldefl
fend him to my fathers houfe:
28 For I have five brethren ; that
he may teftify unto them, left they
alfb come into this place of tor-
ment.
29 Abraham faith unto him, they
have Mofes and the prophets ; let
them hear them.
30 And he faid, Nay, father A-
braham : but if one went unto them
from the dead, they will repent.
31 And he faid unto them, If they
hear not Mofes and the prophets,
neither will they be perfwaded,
though one role from the dead.
Chap. XVII.
% 1 i.*Tf«Hen laid he unto thedifci*
JL pies, It is impoflible but
that offences will come : but wo
unto him through whom they
come.
E c c aft
i
-.- ■- J ,rni ^-
40 2, The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk.
Chap. XVII.
a It were better for him that a
milftone were hanged about his
neck, and he caft into the lea, then
that he fhould offend one of thefe
little ones.
3 Take heed to your felves : If
thy brother trefpafs againft thee, re-
buke him; and if he repent, forgive
him.
4 And if he trefpafs againft thee
feven times in a day, and feven
times in a day turn again to thee ,
faying, I repent; thou fhalt forgive
him.
f And the apoftles faid unto the
Lord, Increafe our faith.
6 And the Lord faid, If ye had
faith as a grain of muftard-feed, ye
might fay unto this fycamine-tree,
Be thou plucked up by the root, and
be thou planted in the lea ; and it
Should obey you.
7 But which of you having a
fcrvant plowing, or feeding cattel,
will fay unto him by and by, when
he is come from the field , Go and
lit down to meat?
8 And will not rather lay unto
him, Make ready wherewith I may
fup, and gird thy felf, and ferve
me, till I have eaten and drunken ;
and afterward thou fhalt eaf and
drink ?
9 Doth he thank that fervant be-
caufe he did the things that were
commanded him ? I trow not.
, i6 So like wife ye, when ye fhall
have done all thofe things which
are commanded you, fay, We arc
unprofitable fervants: we have done
that which was our duty to do.
CHAP,
of the four Evangelijls. 403
CHAP. XIV.
From tkeTtedth of Lazarus > till the Beginning of the Taffover-
Week : containing about fix weeks, from February A. T>. 3 3.
till March the fame year.
IF we remember that we left Chrifl beyond Jordan, at the Conclufwr. of the
former Period^ according to the Accounts both of St. Luke and St. John.
That from thence ■, by St. John's Accounts, he went to Bethany toraife Laza-
rus'; and after that retird to Ephraim, near Hazor, in the remoter Parts of
Galilee : And withal obferve, that St. Luke fays, His lafi Journey was through
the, midfi of Samaria and Galilee, as it mufi be from Ephraim; we foall cajily
find, that the feveral Seclions of this Chapter are in their proper places in the
prefent Harmony.
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. X.
§ 1. 41 A N D many refbrted unto
A him,andfaid, John did
no miracle: but all things that John
ipake of this man, were true.
42 And many believed on him
there.
Chap. XI.
NOW a certain man was
lick, named Lazarus of
Bethany, the town of Mary and
her lifter Martha.
2 ( It was that Mary which a-
nointed the Lord with ointment,
and wiped his feet with her hair,
whole brother Lazarus was lick.)
3 Therefore his fillers lent unto
him, faying, Lord, behold 3 he whom
thou loveft, is fick.
4 When Jefus heard that, hefaid ,
This ficknels is not unto death, but
E e e z for
404 The Harmony
A-TTHEwr. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XI.
for the glory of God, that the Son
of God might be glorified thereby.
f Now Jefus loved Martha, and
her fifter, and Lazarus.
6 When he had heard therefore
that he was fick, he abode two days
full in the fame place where he was.
7 Then after that, faith he to his
difciples, Let us go into Judea again.
8 His difciples fay unto him,
Mafter, the Jews of late fought to
(lone thee ; and goeft thou thither
again?
9 Jefus anfwered, Are there not
twelve hours in the day ? If any
man walk in the day, he ftumbleth
not , becaufe he feeth the light of
this world.
I o But if a man walk in the night,
he ftumbleth, becaufe there is na
light in him.
I I Thefe things faidhe: and af-
ter that, he faith unto them, Our
friend Lazarus fleepeth j but I go,
that I may awake him out of fleep.
iz Then faid his difciples, Lord,
if he fleep, he fhali do well.
13 Howbeit Jefus fpake of his
death: but they thought that he
had fpoken of taking of reft in
fleep.
14 Then faid Jefus unto them
plainly, Lazarus is dead.
1 $■ And I am glad for your fakes,
that I was not there (to the intent
ye may believe) neverthelefs, let us
go unto him.
16 Then faid Thomas, which is
called Didymus, unto his fellow-
difciples , Let us alfo go , that we
may die with him.
§i. 7 1 Then
of the four Evangelijis* 405
Matthew. Mabk. Luke. John.
Chap. XI.
§2. 17 Then when Jefus came,.
he found that he had iien in the
grave four days already.
18 (Now Bethany was nigh un£o
Jeruialem.about fifteen furlongs off)
19 And many of the Jews came
to Martha and Mary, to comfort
them concerning their brother.
20 Th n Martha, aflbon as fhc
heard that Jefus was coming, went
and met him : but Mary fat fiill ia
the houfe.
21 Then faid Martha unto Jefus,
Lord, if thou hadft been here, my
brother had not died.
22 But I know, that even now
whatfoever thou wilt ask of God,
God will give it thee.
a 3 Jefus faith unto her, Thy bro-
ther fhall rife again.
24 Martha faith unto him, I know
that he fhall rife again in the refiir-
rection at the laft day.
25- Jefus faid unto her, I am the
refurre&ion, and the life : he that
believeth in me, though he were
dead, yet fhall he live ;
26 And whofoever liveth , and
believeth in me, fhall never die. Be-
Ueveft thou this ?
27 She faith unto him, Yea,
Lord : I believe that thou art the
Chrift &e Son of God which fhould
come into the world.
28 And when fhe had fo faid, fhe
went her way, and called Mary her
fitter fecrefly , faying, The Matter
is come, and calkrh ,or thee.
29 Aflbon as fhc heard that, fhc
arofe quickly, and came unto him,
30 Now Jefus was not yet come
into the town, but was in that place
where Martha met him,
E e e 3, 31 The-.
4 o 6 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Lvke. Johk.
Chap. XI.
3 1 The Jews then which were
with her in the houfe, and com-
forted her, when they faw Mary
that fhe rofe up hafhly , and went
out, followed her, faying, She go-
eth unto the grave, to weep there.
3 2 Then when Mary was come
where Jefus was, and faw him, fhe
fell down at his feet , laying unto
him, Lord, if thou hadft been here,
my brother had not died.
33 When Jefus therefore faw her
weeping, and the Jews alfo weeping
which jame with her, he groaned
in the fpirit and was troubled ,
34 And faid, Where have ye laid
him ? They fay unto him,Lord,come
and fee.
3^ Jefus wept.
36 Then faid the Jews, Behold
how he loved him.
3 7 And fome of them faid, Could
not this man which opened the eyes
of the blind, have caufed that even
this man (hould not have died ?
38 Jefus therefore again groan-
ing in himfelf, cometh to the grave.
It was a cave, and a ftone lay up-
on it.
39 Jefus faid, Take ye away the
ftone. Martha, the fifter of him
that was dead, faith unto him, Lord,
by this time he ftinketh : for he hath
been dead four days.
40 Jefus faith unto her , Said I
not unto thee, that if thou would-
eft believe, thou ftiouldeft fee the
glory of God ?
41 Then they took away the
ftone from the place where the dead
was laid. And Jefus lift up his eyes,
and faid, Father, I thank thee that
thou haft heard me.
4z And
of the four Evangelijis. 407
Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XL
• 41 And I knew that thou heareft
me always : but becaufe or" the peo-
ple which ftand by, I faid it, that
they may believe that thou haft fent
me.
43 And when he thus had ipo-
ken , he cried with a loud voice,
Lazarus, come forth.
44 And he that was dead came
forth, bound hand and foot with
grave-clothes : and his face was
bound about with a napkin. Jefus
faith unto them , Loofe him , and
let him go.
45- Then many of the Jews which
came to Mary, and had feen the
things which Jefus did, believed on
. him.
§ 3. 46 But fome of them went
thtir ways to the Pharifees, and told
them what things Jefus had done.
47 Then gathered the chief priefts
and the Pharifees a councel , and
faid, What do we? for this man do-
eth many miracles.
48 If we let him thus alone, all
men will believe on him ; and the
Romans fhall come and take away
both our place and nation.
49 And one of them named Caia-
phas, being the high pried that fame
year, laid unto them, Ye know no-
thing at all :
j-o Nor coniider that it is expe-
dient for us , that one man fhould
die for the people, and that the
whole nation perifh not.
fi And this fpake he not of him-
felf : but being high prielt that year,
he propheiied that Jefus fhould die
n for that nation :
ft And not for that nation only,
but.
4 o8 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XI.
but that alfo he fhouid gather toge-
ther in one , the children of God
that were fcattercd abroad.
5-3 Th j n from that clay forth,
they took counfel together for to
put him to i nth.
$■4 jefus therefore walked no
more openly among the Jews; but
went thence into a countrey near
to the wildernefs, into a city called
Chap. XVII. Ephraim, and there continued with
his difciples.
§4. 1 1 And it came
to pafs, as he went to
Jerufalem, that he paf-
ied through the midft
of Samaria and Gali-
lee.
ii And as he en-
tred into a certain vil-
lage, there met him
ten men that were le-
pers , which ftood a-
faroff:
13 And they lifted
up their voices* and
faid, Jefus Mafter,have
mercy on us.
14 And when he
faw them, he faid un-
to them, Go ihew
your lelves unto the
priefts. And it came
to pafs that as they
went,they were dean-
fed.
ij* And one of them,
when he faw that he
was healed , fumed
back, and with c; loud
voice glorified God,
16 And fell down
-on h'n face at his feet,
giving
of the four Evangelifts. 4° 9
Mark. Luke. Johh.
Chap. XVII.
giving him thanks : and he was
a Samaritan.
17 Andjefus anfwering, faid,
Were there not ten cleanfcd? but
where are the nine ?
1 8 There are not found that re-
turned to give glory to God , fave
this flranger.
19 And he faid unto him, Arife,
go thy way ; thy faith hath made
thee whole.
§ j. 20 And when he was de-
manded of the Pharifecs, when the
kingdom of God mould come; he
anfwered them and faid, The king-
dom of God cometh not with ob-
fervation.
21 Neither mall they {ay, Lo
here, or, lo there : for behold, the
kingdom of God is within you.
22 And he faid unto the difci-
ples, The days will come when ye
lhall defire to fee one of the day*
of the Son of man, and ye {hall not
fee it.
2 3 And they mall fay to you, See
here, or fee there; go not after them,
nor follow them.
24 For as the lightning that light-
neth out of the one part under hea-
ven, fhineth unto the other fart un-
der heaven: fo (hall alfo the Son of
man be in his day.
25* But firft muft he fuffer many
things , and be rejected of this ge-
neration,
26 And as it was in the days of
Noe, fo mail it be alfo in the days
of the Son of man.
27 They did eat, they drank,
they married wives, they were gi-
ven in marriage, until the day that
F f f Noc
4 10 The Harmony
I,
Matthew. Mark. " Luke.
Chap. XVII.
Noe entred into the ark : and the
flood came, and deftroyed them all.
28 Likewife alfo as it was in the
days of Lot, they did eat, they drank,
they bought, they fold, they planted,
they builded :
29 But the fame day that Lot
went out of Sodom , it rained fire
and brimftone from heaven, and
deftroyed them all :
30 Even thus (hall it be in the
day when the Son of man is re-
vealed.
3 1 In that day, he which (hall be
upon the houfe-top, and his ftuff
in the houfe, let him not come down
to take it away : and he that is in
the field , let him likewife not re-
turn back.
32 Remember Lots wife.
33 Whofoever (hall feek to fave
his life, fhall loie it : and whofoe-
ver fhall lofe his life, fhall preferve
it.
34 I tell you, in that night there
fhall be two men in one bed ; the
one fhall be taken , and the other
fhall be left.
3 f Two women fhall be grind-
ing together ; the one fhall be ta-
ken, and the other left.
36 Two men fhall be in the field;
the one fhall be taken, and the other
left.
37 And they anfwered, and faid
unto him, Where, Lord? And he
faid unto them , Wherefoever the
body is , thither will the eagles be
gathered together.
J° H N.
§6. AND
of the four Evangelijls. 41 1
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVIII.
§ 6. A ND he fpake a parable un-
A to them, to this end, that
men ought always to pray, and not
to faint.
2 Saying, There was in a city a
judge, which feared not .God, nei-
ther regarded man.
•■ 3 And there was a widow in that
city, and (he came unto him, fay-
ing, Avenge me of mine adver-
fai 7'
4 And he would not for a while;
but afterward he faid within him-
felf, Though I fear not God, nor
regard man ;
f Yet becaufe this widow trou-
bled me, I will avenge her, left by
her continual coming ihe weary
me.
6 And the Lord faid, Hear what
the unjuft judge faith.
7 And mall not God avenge hie
own eleft, which cry day and night
unto him, though he bare long with
them?
8 I tell you that he will avenge
them fpeedily. Neverthelefs, when
the Son of man cometh, mall he
find faith on the eartfer ?
9 And he fpake this parable un-
to certain which trufted in them-
felves that they were righteous, and
defpifed others :
10 Two men went up into the
temple to pray; the one aPharifee,
the other a Publican.
1 1 The Pharifee ftood and pray-
ed thus with himfelf, God I thank
thee, that I am not as other men
are, extortioners, unjuft, adulter-
ers, or even as this Publican.
12 I faft twice in the week , I
give tithes of all that I poflefs.
Fff 1 *5 And
4 1 % The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVIII.
1 3 And the Publi-
can ftanding afar off,
would not lift up fo
much as his eyes unto
heaven, biitfmote up-
onhisbreaft, laying,
God be merciful to me
a {inner.
14 I tell you, this
man went down to
his houfe juftified ra-
ther then the other:
for every one that ex-
alteth himfelf, fhall be
abafed ; and he that
Chap. XIX. Chap. X. humbleth himfelf ,
$7. gThePharifees ' * And the Pharifees
alfo came unto him, came to him, and ask-
temptinghim,andfay- cd him, Is it lawful
inguntohim,Isitlaw- for a man to put away
ful for a man to put a- his wife? tempting
way his wife for every him.
caufe? 3 Andheanfwered
4 Andheanfwered and faid unto them,
and faid unto them , What did Mofes corn-
Have ye not read, that mand you ?
he which made them 4 And they faid,
at the beginning, made Moles fuffered to
them male and fe- write a bill of divorce-
male ? ment, and to put her
f And faid, For this away.
caufe fhall a man leave 5 And Jefus anfwer-
father and mother, and ed and faid unto them,
fhall cleave to his wife: For the hardnefs of
and they twain fhall your heart, he wrote
be one flefh. you this precept.
6 Wherefore they 6 But from the be-
are no more twain , ginning of the creati-
but one flefh. What on, God made them
therefore God hath male and female.
joyned together, let 7 For this caufe Hull
no man put afrnder. a man leave his father
fhall be exalted.
7. They
of the four Evangelijls.
4M
Matthew.
Chap. XIX.
7 They fay unto
him, Why did Mofes
then command to give
a writing of divorce-
ment, and to put her
away ?
8 He faith unto
them* Mofes, becaufe
of the hardnefsof your
hearts, fuffered you to
put away your wives :
but from the begin-
ning it was not fo.
9 And I fay unto
you, Whofoever (hall
put away his wife, ex-
cept it be for fornica-
tion, and (hall marry
another, committeth
adultery : and whofo
marrieth her which is
put away, doth com-
mit adultery.
10 His difciples fay
unto him, If the cafe
of the man be ib with
his wife, it is not good
to marry.
1 1 But he laid un-
to them, All men can-
not receive thifrfaying,
fave they to whom it
is given.
iz For there are
fbme eunuchs, which
were fo born from
their mothers womb:
and there are fome eu-
nuchs, which were
made eunuchs of men :
and there be eunuchs,
which have made
themfelves eunuchs
Mark.
Chap. X,
and mother,and cleave
to his wife;
8 And '.'.ty twain
(hall be one flelh : fo
then they are no more
twain, butonerlefh.
9 What therefore
God hath joyned to-
gcther,let not man put
afunder.
10 Andinthehoufe
his difciples asked him
again of the fame mat-
ter..
11 And he faith un-
to them , Whofoever
fhall put away his
wife, and marry ano-
ther, committeth a-
dultery againft her.
12. And if a wo-
man fhall put away
her husband, and be
married to another 9
fhe committeth adul-
tery.
Luke.
Jo-hh.
Ff f
fin*
4i 4 Tk e Harmony
Matthew. Mark. L'^ke. John.
Chap. XIX. Chap. X. Chap. XVIII.
for the kingdom of
heavens fake. He that
is able to receive it,
let him receive it.
§8. 1 3 Then were ^ 3 And they brought if And they brought
there brought unto y 0ung children to unto him alfo infants,
him little children, him, that he mould that he ttioold tauch
that he mould pat bis t0 uch them ; and his them: btrt Wfcen'fe
hands on them, and difciples rebuked thofe difciples fr v v it , they
pray : and the difci- that brought them. rebuked rhern.
>ples rebuked them. r4 But when Jefus 16 But Jefus called
14 But Jefus faid, f aw ,>, he was much them unto htm, and
Surfer little children, difpleafed, and faid un- faid, Surfer little chil-
and forbid them not to them,Suffer the little dren to come 'unto
to come unto me: for children to come unto me, and forbid them
of fuch is the king- me, and forbid them not: for of fuch is the
dom of heaven, not : for of fuch is the kingdom of God.
1 j- And he laid his kingdom of God. 1 7 Verily I fay un-
hands on them , and 15- Verily I fay un- to you, whomever
•departed thence. t o you, Whomever (hall not receive the
16 And behold, one fli a n not receive the kingdom of God as a
came, and faid unto kingdom of God as a little child, fhallinno
him, Good mafter, little child, he (hall wile enter therein,
what good thing (hall not enter therein. 18 Arid a certain
I do that I may have ,6 And he took ruler asked him, fay-
eternal lite ? them up in his arms, ing,Good mafter,what
1 7 And he faid un- pu t his hands upon mall I do to inherit
to him, Why callefl: them, and blelfed eternal life?
thou me good"? there them. 19 And Jefus faid
is none good but one, , 7 And when he unto him, Why callefl:
that is God: but if was gone forth into thou me good? none
thou wilt enter intc the way, there came is good fave one, that
life keep the com- one running , and is, God.
mandments. kneeled to him, and 20 Thou knowefl:
j 8 He faith unto asked him, Good ma- the commandments,
him, Which ? Jefus fter, what (hall I do Do not commit adul-
faid , Thou (halt do that I may inherit e- tery, Do not kill, Do
no murder, Thou malt ternal life ? not flea], Do not bear
not commit adultery, 18 And Jefus faid falfe witnefs, Honour
Thou malt not fleal, unto him, Why callefl: thy rather and thy mo-
Thou fhalt not be.r thou me good ? there ther.
fuUe witnefs, is none good, but one, n And he faid, All
.oH<V
of the four Evangelifls. 4 1 5
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIX. Chap. X. Chap. XVIII.
ip Honour thy fa- that is, God. thefe have I kept from
ther and thy mother : 19 Thou knoweft my youth up.
and, Thou (halt love the commandments , 2z Now whenje-
thy neighbour as thy Do not commit adul- fus heard thefe things,
felf. tery, Do not kill, Do he faid unto him, Yet
20 The young man not ileal, Do not bear lack eft thou one thing :
faith unto him , All falfe witnefs, Defraud fell all that thou haft,
thefe things have I not,H©nour thy father and diftribute unto the
kept from my youth and mother. poor , and thou malt
up: what lack I yet ? 20 Andheanfwer- have treafure in hea-
21 Jefus faid unto ed and faid unto him, ven : and come, fol-
ium , If thou wilt be Mafter, all thefe have low me.
per fe&,go and fell that I obferved from my 23 And when he
thou haft, and give to youth. heard this, he was
the poor, and thou 21 Then Jefus be- very forrowful : for
fhalt have treafure in holding him , loved he was very rich,
heaven: and come and him, and faid unto 24 And when Je-
fbllow me. him , One thing thou fus faw that he was
22 But when the lackeft: go thy way, very forrowful , he
young man heard that fell whatfoever thou faid, How hardly (hall
faying, he went away haft , and give to the they that have riches
forrowful: for he had poor; and thou fhalt enter into the king-
great poffeflions. have treafure in hea- dom of God !
23 Then faid Jefus ven; and come, take 2/ For it is eafier
unto his difciples, Ve- up the crofs, and fol- for a camel to go
rily I fay unto you , low me. through a needles eye,
that a rich man (hall 22 And he was fad then for a rich man to.
hardly enter into the at that faying, and enter into the king-
kingdom of heaven, went away grieved : dom of God.
24 And again I fay for he had great pof- 26 And they that
unto you, It is ealier fefllons. heard it, faid, Who
for a camel to go 23 And Jefus look- then can be faved ?
through the eye ot a ed round about, and 27 And he faid,
needle, then for a rich faith unto his difciples, The things which are
man to enter into the How hardly (hall they unpoffible with men,
kingdom of God. that have riches enter are poffible with God.
2y When his difci- into the kingdom of 28 Then Peter faid,
pics hcaru//,f hey were God \ Lo, we have left all,
exceedingly amazed , 24 And the difci- and followed thee,
faying, Who then can pics were aftonifhed 29 And he (aid un-
be faved ? at his words. But Je- to them , Verily I fay
26 But Jefus beheld fus anfwereth again, unto you, there is no
them, and faid unto and faith unto them, man that hath left
them
4i 6 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Ljke. John.
Chap. XIX. Chap. X. Chap. XVIII.
them, With men this Children, how hard houfe, or parents, or
isunpoffible, but with is it for them th3t brethren, or wife, or
God all things arepof- truft in riches, to en- childifn, for the king,
iible. ter into the kingdom dom ot Gods 'ike,
27 Thenanfwered of God! 30 Who fhaU not
-Peter , and faid unto 2 f It is eafier for a receive m~nirola more
him, Behold, we have camel to go through in this preient time,
forfaken all, and fo'- the eye of a needle, and in the world to
lowed thee j what then for a rich man to come life everiafting.
lhall we have there- enter into the king-
fore ? dom of God.
28 And Jefus faid 26 And they were
unto them, Verily I aftonilhed out of mea-
fay unto you, that ye fure, faying among
which have followed themfelves, Who then
me in the regenera- can be faveJ ?
tion, when the Son 27 And Jefus look-
of man lhall lit in ing upon them, faith,
the throne of his glo- with men *>» impofii-
ry, ye alio lhall *tt ble, but not with God:
upon twelv- thiun^s, for with God all things
judging the twelve are pofllble.
tribes of Ifrael. 28 Then Peter be-
29 And every one gan to fa^ unto him,
that hath fcrfaken Lo, we have left all ,
houfes,or b»erriren,or and have followed
lifters, or father, or thee.
mother, or wife, or 29 And jefus an-
children, or lands for fwered and laid, Ve-
my names :ake, lhall riry I lay unto you,
receive an hundred- There is no man that
fold, and lhall inherit hath left houfe, orbTC-
everlafting life. thren, or fillers, or fa-
30 But many that ther, or mother, or
tire firft, lhall be laft; wife, or children, or
?.nd the laft /I} all be lands, for my fake and
ffirft. the gofpels ,
30 But he lhall re-
ceive an hundred-fold
now in this time, hou-
fes, and brethren, and
fillers, and mothers >
and children , and
lands,
of the four Evangelifts.
4i7
Matthew.
Chap. XX.
§p.T-iOR the kingdom of heaven
1. is like unto a man that is
an houfholder, which went out ear-
ly in the morning to hire labourers.
into his vineyard.
2 And when he had agreed with
the labourers for a peny a day, he
fent them into his vineyard.
3 And he went out about the
third hour, and faw others (landing
idle in the market-place,
4 And faid unto them, Go ye al-
io into the vineyard , and whatfo-
ever is right, I will give you. And
they went their way.
$• Again he went out about the
lixth and ninth hour, and did like-
wife.
6 And about the eleventh hour
he went out, and found others (land-
ing idle, and faith unto them, Why
ftand ye here all the day idle ?
7 They fay unto him, Becaufe no
man hath hired us. He faith unto
them, Go ye alfo into the vineyard,
and whatfoever is right, that mall
ye receive.
8 So when even was come, the
lord of the vineyard faith unto his
{reward, Call the labourers, and give
them their hire, beginning from the
laft unto the fijft.
9 And when they came that were
hired about the eleventh hour, they
received every man a peny.
1 o But when the firft came, they
fuppofed that they mould have re-
Mark.
Chap. X.
lands, with perfec-
tions; and in the world
to come eternal life.
3 1 But many that
are firft, fhall be laft:
and the laft, firft.
Luke.
John.
gg
ceiyed
4 1 8 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk.
Chap. XX.
ceived more, and they likewife re-
ceived every man a peny.
1 1 And when they had received
it, they murmured againft the good
man of the houfe,
1 2 Saying.Thefe laft have wrought
but one hour, and thou haft made
them equal unto us, which have
born the burden and heat of the
day.
1 3 But he anfwered one of them,
and faid, Friend, I do thee no wrong :
didft not thou agree with me for a
peny?
14 Take that thine is, and go
thy way: I will give unto this laft,
even as unto thee.
1 f Is it not lawful for me to do
what I will with mine own ? is thine
eye evil, becaufe I am good ?
16 So the laft fhall be firft, and
the firft, laft : for many be called,
but few chofen. Chap. X. Chap. XVTII.
§ 10. 17 And Jefus going up to 32 And they were 31 Then he took
jerufalem , took the twelve difci- in the way going up unto him the twelve,
pies apart in the way, and faid unto to Jerufalem : and Je- and faid unto them ,
them , fus went before them ; Behold , we go up to
18 Behold, we go up to Jerufa- and they were ama- Jerufalem , and all
lem, and the Son of man fhall be zed, and as they fol- things that are writ-
betrayed unto the chief priefts, and lowed, they were a- ten by the prophets
unto the fcribes, and they fhall con- fiaid. And he took concerning the Son of
demn him to death, again the twelve, and man fhall be accom-
19 And fhall deliver him to the began to tell them plifhed.
Gentiles to mock, and to fcourge, what things fhould 32 For he fhall be
and to crucifie him : and the third happen unto him , delivered unto the
day he fhall rife again. 33 Saying, Behold, Genti.es, and fhall be
20 Then came to him the mo- wegouptojerufalem, mocked, and fpitefully
ther of Zi'bedee's children, with her and the Son of man entreated and {pitted
fons, worfhipping him, and dcfiring fhall be delivered un- on ;
a certain thing of him. to the chief priefts , 33 And they fhall
2t And he faid unto her , What and unto the fcribes: fcourge him, and put
wilt thou ? She faith unto him , and they fhall con- him to death : and the
Grant
of the four Evangelifts
419
Matthew.
Chap. XX.
Grant that thefe my
two fbns may fit,
the one on thy right
hand , and the other
on the left in thy king-
dom.
a 2 But Jefus an-
fwered and faid , Ye
know not what ye
ask. Are ye able to
drink of the cup that
I (hall drink of, and
to be baptized with
the baptifm that I am
baptized with? They
fay unto him, We are
able.
23 And he faith
unto them, Ye fhall
drink indeed of my
cup, and be baptized
with the baptifm that
I am baptized with:
but to fit on my right
hand, and on my left,
is not mine to give, but
itjhall be given to them
for whom it is prepa-
red of my Father.
24 And when the
ten heard it, they were
moved with indigna-
tion againft the two
brethren.
x$ But Jefus called
them unto him , and
faid, Ye know that
the princes of the Gen-
tiles exercife domini-
on over them,and they
that are great, exercife
authority upon them.
26 But it (hall not
Mark.
Chap. X.
demn him to death,
and fhall deliver him
to the Gentiles ;
34 And they fhall
mock him, and fhall
fcourge him, and fhall
fpit upon him, and
fhall kill him: and the
third day he fhall rife
again.
35* And James and
John the fons of Ze-
bedee come unto him,
faying, Mafter, we
would that thou
fhouldefl do for us
whatfbever we fhall
deiire.
36 And he faid un-
to them, What would
ye that I fhould do for
you?
37 They faid unto
him, Grant unto us
that we may fit , on«
on thy right hand, and
the other on thy left
hand, in thy glory. t
38 But Jefus faid
unto them, Ye know
not what ye ask: can
ye drink of the cup
that I drink of? and
be baptized with the
baptifm that I am bap-
tized with?
39 And they faid
unto him, We can.
And Jefus faid unto
them, Ye fhall indeed
drink of the cup that
I drink of; and with
the baptifm that I am
Luke.
Chap. XVIII.
third day he fhall rife
again.
34 And they un-
derftood none of theie
things : and this fay-
ing was hid from
them, neither knew
they the things whick
were fpoken.
JOHW.
Ggg *
4io The Harmony
Matthew. Mark* Luke. John.
Chap. XX. Chap. X-
be fo among you: but baptized withall, (hall
whofoever will be ye be baptized :
great among you, let 40 But to fit on my
him be your minifter. right hand and on my
27 And whofoever left hand, is not mine
will be chief among to give, but itjhall be
you > let him be your given to them for
iervant. whom it is prepa-
28 Even as the Son red.
©f man came not to 41 And when the
be miniftred unto, but ten heard it, they be-
to minifter,and to give gan to be much dif
his life a ranfbm for pleafed with James
many, and John.
42 But Jefus called
them to him, and faith
unto them, Te know
that they which are
accounted to rule over
the Gentiles , exercife
lordfhip over them j
and their great ones*
exercife authority up-
on them.
43 But fo fhall it
not be among you:
but whofoever will be
great among you, fhall
be your minifter.
44 And whofoever
of you will be the
ehiefefh fhall be fer-
vant of all.
4j For even the
Son of man came not
to be miniftred unto,
but to minifter, and
to give his life a ran-
fbm tor many.
§ 1 *. 29 And
of the four E<vangelifls.
42.1
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XX. Chap. X. Chap. XVIII.
§ 1 f. 29 And as they 46 And they came jj- And it came to
departed from Jeri- to Jericho : and as he pais, that as he was
cho , a great multi- went out of Jericho come nigh unto Jeri-
tude followed him. with his dhciples,, arid cho, a certain blind
30 And behold/wo a grc r number otpeo- man iat by the way-
blind men fitting by pie. ^lino Baytimeus, fide begging.
the way- fide, when the ion of Timeus, lat 36 And hearing the
they heard that Jefus by the high-way iide, multitude pais by, he
paired by, cried out, begging. asked what it meant,
laying, Have mercy 47 And when he 37 And they told
onus, O Lord, thou heard that it was Jefus him, thatjefusof Na-
fon of David. of Nazareth, he began zareth pafleth by.
31 And the multi- to cry out, and fay, 38 And he cried,
tudi rebuked them, Jefus,. thou fon of Da- faying, Jeiiis, Thou
bec^ufe they fhould vid, have mercy on Son of David, have
hold their peace : but me. mercy on me.
they cried the more, 48 And many char- 39 And they which
faying , Have mercy ged him that he fhould went before, rebuked
ejnus, O Lord, thou hold his peace: but he him, that he fhould
lbn of David. cried the more a great hold his peace : but
32 And Jefus ftood deal, Thou fon of Da- he cried fo much the
frill, and called them, vid, have mercy on more, Thou Soa of
and faid, What will ye me. David, have mercy on
that I fhould do unto 49 And Jefus ftood me.
you ? ftill, and commanded 40 And Jefus ftood
33 They fay unto him to be called : and and commanded him
him, Lord, that our they call the blind to be brought unto
eyes may be opened man, faying unto him, him : and when he was
34 So Jefus had Be of good comfort, come near, he asked
co^-.paffion on them, rife; he calleth thee, him,
and toucheJ their yo And he carting 41 Saying, What
eyes: and immediate- away his garment, wilt thou that I fhall
ly their eyes received rofe, and came to Je- do unto thee? And he
fight, and they follow- has. faid, Lord, that I may
edhim. 5" J And Jefus an- receive my light.
fwered and laid unto 4a And Jefus faid
him , What wilt thou unto him, Receive thy.
that I fhould do unto fighc : thy faith hath .
thee? The blind man faved thee,
faid unto him, Lord, 43 And immediate-
that I might receive ly he received his fight,
my fight. and followed him, glo-
Ggg J. ?i- And
4Z2 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk.
Chap. X, Chap. XVIII.
$•2 And Jefus faid rifying GcH . and ill
unto him, Go thy way ; the people \vhcr» they
thy faith hath made faw/f, gavepraiieun-
thee whole. And im- to God.
mediately he received
his fight, and followed Chap. XIX.
Jefus in the way.
§ ra. A N D Jefus
J\. entred and
pafled through Jeri-
cho.
2 .And behold,*/; ere
•»» s a man n? med Zac-
cheus, whicii was the
chief among the pub-
licans, and he was
rich.
3 And he fought
to fee Jefus who he
was, and could not for
the prexs , becaufe he
was little of ftature.
4 And he ran be-
fore, and climbed up
into a fycamore-tree
to fee him , for he was
to pais that way.
f And when Jefus
came to the place, he
looked up, and faw
him, and faid unto
him, Zaccheus. make
hafte.and come down^
for to day I muft abide
at thy houfe.
6 And he ' made
haftcand came down,
and received him joy-
fully.
7 And when they
faw it , they all mur-
mured, faying, That
he was gone to be
of the four Evangelijis. 413
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John,
Chap. XIX.
gueft with a man that is a fin-
ner.
8 And Zaccheus flood, and faid
unto the Lord , Behold, Lord, the
half of my goods I give to the poor :
and if I have taken any thing front
any man by faife accufation , I re-
ftore him' fourfold.
9 And Jelus faid unto him, This
day is ialvation come to this uouie,
foribmuch as he alfo is the fon of
Abraham.
10 For the Son of man is come
to feek and to fave that which was
loft.
1 1 And as they heard thefe things,
he added, and fpake a parable, be-
caufe he was nigh to Jerufalem ,
and becaufe they thought that the
kingdom of God ftiould immediate-
ly appear.
ii He Cud therefore, A certain
nobleman went into a far countrey,
to receive for hirnfelf a kingdom,
and to return.
1 3 And he called his ten fervants,
and delivered them ten pounds,
and faid unto them, Occupy till I
come.
14 But his citizens hated him,
and fent a meflage after him, fay-
ing, We will not have this man to
reign over us.
1 j* And it came to pafs, that when
he was returned, having received
the kingdom, then he commanded
thefefervants to be called unto him,
to whom he had given the money,
that he might know how much
every man had gained by trading.
16 Then came the firft, laying,
Lord , thy pound hath gained ten
pounds.
if AMI
4*4 Th e Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIX.
17 And he faid w to him, Well,
thou good fervanv becaui. thou
haft been faithful \h a ven tittle,
-have thou authority over ten s.
j 8 And the fccondcame, .. : g,
Lord , thy pound hath gaincu five
pounds.
19 And he faid likewife to him;
Be thou alfo over five cities
20 And another came, faying,
Lord, behold, here is thy pound
which I have kept laid up in a nap-
kin.
2 1 For I feared thee, becau fe thou
art an auftere man : thou takeft up
that thou layedft not down, and
reapeft that thou didft not fow.
22 And he faith unto him , Out
of thine own mouth will I judge
thee, thou wicked fervant Thou
kneweft that I was an auftere man,
taking up that I laid not down, and
reaping that I did not low :
23 Wherefore then gaveft not
thou my money into the bank, that
at my coming I might have requi-
red mine own with ufury ?
24 And he faid unto them that
Jftood by, Take from him the pound,
and give it to him that hath ten
pounas.
25- (And they faid unto him,
Lord, he hath ten pounds. J
26 For I fay unto you, that unto
every one which hath , fhall be gi-
ven : and from him that hath not,
even that he hath fhall be taken
away from him.
27 But thofe mine enemies
which would not that I fhould
reign over them, bring hither, and
flay them before me.
aS And
of the four Evangetijls. 415
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIX.
28 And when he
had thus fpoken, he
went before, afcend- Chap. Xl
ing up to Jerufalem.
£i2.$j-AndtheJew«
paflbver was nigh at
hand : and many went
out of the countrey
up to Jerufalem be-
fore the paflbver, to
purine themfelves.
y 6 Then fought they
for Jefus, and fpake a-
mong themfelves, as
they flood in the tem-
ple, What think ye,
that he will not come
tothefeaft?
$7 Now both the
chief priefts and the
Pharifees had given a
commandment, that
if any man knew
where he were, he
fliould fliew it, that
they might take hutu
H h h CHAP.
4*6 The Harmony
CHAP. XV.
From the Beginning of the Taffover-Weeh till the Taffover it
felf: containing the fpace of Six days j from Saturday March
28. tillThurfday April 2.
THE Setlions of this, and of the Tivo other Periods following, do fo natu-
rally and exaclly rank^ themfelves in the fame Order in -which they are
plac'din this Harmony, that they fiand in need of no particular Explication here.
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XII.
§ i. *TiHen Jcfus, fix days before
X the paflbver, came to Be-
thany , where Lazarus was which
had been dead, whom he raifed from
the dead.
2 There they made him a fupper,
and Martha ferved : but Lazarus was
one of them that fat at the table
with him.
3 Then took Mary a pound of
ointment, of fpikenard, very cofl>
Iy, and anointed the feet of Jefus,
and wiped his feet with her hair:
and .the houfe was filled with the
odour of the ointment.
4 Then faith one of *is difci-
ples, Judas Ifcariot, Simons fon
which mould betray him,
f Why was not this ointment
fold for three hundred pence, and
given to the poor?
6 This he faid, not that he cared
for the poor ; but becaufe he was a
thief, and had the bag, and bare
what was put therein.
7 Then faid Jefus, Let her alone :
againft the day of my burying hath
Ihe kept this.
& For
of the four Evangelijls. 42.7
Matthew. Mark, Luke. John.
Chap. XII.
8 For the poor ah
ways ye have with
you ; but me ye have
not always.
9 Much people ot
the Jews therefore
knew that he was
there : and they came,
not for Jefus fake on-
ly, but that they might
fee Lazarus alfo.whom
he had raifed from the
dead.
10 But the chief
priefts confulted, that
they might put Laza-
rus alio to death ;
1 1 Becaufe that by
reafbn of him many
of the Jews went a-
way, and believed on
Chap. XXL Chap. XI. Chap. XIX. Jefus.
§z. A ND when they AND when they 29 And it came to i* On the next
A drew nigh un- J\ came nigh to Je- pafs, when he was day, much people that
toJerufalem,andwere rufalem , unto Beth- come nigh to Beth- were come to the feaft,
come to Bethphage, phage, and Bethany, phage and Bethany, at when they heard that
unto the mount of at the mount of Olives, the mount called the Jefus was coming to
Olives, then fent Jefus he fendeth forth two mount of Olives, he Jerufalem,
twodifciples, ' of his difciples , fent two of his difci- 13 Took branches
2 Saying unto them, 2 And faith unto pies, of palm-trees, and
Go into the village them, Go your way 30 Saying, Go ye went forth to meet
over againftyou, and into the village over into the village over him, and cried, Ho-
ftraightway ye fhall agamft you ; and af- againfr. you ; in the fanna , blefled is the
find an afs tied , and foon as ye be entred which at your entring King of Ifrael that
a colt with her: loofe into it, ye fhall find a ye fhall find a colt ti- cometh in the name
them, and bring them colt tied, whereon ne- ed, whereon yet ne- of the Lord,
unto me. ver man fat; loofe ver man fat: loofe 14 And Jefus when
3 And if any man him, and bring him. him , and bring him he had found a young
fay ought unto you, 3 And if any man hither. afs, fat thereon; as it
ye fhall fay, The Lord fay unto you, Why do 3 1 And if any man is written,
hath need of them; ye this ? fay ye that the ask you , Why do ye ij-Fearnot.daugh-
and ftraightway he Lord hath need of loofe him ? thus fhall ter of Sion : behold
H h h 2 will
4Z g The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXI. Chap. XI. Chap. XIX. Chap. XII.
will Tend them. him; and ftraightway ye fay unto him, Be- thy kingcometh, fit-
a All this was done, he will fend him hi- caufe the Lord hath ting on an afles colt,
that it might be ful- ther. need of him. 16 Thefe things un-
filled which was fpo- 4 And they went 32 And they that derftood not his difci-
ken by the prophet , their way, and found were fent, went their pies at the firft : but
faying, the colt tied by the way, and found even when Jefus was glori-
■fTellyethedaugh- door without, in a as he had faid unto fied, then remembred
ter of Sion, Behold, thy place where two ways them . they that thefe things
kingcometh unto thee, met: and they loofe 3 3 And as they were were written of him,
meek, and fitting up- him. loofing the colt , the and that they haddone
on an afs, and a colt f And certain of owners thereof faid thefe things unto him.
the fole of an afs. them that flood there, unto them, Why loofe 1 7 The people there-
6 And the difciples faid unto them, What ye the colt ? fore that was with
went, and did as Jefus do ye loofing the colt? 34 And they faid, him when he called
commanded them, 6 And they faid un- the Lord hath need of Lazarus out of his
7 And brought the to them even as Jefus him. grave, and raifed him
afs, and the colt, and hid commanded: and 35- And they brought from the dead, bare
put on. them their they let them go. him to Jefus: and they record.
clothes, and they fct 7 And they brought caft their garments up- 18 For this caufe
/,/>» thereon, the. celt to fefus, and on the colt, and they the people alfo met
8 And a very great caft their garments on fet Jefus thereon. him , for that they
multitude fpread their him; and he fat upon 36 And as he went, heard that he had done
garments in the way; him. they fpread their this miracle.
others cut down bran- 8 And many fpread clothes in the way. 19. The Pharifees
ches from the trees, their garments in the 37 And when he therefore faid among
and ftrawed thtm in way: and others cut was come nigh, even themfelves , Perceive
the way. down branches off the now at the defcent of ye how ye prevail no-
9 And the multi- trees,and ftrawed them the mount of Olives, thing ? behold , the
tades that went before, in the way. the whole multitude world is gone after,
and that followed, cri- 9 And they that of the difciples began him.
ed, faying, Hofanna went before, and they to rejoyce, and praife
to the fon of David; that followed , cried, God with a loud voice,
bleffed is he that com- faying, Hofanna, blef- for all the mighty,
eth in the name of the fed is be that cometh works that they had
Lord, Hofanna in the in the name of the feen.
higheft. Lord. 38 Saying, Bleffed
I o And when he 1 o Bleffed be the be the king that corn-
was come into Jera- kingdom of our father eth in the name of the
falem, all the city was David, that cometh in Lord: peace in hea-
moved, faying, Who the name of the Lord; ven, and glory in the
is this ? Hofanna in the high- higheft.
II And the multi- eft. 39 Andfomeof the
tude feid, This is Je- 1.1 And Jefus en- Pharifees from among
£s
Matthew.
Chap. XXI.
fus, the prophet of Na-
zareth of Galilee.
ii And Jefus went
into the tempk of
God, and caft out all
them that fold and
bought in the temple,
and overthrew the ta-
bles of the money-
changers, and the feats
. of them that fold
doves,
13 And faid unto
them, It is written,
My houfelhall be call-
ed the houfe of pray-
er, but ye have made
it a den of thieves.
14 And the blind
and the lame came to
him in the temple, and
he healed them.
1 j And when the
chief priefts and fcribes
faw the wonderful
things that he did, and
the children crying in
the temple, and faying,
Hofinna to the fon of
David; they were fore
difpleafed,
16 And faid unto
him , Heareft thou
what thefe fay? And
Jefus faith unto them,
Yea j have ye never
read.Out of the mouth
of babes and fucklin^s
thou haft perfected
praife.?
J 7 And he left them,
and went out of the
city into Bethany, and
he lodged there.
of the four Evangelifts.
419
Mark.
Chap. XI.
tred into Terufalem ,
and into the temple;
and when he had
looked round about
upon all things, and
now the even-tide was
come, he went out
unto Bethany with the
twelve.
Luke.
Chap. XIX.
the multitude faid un-
to him, Mafter, rebuke
thy difciples.
40 Andheanfwer-
ed, and faid unto them,
I tell you, that if
thefe fhould hold their
peace,the ftoneswould
immediately cry out,
41 And when he
was come near, he be-
held the city,and wept
over it,
4» Saying, If thou
hadft known, even
thou, at leaft in this
thy day, the things
which belong unto thy
peace .' but now they
are hid from thine
eyes.
43 For the days
fhall come upon thee,
that thine enemies fhall
caft a trench about
thee, and compafs thee
round, and keep thee
in on every fide,
44 And fhall lay
thee even with the
ground, and thy chil-
dren within thee; and
they fhall not leave in
thee one ftone upon
another: becaufe thou
kneweft not the time
of thy vifitation.
4? And he went
jnto the temple, and
began to caft out them
that fold therein, and
them that bought,
4<5Sayinguntothem,
H h h 3
John.
45°
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. XXI.
§3. 1 8 Now in the
morning as he return-
ed into the city, he
-hungred.
19 And when he
faw a fig-tree in the
way, he came to it,
and found nothing
thereon, but leaves on-
ly, and faid unto it,
Let no fruit grow on
thee henceforward for
ever. And prefently
the fig-tree withered
away.
Mark. Luke.
Chap. XI. Chap. XIX.
It is written, My houfe
is the houfe of prayer :
but ye have made it a
den ot sieves.
1 2 And on the mor- 47 ,ad he taught
row when they were daily in the temple.
come from Bethany, But the chief priefts
he was hungry. and the fcribes , and
13 And feeing a fig- the chief of the peo-
tree afar 'off, Having pie fought to defiroy
leaves, he came, if hap- him ,
ly he might find any 48 And couid not
thing thereon : and find what they might
when he came to it, do : for all the people
he found nothing but were very attentive to
leaves; for the time hear him.
of figs was not yet.
14 And Jefus an-
fwered and faid unto
it, No man eat fruit
of thee hereafter for
ever. And his difei-
ples heard it.
if And they come
to Jerufalem : and Je-
fus went into the
temple, and began to
caft out them that fold
and bought in the tem-
ple, and overthrew the
tables of the money-
changers, and the feaf s
of them that fold
doves j
1 6 And would not
fuffer that any man
fhould carry any veflel
through the temple.
17 And he taught,
faying unto them, Is it
not written, My houic
-Khali be called of all
John,
Chap. XII.
20 And there were
lain Greeks among
ft, that came up to
worfhipatthe feaft:
z 1 The fame came
therefore to Philip ,
which was of Beth-
faida of Galilee , and
defired him , faying /
Sir, we would fee Je-
fus.
21 Philip cometh
and telleth Andrew :
and again,Andrewand
Philip told Jefus.
23 And Jefus an-
fwered them, laying,
The hour is come, that
the Son of man fhould
be glorified.
24 Verily verily I
fay unto you, Except
a corn of wheat fall
into the ground , and
die, it abideth alone:
but if it die, it bring-
eth forth much fruit.
2f He that loveth
his life, fhall lofe it :
and he that hateth his
life in this world, fhall
keep it unto life eter-
nal.
26 If any man ferve
me,let him follow me ;
and where I am, there
fhall alfo my fervant
be : if any man ferve
nations
of the four E<vangelifts
43*
MATTHE'
Mark.
Chap. XI.
nations the houfe of
prayer ? but ye have
made it a den of
thieves.
1 8 And the fcribes
and the chief priefts
heard it, and fought
how they might de-
ftroy him : for they
feared him, becaufe all
the people was afto-
nifhed at his doctrine.
ip And when even
was come,he went out
of the city.
Luke,
John.
Chap. XII.
me, him will my Fa.
ther honour.
27 Now is my foul
troubled ; and what
fhall I fay? Father,
fave me from this
hour : but for this
caufe camel unto this
hour.
28 Father, glorifie
thy name. Then came
there a voice from
heaven, faying, I have
both glorified it, and
will glorifie it again.
29 The people there-
fore that flood by, and
heard it, faid that it
thundred: others faid.
An angel fpake to
him.
30 Jefus anfwered
and faid, This voice
came not becaufe of
me, but for your fakes*
3 1 Now is the judg-
ment of this world :
now fhall the prince
of this world be caft
out.
32 And I, if I be
lifted up from the
earth, will. draw all
men unto me.
33 (This he faid,
fignifying what death
he fhould die.J
34 The people an-
fwered him, We have
heard out of the law 5
that Chriftabideth for
ever: and how fayed
thou, The Son of man
itfttft
452, The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XII.
muft be lift up ? who is this Son of
man?
35* Then Jefus faid unto them ,
Yet a little while is the light with
you : walk while ye have, the light,
left darknefs come upon you : for he
that walketh in darknefs, knoweth
not whither he goeth.
36 While ye have light, believe
in the light, that ye may be the chil-
dren of light. Thefe things fpake
Jefus and departed , and did hide
himfelf from them.
37 But though he had done Co
many miracles before them, yet they
believed not on him :
38 That the faying of Efaias the
prophet might be fulfilled, which
he fpake, Lord, who hath believed
our report ? and to whom hath the
arm of the Lord been revealed ?
39 Therefore they could not be-
lieve, bccaufe that Efaias faid again,
40 He hath blinded their eyes ,
and hardened their heart j that they
(hould not fee with their eyes, nor
underftand with their heart, and be
converted, and I fhould heal them.
41 Thefe things faid Efaias, when
he faw his glory, and fpake of
tim.
42 Neverthelefs, among the chief
rulers alfb, many believed on him j
but becaufe of the Pharifees they
did not confefs £/'/», left they fhould
be put out of the fynagogue.
43 For they loved the praife of
men, more then the praife of God.
44 Jefus cried, and faid, he that
believeth on me , believeth not on
me, but on him that fent me.
4y And he that feeth me, leeth
him that fent me.
. 46 lam
of the four Evangelijis.
43 5
Matthew.
Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XII.
46 I am come a light into the
world, that whofbever believeth on
me, fhould not abide in darknefs.
47 And ifany man hear my words i
and believe not, I judge him not;
for I came not to judge the world,
but to fave the world.
48 Hethatrejedteth me, andre-
ceiveth not my words, hath one
that judgeth him : the word that I
have ipoken, the fame (hall judge
him in the laft day.
49 For I have not fpoken of my
felf; but the Father which fentme,
he gave ma commandment, what
I fhould fay, and what I fhould
fpeak.
fo And I know that his com-
mandment is life everlafting : what-
fbever I fpeak therefore, even as the
Father faid unto me, fo I fpeak.
Chap. XXI.
§ 4. 20 And when
the difciples faw it,
they marvelled, fay-
ing, How foon is the
fig-tree withered a-
way ?
2 1 Jefus anfwered
and faid unto them,
Verily I fay unto you,
If ye have faith, and
doubt not, ye fhall
not only do this which
is done to the fig-tree,
but alfo if ye fhall fay
unto this mountain ,
Be thou removed, and
be thou caft into the
fea; it fhall be done.
22 And all things
Chap. XI.
20 And in the morn-
ing, as they patted by,
they faw the fig-tree
dried up from the
roots.
2 1 And Peter call-
ing to remembrance,
faith unto him, Matter,
behold , the fig-tree
which thou curfedft,
is withered away.
22 And Jefus an-
fwering , faith unto
them, Have faith in
God.
23 For verily I fay
unto you, that whofo-
ever fhall fay unto this
mountain. Be thou re-
Chap. XX.
AND it came to
pafs, that on one
of thofe days, as he
taught the people in
thetemple.and preach-
ed the gofpel, the chief
priefts and the fcribes
came upon him with
the elders,
2 And fpake unto
him, faying, Tell us,
by what authority do-
eft thou thefe things?
or who is he that gave
thee this authority?
3 And he anfwer-
ed, and faid unto them,
I will alfo ask you one
thing ; and anfwer me :
whatfo-
434 The
AiAfTHEr. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXI. Chap. XI. Chap. XX.
whatfbever ye fhall moved, and be thou 4 The baptifm of
ask in prayer, belie- caft into thefea, and John, was it from hea-
ving, ye fhall receive, mail not doubt in his ven, or of men?
13 And when he heart, but fhall believe $ And they reafon-
was come into the that thofe thingswhich ed with themielves ,
tern pie, the chiefprit lis he faith (hall come to faying, If we fhall
and the elders of the pafs, he mail have fay, From heaven ; he
people came unto him whatfoever he faith, will fay, Why then be-
as he was teaching , 24 Therefore I fay lieved ye him not ?
and faid, By what au- unto you, What things 6 But and if we fay,
thority doeft thou foever ye defire when Of men ; all the peo-
thefe things? and who ye pray, believe that pie will flone us : for
gave thee this autho- ye receive them, and they be perfwaded
rity ? yc fhill have them. that John was a pro-
24 And Jefus an- 25- And when ye phet.
fwered and faid unto flan J praying, forgive, 7 And they anfwer-
them, I alio will ask if" ye have ought a- ed, that they could not
you one thing, whkh gamftany: that your tell whence it was.
if ye tell me , I in like Father ..alio which is in 8 And Jefus faid un-
wife will tell you by heaven may forgive to them, Neither tell
what authority I do you your trefpaffes. I you by what autho-
thefe things ? 26 But if you do not rity I do thefe things.
25- The baptifm of forgive, neither will 9 Then began he
*ohn, whence was it? your Father which is to fpeak to the people
trom heaven, or of inheaven,forgiveyour this parable: A cer-
rnen ? And they rea- trefpailes. tain man planted a
ibned with themielves, 27 And they come vineyard, and let it
faying, If we fhall fay, again to Jerusalem : forth to husbandmen ,
From heaven j he will and as he was walking and went into a far
fay unto us, Why did in the temple, there countrey for a long
ye not then believe come to him the chief time,
him? prieffs, and thefcribes, ro And at jhe fea-
z6 But if we fhall and the ciders, fon, he fent a fervant
fay, Of men ; we fear 28 And iay unto to the husbandmen,
the people ; for all hold him, By what autho- that they fhould give
John as a prophet. rity doeil thou thefe him of the fruit of the
27 And they an- things? and who gave vineyard: butthehuf-
fwered Jefus, and laid, thee this authority to bandmen beat him, and
We cannot tell. And do thefe things ? fent^iwzaway empty,
he faid unto them, 29 AnJ Jefus an- 11 And again he
Neither tell I you by fwered and Yaid un'o fent another iervant;
what authority I do them, 1 will &Wb ask and they beat him al-
thefe things. of you one cjuefUon, fo, and entreated him
28 But
of the four Evangelifts.
435
Matthew.
Chap. XXI.
18 But what think
you ? A certain man
had two fons, and he
came to the firft, and
laid, Son, go work to
day in my vineyard.
19 He anfwered
and laid, I will not :
but afterward he re-
pented, and went.
30 And he came
to the fecond, and faid
likewife. And he an-
fwered and faid, I go,
fir; and went not.
31 Whether of them
twain did the will of
his father ? They fay
unto him , The firft.
Jefus faith unto them,
Verily T fay unto you,
that the publicans and
the harlots go into the
kingdom of God be-
fore you.
32 For John came
unto you in the way
of righteoufnefs, and
ye believed him not:
but the publicans and
the huilots believed
him. And ye when
ye- had ieen it , repent-
ed not afterward, that
ye might believe him.
33 Hear .another
parable : There was
a certain houiholder
which planted a vine-
yard, and hedged it
round about, and dig-
ged a winc-prefs in it,
aad builtatowre, and
Mark.
Chap. XI.
Luke.
Chap. XX.
and anfwerme, and fhamcfully, and fcnt
I will tell you by what him away empty,
authority I do thefc 12 And again he
things. fent the third : and
30 Thebaptifm of they wounded him al-
John, was it from hea- (6, and caft him out.
ven, or of men? an- 13 Then faid the
fwer me. Lord of the vineyard,
3 1 And they rea- What fhall I do ? I will
foned with them- fend my beloved fon :
felves, faying, If we it may be they Will
fhall fay, From heaven, reverence him when
hewill fay, Whythen they fee him.
did ye not believe him? 14 But when the
32 But if we fhall husbandmen fa whim,
fay, Of men, they they reafoned among
feared the people : for themfelves , faying ,
all men counted John, This is the heir: come,
that he was a prophet let us kill him, that the
indeed. inheritance may be
33 And they an- ours.
fwered and faid unto ty So they caft him.
Jefus, We cannot tell, out of the vineyard ,
And Jefus anfwering, and killed him. What
faith unto them, Nei- therefore fhall the lord
ther do I tell you by of the vineyard do un-
what authority I do to them ?
thefe things. 1 6 He fhall come
and deftroy thefe huf-
Chap. XII. bandmen, and fhall
give the vineyard to
AND he began to others. And when
fpeak unto them they heard it, they
by parables. A certain faid , God forbid,
man planted a vine- 17 And he beheld
yard, and let an hedge them, and faid, what
about it, and digged a is this then that is
place for the wine-fat, written , The ftone
and built a towre, and which the bui'ders re-
let it out to husband- jedted, the fame is be-
men, and went into a come the head of the
far countrcy. corner?
2 And at the fealbn 18 Whofoever fhall
I i i a
JOHK.
let
45 6 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXI. Chap. XII. Chap. XX.
let it out to husband- he fent to the husband- fall upon that (tone,
men, and went into a men a fervant , thit fliall be broken: but
far countrey. he might receive from 0.1 whomfoever it fliall
34 And when the the husbandmen of the fall, it will grind him
time of the fruit drew fruit of the vineyard, to powder,
near , he fent his fer- 3 And they caught
vants to the husband- him and beat him, and
men, that they might fent him away empty,
receive the fruits of it. 4 And again he fent
if And the huf- unto them another fer-
bandmen took his fer- vant, and at him they
vants, and beat one, caft ftones,and wound-
and killed another,and ed him in the head and
ftoned another. fent htm away fhame-
36 Again, he fent fully handled. : ■
ether fervants, mo 5- And again he
then the firft : and they fent another ; and him
did unto them like- they killed: and many
■wife. others, beating fame,
37 But hit of all , and killing fome. y
he fent unto them his 6 Having yet there-
ion, faying, They will fore one ion, his well- . :.
reverence my fon. beloved , he fent him
38 But when the alfo laft unto them.,
husbandmen faw the faying, They will re-
uon, they faid among vcrence my ion.
rhemfelves,Thisisthe 7 But thofe huf-
Leir, come, let us kill bandmen faid amongft
him, and let us feife themfelves,Thisisthe
on his inheritance. heir ; come, let us kill
39>nd they caught him, and the inheri-
him, and caft him out tance fliall be ours,
of the vineyard, and 8 And they took
{lew him. him, and killed him,
40 When the Lord and caff him out oi the
therefore of the vine- vineyard.
yard cometh, what 9 What fhall there-
will he do unto thofe fore the Lord of the
husbandmen? vineyard do? he will
41 They fay unto come an J deftroy the
him,He will miferably husbandmen, and will
deftroy thofe wicked give the vineyard mi-
ni en, and will let toothers..
of the four Evangelijis. 437
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXI. Chap. XII.
out his vineyard unto io And have ye not
other husbandmen , read this fcripture ?
which frail render The ftone which the
him the fruits in their builders rejected is be-
ieaibns. come the head of the
42 Jefus faith unto corner,
them, Did ye never n This was the
read in the fcriptures, Lords doing, and it is
The ftone which the marvellous in our
builders rejected , the eyes,
fame is become the i ^ And they fought
head of the corner: to lay hold on him, but
this is the Lords do- feared the people, for
ing, and it is marvel- they knew that he had
lous in our eyes ? fpoken the parable a-
43 Therefore fay I gainftthem: and they
unto you, The king- left him,and went their
dom of God fhall- be way.
taken from you, and
given to a nation
bringing forth the
fruits thereof.
44 Andwhofbever
fhall fall on this ftone,
fhall be broken : but
on whomfbever it fhall
fall, it will grind him
to powder.
4_f And when the
chief priefts and ha-
rifees had heard his
parables, they percei-
ved that he fpake of
them.
46 But when they
fought to lay hands on
him, they feared the
multitude , becaufe
they took him for a
prophet.
I i * 3 AND
4 $ 8 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk.
Chap. XXII.
AN D Jefus anfwered, and fpakc
unto them again by parables,
. and faid,
a The kingdom of heaven is like
unto a certain king, which made a
marriage tor his fon,
3 And lent forth his fervants to
call them that were bidden to the
wedding: and they would not come.
4 Again he lent forth other fer-
vants, faying, Tell them which are
bidden, Behold, I have prepared my
dinner : my oxen and my fadings
are killed, and all things are ready:
come unto the marriage.
$• But they made light of it, and
went their ways , one to his farm ,
another to his merchandife :
6 And the remnant took his fer-
vants, and entreated them fpitefully,
and flew them.
7 But when the king heard there-
of, he was wroth: and he fent forth
his armies, and deftroyed thole mur-
derers, and burnt up their city.
8 Then faith he to his fervants,
The wedding is ready, but they
which were bidden were not wor-
thy.
9 Go ye therefore into the high-
ways, and as many as ye mail find,
.bid to the marriage.
io So thole fervants went out
into the bigh-wnys, and gathered
together all as many as they found,
both bad and good ; and the wed-
ding was furnifhed with guefts.
1 1 And when the king came in
to fee the guefts , he law there a
man which had not on a wedding-
garment :
12 And he faith unto him, Friend,
how cameft thou in hither, not ha-
ving
of the four Rqjamelijis. 4 2 9
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXII.
ving a wedding-gar-
ment ? And he was
ipeechlefs.
13 Then faid the
king to the fervants,
Bind him hand and
foo; and take him a-
wa r, and ca ft &/>» into
ou- : darkne% there
ma 2 weeping and
gr ihing of teeth.
f For many are
called, but tew are
chofen. Chap. XII. Chap. XX,
§f. if Then went 13 And they fend 19 And the chief
the Pharifees.snd took unto him certain of priefts and the fcribes
counfel how they the Pharifees , and of the fame hour fought
mighr intangle him the Herodians.to catch to lay hands on him ;
in his talk. him in his words. and they feared the
16 And they fent 14 And when they people: for they per-
out unto him their were come, they fay ceived that he had lpo-
difciples, with the He- unto him, Mailer, we ken this parable a-
rodians, faying, Ma- know that thou art gainft them.
fter, we know that true, and cireft for no 20 And they watch-
thou art true, and man : for thou regard- edbim, and fent forth
teacheft the way of eft not the perlon of fpies , which fhould
Gouintiuih neither men, but teacheft the feign themfelves juft
eareft thou for any way of God in truth: men, that they might
man: for rhu 1.: regard- Is it lawful to give take hold of his words,
eft not the perfen of tribute to Cefar, or that fo they might de-
men, not ? liver him unto the
17 Tdl us there- ij Shall we give, power and authority
fore , What thinkeft or fhall we not give ? of the governour.
thou? Is it lawful to But he knovmg their 21 And they asked
give triSutc unto Ce- hypoenfie, laid unto him, faying, Mafter,
iar, or,wt? them, Why tempt ye we know that thou
18 But Jefis per- me? bring me a peny, fayeft and teacheft
ceiveci their witl ed- that I may fee /'/. rightly, neither ac-
neis, and fait, Why 16 And they brought cepteft thou the per-
temp.- ye ire, yc hy • : and he faith unto fon of any, but teach
poaius"- 1 theu Whole is this eft the way of God
jq Shew me the image and fuperlcrip- truly.
tribute-
44 o The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXII. Chap. XII. Chip. XX.
tribute-money. And tion ? And -they faid 22 Is it lawful for
they brought unto him unto him, Cefars. us to give tribute unto
-a peny. 1 7 And Jefus an- Cefai , or no ?
20 And he faith un- fwering , faid unto 13 B< heperce' ved
to them, Whole is this them, Render to Ce- the;, crafthiefs , *
image and fupeiicrip- far the things that are taid unto, them, Whj
tion? Cefars, and to God th. tempi ye me?
21 They fay unto things that are Gods 24 Shew me a pe-
him, Cefars. Then And they marvelled ny: whrfc image and
faith he unto them, at him. iu peri' -iotion hath it?
-Render therefore un- 18 Then come un- Tliey nfwered and
to Cefar, the things to him the Sadducees, faid, efars.
■which are Cefars; and which fay there is no 2? And he faid un-
untoGod, the things refurrecrion ; and they to ihui, Render here-
that are Gods. asked him, faying , fore unto "Cefar he
22 When they had ro Matter, Mofes things which be Ce-
heard thefe words, they wrote unto us, If a fars, and unto God
marvelled , and left mans brother die, and the things which be
him, and went their leave his wife behind Gods.
-way. him, and leave no 26 And they could
23 The fame day children, that hisbro- not take hold of his
came to him the Sad- ther (hould take his words before the peo-
ducees, which lay that wife, and raife up feed pie : and they marvel-
there is no refurre&i- unto his brother. led at his anfwer, and
on, and asked him, 20 Now there were held their peace.
24 Saying, Mafter, feven brethren : and 27 Then came to
Mofes faid, If a man the firft took a wife, him certain of the
die, having no chil- and dying left no feed. Sadducees (which de-
dren, his brother (hall 21 And the fecond ny that there is any
marry his wife , and took her , and died , refurre&ion) and they
raife up feed unto his neither left he any asked him, _
brother. feed : and the third 28 Saying, Mafter,
25- Now there were likewife. Mofes wrote unto us,
with us feven bre- 22 And the feven if any mans brother
thren, and the firft had her, and left no die, having a wife, and
when he had married feed : laft of all the he die without chil-
a wife, deceafed, and woman died alfo. dren, that his brother
having no iiiue , left 22 In the refurre- mould take his wife,
his wife unto his bro- ction therefore, when and raife up feed unto
ther. they (hall rife, whole his brother.
26 Likewife the wife (hail (lie be of 2oTherewcrethere-
fecond alfo, and the them ? for the feven fore feven brethren
•thirdjunto the feventh. had her ro wife. and the firft took
of the four Ewangelijls. 441
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXII. Chap. XII. Chap. XX.
27 And lafl: of all 24 And Jefus an- wife, and died with-
the woman died alio, fwering , faid unto out children.
28 Therefore in the them, Do ye not there- 30 And the fccond
refurrection , whofe fore err , becaufe ye took her to wife, and
wife fhall fhe be of know not the fcrip- he died childlefs.
the feven ? for they tures , neither the 3 1 And the third
all had her. power of God ? took her ,• and in like
29 Jefus anfwercd, if For when they manner the feven alfo.
and fiid unto them , fhall rife from the And they left no chil-
Ye do err, not know- dead , they neither dren, and died. •
ing the fcriptures, nor marry, nor are given 32 Lad of all the
the power of God. in marriage : but are woman died alfo.
30 For in the re- as the angels which 3 3 Therefore in the
furrection they nei- are in heaven. refurre&ion , whofe
ther marry, nor are 26 And as touch- wife of them is fhe?
given in marriage; but ing the dead, that they for feven had her to
are as the angels of rile , have ye not read wife,
God in heaven. in the book of Mofes, 34 And Jefus an-
31 But as touching how in the bufh God fwering, {'aid unto
the refurrection of the fpake unto him , fay- them, The children of
dead, have ye not read ing, I am the God of this world marry, and
that which was fpo- Abraham, and the God are given in marriage:
ken unto you by God, oflfaac, and the God 3^ But they which
faying, of Jacob? . fhall be accounted
32 IamtheGodof 27 He is not the worthy to obtain that
Abraham, and the God God of the dead, but world, and the refur-
oflfaac, and the God the God of the living: re6t ion from the dead,
of Jacob? God is not ye therefore do great- neither marry, nor
the God of the dead , ly err. are given in marri-
but of the living. 28 And one of the age.
33 And when the Scribes came, and ha- 3 6 Neither can they
multitude heard this, ving heard them rea- die any more ; for they
they were aftonifhed foning together , and are equal unto the an-
at his doctrine. perceiving that he had gels, and are the chil-
34 But when the anfwered them well, dren of God , being
Pharifees had heard asked him , Which is the children of the re-
that he had put the the firft command- furreclion.
Sadducees to filence, ment of all? 37 Now that the
they were gathered 29 And Jefus an- dead are raifed, even
together. fwered him, The firfl Mofes fhewed at the
3f Then one of of all the command- bufh, when he calleth
them which was a ments is , Hear, O If- the Lord the God of
lawyer, asked him a rael, the Lord our Abraham, and the God
Kkk queftioa,
442, The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXII. Chap. XII. Chap. XX.
queftion , tempting God is one Lord ; or Ifaac, and the God
him, and faying, 30 And thou fhalt of Jacob.
36 Mafter, which love the Lord thy God 38 For he is not a
is the great command- with all thy heart, and God of the dead, but
mcnt in the law? with all thy foul, and of the living: lor alL
37 Jefus faid unto with all thy mind, and live unto him.
him, Thou fhalt love with all thy ftrength : 39 Then certain of
the Lord thy God with this is the firft com- the Scribes anfwering,
all thy heart, and with mandment. faid, Mafter, thou hafc
all thy foul, and with 3 1 And the fecond well faid.
all thy mind. is like, namely this, 40 And after that,
38 This is the firft Thou fhalt love thy they durft not ask him.
and great command- neighbour as thy felf : any queftion at all.
ment. there is none other 4 1 And he faid un-
39 And the fecond commandment great- to them, How fay they
is like unto it , Thou er then thefe. that Chrift is Davids
fhalt love thy neigh- 32 And the Scribe fon ?
bour as thy felf. faid unto him , Well 4a And David him-
40 On thefe two Mafter, thou haft faid felf faith in the book
commandments hang the truth: for there is of pfalms, The Lord
all the law and the one God, and there is faid unto my Lord ,,
prophets. none other but he. Sit thou on my right
41 While the Pha- 3.3 And to love him hand,
ri fees were gathered with all the heart, and 43 Till I make thine
together , Jefus asked with all the under- enemies thy footftool.
them, ftanding, and with all 44 David therefore
41 Saying, What the foul, and with all calleth him Lord, how
think ye of Chrift, the ftrength, and to is he then his fon ?
whole fon is he? They love his neighbour as 4^ Then in the au-
fay unto him, The Jon himfelf, is more then dience of all the peo-
af David. all whole-burnt-offer- pie, he faid unto his
43 He faith unto ings and facrifices. difciples,
them, How then doth 34 And when Jefus 46 Beware of the
David in fpirit call faw that he anfwered Scribes, which defire.
him Lord, faying, difcreetly, he faid un- to walk in long robes,.
44 The Lord faid to him, Thou art not and love greetings in
onto my Lord,Sit thou far from the kingdom the markets, and the.
on my right hand, till of God. And no man higheft feats in the fy-
I make thine enemies after that durft ask nagogues,and the chief
thy footftool ? him any queftion. rooms at feafts j
45- If David then 35- And Jefus an- 47 Which devour
call him Lord, how is fwered and faid, while widows houfes, and
fee his fon ? he taught in the tem- for a fhew make long.
46 As4
of the four Evangelijfs. 443
/TTHEW.
Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXII. Chap. XII. Chap. XX,
46 And no man pic, How fay the prayers : the fame fhall
was able to anfwer Scribes that Chrift is receive greater dam-
him a word, neither the fon of David ? nation.
durft any man (from 36 For David him-
that day forth) ask felt fud by the holy Chap. XXI.
him any more quefti- Ghoft, The Lord laid
ons. to my Lord, Sit thou A N D he looked
on my right hand, till XX up, and faw the
Chap. XXIII. I make thine enemies rich men calling their
thy footftool. gifts into the treafury.
THen fpake Jefus 37 David therefore 2 And he faw alio
to the multitude, himielf calleth him a certain poor widow,
and to his difciples, Lord ; and whence is calling in thither two
2 S-ying,The Scribes he */;«« his fon ? And mites.
andthePhariiees fitin the common people 3 And he faid, Of
Moles feat. heard him gladly. a truth I lay unto you,
3 All therefore what- 38 And he faid un- that this poor widow
foever they bid you ob- to them in his do- hath call in more then
lerve,?^obferveand 6trine, Beware of the they all.
do; but do not ye af- Scribes, which love to 4 For all thefe have
tcr their works : for go in long clothing, of their abundance
they fay, and do not. and love falutations in call in unto the of-
4 For they bind the market-places, ferings of God : but
heavy burdens, and 39 And the chief fhe of her penury hath
grievous to be born, feats in the fyna- call in all the living
and lay them on mens gogues, and the up- that fhe had.
moulders , but they permoft rooms at
themfelves will not feafts :
move them with one 40 Which devour
of their fingers. widows houfes , and
f But all their works for a pretence make
they do, for to be feen long prayers: thefe
of men : they make fhall receive greater
broad their phylacle- damnation,
ries, and enlarge the 41 And Jefus fat
borders of their gar- over againft the trea-
ments , fury, and beheld how
6 And love the the people call money
uppermofl rooms at into the treafury : and •
feafts , and the chief many that were rich
feats in the fyna- call in much,
gogues, 42 And there came
7 And greetings in a certain poor widow,
Kkkz
444 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. X. Chap. XII.
the markets, and to and (he threw in two
be called of men , mites, which make a
Rabbi, Rabbi. farthing.
8 But be not ye 43 And he called
called Rabbi : for one unto him his difci-
is your Matter, even pies, and faith unto
Chrift, and all ye are them, Verily I fayun-
brethren. to you, that this poor
9 And call no man widow hath caft more
your father upon the in, then all they which
earth: for one is your have caft into the trea-
father which is in hea- fury.
V en. 44 For all they did
10 Neither be ye caft in of their abun-
called maflers: for one dance: but fhe of her
is your mafter, even want did caft in all
Chrift. that the had, even all
1 1 But he that is her living,
greateft among you*
Jhall be your fervant.
12 Andwhofoever
ihall exalt himfelf,fhall
beabafed; and he that
fhall humble himfelf,
fliall be exalted.
13 But woe unto
you Scribes and Phari-
sees, hypocrites; for ye
fhut up the kingdom of
heaven againft men :
for ye neither go in
your fclves, neither
iuffer^ethem that are
entring, to go in.
14 Woe unto you
Scribes and Pharifees,
hypocrites; foryede-
vou r widows houfes ,
and for a pretence
make long prayers j
therefore ye lhall re-
ceive the greater dam-
nation.
of the four Evangelijls. 445
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk.
Chap. XXIII.
if Woe unto you Scribes and
Pharifees,hypocrites ; for ye compifs
iea and land to make one profelyte,
and when he is. made, ye make him
twofold more the child of hell then
your felves.
1 6 Woe unto you, ye blind guides,
which fay, Whofoever fhall fwear
by the temple , it is nothing : but
whofoever ihall fwear by the gold
of the temple, he is a debter.
17 Ye fools, and blind: for whe-
ther is greater, the gold, or the tem-
ple that fan&ifieth the gold?
18 And whofoever ihall fwear
by the altar, it is nothing : but who-
foever fweareth by the gift that is
upon it, he is guilty.
19 Ye fools, and blind: for whe-
ther is greater, the gift, or the altar
that fanftifieth the gift?
10 Whofo therefore Ihall fwear
by the altar, fweareth by it, and by
all things thereon.
n And whofo Ihall fwear by the
temple, fweareth by it, and by him
that dwelleth therein.
22 And he that fhall fwear by
heaven, fweareth by the throne of
God, and by him that iitteth there-
on.
2 3 Wo unto you Scribes and Pha-
rifees, hypocrites ; for ye pay tithe
of mintandanife, and cummin, and
have omitted the weightier matters
of the law, judgment, mercy, and
faith: thefe ought ye to have done,
and not to leave the other undone.
24 Ye blind guides, which ftrain
at a gnar, and (wallow a camel.
25- Wo unto you Scribes and Pha-
rifees, hypocrites ; for ye make clean
the outftde of the cup, and of the
K k k 3 platt*
446 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXIII.
platter, but within they are full of
extortion and excefs.
i6 Thou blind Pharifee, cleanfe
firfl: that -which is within the cup and
platter, that theoutfideof them may
be clean alio.
27 Wo unto you Scribes and Pha-
rifees,hypocrites ; for ye are like un-
to whited fepulchres, which indeed
appear beautiful outward, but are
within full of dead mens bones, and
of all uncleannefs.
28 Even fo ye alfo outwardly ap-
pear righreous unto men, but with-
in ye are full of hypocrifie and ini-
quity.
29 Wo unto you Scribes and Pha-
rifees, hypocrites ; becaufe ye build
the tombs of the prophets, and gar-
nifh the fepulchres of the righte-
ous,
30 And fay, If we had been in
the days of our fathers, we would
not have been partakers with them
in the blood of the prophets.
31 Wherefore ye be witnefles
unto your felves, that ye are the chil-
dren of them which killed the pro-
phets.
3 2 Fill ye up then the meafure of
your fathers.
33 Ye ferpents, ye generation of
vipers, how can ye efcape the dam-
nation of hell ? *
34 Wherefore behold, I fend un-
to you prophets, and wife men, and
fcribes; and fome of them ye fhall
kill and crucifie, and fome of them
fhall ye fcourgeinyourfynagogues,
and perfecute them from ciiy to
city i
35- That upon you may come all
she righteous biood (hed upon the
earth;
of the four Evangelifts. 447
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXIII.
earth, from the blood of righteous
Abel , unto the blood of Zacharias,
fon of Barachias, whom ye flew
between the temple and the altar.
36 Verily I fay unto you. All
thefe things fhall come upon this
generation.
37 O Jerufalem,Jerufalem,thou
that killed the prophets, and ftoneft
them which are fent unto thee, how
often would I have gathered thy
children together even as a hen ga-
thereth her chickens under her
wings, and ye would not J
38 Behold, your houfeis left un-
to you defolate.
39 For I fay unto you, Ye fhall
not fee me henceforth, till ye fhall
fay, Bleffed is he that cometh in the
name of the Lord.
Chap. XXIV. Chap. XIII. Chap. XXL
§ 6. A N D Jefus went out, and AND as he went f And as fome
J\ departed rrom the temple ; J\ out of the tem- fpake of the temple,
and his difciples came to him for to pie, one of his difci- how it was adorned
fhew him the buildings of the tem- pies faith unto him, with goodly ftones,
pie. Mafter, fee what man- and gifts, he faid,
2 And Jefus faid unto them, See ner of ftones, and what 6 As for th^e things
ye not all thefe things? Verily I fay buildings are here. which ye behold , the
unto you, There fhall not be left a And Jefus anfwer- days will come, in the
here one ftone upon another, that ing, faid unto him, which there fhall not
fhall not be thrown down. Seeft thou thefe great be left one ftone upon
3 And as he fat upon the mount buildings ? there fhall another, that fhall not
of Olives , the difciples came unto not be left one ftone be thrown down,
him privately, faying, Tell us, when upon another, that 7 And they asked
fhall thefe things be ? and whatyW/ fhall not be thrown him, faying, Mafter,.
be the fign of thy coming, and of down. but when fhall thefe
the end of the world ? 3 And as he fat things be ? and what
4 And Jefus anfwered, and faid upon the mount of fign will there be when
unto them, Take heed that no man Olives , over againft thefe things (hall come
deceive you. the temple, Peter, and to pafs ?
f For many fhall come in my James, and John, and 8 And he faid, Take
»ame.
448 ^° e Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXIV. Chap. XIII. Chap. XXI.
name, faying, I am Andrew asked him heed that ye be not de-
Chrift : and (hall de- privately, ceived : for many mail
ceive many. 4 Tell us, when fhall come in my name, fay-
6 And ye (hall hear thefe things be? and ing, lamChrifii and
of wars, and rumours what fliall be] the fign the time dra weth near,
of wars : fee that ye when all thefe things go ye not therefore af-
be not troubled: for fhall be fulfilled ? terthem.
all thefe things mud jAnd Jefusanfwer- 9 But when ye fhall
come to pals, but the ing them, began to fay, hear of wars and corn-
end is not yet. Take heed left any motions, be not terri-
7 For nation fhall man deceive you. fied : for thefe things
rife againft nation, and 6 For many fhall muftfirft come to pais,
kingdom againft king- come in my name, but the end is not by
dom : and there fhall faying , I am Chrifi : and by.
be famines, and pefti- and fhall deceive ma- 10 Then faid he
lences , and earth- ny. unto them , Nation
quakes, in divers pla- 7 And when ye fhall rife againft nati-
ce§. fhall hear of wars, and on, and kingdom a-
8 All thefe are the rumours of wars, be gainft kingdom:
beginning of forrows. ye not troubled: for 1 1 And great earth-
9 Then (hall they fitch things muA needs quakes fhall be in di-
deliver you up to be be, but the end /hall vers places, and fa-
affli&ed, and fhall kill not be yet. mines, and peftilences,
you : and ye fhall be 8 For nation fhall and fearful fights, and
hated of all nations for rife againft nation, and great figns fhall there
my names fake. kingdom againft king- be from heaven.
10 And then fhall dom: and there fhall 12 But before all
many be offended, and be earthquakes in di- thefe things they fhall
fhall betray one ano- "vers places, and there lay their hands on you,
ther, and fhall hate fhall be famines, and and perfecu te_y<;#, de-
one another. troubles : thefe are the livering you up to the
1 1 And many falfe beginnings of for- fy nagogues, and into
prophets fhall rife, and rows. prifons, being brought
fhall deceive many. 9 But take heed to before kings and rulers
tz Andbecaufeini- yourfelves: for they for my names fake,
quity fhall abound, the fhall deliver you up to 13' And it fhall turn
love ofmany fhall wax councels j and in the toyouforateftimony.
cold. fynagogues ye fhall be 14 Settle/* there-
13 But he that fhall beaten, and ye fhall be fore in your hearts, not
endure unto the end, brought before rulers to meditate before,
the fame fhall be fa- and kings for my fake, what ye fhall anfwer.
ved. for a teftimony againft if For I will give
14 And this gofpel them. you a mouth and wif-
of the four Ewangelijls.
44?
Matthew.
Chap. XXIV.
of the kingdom fhall
be preached in all the
world , for a witnefs
unto all nations, and
then fhall the end
come.
if When ye there-
fore (hall fee the abo-
mination of defolati-
on, fpoken of by Da-
niel the prophet, ftand
in the holy place ,
( whofo readeth , let
him underftand.)
16 Then let them
which be in Judea flee
into the mountains.
17 Let him which
is on the houfe-top,
not come down to
take any thing out of
his houfe :
18 Neither let him
which is in the field ,
return back to take his
clothes.
19 And wo unto
them that are with
child, and to them
that give fuck in thofe
days.
10 But pray ye that
your flight be not in
the winter, neither on
the fabbath-day.
21 For then fhall
be great tribulation,
fuch as was not fince
the beginning of the
world to this time, no,
nor ever fhall be.
a a And except thofe
daysihould be fhort-
Mark.
Chap. XIII.
10 And the gofpel
muft firftbepublifhed
among all nations.
1 1 But when they
fhall lead you, and de-
liver you up, take no
thought before-hand
what ye fhall fpeak ,
neither do ye preme-
ditate: but whatfoever
fhall be given you in
that hour , that fpeak
ye: for it is not ye that
fpeak, but the holy
Ghoft.
12 Now the bro-
ther fhall betray the
brother to death, and
the father the ion : and
children fhall rife up
again ft their parents,
and fhall caufe them
to be put to death.
1 3 And ye fhall be
hated of all men for
my names fake : but
he that fhall endure
unto the end, the fame
fhall be faved.
1+ But when ye
fhall fee the abomina-
tion of defolation ,
fpoken of by Daniel
the prophet, ftand-
ing where it ought
not, (let him that read-
eth underftand ) then
let them that be in Ju-
dea, flee to the moun-
tains :
1 f And let him that
is on the houfe-top,
not go down into the
Luke.
Chap. XXI.
dom , which all your
adverfaries fhall not
be able to gainfay, nor
refift.
16 And ye fhall he
betrayed both by pa-
rents, and brethren,
and kinsfolks , and
friends ; and fotne of
you fhall they caufe to
be put to death.
17 And ye fhall be
hated of all men for
my names fake.
18 But there fhall
not an hair of your
head perifh.
19 In your pati-
ence poffefs ye your
fouls.
20 And when yc
fhall fee Jerufalem
.compafled with ar-
mies, then know that
the defolation thereof
is nigh.
21 Then let thenl*-
which are in Judea,
flee to the mountains}
and let them which
are inthemidft of it,
depart out j and let not
them that are in the
countreys, enter there-
into.
at Forthefebethe
days of vengeance,
that all things which
are written may be ful-
filled.
23 But wo unto
them that are with
child, and to them
Lll
JOHKT.
aedi
45 o
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. XXIV.
ned, there fhould no
flelh be faved : but for
the elects fake thofe
days fhall be fhortned.
23 Then if any man
fhall fay unto you, Lo,
hcre/i Chrift, or there:
believe it not.
24 For there fhall
arife falfe Chrifts, and
falfe Prophets, and
fhall fhew great figns
and wonders, info-
much that ( if it were
poffible) they fhall de-
ceive the very elect.
zf Behold, I have
told you before.
26 Wherefore, if
they fhall fay unto
you, Behold, he is in
the defert, go not
forth : behold, he is in
the fecret chambersv
believe it not.
27 For as the light-
ning cometh out of the
caff, and fhineth even
unto the weft : fo fhall
2Kb the coming of the
Son of man be.
28 For wherefbe-
ver the carcafe is, there
will the eagles be ga-
thered together.
29 Immediately af-
ter the tribulation of
thofe days, fhall the
fun be darkned, and
the moon fhall not
give her light, and the
rtars fhall fall from
keaven, andthepow-
Mark.
Chap. XIII.
houfe, neither enter
therein , to take any
thing out of his houfe.
16 And let him that
is in the field, not turn
back again for to take
up his garment.
17 But wo to them
that are with child,
and to them that give
fuck in thofe days.
1 8 And pray ye that
your flight be not in
the winter.
19 For in thofe
days fhall be affliction,
fuch as was not from
the beginning of the
creation which God
created,unto this time,
neither fhall be.
20 And except that
the Lord had fhort-
ned thofe days,no flefh
fhould be faved : but
for the elects fake,
whom he hath cho-
fcn, he hath fhortned
the days.
21 And then, if any
man fhall fay to you,
Lo, here is Chrift, or
lo, he is there: believe
him not.
22 For falfe Chrifts,
and falfe Prophets fhall
rife, and fhall fhew
figns and wonders ,
to feduce , if it were
poffible, even the e-
lect.
2 3 But take ye heed:
behold, I have foretold
Luke.
Chap. XXI.
that give fuck in thofe
days : for there fhall
be great diftrefs in the
land, and wrath upon
this people.
24 And they fhall
fall by the edge of the
fword, and fhall be
led away captive into
all nations: and Jeru-
falem fhall be trodden
down of the Gentiles,
until the times of the
Gentiles be fulfilled.
if And there fhall
be figns in the fun,
and in the moon, and
in the ftars ; and upon
the earth diftrefs of
nations, with perplexi-
ty, the fea and the
waves roaring }
26 Mens hearts fail-
ing them for fear, and
for looking after thofe
things which are com-
ing on the earth : for
the powers of heaven
fhall be fhaken.
27 And then fhall
they fee the Son of
man coming in a cloud
with power and great
glory.
28 And when thefe
things begin to come
to pafs, then look up,
and lift up your heads ;
for your redemption
draweth nigh.
29 And he fpake
to them a parable .
Behold the fig-tree,
John.
of the four Evangelijls. 45 1
atthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXIV. Chap. XIII. Chap. XXI.
crs of the heavens fhall you all things. arid all the trees ;
be fhaken. 24 But in thofe 30 When they now
30 And then fhall days, after that tribu- fhoot forth, yefeeani
appear the fign of the lation , the fun fhall know of your own
Son of man in hea- be darkened, and the felves , that fummer
ven : and then fhall all moon fhall not give is now nigh at hand,
the tribes of the earth her light : 3 1 So likewife ye,
mourn, and they fhall 25- And the Iters of when ye fee thefc
fee the Son of man heaven fhall fall, and things come to pafs,
coming in the clouds the powers that arc in know ye that the
of heaven,with power heaven fhall be fha- kingdom of God is
and great glory. ken. - nigh at hand;
31 And he fhall fend 26 And then fhall 32 Verily I fay un-
his angels with a great they fee the Son of to you, This genera-
found of a trumpet, man coming in the tion fhall not pafs a-
and they fhall gather clouds, with great way, till all be fulfil-
together his elett power and glory. led.
from the four winds, 27 And then fhall 3? Heaven and earth
from one end of hea- he fend his angels, and fhall pafs away : but
ven to the other. fhall gather together my words fhall not
32 Now learn a his eleclrfrom the four pafs away.
parable of the fig- winds, from the ut- 34 And take heed
tree: When his branch termoft part of the to your felves , left at
is yet tender, and put- earth , to the utter- any time your hearts
teth forth leaves , ye moft part of heaven, be over-charged with
know that fummer is 28 Now learn a furfeiting and drun-
nigh : parable of the fig-tree : kennefs, and cares of
3 3 So likewife ye, When her branch is this life , and fo that
when ye fhall fee all yet tender, and put- day come upon you
thefe things , know teth forth leaves , ye unawares,
that it is near, even at know that fummer is if For as a fhare
the doors. near : fhall it come on all
34 Verily I fay un- 29 So ye in like them that dwell on
to you, This genera- manner, when ye fhall the fece of the whole
tion fhall not pafs, till fee thefe things come earth. '
all thefe things be ful- to pafs , know that it 3 6 Watch ye there-
filled, is nigh, even at the fore, and pray always,
35- Heaven and earth doors. that ye may be ac-
fhall pafs away, but 30 Verily I fay un- counted worthy to e-
my words fhall not to you, that this gene- fcape^all thefe things
pafs away. ration fhall not pafs, that fhall come to pafs,
36 But of that day till all thefe things be and to ftand before the
and hour knoweth no done. Son of man.
L 1 1 z maa
452, The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXIV. Chap. XIII. Chap. XXL
man , no , not the an- 3 1 Heaven and earth 3 7 And in the day-
gels of heaven , but fhaLl pafs away : but time he was teaching
my Father onely. my words fhall not in the temple , and at
37 But as the days pafs away. night he went out, and
of Noe were, (o ftiall 3 1 But of that day abode in the mount
alfb the coming of the and that hour know- that is called the mount
Son of man be. eth no man , no, not of Olives.
38 For as in the the angels which are 38 And all the peo-
days that were before in heaven, neither the pie came early in the
the floud , they were Son, but the Father, morning to him in
eating and drinking, 33 Take ye heed, the temple, for to hear
marrying, and giving watch and pray: for him.
in marriage, until the ye know not when the
day that Noe entred time is.
into the ark* 34 For the Son of
39 And knew not man is as a man taking
until the floud came, afar journey, who left
and took them all a- his houfe, and gave au-
way ; fo (hall alfo the thority to his fervants,
coming of the Son of and to every man his
man be. work, and command-
40 Then fhall two ed the porter to watch.
be in the field, the one 3 s Watch ye there-
mall betaken, and the fore, (for ye know not
other left. when the mafter of
41 Two women /hall the houfe cometh; at
be grinding at the mill, even, or at mid-night,
the one fhall be taken, or at the cock-crow-
jnd the other left. ing, or in the morn-
42 Watch therefore, ing. )
for ye know not what 36 Left coming fud-
hour your Lord doth denly, he find you
come. fleeping.
43 But know this, 37 And what I fay
that if the good-man unto you, I fay unto
of the houfe had all, Watch.
known in what watcfy
the thief would come,
lie would have watch-
ed ,and would not have
fuffered his houfe to be
broken up.
44 There-
of the four Evangelifls. 45 y
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Jouk.
Chap. XXIV.
44 Therefore be ye alfo ready:
for in fuch an hour as you think not,
the Son of man cometh.
4y Who then is a faithful and
wife fervant, whom his Lord hath
made ruler over his houfhold, to give
them meat in due feafon ?
46 Blefled is that fervant, whom
his Lord when he cometh, fhall find
fo doing.
47 Verily I fay unto you, that he
(hall make him ruler over all his
goods.
48 But and if that evil fervant
fhall fay in his heart, My lord de-
layeth his coming,
49 And fhall begin to fmite his
fellow-fervants,and to eat and drink
with the drunken :
5 The Lord of that fervant fhall
come in a day when he looketh not
for him , and in an hour that he is
n«t aware of ;
f\ And fhall cut him afunder,
and appoint him his portion with the
hypocrites : there fhall be weeping
and gnafhing of teeth.
Chap. XXV.
THen fhall the kingdom of hea-
ven be likened unto ten vir-
gins, which took their lamps, and
went forth to meet the bridegroom.
2 And five of them were wife,,
and five were foolifh.
3 They that were foolifh took
their lamps, and took no oil with
them.
4 But the wife took oil in their
vefiels with their lamps.
f While the bridegroom tarried*
they all flumbred and fiept.
L 11 a i And
454 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Jqhk.
Chap. XXV.
6 And at midnight there was a
cry made, Behold, the bridegroom
cometh, go ye out to meet him.
7 Then all thofe virgins arofe,
■and trimmed their lamps.
8 And the foolifh faid unto the
wife, Give us of your oil, for our
lamps are gone out.
9 But the wife anfwered, iay-
ing, Notfo -, left there be not enough
for us and you : but go ye rather to
them that fell, and buy for your
felves.
io And while they went to buy ,
the bridegroom came, and they that
were ready, went in with him to
the marriage, and the door was
fhut.
i r Afterward came alfo the other
virgins, faying, Lord, Lord, open
to us.
i z But he anfwered and faid, Ve-
rily, I fay unto you, I know you
not.
1 3 Watch therefore, for ye know
neither the day, nor the hour, where-
in the Son of man cometh.
14 For the kingdom of heaven is
as a man travelling into a far coun-
trey, who called his own fervants,
and delivered unto them his goods :
if And unto one he gave five ta-
lents , to another two, and to ano-
ther one, to every man according
to his fevcral ability, and ftraight-
way took his journey.
1 6 Then he that had received the
five talents, went and traded with
the fame, and made them other five
talents.
17 And likewife he that had re-
ceived two, he alio gained other
two.
18 But
of the four EvangeUfls. 455
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXV.
18 But he that had received one,
went and digged in the earth, and
hid his lords money.
19 After a long time, the lord of
thofe fervants cometh, and reckon-
eth with them.
20 And fo he that had received
five talents, came and brought other
five talents, faying, Lord, thou de-
liveredft unto me five talents : be-
hold , I have gained beiides them
five talents more.
21 His lord faid unto him, Well
done, thou good and faithful fer-
vant ; thou haft been faithful over
a few things, I will make thee ru-
ler over many things : enter thou
into the joy of thy lord.
22 He alfo that had received two
talents, came and faid, Lord, thou
deliveredft unto me two talents: be-
hold, I have gained two other ta-
lents befides them.
23 His lord faid unto him, Well
done, good and faithful fervant j
thou haft been faithful over a few
things, I will make thee ruler over
many things : enter thou into the
joy of thy lord.
24 Then he which had received
the one talent, came and faid, LordJ
knew thee that thou art an hard
man, reaping where thou haft not
fown, and gathering where thou
haft not ftrawed :
2j- And I was afraid, and went
and hid thy talent in the earth : lo,
there thou haft that is thine.
26 His lord anfwered and faid
unto him, Thou wicked and floth-
ful fervant, thou kneweft that I
reap where I fowednot, and gather
where I haye not ftrawed :
%j Thou
45 6 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXV.
27 Thou oughteft therefore to
have put my money to the exchan-
gers, and then at my coming I
fhould have received mine own with
ufury.
28 Take therefore the talent from
htm, and give it unto him which
hath ten talents.
29 For unto every one that hath
{hall be given, and he fhall have
abundance: but from him that hath
not (hall be taken away, even that
which he hath.
30 And caft ye the unprofitable
fervant into outer darknefs : there
{hall be weeping and gnafhing of
teeth.
3 1 When the Son of man fhall
come in his glory, and all the holy
angels with him , then fhall he fit
upon the throne of his glory.
32 And before him fhall be ga-
thered all nations 5 and he fhall fe-
parate them one from another, as
a fhepherd divideth his fheep from
the goats :
33 And he fhall fet the fheep on
his right hand, but the goats on the
left.
34 Then {hall the King fay unto
them on his right hand , Come ye
blefTed of my Father, inherit the
kingdom prepared for you from the
foundation of the world.
3f For I was an hungred, and
ye gave me meat: I was thirfty, and
ye gave me drink : I was a ftranger,
and ye took me in :
36 Naked, and ye cloathedme:
I was fick, and ye vifited me : I
was in prifon , and ye came unto
me.
of the four Evangeli/ls. 4 5 7
— — I I ' H I ' ' " '
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXV.
37 Then fhall the righteous an-
fwer him, faying, Lord, when faw
we thee an hungred, and fed thee ?
or thirfty, and gave thee drink ?
3 8 When faw we thee a ftra nger ,
and took thee in ? or naked, and
cloathed thee ?
39 Or when faw we thee fick,
or in prifon, and came unto thee ?
40 And the King fhall anfwer,
and fay unto them, Verily I fay un-
to you, In as much as ye have done
it unto one of the leaft of thefe my
brethren, ye have done it unto me.
41 Then fhall he fay alfb unto
them on the left hand, Depart from
me, ye curfed, into everlafting fire,
prepared for the devil and his an-
gels.
41 For I was an hungred , and
ye gave me no meat : I was thirfty,
and ye gave me no drink :
43 I was a ftranger, and ye took
me not in : naked, and ye cloathed
me not : fick, and in prifon, and ye
vifited me not.
44 Then fhall they alfb anfwer
him, faying, Lord, when faw we
thee an hungred , or athirft , or a
ftranger , or naked , or fick , or in
prifon , and did not minifter unto
thee ?
45- Then fhall he anfwer them,
faying, Verily I fay unto you, In
as much as ye did it not to one of
the leaft of thefe , ye did it not to
me.
46 And thefe fhall go away into
everlafting punifhment : but the
righteous into life eternal
M m m § 7. AN D
ac 8 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXVI. Chap. XIV. Chap. XXII.
§7' A N D it came A Ftertwodays.was vrOW the feaft of
./\.topafs,when J\ the feaji of the JLN unieavened bread
Tefus had finifhed all paflbver, and of un- drew nigh, which is
thefe fayings , he faid leavened bread : and called the paflbver.
unto his diiciples. the chief priefts and 2 And the chief priefts
2 Ye know that af- the fcribes ibught how and fcribes fought how
ter two day sis i he feaji they might take him they might kill him*
of the paflbver, and by craft, and put him for they feared the
the Son of man is be- to death. people.
trayed to be crucified. 2 But they (aid, Not 3 Then entred Sa-
2 Then aflembled on the fea(Way, left tan into Judas furna-
together the chief there be an uproar of medlfcariot, being of
priefts, and the fcribes, the people. the number of the
and the elders of the 3 And being in Be- twelve,
people, unto the pa- thauy, inthehoufeof 4 And he went his
lace of the high prieft, Simon the leper, as he w ay, and communed
who was called Caia- fat at meat, there came with the chief priefts
ph as f a woman, having an and captains, how he
4' And confulted alabafter-box of oint- might betray him un-
that they might take ment of fpikenard , to them.
Tefus by fubtilty, and very precious ; and flie y And they were
foil him. brake the box , and glad, and covenanted
<■ But they faid, Not poured it on his head, to give him money,
on the feaft.<tey, left 4 And there were 6 And he promi-
there be an uproar a- fome that had indig- fed, and fought oppor-
mong the people. nation within them- tunity to betray him
6 Now when Jefus felves, and faid, Why un to them in the ab-
was in Bethany, in the was this wafte of the fence of the multi-
houfe of Simon the le- ointment made ? tude.
p efj f For it might have
j There came un- been fold for more
to him a woman ha- then three hundred
ving an alabafter-box pence, and have been
of very precious oint- given to the poor. And
ment, and poured it they murmured a-
on his head, as he fat gainft her.
at meat. 6 And Jefus faid,
8 But when his di- Let her alone, why
fciplesfaw/V, they had trouble ye her? (he
indignation,faying,To hath wrought a good
what purpofe is this work on me.
wa fl: ? 7 For ye have the
9 For this oint- poor with you always,
of the four Evangelijls, 45 9
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXVI. Chap. XIV.
ment might have been and whenfoever ye
fold for much, and gi- will, ye may do them
ven to the poor. good : but me ye have
10 Whenjefusun- not always,
derftoodifrhefaidun- 8 She hath done
to them, Why trouble what fhe could : (he is
ye the woman ? for come aforehand to a-
fhe hath wrought a noint my body to the
good work upon me. burying.
1 1 For ye have the 9 Verily I fay unto
poor always with you, you, Wherefbever this
but me ye have not al- gofpel (hall be preach,
ways. ed throughout the
1 4 For in that (he whole world, this alfb
hath poured this oint- that (he hath done (hall
ment on my body, (he be fpoken of, for a me-
did it for my burial. morial of her.
1 3 Verily I fay un- 1 o And Judas Ifca-
toyou, Whereibewr riot, one of the twelve,
this golpel (hall be went unto the chief
preached in the whole priefts, to betray him
world, there (hallalfo unto them.
this, that this woman n And when they
hath done, be told for heard it, they were
a memorial of her. glad, and promifedto
14 Then one of the give Wm money. And
twelve, called Judas he fought how he
I(cariot,went unto the might conveniently
chief priefts, hetray. him.
if And faid unto
than, What will ye
give me, and I will
deliver him unto you?
And they covenanted
with him for thirty
pieces of filvcr.
16 And from that
time he fought oppor-
tunity to betray him.
.' ' ' 1
M m m 1 NOW
460 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIII.
§ 8. XJO W before the feaft of the
JLN paffover, when Jefus knew
that his hour was come, .that he
fhould depart out of this world un-
to the Father, having loved his own
which were in the world, he loved
them unto the end.
2 And fupper being ended, (the
devil having now put into the heart
of Judas Iicariot, Simons fon t to
betray him)
3 Jefus knowing that the Father
had given all things into his hands,
and that he was come from God,
and went to God,
4 He rifeth from fupper, and laid
afide his garments, and took a towel,
and girded himfelf.
f After that , he poureth water
into a bafon, and began to wafh the
difciples feet, and to wipe them with
the towel wherewith he was girded.
6 Then cometh he to Simon Pe-
ter : and Peter faith unto him , Lord,
doft thou warn my feet?
7 Jefus anfwered and faid unta
him, What I do thou knoweft not
now > but thou fhalt know here-
after.
8 Peter faith unto him, Thou
(halt never wafh my feet. Jefus an-
fwered him, If I wafh thee not,
thou haft no part with me.
9 Simon Peter faith unto him,
Lord, not my feet only, but alfomy
. hands and my head.
i o Jefus faith to him, He that is
wafhed, needeth not, fave to wafh
bis feet, but is clean every whit : and
ye are clean, but not all.
1 1 For he knew who fhould be-
tray him ; therefore faid he, Ye are
not all clean.
i* So
• « ■ — — — ^— > « -—
of the four Evangelijis. 4^1
1 — .^ —"■»■——
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIII.
1 2 So after he had wafhed their
feet , and had taken his garments,
and was let down again, he faid un-
to them, Know ye what I have done
to you ?
1 3 Ye call me Mafter, ind Lord :
and ye lay well; for fo I am.
14 If I thsnyour Lord and Mafter,.
have wu flied your feet, ye alfo ought
to wafh one anothers feet
1/ For I have given you an ex-
ample, that ye fhould do as I have
done to you.
16 Verily verily I fay unto you,
The fervant is not greater then his
Lord, neither he that is fent, greater
then he that fent him.
17 If ye know thefe things, hap-
py are ye if ye do them.
18 Ifpeaknotof you all; I know
whom I have chofen : but that the
fcripture may be fulfilled , He that
eateth bread with me, hath lift up
his heel againft me.
19 Now I tell you before it come,
that when it is cometopafs, ye may
believe that lam he.
20 Verily verily I fay unto you,
He that receiveth whomfbever I
fend, receiveth me: and he that re-
ceiveth me, receiveth him that fent
me.
21 When Jefus had thus faid, he
was troubled in fpirir, and teftified,
and faid, Verily verily I fay unto
you, that one of you fhall betray
me.
2 2 Then the difciples looked one
on another, doubting of whom he
fpake.
23 Now there was leaning on
Jefus bofom , one of his difciples
whom Jefus loved.
M m m 3 Simon-
A f G^ The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIII.
24 Simon Peter therefore beck-
ened to him, that he Ihould ask who
it fhould be of whom he fpake.
25- He then lying on Jefus breaft.
faith unto him, Lord, who is it?
26 Jefus anfwered , He it is to
whom I fhail give a fop , when I
have dipped it. And when he had
dipped the fop, he gave it to Judas
Ifcariot, the f on of Simon.
27 And after the fop, Satan en-
tred into him. Then faid Jefus un-
to him, That thou doeft,do quickly.
28 Now no man at the table
knew for what intent he fpake this
unto him.
29 For fbme of them thought, be-
caufe Judas had the bag, that Jefus
had faid unto him, Buy thofe things
that we have need of againft the
feaft: or that he Ihould give fome»
thing to the poor.
30 He then having received the
fop, went immediately out : audit
wasnight.
§ 9. 3 1 Therefore when he was
gone out, Jefus faid, Now is the
Son of man glorified, and God is
glorified in him.
32 If God be glorified in him,
God fhall al/b glorifie him in him-
felf, and fhall flraightway glorifie
him.
33 Little children, yet a little
while I am with you. Ye fhall feek
me : and as I faid unto the Jews,
Whither I go, ye cannot comej Co
now I fay unto you.
34 A new commandment I give
unto you, That ye love one another;
as I have loved you, that ye alfb love
we another.
3fBy
of the four Evangelijis. 4 6 3
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIII.
If By this (hall all men know
that ye are my difciples, if ye have
love one to another.
36 Simon Peter faid unto him.
Lord, whither goeft thou ? Jefus
anfwered him, Whither I go, thou
canft not follow me now; but thou
(halt follow me arterwards.
37 Peter faid unto hioi, Lord ,
why cannot I follow thee now ? I
will lay down my life for thy fake.
38 J<-*fus anfwered him, Wilt
thou lay down thy lite foil my fake?
Verily verily I fay unto thee, The
cock (hall not crow, till thou haft
denied me thrice.
Chap. XIV.
LE T not your heart be troubled :
ye believe in God, believe alfo
in me.
± In my fathers houfe are many
manfions; if it were notfo, I would
have told you : I go to prepare a
place for you.
3 And if I go and prepare a
place for you , I will come again,
and receive you unto my felf, that
where I am, there ye may be alfb.
4 And whither I go, ye know,
and the way ye know.
/ Thomas faith unto him, Lord,,"
we know not whither thou goeft,
and how can we know the way ?
6 Jefus faith unto him, I am the
way, and the truth, and the life :
no man cometh unto the Father
but by me.
7 If ye had known me, ye (hould
have known my Father alfb : and
from henceforth ye know him, and
have feen him,
8 Philip
4^4 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIV.
8 Philip faith unto him , Lord ,
fliew us the Father, and it fufficcth
us.
9 Jefus faith unto him , Have I
been fo long time with you , and
yet haft thou not known me, Phi-
lip ? he that hath feen me, hath feen
the Father j and how fayeft thou
then, Shew us the Father ?
io Believed thou not that I am
in the Father ; and the Father in
me ? the words that I fpeak unto
you , I fpeak not of my felf : but
the Father that dwelleth in me, he
doeth the works.
1 1 Believe me that I am in the
Father, and the Father in me: or
elfe believe me for the very works
fake.
12 Verily verily I fay unto you,
He that believeth on me, the works
that I do, fhall he do alfo, and greater
works then thefe fhall he do; becaufe
I go unto my Father.
1 3 And whatfbever ye (hall ask
in my name, that will I do, that
the Father may be glorified in the
Son.
14 If ye ask any thing in' my
name, I will do it.
\f If ye love me, keep my com-
mandments.
16 And I will pray the Father,
and he fhall give you another Com-
forter, that he may abide with you
for ever.
1 7 Eve n the Spirit of truth, whom
the world cannot receive, becaufe
it feeth him not, neither knoweth
him : but ye know him, for he dwel-
leth with you, and fhall be in you;
1 8 I will not leave you comfort-
Jefs > I will come to you.
19 Yet
of the four Evangelifts. 465
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XIV.
to Yet a little while, and the.
world feeth me no more : but ye
fee me : becaufe I live, ye (hall live
alfo.
20 At that day ye (hall know,
that I am in my Father, and you in
me, and I in you.
2 1 He that hath my command-
ments , and keepeth them , he it is
that loveth me : and he that loveth
me (hall be loved of my Father, and
I will love him, and will manifefl:
myfelftohim.
22 Judas faith unto him, not Ifca-
riot, Lord, how is it that thou wilt
manifeft thy felf unto us , and not
unto the world ?
23 Jefus anfwered and faid unto
him, If a man love me, he will
keep my words : and my Father
will love him , and we will come
unto him, and make our abode with.
him.
24 He that loveth me not, keep-
eth not my fayings : and the word
which you hear, is not mine, but
the Fathers which fent me.
if Thefe things have I fpoken
unto you , being yet prefent with
you.
26 But the Comforter, which it
the holy Ghoft, whom the Father
will fend in my name, he (hall teach
you all things, and bring all things
to your remembrance , whatfoever
I have faid unto you.
27 Peace I leave with you, my
peace I give unto you : not as the
world giveth, give I unto you. Let
not your heart be troubled, neither
let it be afraid.
2 8 Ye have heard how I faid un-
to you, I go away, and come again
^ N n n unt»
466 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. ■
Chap. XIV.
unto you. If ye loved me, ye would
rejoyce , becaufe I faid , I go unto
the Father : for my Father is greater
then I.
29 And now I have told you be-
fore it come to pafs, that when it is
come to pafs, ye might believe.
3 c Hereafter I will not talk much
with you : for the prince of this
world cometh , and hath nothing
in me.
3 1 But that the world may know
that I love the Father } and as the
Father gave me commandment,
even fo I do. Arife, let us go
hence.
Chap. XV.
$ 1 o.T Am the true vine, and my
X Father is the husbandman.
2 Every branch in me that bear-
cth not fruit, he taketh away : and
every branch that beareth fruit, he
purgeth it, that it may bring forth
more fruit.
3 Now ye are clean through the
word which I have fpoken unto
you.
4 Abide in me, and I in you. As
the branch cannot bear fruit of it
felf, except it abide in the vine: no
more can ye, except ye abide in me.
f I am the vine, ye are the bran-
ches : He that abideth in me, and I
in him, the fame bringeth forth
much fruit : for without me ye can
do nothing.
6 If a man abide not in me, he
is caft forth as a branch, and is wi-
thered i and men gather them, and
call them into the fire, and they are
burned.
7 ^
of the four Evangetifts. 4^7
Matthsw. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XV.
7 If ye abide in me, and my words
abide in you, ye fhall ask what yc
will, and it (hall be done unto you.
8 Herein is my Father glorified,
that ye bear much fruit, fo mall yc
be my difciples.
p As the Father hath loved me,
fo have I loved you : continue ye in
my love.
io It ye keep my command-
ments , ye fhall abide in my love :
even as I have kept my Fathers com-
mandments, and abide in his love.
1 1 Thefe things have I fpokea
unto you, that my joy might remain
in you, and that your joy might be
full.
i a This is my commandment,
That ye love one another, as I have
loved you.
13 Greater love hath no man
then this , that a man lay down his
life for his friends.
14 Ye are my friends , if ye do
whatfbever I command you.
1/ Henceforth I call you notfer-
vantsj for thefervantknoweth not
what his lord doeth : but I have cal-
led you friends ; for all things that
I have heard of my Father, I have
made known unto you.
16 Ye have not chofen me, but
I have chofen you , and ordained
you , that you fhould go and bring
forth fruit, and that your fruit mould
remain : ,that whatfoever ye fhall
ask of the Father in my name, he
may give it you.
1 7 Thefe things I command you,
that ye love one another.
18 If the world hate you, ye
know that it hated me before it ha-
ted you.
N n n 2 19 If
468 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk.
Chap. XV.
19 If ye were of the world, the
world would love his own: but
becaufe ye are not of the world ,
but I have chofen you out of the
world , therefore the world hateth
you.
20 Remember the word that I
faid unto you , The fervant is not
greater then the lord. If they have
perfecuted me, they will alfo per-
lecute you : if they have kept my
faying , they will keep yours
alfo.
2 1 But all thefe things will they
do unto you for my names fake, be-
caufe they know not him that fent
me.
22 If I had not come, and fpo-
ken unto them , they had not had
fin : but now they have no clokc
for their fin.
2 3 He that hateth me, hateth my
Father alfo.
24 If I had not done among
them the works which none other
man did, they had not had fin : but
now they have both feen, and hated
both me and my Father.
tf But this cometh to fafs, that
the word might be fulfilled that is
written in their law , They hated
me without a caufe.
26 But when the Comforter is
come, whom I will fend unto you
• from the Father, even the Spirit of
truth, which proceedeth from the
Father, he fhall teftify of me.
27 And ye alio fhall bear wit-
nefs, becaufe ye have been with me
from the beginning.
Thefe
of the four Evangelifls. ^Cs>
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVI.
THefe things have I fpoken unto
you, that ye fhould not be of-
fended.
a They fhall put you out of the
fynagogues : yea, the time cometh,
that whofoever killeth you , will
think that he doeth God fervice.
3 And thefe things will they do
unto you , becaufe they have not
known the Father, nor me.
4 But thefe things have I told
you, that when the time (hall come,
ye may remember that I told you of
them. And thefe things I faid not
m unto you at the beginning, becaufe
I was with you.
f But now I go my way to him
that fent me, and none of you ask-
eth me, Whither goeft thou ?
6 But becaufe I have faid thefe
things unto you, forrowhath filled
your heart.
7 Neverthelefs , I tell you the
truth j It is expedient for you that
I go away; for if I go not away,
the Comforter will not come unto
you j but if I depart, I will fend
him unto you.
8 And when he is come, he will
reprove the world of fin, and of
righteoufnefs, and of judgment:
9 Of fin, becaufe they believe
not on me ;
10 Of righteoufnefs, becaufe I
go to my Father, and ye fee me no
more j
ii Of judgment, becaufe the
prince of this world is judged.
12 I have yet many things to
fay unto you , but ye cannot bear
them now.
i 3 Howbeit, when he the Spirit
of truth is come, he will guide you
N n n 3 into
47°
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. XXVI.
§ it. 17 Now the
nrft day of the feafl
of unleavened bread ,
the difciples came to
lefts, faying unto him,
Where wilt thou that
we prepare for thee to
eat the paflbver ?
18 And he faid, Go
into the city to fuch a
man,and fay unto him,
The Matter faith, My
time is at hand, I will
keep the paflbver at
thy houfe with my di-
fciples.
19 And the difci-
ples did as Jefus had
appointed them , and
they made ready the
paflbver.
Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVI.
into all truth: for he fliall not fpeak
of himfelf ; but whatfoever he fliall
hear , that fhall he fpeak : and he
will fhew you things to come.
14. He fhall glorify me : for he
fhall receive of mine, and /hall fhew
it unto you.
if All things that the Father
hath, are mine ; therefore faid I, that
he fhall take of mine, and fhall fhew
it unto you.
16 A little while, and ye fhall
not fee me : and again, a little while
and ye fhall fee me, becaufe I go t©
the Father.
Chap. XIV.
11 Andthefirftday
of unleavened bread,
when they -killed the
paflbver, his difciples
faid unto him, Where
wilt thou that we go
and prepare, that thou
mayeft eat the paflb-
ver ?
1 3 And he fendeth
forth two of his difci-
ples, and faith unto
them, Go ye into the
city, and there fhall
meet you a man bear-
ing a pitcher of wa-
ter : follow him.
14 And wherefoe-
vcr he fhall go in, fay
ye to the good-man of
the houfe, TheMafter
faith , Where is the
fieft-chambcr, where
fhall eat the paflbver
with my difciples ?
Chap. XXII.
7 Then came the
day of unleavened
bread, when the paflb-
ver muft be killed.
8AndhefentPeter
and John, faying, Go
and prepare us the
paflbver, that we may
eat.
9 And they faid un-
to him , Where wilt
thou that we prepare ?
10 And he faid un-
them, Behold,when ye
are entred into the ci-
ty, there fhall a man
meet you , bearing a
pitcher of water, fol-
low him into the houfe
where he entreth in.
1 1 And ye fhall fay
unto the good-man of
thehoufe, TheMafter
faith unto thee, Where
is the gueft-chamber,
1$ And
of the four Evangelijls. 47 1
Chap. XIV. Chap. XXII.
15- And he will where I fhall eat the
ftiew you a large upper pafTover with my di-
room furnifhed and fciples ?
prepared: there make 12 And he fhall
ready for us. mew you a large up-
16 And his difci- per room fumifhed :
pies went forth, and there make ready.
came into the city, and 1 2 And they went
found as he had faid and found as he had
unto them: and they faid unto them : and
made ready the pafTo- they made ready the
ver. paflbver.
CHAP. XVI.
From thtT ajfover it/elf, till the Death ofChrift: containing
about 2 1 Hours -, from fix a clock at night 3 April '2. till three
a clock in the afternoon, April 3.
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXVI. Chap. XIV. Chap. XXII.
-N'
the even ing he cometh with hour was come, he fat
was come,he fat down the twelve. down, and the twelve
with the twelve. 1 8 And as they fat, apoftles with him.
2 1 And as they did and did eat, Jefusfaid, if And he faid un-
eat, he faid, Verily, I Verily I fay unto you, to them , With deiire
fay unto you, that one One of you which eat- I have defired to eat
of you fhall betray me. eth with me, fhall be- this paflbver with you
2i And they were tray me. before I fufter.
exceeding forrowful , 19 And they began \6 For I fay unto
and began every one to be forrowful , and you , I will not any
of them to fay unto to fay unto him one by more eat thereof, un-
him, Lord, Is it I ? one, Is it I? and ano- til it be fulfilled in th#
13 And
47- The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke.
Chap. XXVI. Chap. XIV. Chap. XXII.
23 And he anfwer- ther faid , Is it I? kingdom of God.
cd and faid, He that 20 And he anfwer- 17 And he took the
dippeth his hand with ed and laid unto them, cup, and gave thanks,
me in the difh, the It is one of the twelve, and faid, Take this,
fame lhall betray me. that dippeth with me and divide it among
24 The Son of man in the di(h. yourfelves.
goeth as it is written 2 1 The Son of man 1 8 For I fay unto
of him: but wo unto indeed goeth, as it is you, I will not drink
that man by whom the written of him : but of the fruit of the v ine,
Son of man is betray- wo to that man by until the kingdom of
ed: it had been good whom the Son of man God lhall come,
for that man,if he had is betrayed: good were ip And he took
not been born. it for that man if he bread.and gave thanks,
2 j- Then Judas, which had never been born, and brake it, and gave
betrayed him, anfwer- 2 2 And as they did unto them faying.This
ed, and faid, Mafter.Is eat, Jefus took bread, i s my body which is
it I? He faid unto him, andbleffed, and brake given for you: this
Thou haft faid. it, and gave to them, do in remembrance of
26 And as they and faid, Take, eat; me .
were eating , Jefus this is my body. io Like wife alfo the
took bread, andbleffed 23 And he took the cup after fupper, fay-
it 9 and brake//, and cup, and when he had ing, This cup is the
gave it to the difci- given thanks, he gave new teftament in my
pies, and faid, Take, it to them : and they blood, which is fhed
eat ; this is my body, all drank of it. for you.
27 And he took the x\ And he faid un- i. But behold, the
cup, and gave thanks, to them, This is my hand of him that be-
and gave it to them, blood of the new te- trayeth me, is with me
faying , Drink ye all ftament, which is ftied on the table.
of it. for many. 22 And truly the
28 For this is my 25- Verily I fayun- Son of man goeth as
blood of the new te- to you, Twill drink it was determined: but
ftament, which is fhed no more of the fruit wo unto that man by
for many for the re- of the vine, until that whom he is betrayed.
miffion of lins. day that I drink it new 23 And they began
29 But I fay unto in the kingdom ofGod. to enquire among
you, I will not drink 26 And when they themfelves, which of
henceforth of this fruit had fimg an hymn, them itwas that mould
of the vine, until that they went out into the do this thing.
day when I drink it mount of Olives,
new with you in my
Fathers kingdom.
JOHS.
30 And
of the four Evangelijls
473
Matthew.
Chap. XXVI.
30 And when they
had fung an hymn ,
they went out into the
mount of Olives.
Mark.
Chap. XIV.
Luke.
31 Thenfaithjefos
unto them, All ye fhall
be offended becaufe of
me this night : for it
is written, I will finite
the fhepherd, and the
fheep of the flock fhall
be fcattered aoio-id.
32 But after I am
27 And Jefus faith
unto them, Allyefhall
be offended becaufeof
me this night : for it
is written, I will finite
the fhepherd, and the
fheep fhall be {bat-
tered.
28 But after that I
John.
Chap, XXII.
§ 1. 24 And there was alio a ftrife
among them, which of them fhould
be accounted the greateft.
x$ And he faid unto them, The
kings of the Gentiles exercife lord-
ihip over them; and they that exer-
cife authority upon them, are called
benefactors.
26 But ye /hall not 6e fo: but he
that is greateft among you, let him
be as the younger } and he that is
chief, as he that doth ferve.
27 For whether //greater, he that
fitteth at meat, or he that ferveth ?
is not he that fitteth at meat? but I
am among you as he that ferveth.
28 Ye are they which have con-
tinued with me in my temptati-
ons.
29 And I appoint unto you a
kingdom, as my father hath ap-
pointed unto me .
30 That ye may eat and drink at
my table in my kingdom, and fit on
thrones, judging the twelve tribe6
of Iirael.
3 1 And the Lord faid, Simon,
Simon, behold, Satan hath defired
to have you, that he may Mt you
as wheat :
32 But- 1 have prayed for thee,
that thy faith fail not ; and when
thou art converted , ftrengthen thy
brethren.
3 3 And he faid unto him, Lord,
I am ready to go with thee both in-
to prilbn, and to death.
34 And he faid, I tell thee, Peter,
the cock fhall not crow this day, be-
O o o
rifon
474 The Harmony
Matthew. Mask. Luke. John,
Chap. XXVI. Chap. XtV. Chap. XXII.
rifen again, I will go am rifen, I willgobe- fore that thou ihalt
before you intoGalilce. fore you into Galilee, thrice deny thac thou
33 Peter anfwered 29 But Peter faid knoweft me.
and faid unto him, untohim.Althoughall 3^ And he faid un-
Though all men mall fhall be offended, yet to them, When I fent
be offended becaufeof mil not I. you without purfe.and
thee, yet will I never 30 And Jefus faith icrip, and (hoes, lacked
be offended. unto him, Verily I fay ye any thing ? And
34 Jefus faid unto unto thee, that this they faid, Nothing,
him, Verily I fay unto day, e-ven in this night 3 6 Then faid he un-
thee, that this night before the cock crow to them, But now he
before the cock crow, twice, thou fhalt deny that hath a purfe, let
thou fhalt deny me me thrice. . him take it, and like-
thrice. 31 Buthefpakethe wife his fcrip : and he
3j- Peter faid unto more vehemently, If I that hath no fword,
him, Though I fhould fhould die with thee, I let him fell his gar-
die with thee, yet will will not deny thee in ment, and buy one.
I not deny thee. Like- any wife. Likewifeal- 37 For 1 fay unto
wife alfo faid all the fbfaid they all. you, that this that is
difciples. . written, muft yet be
^ccomplifhed in me,
And he was reckoned
among the tranfgref-
ibrs : for the things
concerning me have
an end.
38 And they faid,
Lord, behold, here^re
two fword s. And he
faid unto them , It is
enough.
39 And he came
out, and went, as he
was wont, to the
# mount of Olives; and
his difciples alio fol-
lowed him.
$3. f7Thea
of the four EvaHgeliJis. 475
MATTH«r. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVI. *
§ 3. 17 Then faid fome of hit
difciples among themfelves , What
• is this that he lakh unto us, A little
while and ye fhall not fee me: and
again, a little while and ye {hall fee
me : and , Becaufe I go to the Fa*
ther.
18 They faid therefore, What is
this that he faith, A little while ? we
cannot tell what he faith.
19 Now Jefus knew that they
were defirous to ask him, and faid
unto them, Do ye enquire among
your felves of that I faid , A little
while and ye fhall not fee me: and
again, a little while and ye (hall fee
me ?
20 Verily verily I fay unto you,
that ye fhall weep and lament, but
the world fhall rejoyce: and ye fhall
be forrowful, but your forrow fhall
be turned into joyA
2 r A woman when fhe is in tra-
vail, hath forrow, becaufe her hour
is come : but afToon as fhe is deli-
vered of the child, fhe remembreth
no more the anguifh, for joy that a
man is born into the world.
22 And ye now therefore have
forrow : but I will fee you again,
and your heart fhall rejoyce, and
your joy no man taketh from
you.
23 And in that day ye fhall ask
me nothing: Verily verily I fay un-
to you, Whatfoever ye fhall ask the
Father in my name, he will give it
you.
24 Hitherto have ye asked no-
thing in my name : ask, and ye fhall
receive, that your joy may be full.
O o 2 if Thefc
47 & Th* Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVI.
1/ Thefe things have I fpoken
unto you in proverbs : the time
comcth when I fli 11 no more fpeak
unto you in proverbs, but I (hall
(hew you plainly of the Father.
z6 At that day yc (hall ask in
my name : and I fay not unto you»
that I will pray the Father for
you:
27 For the Father himfelf loveth
you, becaufe ye have loved me, and
have believed that I ame out from
God.
28 I came forth from the Father s
and am come into the world : again,
I leave the world, and go to the Fa-
ther.
29 His difciples {aid unto him,
Lo, now fpeakeft thou plainly, and
fpeakeft no proverb.
30 Now are we fure that thou
knoweft all things, and needed not
that any man (hould ask thee : by
this we believe that thou cameft
forth from God.
2 1 Jefus anfwered them, Do ye
now believe ?
3 2 Behold, the hour cometh, yea,
is now come, that ye (hall be fcat-
tered , every man to his own , and
(hall leave me alone : and yet I am
not alone, becaufe the Father is
with me.
3 3 Thcfe things I have fpoken
unto you, that in me ye might have
peace. In the world ye (hall have
tribulation : but be of good cheer,
I have overcome the world.
§4. Thefe
of the four Euangelifis. 477
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVII.
§4.*T , Hefe words fpake Jefus j
X and lift up his eyes to hea-
ven , and faid , Father, the hour is
come; glorifie thy Son, that thy Son
alfo may glorifie thee.
a As thou haft given him power
over all flefh , that he fhould give
eternal life to as many as thou haft
given him.
3 And this is life eternal , that
they might know thee the only true
God , and Jefus Chrift whom thou
haft fent.
4 I have glorified thee on the
earth : I have finifhea the work
which thou gaveft me to do.
f And now, O Father , glorifie
thou me with thine own felf", with
the glory which I had with thee be-
fore the world was.
6 I have manifefted thy namfl
unto the men which thou gaveft me
out of the world: thine they were,
and thou gaveft them me ; and they
have kept thy word.
7 Now they have known that
all things whatfbever thou haft gi-
ven me, are of thee.
8 For I have given unto them
the words which thou gaveft me 5
and they have received them , and
have known furely that I came out
from thee, and they have believed
that thou didft fend me.
9 I pray for them : I pray not
for the world, but for them which
thou haft given me j for they are
thine.
10 And all mine are thine, and
thine are mine, and I am glorified
in them.
O o o 3 11 And
L » I » ■! ' - i " »
478 The Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XVII.
1 1 And now I am no more in
the world, but thefe are in the
world, and I am come to thee.
Holy Father, keep through thine
own name thofe , whom thou haft
given me, that they may be one, as
we are.
12 While I was with them in
the world, I kept them in thy
name : thofe that thou gaveft me
I have kept , and none of them is
loft , but the fon of perdition :
that the fcripture might be fulfil-
led.
1 5 And now come I to thee: and
thefe things I fpeak in the world ,
that they might have my joy fulfil-
led in themfelves.
14 I have given them thy
word j and the world hath hated
them , becaufe they are not of the
world, even as I am not of the
world.
1 $• I pray not that thou fhouldeft
take them out of the world, but
that thou moulded: keep them from
the evil.
16 They are not of the world,
even as I am not of the world.
17 San&ify them through thy
truth : thy word is truth.
18 As thou haft fentme into the
world, even Co have I alfo fent
them into the world.
ip And for their fakes I fan&ify
my felf , that they alfo might be
ian&ined through the truth.
ao Neither pray I for thefe a-
lone, but for them alfo which
mall believe on me through their
word :
ai That
of the four EvangeUJis. 4™
Matthew. Mar*> Luke. John.
Chap. XVII.
* 1 That they all may be one, as
thou Father art in me, and I in
thee 5 that they alfo may be one in
us: that the world may believe that
thou haft fent me.
a a And the glory which thou
gaveftme, I have given them : that
they may be one, even as we are
one.
a 3 I in them, and thou in me,
that they may be made perfect
in one, and that the world may
know that thou haft fent me, and
haft loved them, as thou haft lo-
ved me.
24 Father, I will that they al-
io whom thou haft given me, be
with me where I am j that they
may behold my glory which thou
haft given me: for thou lovedft
me before the foundation of the
world.
zf O righteous Father, the world
hath not known thee ; but I have
known thee, and thefe have known
that thou haft fent me.
26 And I have declared unto
them thy name, and will declare
tt: that the love wherewith thou '
haft loved me, may be in them, -
and I in them.
$/. 3$ Then
480
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. XXVI.
§5*. 36Thep.com-
eth Jefus with them
unto a place called
Gethfemaue, and faith
unto the difciples, Sit
ye here, while I go
and pray yonder.
37 And he took
with him Peter, and
the two fons of Ze-
bedee, and began to be
forrowful, and very
heavy.
38 Then faith he
unto them, My foul
is exceeding forrow-
ful, even unto death :
tarry ye here, and
watch with me.
39 And he went a
little further, and fell
on his face,and prayed ,
faying, O my Father,
if it be poffible,let this
Mark.
Chap. XIV.
32 Andfthey came
to a place which was
named Gethfemane :
and he faith to his di-
fciples, Sit ye here,
while I fhall pray.
33 And he taketh
with him Peter , and
Luke.
Chap. XXII.
40 And when he
was at the place , he
faid unto them, Pray,
that ye enter not into
temptation.
41 And he was with-
drawn from them a-
bout a (tones caff, and
James, and John, and kneeled down, and
began to be fore ama- prayed ,
John.
chap. xvm.
WHen Jefus had
fpoken thefe '
words, he went forth
with his difciples oyer
the brook Cedron ,
where was a garden >
into the which he en-
tred, and his difci-
ples.
zed, and to be very 42 Saying, Father,
heavy , if thou be willing, re-
34 And faith unto move this cup from
them , My foul is ex- me : neverthelefs, not
ceeding ibrrowful un- my will, but thine be
to death : tarry ye done,
here, and watch. 42 And there ap-
3$ And he went peared an angel unto
forward a little , and him from heaven,
fell on the ground, and ftrengthening him.
prayed, that if it were 44, And being in an
poilible the hour agony.he prayed more
might pafs from him. earneftly : and his
36 And he faid, Ab- fweat was as it were
cup pafs from me: ne- ba, Father ,. all things great drops of blood
verthelefs , not as I are poffi'ole unto thee, falling down to the
will, but as thou wilt, take away this cup ground.
4e And he cometh from me: neverthe- 4^ And when he
unto the difciples, and lefs, not what I will, rofe up from prayer,
findeth them afleep , but what thou wilt, and was come to his
and faith unto Peter, 3 7 And he cometh, difciples, he found
What, could ye not and findeth them fleep- them fleeping for
watch with me one ing, and faith unto forrow,
hour ? ■ Peter, Simon, fleepeft 46 And faid unto
41 Watch and pray, thou? couldft not thou them, Why fleep ye ?
that ye enter not into watch one hour ? rife, and pray, left ye
temptation: thefpirk 38 Watch ye and enter into temptati-
indeed is willing, but pray, left ye enter in- on.
the fleih is weak. to temptation : the
42 He went away fpirit truly is ready,
again the fecond time, but the flelh is weak.
and prayed, faying, O 39 And again he
my Father, if this cup went away, and pray-
mty
of the four Evangelijls. 481
Matthew. • Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXVI. Chap. XIV. Chap. XXII. Chap. XVIII.
may noe pafs away ed, and fpake the fame
from me, except I words,
drink it, thy will be 40 And when he re-
done, turned, he found them
43 And he came aileep again, (for their
and found them afleep eyes were heavy) nei-
again : for their eyes wift they what to an-
were heavy. fwer him.
44 And he left them, 41 And he cometh
and went away again, the third time, and
and prayed the third faith unto them, Sleep
time, faying the fame on now, and take your
words. reft: it is enough, the
4^ Then cometh he hour is come; behold,
to his difciples , and the Son of man is b&-
faith unto them, Sleep trayed into the hands
on now, and take your of finners.
reft; behold, the hour 42 Rife up, let us
is at hand, and the Son go ; lo, he that betray-
of man is betrayed in- eth me is at hand,
to the hands of fin-
ners.
46 Rife, let us be
going : behold, he is
at hand that doth be-
tray me.
§6. 47 And while 43 And immediate- 47 And while he 2. And Judas alfo
he yet fpake, lo, Judas ly, white he yet fpake, yet fpake, behold, a which betrayed him,
one of the twelve cometh Judas, one of multitude, and he that knew the place : for
came, and with him the twelve, and with was called Judas, one Jefus oft-times refort-
agreatmultitudc,with him a great multi- of the twelve, went ed thither with his di-
fwords and ftaves , tude with fwords and before them,and drew fciples.
from the chief priefts ftaves, from the chief near unto Jefus, to kifs 3 Judas then having
and elders of the peo- priefts, and the fcribes, him. received a band of
pie. and the elders. 48 But Jefus faid meajand officers from
48 Now he that be- 44 And he that be- unto him, Judas, be- the chief priefts and
trayed him, gave them trayed him, had given trayeft thou the Son of Pharifees, cometh thi-
afign, faying, Whom- them a token, faying, man with a kifs ? ther with Ian terns.and
foever I fhall kifs, that Whomfoevcr I fhall 49 When they which torches, and weapons,
fame is he, hold him kifs, that fame is he ; were about him, faw 4 Jefus therefore
faft. take him, and leacLjvhat would follow, knowing all things
49 And forthwith him away fafely. ^hey faid unto him , that fhould come up-
P p p on
4»z
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. XXVI.
Mark.
Chap. XIV.
he came to Jefus, and 45- And aflbon as he
faid, Hail matter, and was come, he goeth
kilted him. ftraightway to him ,
fo And Jefus faid and faith, Matter, ma-
unto him, Friend, fter, and kitted him.
wherefore art thou 46 And they laid
come ? Then came their hands on him
they and laid han/is on and took him.
Jefus, and took him. 47 And one of them
5-1 And behold, one that flood by, drew a
of them which were fword , and fmote a
with Jefus, ftretched fervant of the high
out his hand, and drew prieft, and cut off his
his fword, and ftroke ear.
a fervant of the high 48 And Jefus an-
priefts, and fmote off fwered and faid unto
his ear. them , Are ye come
fz Then faid Jefus out as againft a thief ,
unto him, Put up a- with fwordsand with
gain thy fword'into his ftaves, to take me?
place; for all they that 49 I was daily with
take the fword , fhall you in the temple ,
perifh with the fword. teaching, and ye took
5-3 Thinkeft thou me hot: ljut the fcrip-
that I cannot now tures mutt t>e fulfil-
pray to my Father, and led.
he fhall prefently give fo And they all
mc more then twelve forfook him, and fled.
Luke.
Chap. XXII.
Lord, fhall we fmite
with the fword ?
So And one of them
fmote the fervant of
the high priett, and cut
off his right ear.
5-1 And Jefus an-
fwered and laid, Suf-
fer ye thus far. And
he touched his ear, and
healed him.
5-2 Then Jefus faid
unto the chief priefts,
and captains of the
temple, and the elders
which were come to
him , Be ye come out
as againft a thief, with
fwords and ftaves?
5-3 When I was dai-
ly with you in the tem-
ple, ye ftretched forth
no hands againft me :
but this' is your hour,
and the power of
darknefs.
legions of angels ?
5- 1 And there fol-
f4 But how then lowed him a certain
fhall the fcriptures be young man, having a
fulfilled , that thus it linen cloth caft about
muft be ? his naked body ; 'and
f? In that fame the young men laid
hour faid Jefus to the hold on him.
multitudes" , Are ye ^ a And he left the
come out as againft linen cloth, and fled
a thief with fwords from them naked,
and ftaves for to take
me ? I fat daily with
you teaching in the
temple , and "ye laid m
no hold on me.
John.
Chip. XVIII.
on him , went forth,
and faid unto them,
Whom feek ye ?
5- They anfwered
him, Jefus of Naza-
reth. Jefus faith un-
to them, lam he. And
Judas alfo which be-
trayed him, ftood with
them.
6 Aflbon then as
he had faid unto them,
I am he, they went
backward and fell to
the ground.
7 Then asked !he
them again, Whom
feek ye ? And they faid,
Jefus of Nazareth.
8 Jefus anfwered, I
have told you that I am
he. If therefore ye
feek me, let thefe go
their way :
9 That the faying
might be fulfilled
which he fpake, Of
them which thou ga-
veft me, have I loft
none.
te Then Simon Pe-
ter having a fword >
drew it, and fmote the
high priefts fervant,
and cut off his right
ear .The fervants name
was Malchus.
1 1 Then faid Jefus
unto Peter, Put up thy
fword into the fheath :
the cup which my Fa-
ther hath given me,
fhall I not drink it?
?6 But
of the four Evangelijfs.
483
Matthew.
Chap. XXVI.
$6 But all this was
done, that the fcrip-
tures of the prophets
might be fulfilled.
Then all the difcipies
fbrfook him, and fled.
§7. j7 And they that
had laid hold on Jefus,
led him away to Caia-
phas the high pried: ,
where the fcribes and
the elders were affem-
bled.
/8 But Peter fol-
lowed him afar off
unto the .high priefts
palace, and went in,
and fat with the fer-
vants to 'fee the end.
f 9 Now the chief
priefts and elders, and
all the councel, fought
falfe witnefs againft
Jefus to put him to
death,
60 But found none:
yea, though many falfe
witnefles came, yet
found they none. At
the laftcame two falfe
witnefles ,
61 And faid, This
fellow faid , I am able
to deftroy the temple
of God, and to build
it in three days.
61 And the high
pricft arofe , and fiid
unto him, Anfwereft
thou nothing ? what
is it which thefe wit-
nefs againft thee ?
Mark.
Chap. XIV.
Luke.
Chap. XXII.
SI And they led Je-
fus away to the high
prieft; and with him
were aflembled all the
chief priefts', and the
elders, and the icribes.
/4 And Peter fol-
lowed him afar off,
even into the palace
of the high prieft: and
he fat with the fer-
vants, and warmed
himfelf at' the fire.
ff And the chief
priefts, and all the
councel fought for
witnefs againft Jefus
to put him to death,
and found none.
f6 For many bare
falfe witnefs againft
him, but their wit-
nefs agreed not toge-
ther.
• 5-7 And there arofe
certain, and barefalie
witnefs againft him,
faying,
5-8 We heard him
fay, I will deftroy this
temple that is made
with hands, and with-
in three days I will
build another made
without hands.
5-9 But neither fo
5*4 Then took they
him, and led him, and
brought him into the
high priefts hou fe. And
Peter followed afar
off.
ff And when they
had kindled a fire in
the niidftof the hall,
and were fet down to -
gether, Peter fat down
among them.
$6 But a certain
maid beheld him as he
fat by the fire, and ear-
neftly looked upon
him, and faid, This
man was alfb with
him.
fj And he denied
him faying , Woman,
I know him not.
^8 And after a little
while > another faw
him, and faid, Thou
art alio of them. And
Peter faid, Man, I am
not.
5-9 And about the
fpace of one hour af-
ter, another confident-
ly affirmed; faying, Of
a truth this fellow alfo
was with him 3 for he
is a Galilean.
60 And Peter faid,
P pp x
John.
Chap. XVIII.
1 1 Then the band,
and the captain , and
officers of the Jews
took Jefus, and bound
him,
13 And led him a-
way to Annas firft (for
he was father in law
to Caiaphas , which
was the high prieft
that fame year. )
14 Now Caiaphas
was he which gave
counfel to the Jews,
that it was expedient
that one man fhould
die for the people.
1 j- And Simon Pe-
ter followed Jefus,and
fo did another difci-
ple. That difciple was
known unto the high
prieft, and went in
with Jefus into the
palace of the high
prieft.
16 But Peter ftood
at the door without.
Then went out that
other difciple which
was known unto the
high prieft, and fpake
unto her that kept the
door, and brought in
Peter.
17 Then faith the
darufel that kept the
door unto Peter, Art
not thou alfo one or
this mans difcipies ?
He faith, I am not.
18 And
4 8 4
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. XXVI.
63 But Jefus held
his peace. And the
high prieft anfwered
and faid unto him , I
adjure thee by the li-
ving God , that thou
tell us, whether thou
be the Chrift, the Son
of God.
64 Jefus faith unto
him, Thou haft faid :
neverthelefs 1 fay un-
to you, Hereafter fhall
ye fee the Son of man
iitting on the right
hand of power , and
coming in the clouds
of heaven.
65- Then the high
prieft rent his clothes,
faying, He hath fpo-
ken blafphemy ; what
further need have we
of witneffes? behold,
now ye have heard his
blafphemy.
66 What think ye?
They anfwered and
faid, He is guilty of
death.
67 Then did they
fpit in his face, and
buffeted him, and o-
thers fmote him with
the palms of their
hands,
68 Saying, Prophe-
fie unto us.thou Chrift,
who is he that fmote
thee?
69 Now Peter fat
ivithout in the palace :
.mda damfel came urt-
Mark.
Chap. XIV.
did their witnefs a-
gree together.
60 And the high
prieft flood up in the
midft, and asked Jefus,
faying,Anfwereft thou
nothing ? what is it
which thefe witnefs
againft thee?
61 But he held his
peace, and anfwered
nothing. Again the
high pneft asked him,
and faid unto him, Art
thou the Chrift, the
Son of the blefled ?
6z And Jefus faid,
I am : and ye fhall fee
the Son of man fitting
on the right hand of
power, and coming
in the clouds of hea-
ven.
63 Then the high
prieft rent his clothes,
and faith, What need
we any further wit-
neffes ?
64 Ye have heard
the blafphemy : what
think ye? And they all
condemned him to be
guilty of death.
6f And fbme be-
gan to fpit on him , and
to cover his face, and
to buffet him, and to
lay unto him, Prophe-
lie : and the fervants
did ftrikehim with the
palms of their hands. «
66 And as Peter was
beneath in the palace,
Luke.
Chap. XXII.
Man, I know not what
thou fayeft. And im-
mediately while he
yet fpake, the cock
crew.
61 And the Lord
turned , and looked
upon Peter; and Peter
remembred the word
of the Lord, how he
had faid unto him, Be-
fore che cock crow,
thou fhalt deny me
thrice.
61 And Peter went
out, and wept bitterly.
63 And the men
that held Jefus, mock-
ed him, and fmote him.
64 And when they
had blindfolded him,
they ftroke him on the
face, and asked him,
faying, Prophefie,who
is it that fmote thee ?
6y And many other
things blafphemoufly
fpake they againft
him.
66 Andaflbonasit
was day, the elders of
the people, and the
chief priefts, and the
fcribes came together,
and led him into their
counfel ,
67 Saying, Art thou
the Chrift? tell us. And
he faid unto them, If
I tell you', you will
not believe.
68 Andiflalfoask
you, you will not an-
John.
Chap. XVIII.
18 And the fer-
vants and officers
flood there, who had
made a fire of coals,
( for it was cold) and
they warmed them-
lelves ; and Peter flood
with them, and warm-
ed himfelf.
1 9 The high prieft
then asked Jefus of his
difciples, and of his
doctrine.
20 Jefus anfwered
him, I fpake openly
to the world ; I ever
taught in the fyna-
gogue, and in the
temple, whither the
Jews always reforf,
and in fecret have I
faid nothing.
21 Why askeft thou
me ? ask them which
heard me, what I have
faid unto them : be-
hold, they know what
I faid.
xx And when he
had thus fpoken, one
of the officers which
•flood by, ftroke Jefus
with the palm of his
hand, faying, Anfwer-
eft thou the high prieft
fo ?
23 Jefus anfwered
him, If I have fpoken
evil , bear witnefs of
the evil ■ but if well,
why fmiteft thou me?
24(NowAnnashad
fent him bound unto
to
of the four Evangelifls. 485
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXVI. Chap. XIV. Chap. XXII. Chap. XVIII.
to him, faying, Thou there cometh one of fwer me, nor let me Caiaphas the high
alfo waft with Jefus of the maids of the high go. pncft.)
Galilee. prieft. 69 Hereafter fhall *j" And Simon Pe-
70 But he denied 67 And when fhe the Son of man fit on ter ftood and warmed
before them all, fay- faw Peter warming the right hand of the himfelf . They faid
ing, I know not what himfelf, fhe looked up- power of God. therefore unto him,
thoufayeft. on him, and faid, And 70 Then fa id they Art not thou alfo one
7 1 And when he thou alio waft with all, Art thou then the of his difciples ? He
was gone out into the Jefus of Nazareth. Son of God? And he denied it, and faid, I
porch , another maid <58 But he denied, faid unto them , Ye am not.
law him, and faid un- faying, I know not, fay that I am. *6 One of the fer-
to them that were neither underftand I 71 And they faid, vants of the high
there, Th\s felion was what thoufayeft. And What need we any fur- prieft f being his kinf-
alfb with Jefus of Na- he went out into the ther witnefs ? for we ma n whofe ear Peter
zareth. porch, and the cock our felves have heard cutoff) faith, Did I
72 And again he crew. of his own mouth. not fee thee in the gar-
denied with an oath, 69 And a maid faw ^en with him?
I do not know the him again, and began a 7 Peter then de-
man, to fay to them that niea< a g a in, and imme-
73 And after a ftood by, This is one diately the cock crew*
while came unto him of them.
they that ftood by, and 70 And he denied
faid to Peter , Surely it again. And a little
thou alfo art one of after, they that ftood
them, for thy fpeech by faid again to Peter,
bewrayeth thee. Surely thou art one of
74 Then began he them : for thou art
tocurfe and tofwear, a Galilean, and thy
faying, I know not fpeech agreeth thereto.
the man. And im- 71 But he began
mediately the cock to curfe and to fwear,
crew. y<*y/ȣ,Iknownotthis
75" And Peter re- raanofwhomyefpeak.
membred the words 72 And the fecond
of Jefus, which faid time the cock crew*
unto him, Before the And Peter called to
cockcrow, thoufhalt mind the word that
deny me thrice. And Jefus faid unto him,
he went out, and wept Before the cock crow
bitterly. twice, thou fhalt deny
me thrice. And when
he thought thereon, he
wept.
Pp p 3 $8. Vfh^
48£
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. XXVII.
Mark.
Chap. XV.
§S. XTTHEN the AND ftraightway
, VV morning j\. in the morning
was come, all the the chief priefts held
chief priefts and el- a confutation with
ders of the people, the elders and fcribes,
took counfel againft and the whole coun-
Jefus to put him to fel, and bound Jefus,
death, and carried him away,
2. And when they and delivered htm to
had bound him, they Pilate,
led htm away, and de- 2 And Pilate asked
liver ed him to Pontius him, Art thou the king
Pilate the governour. of the Jews ? And he
3 Thenjudas which anfwering, faid unto
had betrayed him , him, Thou fayeft it.
when he faw that he 3 And the chief
was condemned , re- priefts accufed him of
pehted himfelf , and many things: but he
brought again the thir- anfwered nothing.
ty pieces of filver to 4 And Pilate asked
the chief priefts and him again, faying, An-
elders, fwereft' thou nothing ?
4 Saying, I have behold how many
finned, in that I have things they witnefs a-
betrayed the innocent gainft thee.
blood. And they faid, f But Jefus yet an-
What urinous? fee fwered nothing; fo
thou to that. that -Pilate marvelled.
$■ And he ca ft down
the pieces of filver in
the temple, and de-
parted, and went and
hanged himfelf.
6 And the chief
priefts took the filver
pieces, and faid , It is
not lawful for to put
them into the treafu-
ry, becaufc it is the
price of blood.
7 And they took
counfel, and bought
with them the potters
Luke.
Chap. XXIII.
AN D the whole
multitude of them
arofe, and led him un-
to Pilate.
x And they began
to accufe him, faying,
We found this fellow
perverting the nation,
and forbidding to give
tribute to Cefar, fay-
ing, that he himfelf is
Chrift a king.
John. v
Chap. XVIII.
28 Then led they
Jefus from Caiaphas
unto the hall of judg-
ment: and it was car-
ly.and they themfelves
went not into the
judgment -hall, left
they fhould be defiled:
but that they might eat
the paftbver.
29 Pilate then went
out unto them, and
faid, What accufation
bring you againft this
man?
30 They anfwered
and faid unto him, If
he were not a male-
fa£tour,we would not
have delivered him up
unto thee.
31 Then faid Pilate
unto them , Take ye
him and judge him
a ccordi ng to you r la w.
The Jews therefore
faid unto him, It is not
lawful for us to put
any man to death:
32 That the faying
of Jefus might be ful-
filled, which he fpake,
fignifying what death
he fhould die.
field
of the four Evangelifts. 487
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap, xxvir.
field to bury ftrangers in.
8 Wherefore that field was cal-
led, The field of blood unto this
day.
9 (Then was fufilled that which
was fpoken by Jeremy the prophet,
faying, And they took the thirty
pieces of filver, the price of him
that was valued, whom they of the
children of Ifrael did value:
I o And gave them for the pot-
ters field , as the Lord appointed
me. )
II And Jefus flood before the
governour ; and the governour
asked him, faying, Art thou the
king of the Jews ? And Jefus faid
unto him, Thou fayeft.
1 1 And when he was accufed
of the chief priefts and elders, he
anfwered nothing.
1 3 Then faith Pilate unto him,
Heareft thou not how many things
they witnefs againft thee ?
j 4 And he anfwered him to ne-
ver a word , inibmuch that the go-
vernour marvelled greatly.
Chap. XV. Chap. XXIII. Chap. XVIII.
§9. 1 y Now at that 6 Now at that feaft 5 And Pilate asked 33 Then Pilate en-
feaft the governour he releafed unto them him, faying, Art thou tred into the judg-
was wont to releafe one prifoner, whom- the king of the Jews? ment-hall again, and
unto the people a pri- foever they defired. And he anfwered him called Jefus, and faid
foner, whom they 7 And there was and faid, Thou fayeft unto him, Art thou the
would. one named Barabbas, it. king of the Jews ?
\6 And they had which lay bound with 4 Then faid Pilate 34 Jefus anfwered
then a notable prifo- them that had made to the chief priefts, him, Sayeft thou this
ner, called Barabbas. infurredKonwith him, and to the people, I thing of thy felf, or
17 Therefore when who had committed find no fault in this did others tell it thee
they were gathered murder in .the infur- man. of me ?
together, Pilate faid reftion. f And they were 3 y Pilate anfwered,
unto them, Whom 8 And the multi- the more fierce, fay- Am I a Jew ? Thine
will
488 the Harmony
Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXVII. Chap. XV. Chap. XXIII. Chap. XVIII.
will ye that I releafe tudecryingaloud.be- ing, He ftirreth up own nation, and the
ointo you ? Barabbas, gan to deiirc him to do the people, teaching chief priefts have de-
or Jefus, which is cal- as he had ever done throughout all Jewry, livered thee unto mfi :
led Chrift? unto them. beginning from Gali- What haft thou done ?
18 For he knew 9 But Pilate an- lee to this place. 36 Jefus anfwered,
that for envy they had fwered them, laying, 6 When Pilate heard My kingdom is not of
delivered him. Will ye that I releaie of Galilee , he asked this world : if my king-
19 When he was unto you the king of whether the man were dom were of this
fet down on the judg- the Jews ? a Galilean. world, then would my
ment-feat , his wite 10 (For he knew 7 And aflbon as he fervants fight , that I
fent unto him, faying, that the chief priefts knew that he belong- Ihould not be deliver-
Have thou nothing to had delivered him for ed unto Herods jurif- ed to the Jews: but
do with that juft man: envy.) diction, he fent him now is my kingdom
forlhavefufferedma- n But the chief to Herod, who him- not from hence.
ny things this day in a priefts moved the peo- felf was alfo at Jeru- 37 Pilate therefore
dream, becaufe of him. pie, that he mould ra- falem at that time. faid unto him, Art
xq But the chief ther releafe Barabbas 8 And when Herod thou a king then ? Je-
priefts and elders per- unto them. faw Jefus, he was ex- fus anfwered , Thou
fwaded the multitude 12 And Pilate an- ceeding glad: for he fayeft that I am a
that they (hould ask fwered.land faid again was defirous to fee king. To this end
Barabbas, and deftroy unto them, What will him of a long feafon, was I born, and for
Jefus. ye then that I mall do becaufe he had heard this caufe came I into
21 The governour un to him whom ye many things of him ; the world,that I ihould
anfwered and faid un- call the king of the and he hoped to have bear witnefs unto the
to them, Whether of jews? feen fome miracle truth, Every one that
the twain will ye that ,3 And they cried done by him. is of the truth, heareth
I releafe unto you ? ou t again , Crucifie 9 Then he quefti- my voice.
They faid, Barabbas. him. oned with him in ma- 38 Pilate faith unto
xx Pilate faith unto 14 Then Pilate faid ny words; but he an- him, What is truth?
them, What fhall I do un t them, Why, what fwered him nothing. And when he had faid
then with Jefus,which ev \\ hath he done? 10 And the chief this, he went out a-
is called Chrift? They ^ nc j t hey C1 i ec j ou c priefts and fcribes gain unto the Jews,
all fay unto him, Let the more exceedingly, ftood, and vehement- and faith unto them,
him be crucified. Crucifie him. ly accufed him. I find in him no fault
13 And the gover- 1 1 And Herod with at all.
nour faid, Why what his men of war fet 39 But ye have a
evil hath he done ? But him at nought : and cuftom, that I Ihould
tHey cried out the mocked him , and a- releafe unto you one
more, faying, Let him rayed him in a gor- at the p.flbver : will
.be crucified. geous robe, and fent ye therefore that I re-
hira again to Pilate, leafe unto you the
1 x And the fame king of the Jews ?
day Pilate and Herod 40 Then cryed they
of the four E vanzelifts. 4^9
~~" Luke. John-
no
tou
Matthew. MarK '
Chap/ XXIII. Chap. XVIII.
were made friends to- all again, faying, Not
gethenforbeforethcy this man, batBwb-
were at enmity be- bas. Now Baiabbas
tween themfclves. was a jobber.
i 3 And Pilate when
he had called together Chap. XIX.
the chief priefts, and
therulersjndthepeo- hpHen Pilate there-
lc X tore took Jeius,
P h Saiduntothem, and fcourged htm
■ Ye have brought tins * . And the ionldi-
man unto me? as one ers platted a crown o
that perverteth the thorns, and put it on
people- and behold, I hishead, and they put
having examined him on him a purple robe
before you, have found . 3 And faid, Hail
fault in this man king of the Jews: and
uching thofc things they fmote hrm with
hereof ye accufe their hams.
™f U1 ' 4 Pilate therefore
,; No, nor yet He- went forth again, an J
rod : for I fentyou to [aith unto them , Be-
him, and lo, nothing hold.I bring him forth
worthy of death is to you that ye may
done unto him. know that I find no
1 6 I will therefore rault m him.
chaftifehim, and re- f Then came rjcfns
leafed. *° rth > wc u ann S *?
17 ForofnecelTity crown of thorns, and
he muft releafe one the purple rooe And
unto them at thefeaft. Tilate faith unto them,
18 And they cried Behold the man.
out all at once, faying, 6 When the chief
Away with this man, pnefts therefore and
and releafe unto us officers faw him, tney
i Q (Who for a cer- cifie htm, cnxcific him.
tain fedition made in Pilate faith unto diem,
the city, and formur- Take ye him, and cru-
der was caft in pri- cifie him: for 1 nnd
f on ) no fault in him.
ao Pilate therefore 7 The Jews anfwer-
willing to releafe Je- edhim/Wehavealaw,
CLq q l **
4<>o The Harmony
t, ^Matthew. Mark. Luke. John.
Chap. XXIII. Chap. XIX.
fu«, fpake again to and by our law he
them. ought to die, becaufe
a 1 But they cried, he made himfelf the
faying , Crucifie him , Son of God.
crucifie him. 8 When Pilate there-
22 Andhefaidun- fore heard that fay-
to them the third time, ing, he was the more
Why, what evil hath afraid ;
he done? I have found 9 And went again
no caufe of death in into the judgment-
him: I will therefore hall, and faith unto
* chaftife him , and let Jefus , Whence art
him go. thou? But Jefus gave
him no anfwer.
10 Then faith Pi-
late unto him,Speakeft
thou not Unto me ?
knoweftthou not,that
I have power to cru-
cifie thee, and have
power to releafe thee ?
11 Jefus anfwered,
Thou couldeft have
110 power at all againft
me, except it were gi-
ven thee from above :
therefore he that de-
livered me unto thee
hath the greater fin.
1 2 And from thence-
forth Pilate fought to
releafe him: but the
Jews cryed out, fay-
ing, If thou let this
man go, thou art not
Cefars friend: who-
foevermaketh himfelf
a king.fpeakethagainfl:
Cefar.
13 When Pilate
therefore heard that
laying, he brought Je-
fus forth, and fat down
of the four EvatigeUJls.
45>i
Matthew.
Mark.
Luke.
Chap. XXVII.
§ 10. 24 When Pi-
late fawthat he could
prevail nothing, but
that rather a tumult
was made, he took
water, and wafhed his
hands before the mul-
titude, iaying, I am
innocent of the blood
of this jufl perfon:
fee ye to it.
if Then anfwered
all the people.and faid,
His blood be on jjs,
and on our children.
26 Then releafed he
Barabbas unto them:
and when he had
fcourged Jefus, he de-
livered him to be cru-
cified.
Chap. XV.
if And fo Pilate
willing to content
the people, releafed
Barabbas unto them,
and delivered Jefus,
when he had fcourged
him, to be crucified.
16 And the fouldi-
ers led him away into
the hall, called Pretc-
rium j and they call-
ed together the whole
band.
17 And they clo-
thed him with purple,
and platted a crown
of thorns, and put it
about his head,
18 And began to
falute him , Hail king
of the Jews.
Chap. XXIII.
23 And they were
infiant with loud voi-
ces, requiring that he
might be crucified :
and the voices of them,
and of the chief priefts
prevailed.
24 And Pilate gave
fentencethat it frould
be as they required.
2f And he releafed
unto them, him that
for fedition and mur-
der was cafr into pri-
fon , whom they had
defired ,- but he deli-
vered Jefus to their
will.
26 And as they led
him away , they laid
hold upon one Simon
CLq q 2
John.
Chap. XIX.
in the judgment-feat ,
in a place that is called
the Pavement, but in
theHebrew,Gabbatha.
14 And it was the
preparation of thepaf-
fbver, and about the
fixth hour : and h*
faith unto the Jews,
Behold your king.
if But they cried
out, Away with him,
away with him, cruci-
fie him. Pilate faith
unto them,ShallIcru-
cifie your king? The
chiefpriefts anfwered,
We have no king but
Cefar.
16 Then delivered
he him therefore unto
them to be crucified.
And they took Jefus,
and led him away.
1 7 And he bearing
his crofs, went forth
into a place called the
place of a fcull, which
is called in the He-
brew, Golgotha.
1 8 Where they cru-
cified him, and two
other with him, on
either fide one, and
Jefus in the midft.
19 And Pilate wrote
a title, and put it on
the crofs. And the wri-
ting was, JESUS OF
NAZARETH THE
27 Then
49 1
The Harmony
M A T T H E W.
-nap.
'II.
27 Then the ib.il-
diersof thegov<rnour
took Jefus into the
corrirrfon lull, and ga-
thered unto him the
Whole ban J of fouldi-
ers,
28 And they ftrip-
pcd him , and put on
him a leaflet robe.
29 And when they
had platted a crown
of thorns, they put it
upon his head, and a
reed in his right hand:
and they bowed the
knee before him, and
mocked him, laying,
Hail king of the jews.
30 And they fpit
upon him , and took
the reed, and fmote.
him on the head.
3 t And after that
they had mocked him,
they took the robe off
from him, and put his
own raiment on him,
and led him away to
crucifie him.
3 2 And as they came
out, they found a man
of Gyrene, Simon by
name : him they com-
pelled to bear his crofs.
33 And when they
were Come unto a
place called Golgotha,
that is to fay, a place
of a fcull.
34 They gave him
vineger to drink, min-
gled with gall v and
Mar k.
Chap. XV.
19 And they frtoote
him on the head with
a reed, and did fpit
upon him , and bow-
ing their knees, wor-
lhipped him.
20 And when they
had mocked him, they
took off the purple
from him, and put his
own clothes on him,
and led him out to cru-
cifie him.
2 1 And they com-
pel one Simon a Cy-
renian, who paffed by,
coming out of ths
countrey, the father
of Alexander and Ru-
fus, to bear his crofs.
22 And they bring
him unto the place
Golgotha, which is ,
being interpreted, the
place of a fcull.
23 And they gave
him to drink, wine
mingled with myrr he :
but he received it not.
24 And when they
had crucified him,they
parted his garments,
calling lots uponthem,
what everymaa fhould
take;
2 j- And it was the
third hour, and they
crucified him.
26 And the fuper-
fcription of his accu-
fation was written
over, THE KING
OF THE. JEWS.
Luke.
Ch p. XXTIT.
a Cyrcuim, coming
out of the countrey,
and on him they laid
the crofSjfJiat he might
bear it after jefus.
27 And there fol-
lowed him a great
company of people ,
and of women, which
alfo bewailed and la-
mented him.
28 But Jefus turn-
ing unto them, faid,
Daughters of Jerusa-
lem, weep not for me,
but weep for your
fclves, and for your
children.
29 For behold, the
days are coming, in
the which they fhall
fay, Bleffed are the
barren.and the wombs
that never bare, and
the paps which never
gave fuck.
30 Then fhall they
begin to fay to the
mountains, Fall on us ;
and to the hills, Cover
us.
3 1 For if they do
thefe things in a green
tree, what {hall be
done in the dry?
32 And there were
alfo two other male-
factors led with him
to be put to death.
33 And when they
were come to the
place which is -called'
Calvary, there they
John.
Chap. XIX.
KING OF THE
JEWS.
20 This title then
read many of the Jews:
for the place where Je-
fus was crucified was
nigh to the city, and
it was written in He-
brew, and Greek, and
Latine.
21 Then faid the
chief priefls of the
Jews to Pilate, Write
not, The king of the
Jews ? but that he
laid, I am king of the
Jews.
22 Pilate anfwered,.
What I have writteu,
I have written.
wJicr
of the four E<vangelij}s.
4? 5
Matthew.
Chap. XXVII.
when he had tufted
thereof, hewoul.f not
drink.
35- And they cru-
cified him, and parted
his garments, caftiug
lots : that it might be
fulfilled which was
ipoken by the prophet,
They parted my gar-
ments among them,
and upon my vefture
did they caft lots.
3 6 And fitting down,
they watched him
there :
3? Andfet up over
his head his accufation
written, THIS IS JE-
SUS THE KING OF
THE JEWS.
3 8 Then were there
two thieves crucified
with him: one on the
right hand , and ano-
ther on the left.
M.A R K.
Chap. XV.
27 And, with him
they crucifie two
thieves ; the one on
his right hand, and
the other on his left.
• 28 And the fcrip-
ture was fulfilled ,
which faith, And he
was numbred with
the tranigreflbrs.
Luke.
Chap. XXIII.
crucified him, and the
malefu&ors ; one on
the right hand, and
the orher on the
left.
34 Thenfaidjefus,
Father, forgive them ;
for they know not
what they do. And
they parted his rai-
ment, and caft lots.
35- And the people
ftood beholding: and
the rulers alfo with
them derided him,hy-
ing, He faved others ;
let him favehimfelf,if
he be Chrift the cho-
fen of God.
36 And thefouldi-
ers alfo mocked him,
coming to him, and
offering him vine-
ger,
37 And faying, If
thou be the king of
the Jews, fave thy
felf.
38 And a fuper-
fcription alfo was
written over him in
letters of Greek, and
Latine , and Hebrew,
T'HIS IS THE
KING OF THE
JEWS.
J O H N,
45>4
The Harmony
Matthew.
Chap. XXVII.
§11. 39 And they
that patted by, reviled
him , wagging their
heads ,
40 And faying,Thou
that deftroyeft the
temple, and buildeft
it in three days, fave
thy iclf : if thou be the
Son of God, come
down from the crofs.
4r Likewife alfo
the chief pri efts mock-
ing him , with the
fcribes and elders,
faid,
42Hefaved others,
him felf he cannot
lave: if he be the king
of Ifrael, let him now
come down from the
crofs, and we will be-
lieve him.
43 He trufted in
God ; let him deliver
him now if he will
have him : for he faid,
I am the Son of God.
44 The thieves alfo
which were crucified
with him, caft the
fame in hi3 teeth.
' 4j* Now from the
fixth hour there was
darknefs over all the
land unto the ninth
hour.
46 And about the
ninth hour Jefus cried
with a loud voice, fay-
ing, Eli, Eli, lama fa-
bachthani ? that is to
fay, My God, my God,
Mark.
Chap. XV.
29 And they that
parted by, railed on
him , wagging their
heads, and laying, Ah,
thou that deftroyeft
rhc temple, and build-
eft it in three days,
30 Save thy felf,
and come down from
the crofs.
3 1 Likewife alfo
the chief priefts mock-
ing, faid among them-
felves with the fcribes,
He faved others, him-
felf he cannot fave.
32 Let Chrift the
king of Ifrael defcend
now from rhe crofs,
that we may fee and
believe. And they that
were crucified with
him, reviled him.
3 3 And when the
fixth' hour was come,
there was darknefs
over the whole land,
until the ninth hour.
34 And at the ninth
hour Jefus cried with
a loud voice, faying,
Eloi, Eloi, Lama fa-
bachthani ? which is,
being interpreted, My
God, my God, why
haft thou forfaken
me ?
3? And fbme of
them that flood by,
when they heard it,
faid, Behold, he calleth
Elias.
36 And one ran,
Luke.
Chap. XXIII.
39 And one of the
malefactors , which
were hanged, railed
on him, faying, If thou
be Chrift, fave thy felf
and us.
40 But the other
anfwering , rebuked
him, faying, Doft not
thou fear God, feeing
thou art in the fame
condemnation ?
41 And we indeed
juftly,- for we receive
the due reward of our
deeds: but this man
hath done nothing a-
mifs.
4 2 And he faid unto
Jefus, Lord,remember
me when thou corned;
into thy kingdom.
43 And Jefus faid
unto him, Verily I fay
unto thee, To day
fhalt thou be with me
in paradife.
44 And it was a-
bout the fixth hour,
and there was a dark-
nefs over all the earth,
until the ninth hour.
4f And the fun was
darkned, and the vail
of the temple was
rent in the mids.
46 And when Jefus
had cried with a loud
voice, he faid, Father,
into thy hands I com-
mend my fpirit : and
having faid thus, he
gave up the ghoft.
John.
Chap. XIX.
23 Then the foul-
diers, when they had
crucified Jefus , took
his garments ( and
made four parts, to
every fouldier a part )
and alfo his coat : now
the coat was without
feam, woven from the
top throughout.
24 They faid there-
fore among them-
felves, Let us not rent
it, but caft lots for it,
whofeitfhallbe: that
the fcripture might be
fulfilled, which faith,
They parted my rai-
ment among them,
and for my vefture
they did caft lots.
Thefe things therefore
the fbuldiers did.
25- Now there flood
by the crofs of Jefus,
his mother, and his
mothers fifter, Mary
the wife of Cleophas,
and Mary Magdalene.
26 When Jefus
therefore faw his mo-
ther, and the difciple
ftanding by, whom he
loved, he faith unto
his mother, Woman,
behold thy fbn.
27 Then faith he
to the difciple, Behold
thy mother. And from
that hour that difciple
took her unto his own
why
of the four Evangelifts.
495
Matthew.
Chap. XXVII,
why haft thou forfa-
ken me?
47 Some of them
that flood there, when
they heard that, faid,
This man calleth for
Elias.
48 And ftraightway
one of them ran, and
took a Ipunge, and fil-
led it with vineger,and
put it on a reed , and
gave him to drink.
49 The reft faid.
Let be, let us fee whe-
ther iEIias will come
to fave him.
yo Jefus, when he
had cried again with
a loud voice, yielded
up the ghoft.
Mark.
Chap. XV.
and filled a fpungefull
of vineger, and put it
on a reed , and gave
him to drink, faying,
let .alone ; let us fee
whether Elias will
come to take him
down.
37 And Jefus cried
with a loud voice, and
gave up the ghoft.
Luke.
John.
Chip. XIX.
28 After this, Je-
fus knowing that all
things were now ac-
complished, that the
fcripture might be ful-
filled, faith, I thirft,
29 Now there was
fet a veffel full of vi-
neger: and they filled
a ipunge with vine-
ger , and put it upon
hyfibp, and put it to
his mouth.
30 When Jefus
therefore had recei-
ved the vineger, he
faid, It is finifned :
and he bowed his
head, and gave up the
ghoft.
C H A P,
496
The Harmony
CHAP. XVIL
From thcT>eath ofChrift till his Afienjion: containing the
fpace of 42 Daysj from April '3. till May 14. -
Matthe w.
Chap. XXVlt.
AND be
vail of
N D bchold,the
f the tem-
ple was rent in twain,
Trom the top to the
bottom, and the earth
did quake, and the
rocks ren-,
j-z Arid the graves
were opened, and ma- .
ny bodies of faints
which flept, arofe,
5-3 And came out
of the graves after his
refurredlion.and went
inro the holy city, and
a ppeared unto many.
5-4 Now when the
centurion, and they
that were with him,
watching Jefus, faw
the earthquake, and
thofe things that were
clone , they feared
greatly, faying, Truly
- this was the Son of
God.
5- j- And many wo-
men were there (be-
holding afar ofr)which
followed Jefus from
Galilee, miniftring un-
to him.
5-6 Among which
was Mary Magdalene,
Mark.
Chap. XV.
38 And the vail of
the temple was rent
in twain, trom the top
to the bottom.
39 And when the
centurion which flood
overagainft him, faw
that he fo cried out,
and gave up the ghoft,
hefaid,T;uly this man
was the Son of God.
40 There were alfo
women looking on a-
far off: among whom
was Mary Magdalene,
and Mary the mother
of James the lefs and
of Jofes, and Salome :
41 Who alfo when
he was in Galilee, fol-
lowed him, and mini-
ftred unto him ; and
many other women
which came up with
him unto Jerufalem.
41 And now when
the even was come,
(becaufe it was the
preparation, that is,
the day before the fab-
bath)
43 Jofeph of Ari-
mathea,an honourable
counfeller, which alfo
Luke.
Chap. XXIII.
47 Now when the
Centurion faw what
was done, he glorified
God, faying, Certainly
this was a righteous
man.
48 And all the peo-
ple that came together
to that fight, behold-
ing the things which
were done,fmote their
breads., and returned.
49 And all his ac-
quaintance, and the
women that followed
him fromGalilee,ftood
afar off, beholding
thefe things.
yc And behold ,
there was a man named
Jofeph, a counfeller,
and be was a good
man, and ajuft:
5- 1 ("The fame had
not confented to the
counfel and deed of
them ) he was of Ari-
mathea , a city of the
Jews (who alfo him-
ielf waited for the
kingdom of God)
$•2 This man went
unto Pilate, and beg-
ged the body of Jefus.
John.
Chap. XIX.
; 1 The Jews there-
fore,becauieit was the
preparation, that the
bodies fhould not re-
main upon the crofs
on the fabbath-day,
(for that fabbath-day
was an high day) be-
foughtPilatethat their
legs might be broken,
and that they might
be taken away.
3 % Then came the
fouldiers, and brake
the legs of the firfr,
and of the other which
was crucified with
him.
3 3 But when they
came to Jefus, and faw
that he was dead al-
ready, they brake not
his legs.
34 But one of the
fouldiers with a fpear
pierced his fide, and
forthwith came there
out blood and water.
3)- And he that faw
it bare record, and his
record is true : and he
knoweth that he faith
true, that ye might be-
lieve.
and
of the four Evangelijls.
45>7
Matthew.
Chap. XXVII.
M AKK.
Chap. XV.
and Mary the Mother waited for the king-
of James and Jofes , dom of God , came ,
and the mother of Ze- and went in boldly
bedee's children. unto Pilate, and cra-
$7 When the even ved the body of Je-
was come, there came fus.
a rich man of Arima- 44 And Pilate mar-
thea , named Jofeph , veiled if he were al-
who alfo himfelfwas ready dead: and cal-
Jeius difciple : ling unto him the Cen-
5-8 He went to Pi- turion, he asked him
late and begged the whether he had been
body of Jeiiis : then any while dead.
Pilate commanded the 4^ And when he
body to be delivered, knew it of the Cen-
f 9 And when Jo- turion , he gave the
feph had taken the bo- body to Jofeph.
dy» he wrapped it in 46 And he bought
a clean linen cloth, fine linen , and took
60 And laid it in him down, and wrap-
his own new tomb , ped him in the linen ,
which he had hewen and laid him in a fe-
out in the rock; and pulchre which was
he rolled a great ftone hewen out of a rock,
to the door of the fe- and rolled a ftone un-
pulchie, and departed, to the door of the fe-
61 And there was pulchre.
Mary Magdalene, and 47 And Mary Mag-
the other Mary, fitting dalene, and Mary the
over againfl the fe- mother of Jofes , be-
pulchre. held where he was
6z Now the next laid,
day that followed the
day of the preparati-
on, the chief priefls
and Pharifeus came
together unto Pilate,
63 Saying. Sir, we
remember that that
deceiver faid, while
he was yet alive, Af-
ter three days I will
rife again.
Luke.
Chap. XXIII.
f% And he took it
down, and wrapped
it in linen , and laid
it in a fepulchre that
was hewn in ftone,